As filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission on October 30, 2020, under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.December 20, 2021

No. 333-

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON,Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIESCVENT HOLDING CORP. II

(Exact name of registrant as specified in thisits charter)

 

Cayman IslandsDelaware 67707372 98-1560055
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
 (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
 (I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

One Letterman Drive1765 Greensboro Station Place, 7th Floor

Building D, Suite M500

San Francisco, CA 94129Tysons, Virginia 22102

(415)(703) 539-3099226-3500

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Michael DimitrukLawrence J. Samuelson

c/o Dragoneer Investment Group, LLCSenior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary

One Letterman Drive1765 Greensboro Station Place, 7th Floor

Building D, Suite M500

San Francisco, CA 94129Tysons, Virginia 22102

(415)(703) 539-3099226-3500

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies:Copies of all communications, including communications sent to agent for service, should be sent to:

Paul D. Tropp, Esq.

Robert M. Hayward, P.C.

Robert E. Goedert, P.C.

Kevin M. Frank

Kirkland & Ellis LLP

300 North LaSalle

Chicago, IL 60654

United States

+1 312 862 2000 - Phone

+1 312 862 2200 - Facsimile

Christopher J. Capuzzi, Esq.

Ropes & Gray LLP

1211 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10036

Tel: (212) 596-6000

Fax: (212) 596-9090

Marc D. Jaffe

Ryan J. Maierson

Jim Morrone

Latham & Watkins LLP

885 Third Avenue

New York, New York 10022

(212) 906-1894

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.Registration Statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box:  

If this Form is filed to registerregistered additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Actact registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting

company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer   Accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer   Smaller reporting company 
   Emerging growth company 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.  ☐

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of Each Class of
Security Being Registered
 Amount Being
Registered
 

Proposed

Maximum
Offering Price
per Security(1)

 

Proposed

Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)

 Amount of
Registration Fee

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value (2)(3)

 23,000,000 shares $10.00 $230,000,000 $25,093

 

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of Each Class of Securities
to be Registered
 Amount
to be Registered(1)
 Proposed Maximum
Offering Price
Per Share(2)
 Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(2)
 Amount of
Registration Fee

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share(3)

 513,892,605 $7.81 $4,010,931,782.03 $371,813.38

Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share(4)

 155,644 $7.81 $1,214,801.42 $112.61

 

 

(1)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

(2)

Includes 3,000,000 Class A ordinary shares that may be issued upon exercise of a 45-day option granted to the underwriters to cover over-allotments, if any.

(3)

Pursuant to Rule 416(a), there are also being registered an indeterminable number of additional securities as may be offered or issued to prevent dilution resulting from share sub-division,splits, share dividend,dividends or similar transactions.

(2)

Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act. The price per share and aggregate offering price are based on the average of the high and low prices of the Registrant’s common stock on December 20, 2021, as reported on Nasdaq.

(3)

Represents shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”) registered for resale by the Selling Stockholders named in this registration statement.

(4)

Represents shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of options by former employees (“Options”).

 

 

The Registrantregistrant hereby amends this Registration Statementstatement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrantregistrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Actact of 1933 as amended, or until thethis Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminaryThe prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not solicitingnor a solicitation of an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer orand sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 30, 2020DECEMBER 20, 2021

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

$200,000,000CVENT HOLDING CORP.

Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. IIUp to 155,644 Shares of Common Stock

20,000,000Up to 513,892,605 Shares

Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II is a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company for of Common Stock by the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities, which we refer to as our initial business combination. We have not selected any business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any business combination target. We will not be limited to a particular industry or geographic region in our identification and acquisition of a target company.Selling Stockholders

This is an initial public offeringprospectus relates to (a) the issuance by us of up to 155,644 shares of our Class A ordinary shares,common stock, par value $0.0001 per share which we refer(“Common Stock”), upon the exercise of options by former employees (“Options”) and (b) the resale from time to as our publictime of up to 513,892,605 shares at an initial public offering price per share of $10.00. The underwriters have a 45-day option fromCommon Stock, by the date ofselling security holders named in this prospectus (each a “Selling Stockholder” and collectively, the “Selling Stockholders”).

On December 8, 2021, we consummated the business combination (the “Business Combination”) contemplated by that certain Business Combination Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2021 (the “Business Combination Agreement”), by and among Cvent Holding Corp. (f/k/a Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II) (“we,” “us,” “Cvent” or the “Company”), Redwood Opportunity Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub I”), Redwood Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Merger Sub II”) and Papay Topco, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Legacy Cvent”), pursuant to purchase upwhich, among other things, promptly following the de-registration of the Company as an exempted company in the Cayman Islands and the continuation and domestication of the Company as a corporation in the State of Delaware with the name “Cvent Holding Corp.” (the “Domestication”), Merger Sub I merged with and into Legacy Cvent (the “First Merger”), with Legacy Cvent as the surviving company in the First Merger and, after giving effect to 3,000,000 additional publicsuch First Merger, Legacy Cvent became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and immediately following the First Merger and as part of the same overall transaction as the First Merger, Legacy Cvent as the surviving company of the First Merger merged with and into Merger Sub II (the “Second Merger”), with Merger Sub II as the surviving company in the Second Merger and, after giving effect to such Second Merger, Merger Sub II became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. In accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, at the time at which the First Merger became effective (the “First Effective Time”), each share and equity award of Legacy Cvent outstanding as of immediately prior to the First Effective Time was exchanged for shares to cover over-allotments, if any. Unlike other initial public offerings of special purpose acquisition companies, investorsCommon Stock or comparable equity awards that are settled or are exercisable for shares of Common Stock, as applicable, based on an implied Legacy Cvent equity value of $4,467,973,959.

We will bear all costs, expenses and fees in this offeringconnection with the registration of the Common Stock and will not receive any warrants (which would typically become exercisable following completion of our initial business combination).

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial business combination, subject to the limitations as described herein. If we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 monthsproceeds from the closing of this offering (or 27 months from the closing of this offering if we have executed a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for our initial business combination within 24 months from the closing of this offering but have not completed our initial business combination within such 24 month period), we will redeem 100%sale of the public shares for cash, subjectCommon Stock. The Selling Stockholders will bear all commissions and discounts, if any, attributable to applicable law and certain conditions as described herein.their respective sales of the Common Stock.

Our sponsor, Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Holdings II (an affiliate of Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC), has agreed to purchase 600,000 Class A ordinary shares (or 660,000 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment optionCommon Stock is exercised in full), at a price of $10.00 per share, in a private placement to occur concurrently with the closing of this offering. The private placement shares are identical to the Class A ordinary shares sold in this offering, subject to certain limited exceptions as described in this prospectus.

Dragoneer Funding II LLC (“Dragoneer Funding II”), which has received commitments from one or more funds affiliated with Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC and is an affiliate of our sponsor, has entered into a forward purchase agreement with us that provides for the purchase of up to an aggregate of 5,000,000 forward purchase shares for $10.00 per share, or an aggregate purchase price of up to $50,000,000 in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination. We will determine in our sole discretion the specific number of forward purchase shares that we sell to Dragoneer Funding II, if any. The obligations under the forward purchase agreement do not dependlisted on whether any Class A ordinary shares are redeemed by our public shareholders. The forward purchase shares will be identical to the Class A ordinary shares being sold in this offering, except that they will be subject to certain registration rights, as described herein.

Our initial shareholders currently own 5,750,000 Class B ordinary shares, up to 750,000 of which are subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised. The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holders thereof as described herein. Prior to our initial business combination, only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors. On any other matter submitted to a vote of our shareholders, holders of the Class B ordinary shares and holders of the Class A ordinary shares will vote together as a single class, except that in a vote to continue the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands, holders of Class B ordinary shares will have ten votes per share and holders of Class A ordinary shares will have one vote per share, and except as required by law or the applicable rules of The Nasdaq CapitalGlobal Market or Nasdaq, then in effect.

Currently, there is no public market for our Class A ordinary shares. We have applied to have our public shares listed on Nasdaq(“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “DGNS” on or promptly after“CVT.” On December 17, 2021, the dateclosing sale price of this prospectus.our Common Stock was $8.19.

We are an “emerging growth company” under applicable federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements.

Investing in our securitiesCommon Stock involves a high degree of risk. Seerisks that are described in theRisk Factors section beginning on page 31 for a discussion12 of information that should be considered in connection with an investment in our securities. Investors will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings.this prospectus.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of thesethe securities to be issued under this prospectus or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

   Per Share   Total 

Public offering price

  $10.00   $200,000,000 

Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)

  $0.55   $11,000,000 

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

  $9.45   $189,000,000 

(1)

Includes $0.35 per public share, or $7,000,000 in the aggregate (or $8,050,000 in the aggregate if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), payable to the underwriters for deferred underwriting commissions to be placed in a trust account located in the United States as described herein and released to the underwriters only upon the consummation of an initial business combination. See also “Underwriting” for a description of compensation and other items of value payable to the underwriters.

Of the proceeds we receive from this offering and the sale of the private placement shares described in this prospectus, $200,000,000, or $230,000,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full ($10.00 per public share in either case), will be deposited into a U.S. based trust account with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee.

The underwriters are offering the shares for sale on a firm commitment basis. The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to the purchasers on or about                 , 2020.

Book-Running Managers

CitigroupCredit SuisseMorgan Stanley

The date of this prospectus is                 , 20202021.


We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information, and neither we nor the underwriters take any responsibility for any other information others may give to you. We are not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer to sell securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

   Page 

A LETTER FROM OUR TEAM

ii

SUMMARYABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

   1 

SUMMARY FINANCIALMARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

   292

SUMMARY OF THE PROSPECTUS

3

THE OFFERING

8 

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND RISK FACTOR SUMMARY

   309 

RISK FACTORS

   3112 

USE OF PROCEEDS

   6657 

DIVIDEND POLICYDETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

   7058 

DILUTIONMARKET PRICE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDENDS

59

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

60

BUSINESS

   71 

CAPITALIZATIONEXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

   73106 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

   74

PROPOSED BUSINESS

79120 

MANAGEMENT

   107159 

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERSSELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

   117

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

120166 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

   123172 

TAXATIONPLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

   139179 

UNDERWRITINGBENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES

   148181

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

183 

LEGAL MATTERS

   155187 

EXPERTS

   155187 

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONALMORE INFORMATION

   155187 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   F-1 

 

i


A LETTER FROM OUR TEAM

Dear Investors,

We started Dragoneer with a simple premise: identify the few extraordinarily high-quality companies in the world and work tirelessly to invest in them.

To accomplish our goal, we have committed ourselves to three core areas:

Our People. We have assembled a team of world-class individuals passionate about perfecting the craft of investing. Embedded in our cultural DNA, “how” our people accomplish their goals is as significant as “what” those goals are, and making great investments is an end in itself. We thrive on working together, insisting upon healthy debate, and leading with integrity. Our deeply analytical team works relentlessly, dissecting the intricacies of the companies we explore and how they are impacting their markets and the broader world. We believe this mission-oriented culture premised on tap dancing to work, perfecting our craft, and backing exceptional management teams should yield superior returns.

Our Companies. Early on, we decided that just a few traits make a company extraordinary: sustainable differentiation—a true impenetrable moat that shields against competitive entrants; a financial model that promises excessive amounts of free cash flow once investment in growth subsides; large addressable markets; and leadership by purposeful management eager to build enduring franchises.

Our Financial Backers. We have always sought capital from organizations and individuals who are aligned with our mission and have a similarly long-term horizon. As a result, we have been fortunate to count some of the world’s leading university endowments, foundations, sovereign wealth funds, and family offices as investors in our funds—funds that will invest alongside us in any business combination. We believe that superlative companies can produce outstanding returns for extended periods of time, and the support of our investors enables us to take this longer-term perspective.

Our investment goals at Dragoneer are clear—invest when the prospective returns are compelling (but do not lose money for our investors), seek the best founders and operators building technology-enabled, generational growth businesses, and support those companies as they navigate their respective journeys.

Our firm goals are also clear—assemble the highest quality investment team in our profession, raise capital from like-minded organizations, and leverage innovation and creativity to be a step ahead in an undeniably competitive industry.

We believe this offering is the next step in allowing us a creative and flexible way to partner with an exceptional business and team. Since our founding, fifteen of our private portfolio companies have consummated traditional IPOs and two have emerged as public companies via direct listings. We have also invested in many companies at the time of their IPO. While we continue to believe that traditional IPOs are appropriate for many companies, and direct listings for others, we also believe that going public via a special purpose acquisition company, or SPAC, will be the best choice for a wide range of high-growth companies. Our deep network, track record, focus on disruptive businesses, and experience at the intersection of public and private markets makes Dragoneer uniquely positioned to identify and execute a successful business combination.

This offering is a prime example of the innovation our industry affords us to creatively partner with the highest quality businesses in the world. We will settle for nothing less.

With appreciation,

Team Dragoneer

ii


SUMMARYABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

This summary only highlightsprospectus is part of a registration statement on Form S-1 that we filed with the more detailedSecurities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) using the “shelf” registration process. Under this shelf registration process, the Selling Stockholders may, from time to time, sell the securities offered by them described in this prospectus. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale by such Selling Stockholders of the securities offered by them described in this prospectus. This prospectus also relates to the issuance by us of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of Options. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock underlying the Options pursuant to this prospectus, however we will receive any cash amounts payable upon the exercise of such Options.

Neither we nor the Selling Stockholders have authorized anyone to provide you with any information appearing elsewhereor to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or any applicable prospectus supplement or any free writing prospectuses prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the Selling Stockholders take responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. Neither we nor the Selling Stockholders will make an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

We may also provide a prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the registration statement to add information to, or update or change information contained in, this prospectus. You should read both this prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment to the registration statement together with the additional information to which we refer you in the sections of this prospectus entitled “Where You Can Find More Information.”

On December 8, 2021, we consummated the business combination (the “Business Combination”) contemplated by that certain Business Combination Agreement, dated as of July 23, 2021 (the “Business Combination Agreement”), by and among Cvent Holding Corp. (f/k/a Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II) (“we,” “us,” “Cvent” or the “Company”), Redwood Opportunity Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub I”), Redwood Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Merger Sub II”) and Papay Topco, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Legacy Cvent”), pursuant to which, among other things, promptly following the de-registration of the Company as an exempted company in the Cayman Islands and the continuation and domestication of the Company as a corporation in the State of Delaware with the name “Cvent Holding Corp.” (the “Domestication”), Merger Sub I merged with and into Legacy Cvent (the “First Merger”), with Legacy Cvent as the surviving company in the First Merger and, after giving effect to such First Merger, Legacy Cvent became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and immediately following the First Merger and as part of the same overall transaction as the First Merger, Legacy Cvent as the surviving company of the First Merger merged with and into Merger Sub II (the “Second Merger”), with Merger Sub II as the surviving company in the Second Merger and, after giving effect to such Second Merger, Merger Sub II became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. In accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, at the time at which the First Merger became effective (the “First Effective Time”), each share and equity award of Legacy Cvent outstanding as of immediately prior to the First Effective Time was exchanged for shares of Company Common Stock or comparable equity awards that are settled or are exercisable for shares of Company Common Stock, as applicable, based on an implied Legacy Cvent equity value of $4,467,973,959.

MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA

Unless otherwise indicated, information in this prospectus concerning economic conditions, our industry, our markets and our competitive position is based on a variety of sources, including information from independent industry analysts and publications, as well as our own estimates and research. This information involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. While we the information presented in this prospectus is generally reliable, forecasts, assumptions, expectations, beliefs, estimates and projects involve risk and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those described under “Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors.”

Certain information in the text of this prospectus is contained in independent industry publications. The sources of these independent industry publications are provided below:

Forrester, Cvent Thought Leadership Study: Data Review, February 22, 2021, which was commissioned by Cvent;

Frost & Sullivan, Hospitality Cloud GLOBAL TAM 2021/2022, April 2021, which was commissioned by Cvent; and

Frost & Sullivan, Events Technology GLOBAL TAM 2021/2022, April 2021, which was commissioned by Cvent.

We have not had this information verified by any independent sources. The independent industry publications used in this prospectus were not prepared on our behalf.

SUMMARY OF THE PROSPECTUS

This summary highlights selected information from this prospectus and may not contain all of the information that is important to you in making an investment decision. Before investing in our securities, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, carefully, including the information under “Risk Factors” and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus before investing.and the information set forth under the heading “Risk Factors.”

Unless the context indicates otherwise, statedreferences in this prospectus or the context otherwise requires, references to:

“amended and restated memorandum and article of association” are to the amended“Company,” “Cvent,” “we,” “us,” “our” and restated memorandum and articles of association that the company will adopt priorsimilar terms refer to the consummation of this offering;

“Companies Law” are to the Companies Law (2020 Revision) of the Cayman Islands as the same may be amended from time to time;

“Dragoneer” are to Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC, an affiliate of our sponsor;

“forward purchase agreement” are to the agreement providing for the sale of forward purchase shares to the forward purchase investor in Cvent Holding Corp. (f/k/a private placement that will close substantially concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination;

“forward purchase investor” are to Dragoneer Funding II, which is party to the forward purchase agreement;

“forward purchase shares” are to the Class A ordinary shares to be purchased by the forward purchase investor pursuant to the forward purchase agreement;

“Founders” are to Marc Stad and Pat Robertson;

“founder shares” are to our Class B ordinary shares initially issued to our sponsor in a private placement prior to this offering and the Class A ordinary shares that will be issued upon the automatic conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holders thereof (for the avoidance of doubt, such Class A ordinary shares will not be “public shares”);

“management” or our “management team” are to our executive officers and directors (including our directors nominees that will become directors in connection with the consummation of this offering);

“ordinary shares” are to our Class A ordinary shares and our Class B ordinary shares;

“private placement shares” are to the Class A ordinary shares to be issued to our sponsor in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of this offering (which private placement shares are identical to the shares sold in this offering, subject to certain limited exceptions as described in this prospectus) and upon conversion of working capital loans, if any (for the avoidance of doubt, such private placement shares shares will not be “public shares”);

“public shares” are to our Class A ordinary shares sold in this offering (whether they are purchased in this offering or thereafter in the open market);

“public shareholders” are to the holders of our public shares, including our sponsor and management team to the extent our sponsor and/or members of our management team purchase public shares, provided that our sponsor’s and each member of our management team’s status as a “public shareholder” will only exist with respect to such public shares;

“sponsor” are to Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Holdings II, a Cayman Islands limited liability company;Corp. II) and

“we,” “us,” “our,” “company” or “our company” are its consolidated subsidiaries. References to “Dragoneer” refer to Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II prior to the Business Combination.

Our Business

Cvent is a Cayman Islands exempted company.leading cloud-based platform of enterprise event marketing and management and hospitality solutions. Cvent powers the marketing and management of meetings and events through its Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud solutions. Cvent’s Event Cloud consists of tools to enable event organizers to manage the entire event lifecycle and deliver engaging experiences across every type of event and all event delivery models: in-person, virtual and hybrid. Event Cloud serves as the system of record for event and engagement data collected across an organization’s total event program, which comprises every internal and external event an organization hosts or attends (“Total Event Program”). Cvent’s Hospitality Cloud offers a marketplace that connects event organizers looking for the appropriate event space for their in-person and hybrid events with hoteliers and venue operators through a vertical search engine built on our proprietary database of detailed event space information. In addition, Cvent’s Hospitality Cloud provides marketing and software solutions that hotels and venues leverage to digitally showcase their event space to attract valuable leads and grow their businesses. This combination of the Cvent Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud results in a cohesive platform that Cvent believes generates powerful network effects and attracts more event organizers and hotels and venues.

Meetings and events are prevalent in organizations of almost every size, industry vertical and geography. The meetings and events space encompasses a broad spectrum of external marketing events, such as customer events, conferences, trade shows and prospect meetings; and internal events, such as sales kick-offs, training seminars, board meetings and companywide gatherings. Enterprises spend an average of 1% to 3% of their revenue on meetings and events, according to 2014 data from BTN Group. Collectively, organizations spent $1 trillion on meetings and events globally in 2018, according to the Industry and Events Council. According to Frost & Sullivan, the total market opportunity (“TAM”) for Cvent’s platform is $29.7 billion, across Cvent’s Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud solutions. See “BusinessOur Market Opportunity” for a discussion of what is included in Cvent’s TAM.

In 2020, the meetings and events industry was transformed by the global COVID-19 pandemic, which forced events into virtual environments and accelerated the ongoing digital transformation of the events industry. For virtual events, the event technology is the event venue, video is the primary method of content delivery and virtual attendees create a digital footprint of all of their event engagement that can be captured, analyzed and leveraged to both deliver better event experiences and inform subsequent sales and marketing efforts. Even as the pandemic subsides, Cvent believes virtual events will remain prominent due to their ability to attract and engage vast audiences across the globe. However, Cvent also believes that, in the post-pandemic world, the fundamental and innate desire to meet in-person will mean that organizations’ Total Event Programs will feature a combination of virtual events, in-person events and hybrid events that offer the benefits of both. The hybrid event model enables organizations to harness the advantages of both in-person and virtual meetings at the same time by



Any forfeiturereaching both a broader audience and achieving greater levels of shares described inengagement across far more attendees, thereby unlocking the potential for maximum return on their events investment.

With three event types now available to organizations, Cvent believes enterprises will host more events, more frequently and with far more registrants, and that they will also significantly expand their event technology spend given the increased complexity of their Total Event Program. For event professionals, planning, marketing and executing an event is a highly complex endeavor that can become inefficient and time-consuming when managed using traditional manual processes, homegrown solutions or disparate point software solutions. This complexity will be further exacerbated by the proliferation of hybrid events which essentially require planners to simultaneously execute two events that are consistent across distinct event delivery models. With events throughout the customer journey now being held across various event types and multiple event delivery models, organizations increasingly need a single system of record to collect and analyze these interrelated account and attendee interaction data points and act on this prospectus will take effectdata, as well as manage the associated meetings spend, enabling them to measure the impact of, and return on, their events investment.

Cvent addresses these challenges faced by event organizers with its end-to-end Event Cloud platform with solutions to drive live engagement and manage all event types and processes within an organization’s Total Event Program. Prior to an event, event organizers use Cvent’s platform to identify the appropriate venue within its marketplace, secure competitive proposals from venues, configure an event diagram, evaluate and secure speakers to design an impactful agenda, build an event website with tailored registration and pre-event content, market the event by sending segmented invitations and follow-up reminders, conduct pre-event surveys, manage in-person and hybrid event logistics such as travel and lodging, manage budgets and fee collections and produce broadcast-quality video content that can engage attendees before an event occurs. During the course of an event, Cvent’s platform enables event marketers and planners to process registrations, check-in attendees, conduct virtual and in-person sessions and broadcast pre-recorded or live sessions for online audiences, facilitate online or in-person appointments and lead capture and manage on-going communication with attendees via an event-specific mobile app. Following an event, exhibitors and sponsors can act on leads collected via our platform, while event organizers can leverage our platform to analyze registration, attendance, attendee engagement, session data and survey responses to measure attendee engagement, content effectiveness and overall event success, as well as provide registrants with web or mobile app access to on-demand video content to keep attendees engaged after an event concludes.

Cvent’s platform leverages this proprietary data to generate an engagement score for each attendee. When this data is integrated with an organization’s customer relationship management, or CRM, and marketing automation system, it can boost existing lead scores and inform the optimal action including sending leads to sales, putting engaged attendees into marketing nurture streams and improving future events. Cross-event analysis also enables organizations to measure the effectiveness of the entirety of their Total Event Program. The ability of Cvent’s platform to provide organizations with insights into buyer insights across the customer journey across all events has made the event program even more strategic and has positioned event technology as a surrendercritical component of sharesan organization’s marketing technology stack.

Cvent’s Hospitality Cloud platform offers vertical online marketplaces that connect event organizers seeking event space to hotels and venues. Cvent’s platform helps hotels find event organizers and win group business by enabling them to advertise and digitally showcase their event space, and also provides event organizers with tools to search, diligence, negotiate and contract with hotels for no considerationthat event space. The largest of such shares as a matter of Cayman Islands law. Any conversion ofthese marketplaces is the Class B ordinary shares describedCvent Supplier Network (“CSN”), which connects over 86,000 meeting and event organizers with approximately 285,000 hotels and venues featured in this prospectus will take effect as a compulsory redemption of Class B ordinary shares and an issuance of Class A ordinary shares as a matter of Cayman Islands law. Any share dividends described in this prospectus will take effect as share capitalizations as a matter of Cayman Islands law.

Unless we tell you otherwise, the information in this prospectus assumes that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option.

Our Company

General

We are a newly organized blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as our initial business combination. We have not selected any potential business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any potential business combination target.

Our sponsor is affiliated with Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC (“Dragoneer”), a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, which was established in 2012 and had over $11 billion of assets under managementCvent’s proprietary global database as of September 30, 2020. Dragoneer’s primary business is providing discretionary investment advisory services to alternative investment funds for which Dragoneer acts as sponsor. Dragoneer provides investment advice with respect to investments in both public and private companies, and its funds have demonstrated a history of what we believe to be strong performance based on realized returns.

We intend to pursue opportunities with private, high-quality growth companies. We will use our experience in sourcing transactions and portfolio company due diligence to seek to identify and negotiate a combination with an exceptional business. Our team focuses on software, internet, media, consumer/retail, healthcare IT and financial services/fintech, and our expectation is2021. Cvent believes that our ultimate target will be inCSN contains one of those sectors, although we may consummate a transaction with a business in a different industry.

Dragoneer has a long track recordthe world’s most extensive and accurate repositories of successfully identifying categorydetailed meeting venue information, empowering event organizers to search for, and industry leaders. Some of Dragoneer’s prior investments in the private markets include: Alibaba (IPO 2014), Amwins, Appfolio (IPO 2015), Atlassian (IPO 2015), Datadog (IPO 2019), Dollar Shave Club (acquired 2016), Doordash, Klarna, Nubank, PointClickCare, Slack (direct list 2019), Snowflake (IPO 2020), Spotify (direct list 2018), Uber (IPO 2019), and UiPath. These investments and many more have helped us build a uniquequalify, potential event sites. Cvent also believes that its marketplace generates significant network of relationships and access to management teams, which we believe will be important in consummating a merger with a target.

We believeeffects that now is a particularly attractive time to pursue a business combination. A great deal of uncertainty exists around the initial public offering (“IPO”) process. In addition, there is a great deal of expense, preparation and commitment of time and resources required by a management team to conduct a traditional IPO or direct listing. Given the extreme market volatility we have recently witnessed, these uncertainties and operational complexities are particularly challenging at this time, and could persist for an extended period. We also think that because of COVID-19, there are attractive businesses that may have additional capital needs over the next few years, which could further increase the pipeline of potential opportunities.

We believe our substantial committed capital and deep experience in the public markets will make us an attractive partner for companies seeking a clear and efficient path to listing their shares with a significant degree



simultaneously increase the volume of funding certainty. There are a largerequest for proposals (“RFPs”), submitted from event organizers and increase the number of companieshospitality professionals using Cvent’s system to respond to RFPs.

Cvent’s Hospitality Cloud also offers software solutions to hotels and venues that desireimprove the group sales process and streamline collaboration between hoteliers and event organizers to have publicly-traded shares to provide liquidity to investors and employees, create a currency for mergers and acquisitions, or even as a way to garner additional attention from potential customers. We are open to combining with businesses owned by founders and minority investors, control private equity investors, and family-owned businesses, which means there is a wide universe of potential partners (which universe is continually expanding as earlier stage private companies reach maturity).

We believe that Dragoneer is particularly well-suited to take advantage of the conditions described above. Dragoneer has a long history of investing at the intersection of private and public markets. In addition to managing a portfolio of publicly-traded securities, Dragoneer has successfully executed a range of transactions including private preferred stock, private common stock, private tender offers, private and public convertible securities, concurrent private placements, and anchoring IPOs both “on the cover” and off. Dragoneer has also helped many of its private portfolio investments go public, both via traditional IPOs as well as direct listings. We believe our understanding of private deal execution and public capital markets, and valuation dynamics in both markets, make us uniquely positioned to identifydesign, manage, and execute a business combination with a growth orientation. We think that our anticipated goal of establishing a minority ownership position as a result of a business combination, where we are supporting a management team in executing their vision, while remaining involved through the forward purchase of shares by Dragoneer funds and potential ongoing board involvement, will resonate with a broad range of potential companies.

Our Management Team

Our management team will consist of Marc Stad, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Pat Robertson, our President and Chief Operating Officer, who will both be supported by the Dragoneer investment team, the broader Dragoneer organization, and our independent directors, as further described below.

Mr. Stad has spent virtually his entire professional career in the investment management industry, founding Dragoneer in 2012 and serving as its Chief Executive Officer and Managing Partner. Prior to founding Dragoneer, Mr. Stad was a Partner and Portfolio Manager at the Investment Group of Santa Barbara, a private investment firm that invests in public and private equities. Previously, he worked in TPG’s buyouts division and at McKinsey & Co. as a management consultant. Mr. Stad is responsible for Dragoneer’s investment strategy, and we believe his personal network, along with those of the other Dragoneer team members, can produce a differentiated opportunity for the company. We also believe his track record of investing in public and private markets, in particular his experience around the private to public transition for many companies, makes him ideally suited for a transaction of this type. He was featured on The Recode 100 list in 2017 and Fortune’s “40 Under 40” in 2018. Mr. Stad received his AB degree from Harvard University and his MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Mr. Robertson serves as our President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Robertson is the co-founding Partner, President, and Chief Operating Officer of Dragoneer. He is responsible for the operations of the firm, including strategy, human capital, legal, transaction execution, trading, accounting, capital formation, and portfolio and risk management. Mr. Robertson previously was a vice president at Hall Capital Partners in their research group, served in the investment banking division of Goldman Sachs in New York and San Francisco, and was an attorney at Kirkland & Ellis in New York working primarily on M&A transactions. He received his AB degree from Brown University, his JD degree from Harvard Law School, and is a CFA Charterholder.

In July 2020, Mr. Stad and Mr. Robertson founded Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. (“Dragoneer I”), a blank check company incorporated for substantially similar purposes as our company. Dragoneer I completed its initial public offering in August 2020, in which it sold 69,000,000 units, each consisting of one Dragoneer I Class A ordinary share and one warrant to purchase one-fifth of one Dragoneer I Class A ordinary share, for an



offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds of $690,000,000. In connection with its initial public offering, Dragoneer I entered into a forward purchase agreement with Dragoneer Funding LLC providing for the purchase of 15,000,000 forward purchase units, consisting of one Class A Ordinary Share and one-fifth of one warrant to purchase one Class A ordinary share for $10.00 per unit, or $150,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the closing of the Company’s initial business combination. In addition, in connection with its initial public offering, Dragoneer I entered into a forward purchase agreement with Willett Advisors LLC providing for the purchase of 2,500,000 forward purchase units, consisting of one Class A Ordinary Share and one-fifth of one warrant to purchase one Class A Ordinary Share, for $10.00 per unit, or $25,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the closing of the Company’s initial business combination. Dragoneer I has not yet announced or completed its initial business combination. Mr. Stad serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Mr. Robertson serves as President and Chief Operating Officer for Dragoneer I.

Mr. Stad, Mr. Robertson, and each other member of the Dragoneer investment team (the “investment team”) bring significant investment acumen as well as personal networks that encompass a wide array of sectors, industry participants, and intermediaries. We believe that our creative and entrepreneurial team will provide us an advantage in identifying and executing an initial business combination.

Our Investment Team

Dragoneer’s investment team includes 17 individuals, led by the following team members:

Daniel Gillespie is a Partner at Dragoneer. Prior to joining Dragoneer in 2014, Mr. Gillespie worked at Bain Capital’s private equity business and at McKinsey & Co. Mr. Gillespie received his BA degree in Applied Mathematics from Yale University.

Christian Jensen is a Partner at Dragoneer. Prior to joining Dragoneer in 2016, Mr. Jensen worked at Accel Partners’ growth business and at AEA Investors. Mr. Jensen received his BA degree in Political Science from Yale University and his MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Eric Jones is a Partner at Dragoneer. Prior to joining Dragoneer in 2013, Mr. Jones worked in J.P. Morgan’s mergers and acquisitions group. Mr. Jones received his BA degree in Economics and International Studies from Yale University.

Jared Middleman is a Partner at Dragoneer. Prior to joining Dragoneer in 2015, Mr. Middleman worked in Bain Capital’s technology, media, and telecom private equity business. Mr. Middleman received his BA degree in Economics from Yale University.

Our Independent Director Nominees

Our efforts to seek a suitable business combination target will be complemented and augmented by the expertise and network of relationships of our directors, who each have extensive experience in business and financial matters.

Notwithstanding our Founders’ (including Dragoneer’s) and management team’s past experiences, past performance is not a guarantee (i) that we will be able to identify a suitable candidate for our initial business combination or (ii) that we will provide an attractive return to our shareholders from any business combination we may consummate. You should not rely on the historical record of our Founders’ (including Dragoneer’s) and management’s performance as indicative of our future performance. See “Risk Factors—Past performance of our Founders (including Dragoneer) and the other members of our management team, including investments and



transactions in which they have participated and businesses with which they have been associated, may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in us, and we may be unable to provide positive returns to shareholders.” For more information, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Management—Conflicts of Interest.”

Our Forward Purchase Agreement and Committed Capital

We believe our ability to complete our initial business combination will be enhanced by the certainty we bring by entering into a forward purchase agreement with the forward purchase investor pursuant to which the forward purchase investor has agreed to purchase, in the aggregate, up to $50,000,000 of forward purchase shares at a purchase price of $10.00 per share that will be sold in a private placement concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination. We will determine in our sole discretion the specific number of forward purchase shares that we sell to Dragoneer Funding II, if any.

The terms of the forward purchase shares will generally be identical to the terms of the Class A ordinary shares being issued in this offering, except that the forward purchase shares will have certain registration rights, as described herein.

Our Business Strategy

Our business strategy is to identify and complete a business combination that can create value for our shareholders over time. We believe our investment team’s prior experience and our network of relationships should allow us to identify a wide range of attractive opportunities for the company. Our networksevents. Cvent’s software solutions include, among others, entrepreneurs, public and private company management teams (from early stage venture to the Fortune 500), venture capital and private equity investors, investment bankers, attorneys, and management consultants.

Dragoneer’s investment philosophy is rooted in several core tenets:

Sustainable competitive differentiation. Dragoneer believes that identifying and deeply dissecting the “moat” around a company is the most critical element of understanding that company, as true differentiation can provide years of durable, compounding growth and expanding margins.

Growth as primary driver of returns. Dragoneer’s underwriting is primarily predicated on the topline growth potential of a business—while maintaining an attractive financial model—as opposed to valuation arbitrage or financial leverage. It is not coincidental that Dragoneer’s investments have generally been in disruptive sectors such as internet, software, and financial services.

Superior economic model. Ultimately, a business must have the ability to generate high levels of cash-flow over time, even if it chooses to use that cash to re-invest for the future. Dragoneer spends significant time evaluating a company’s financial model and unit economics to seek to discern the trajectory of its margin profile in the coming years.

World-class management teams. Dragoneer seeks to partner with creative and ambitious management teams that have a track record of success to help them execute against their vision.

Analyzability. Dragoneer generally looks for businesses that are mature enough to have a wealth of financial and operating data which it can utilize to conduct thorough analyses and build high-fidelity forecasts. Ultimately, isolating and forecasting drivers of growth with a high degree of conviction allows Dragoneer to initiate large, concentrated investments. Early stage venture businesses typically do not fit this mold as there is insufficient information to complete the due diligence process, and there are even public companies Dragoneer does not believe are sufficiently analyzable yet. Dragoneer also generally avoids businesses with highly unpredictable elements such as broad macroeconomic cyclicality or binary technological or regulatory risk.



Large addressable market relative to current company size. Dragoneer has found success in broad “platform” businesses as well as dominant vertical players. Dragoneer has also historically found opportunities both in markets and segments that themselves are growing (for example, due to new consumer behavior or new technology), as well as with companies that are taking share in more stable markets. However, with both types of opportunities, we seek companies that we believe have a clear runway for sustained growth in their existing core businesses, well beyond Dragoneer’s expected investment horizon.

This philosophy is combined with Dragoneer’s approach to investing:

Opportunistic and flexible application of these principles. Dragoneer invests in both public and private markets in a range of sectors and geographies, with a rigorous focus on seeking to identify the highest quality businesses.

Global Orientation. Different markets are evolving on different timelines and in different ways, with some consumer trends and corporate behaviors showing maturity in some markets, while those same trends are more nascent in other markets. Or as William Gibson quipped, “The future is already here—it’s just not evenly distributed.” Dragoneer is also seeing new companies being formed around the world (and particularly in China) that are going to compete more aggressively globally than they ever have before, and Dragoneer believes a broad lens is required to evaluate a given company’s competitive landscape and growth prospects.

Deep, fundamental analysis. Dragoneer’s investment team spends significant time conducting primary due diligence, availing itself of access to management when appropriate and a wide variety of third-party resources. Dragoneer’s goal is to be the foremost expert on the businesses in which it invests.

Long investment horizon. While staying closely attuned to a company’s development along the way, Dragoneer attempts to analyze its prospects for many years into the future. Dragoneer seeks to carefully analyze the extent to which a company’s “moat” will continue to deepen as it scales and what future product and financial implications that may have in the fullness of time. When Dragoneer invests, it is generally with a strong view that a business has a long and clear runway for compound growth.

Concentration. There are very few companies that meet Dragoneer’s selective criteria, and it attempts to maintain its discipline across market cycles. Dragoneer is also a believer that concentrated investments based in rigorous analysis are more likely to produce superior outcomes over time, compared to a portfolio approach with wide dispersion among winners and losers.

Preservation of capital. In addition to earning an attractive rate of return on Dragoneer’s investments, Dragoneer also seeks a significant margin of safety in each investment. Dragoneer is very focused on preservation of capital and pursues a nuanced evaluation of numerous downside scenarios. Its historical losses as a firm have been limited as a result.

We will consider companies in a variety of sectors but are guided by the tenets of our philosophy as articulated above. Ultimately, we believe there is a wide spectrum of companies, many of which fit into a “grey” area, and a few clearly exceptional ones. We do our bestnot limited to, only focus on the most exceptional businesses that fit most if not all of our criteria.

Following the initial business combination, we expectlead scoring to help the post-business combination entity continue its growth trajectory for many years to come. We expectprioritize group RFPs, three-dimensional hotel tours, event diagramming to collaborate with event organizers on designing optimal and safe event layouts and viewing three-dimensional renderings, room block management to enable event attendees to reserve hotel rooms, business transient solutions that simplify how hotels attract, manage and win corporate travel business and business intelligence solutions to benchmark against internal and targeted competitive metrics.

Cvent’s Hospitality Cloud also offers software solutions to hotels and venues that improve the group sales process and streamline collaboration between hoteliers and event organizers to design, manage, and execute events. Cvent’s software solutions include lead scoring to prioritize group RFPs, event diagramming to collaborate with event organizers on designing optimal event layouts, room block management to enable event attendees to reserve hotel rooms, business transient solutions that simplify how hotels attract, manage and win corporate travel business and business intelligence solutions to benchmark against internal and targeted competitive metrics.

Cvent sells its platform primarily through a direct inside sales team. For Cvent’s Event Cloud, its customers enter into annual and multi-year subscriptions to utilize its cloud-based event marketing and management solutions. The amount of these sum-certain contracts is based on a committed annual number of initiatives,registrants and events across an organization’s Total Event Program. As of September 30, 2021, Cvent had approximately 11,000 Event Cloud customers, including but not limited to, navigating the public markets, mergerscompanies such as Deere & Company, Morningstar, Inc., and acquisitions, capital allocation decisions, talent acquisition,Zoom Video Communications, Inc. For Cvent’s Hospitality Cloud, hotels and broadening their networkvenues enter into annual and multi-year contracts for group business marketing solutions and software. As of potential partnersSeptember 30, 2021, Cvent had approximately 10,000 Hospitality Cloud customers, including brands such as Accor S.A., Best Western International, Inc., and customers. We



believe our track record of success and support of management teams will make us a partner of choice for a high-quality business.

Our Acquisition Criteria

Consistent with our investment philosophy and strategy, we plan to identify high-quality businesses run by exceptional teams pursuing large market opportunities. We expect to be guided by the criteria outlined above in evaluating opportunities, but we may decide to complete our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet some or all of these criteria.Marriott International Inc.

The criteria set forth abovestructure of Cvent’s platform allows it to employ a land-and-expand business model, where customers grow their spend with Cvent over time. As Cvent’s Event Cloud customers grow their Total Event Program by launching new types of events, running more events and attracting additional registrants to their events, their contracts are not intendedtypically renewed at higher annual values. Additionally, customers purchasing Cvent’s platform to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combinationreplace certain homegrown or multiple disparate point solutions may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management and our investment team may deem relevant.

Our Acquisition Process

In evaluating a potential target business, we expect to conduct a comprehensive due diligence review to seek to determine a company’s quality and its intrinsic value. That due diligence review may include, among other things, financial statement analysis, detailed document reviews, multiple meetings with management, consultations with relevant industry experts, competitors, customers and suppliers, as well as a review of additional information that we will seek to obtain as part of our analysis of a target company.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we,initially purchase only one or a committeefew of independent directors, if required by applicable law or based upon the decision of our board of directors or a committee thereof, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Members of our and Dragoneer’s management teams, including our officers and directors, will directly or indirectly own our securities following this offering and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target company is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Each of our officers and directors, as well as our and Dragoneer’s management teams, may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers, directors, and management team members was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to such business combination.

We have not selected any specific business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any business combination target.

Each of our directors, director nominees and officers presently has, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities (including Dragoneer I) pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations (including Dragoneer I), he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

In addition, our sponsor, officers and directors may participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company prior to completion of our initial business combination.Cvent’s solutions. As a result,



our sponsor, officers or directors could have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present business combination opportunities to us or to any other blank check company with which they may become involved. In particular, affiliates of our sponsor are currently sponsoring one other blank check company, Dragoneer I. Dragoneer I may seek to complete a business combination in any location and is not focusing on any particular industry for business combinations. Further, Mr. Stad, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Robertson, our President and Chief Operating Officer, serves as President and Chief Operating Officer, for Dragoneer I, respectively. Any such companies, including Dragoneer I, may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target. However, we do not believe that any potential conflicts with Dragoneer I would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination, because while we expect that Dragoneer I will have priority over us with respect to acquisition opportunities until it completes its initial business combination, our management team has significant experience in identifying and executing multiple acquisition opportunities simultaneously and we are not limited by industry or geography in terms of the acquisition opportunities we can pursue. In addition, given Dragoneer I’s larger size, we expect that investment opportunities that may be appropriate for Dragoneer I may not be appropriate for us and vice versa.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other.

Our Founders, sponsor, officers, and directors may sponsor, form or participate in other blank check companies similar to ours during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination. Any such companies may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target, particularly in the event there is overlap among investment mandates. However, we do not currently expect that any such other blank check company would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. In addition, our Founders, sponsor, officers, and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence.

Initial Business Combination

So long as our securities are then listed on Nasdaq, our initial business combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% ofthose customers recognize the value of the trust account (excluding any deferred underwriters’ feesan integrated platform, they typically expand their footprint over time. As of December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019 and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or an independent valuation or appraisal firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. While we consider it unlikely that our board will not be able to make an independent determination of the fair market value of a target business or businesses, it may be unable to do so if the board is less familiar or experiencedDecember 31, 2018 Cvent’s net dollar retention rate was 89.2%, 108.4% and 109.9%, respectively, with the target company’s business, there is a significant amountdecline in 2020 resulting from the global COVID-19 pandemic. As of uncertainty as toSeptember 30, 2021 and 2020, Cvent’s net dollar retention rate was 90.0% and 97.7%, respectively, with the valuedecline in 2021 resulting from the global COVID-19 pandemic. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of the company’s assets or prospects, including if such company is at an early stageFinancial Condition and Results of development, operations or growth, or if the anticipated transaction involves a complex financial analysis or other specialized skills and the board determines that outside expertise would be helpful or necessary in conducting such analysis. Since any opinion, if obtained, would merely state that the fair market value of the target business meets the 80% of net assets threshold, unless such opinion includes materialOperations—Key Business Metrics” for additional information regarding the valuation of a target business or the consideration to be provided, it is not anticipated that copies of such opinion would be distributed



to our shareholders. However, if required under applicable law, any proxy statement that we deliver to shareholders and file with the SEC in connection with a proposed transaction will include such opinion.

We may, at our option, pursue an acquisition opportunity jointly with one or more entities affiliated with Dragoneer and/or one or more investors in funds managed by Dragoneer, which we refer to as an “Affiliated Joint Acquisition.” Any such parties may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by issuing to such parties a class of equity or equity-linked securities. We refer to this potential future issuance, or a similar issuance to other specified purchasers, as a “specified future issuance” throughout this prospectus. The amount and other terms and conditions of any such specified future issuance would be determined at the time thereof. We are not obligated to make any specified future issuance and may determine not to do so. This is not an offer for any specified future issuance. Pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of our Class B ordinary shares, any such specified future issuance would result in an adjustment to the conversion ratio such that our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees, if any, would retain their aggregate percentage ownership at 20% of the sum of the total number of all ordinary shares outstanding upon completion of this offering plus all shares issued in the specified future issuance, unless the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Class B ordinary shares agreed to waive such adjustment with respect to the specified future issuance at the time thereof. We cannot determine at this time whether a majority of the holders of our Class B ordinary shares at the time of any such specified future issuance would agree to waive such adjustment to the conversion ratio. If such adjustment is not waived, the specified future issuance would not reduce the percentage ownership of holders of our Class B ordinary shares, but would reduce the percentage ownership of holders of our Class A ordinary shares. If such adjustment is waived, the specified future issuance would reduce the percentage ownership of holders of both classes of our ordinary shares.

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post-business combination company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post-business combination company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-business combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-business combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity interests of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-business combination company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. If the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses. In addition, we have agreed not to enter into a definitive agreement regarding an initial business combination without the prior consent of our sponsor. If our securities are not then listed on Nasdaq for whatever reason, we would no longer be required to meet the foregoing 80% of net asset test.dollar retention rate.

To the extent we effect our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in such



company or business. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial business combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which our initial business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination.

Other Considerations

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, Founders, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor or any of our Founders, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, if required by applicable law or based upon the decision of our board of directors or a committee thereof, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that such initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

We currently do not have any specific business combination under consideration. Our officers and directors have neither individually selected nor considered a specific target business nor have they had any substantive discussions with possible target businesses on our behalf. Our management team is regularly made aware of potential business opportunities, one or more of which we may desire to pursue for a business combination, but we have not (nor has anyone on our behalf) contacted any prospective target business or had any substantive discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to a business combination transaction with our company. Additionally, we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, taken any substantive action, directly or indirectly, with any suitable acquisition candidate for us, nor have we engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any such acquisition candidate.

In addition, certain of our Founders, officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary and contractual duties to other entities (including Dragoneer I). As a result, if any of our Founders, officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he, she or it has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations (including Dragoneer I), then, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law, he, she or it will need to honor such fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, before we can pursue such opportunity. If these other entities decide to pursue any such opportunity, we may be precluded from pursuing the same. However, we do not expect these duties to materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other.

In addition, we may, at our option, pursue an Affiliated Joint Acquisition opportunity with an entity to which a Founder, officer or director has a fiduciary or contractual obligation. Any such entity may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by making a specified future issuance to any such entity.



Unlike other SPAC IPOs, investors in this offering will not receive any warrants (which typically would become exercisable following completion of our initial business combination).

Corporate Information

OurCvent is a Delaware corporation. Cvent’s principal executive offices are located at One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite M500, San Francisco, California 94129, and our1765 Greensboro Station Place, 7th Floor, Tysons, Virginia 22102. Cvent’s telephone number is (415)(703) 539-3099.226-3500 We maintain aand its corporate website at http://dragoneergrowth.com. Theaddress is www.cvent.com. Cvent’s website and the information contained on, or accessiblethat can be accessed through, our corporatethe website or any other website that we may maintain is not deemed to be incorporated by reference in, and is not considered part of, this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus isprospectus. On

December 9, 2021, we became a part.

We arepublicly-listed company through our combination with Dragoneer, a blank check company incorporated on September 25, 2020 as a Cayman Islands exempted company. Exempted companiescompany for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses.

Risk Associated with our Business

There are Cayman Islands companies conductinga number of risks related to our business mainly outsideand investing in our Common Stock that you should consider before deciding to invest. You should carefully consider all the Cayman Islands and, as such, are exempted from complying with certain provisionsinformation presented in the section entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. Some of the Companies Law. As an exempted company, we have applied forprincipal risks related to our business include the following:

Cvent is substantially dependent upon the addition of new customers and received a tax exemption undertaking from the Cayman Islands government that, in accordance with Section 6continued growth of the Tax Concessions Law (2018 Revision)market for its event marketing and management solutions;

Cvent’s Hospitality Cloud business depends on maintaining and expanding its relationships with hotels and venues;

Data published by third parties and internally generated data and assumptions may prove to be inaccurate. In particular, the estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which Cvent competes achieves the forecasted growth, Cvent’s business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all;

If the security of Cvent or its customers’ confidential or personal information stored in Cvent’s or its third-party service providers’ systems is breached or otherwise subjected to unauthorized access, Cvent’s business could be materially and adversely affected, its reputation may be severely harmed and it may be exposed to liability.

Cvent has indemnity provisions under its contracts with its customers, vendors, lessors, business partners and other parties, which could have a material adverse effect on Cvent’s business.

Cvent faces significant competition from established and new companies offering event marketing and management software.

Disruption of Cvent’s operations, infrastructure or systems, or disruption of the Cayman Islands, for a period of 20 years from the dateoperations, infrastructure or systems of the undertaking, no lawthird parties on which Cvent relies, could damage Cvent’s reputation and result in credits to customers or a loss of users, which would harm Cvent’s business and operating results.

Cvent’s business depends substantially on renewing agreements with existing customers and selling additional solutions to them. Any decline in—or failure to grow—Cvent’s customer renewals or expansions would likely harm its future operating results.

Cvent targets large customers, and sales to these customers involve risks that may not be present or are present to a lesser extent with sales to smaller customers. Large customers often demand more configuration and integration services, or customized features and functions that Cvent may not offer. Failure to secure large new customers, deepen its penetration of its large customer base or the loss of large customers would have an adverse effect on Cvent’s annual recurring revenue (“ARR”), business and operating results.

Cvent’s net dollar retention rate may decline or fluctuate.

Cvent’s business is enacted insubstantially dependent upon the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations will apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax will be payable (i) on or in respect of our shares, debentures or other obligations or (ii) by waycontinued strength of the withholdingmarket for on-demand software solutions.

If Cvent loses access to third-party licenses, Cvent’s software product development and production may be delayed or it may incur additional expense to modify Cvent’s products or products in whole or in part of a payment of dividend or other distribution of income or capital by us to our shareholders or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligation of us.development.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required

If Cvent fails to comply with its obligations under license or technology agreements with third parties, Cvent may be required to pay damages and Cvent could lose license rights that are critical to its business.

Cvent has experienced rapid growth and significant organizational change in recent periods and expect continued future growth, both organically and by acquisitions. If Cvent fails to manage its growth effectively, it may be unable to execute its business plan, maintain high levels of service or address competitive challenges adequately.

Failure to adequately expand Cvent’s sales force will impede its growth.

In the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404past Cvent has completed acquisitions and may acquire or invest in other companies or technologies in the future, which could divert management’s attention, fail to meet its expectations, result in additional dilution to Cvent’s stockholders, increase expenses, disrupt its operations and harm its operating results.

Cvent’s long-term success depends, in part, on its ability to operate offices located outside of the Sarbanes-Oxley ActUnited States, including India.

Cvent’s business is susceptible to declines or disruptions in the demand for meetings and events, including those due to economic downturns, natural disasters, geopolitical upheaval and global pandemics.

Cvent is dependent in part upon its relationships with its strategic partners to sustain the flow of 2002,RFPs, through the Hospitality Cloud.

Cvent relies on third-party mobile application platforms such as the Apple App Store and the Google Play Store to distribute its mobile applications. Cvent’s business will suffer if it is unable to maintain a good relationship with such platform providers, if their terms and conditions or pricing change to our detriment, if it violates, or if a platform provider believes that it has violated, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensationterms and conditions of its platform, or if any of these platforms are unavailable for a prolonged period of time.

Cvent has experienced losses in our periodic reportsthe first nine months of 2021, 2020 and proxy statements,in prior years, and exemptions fromCvent may not achieve profitability in the requirementsfuture.

If Cvent does not continue to innovate and provide solutions that are useful to Cvent’s customers and event registrants and attendees, Cvent may not remain competitive, and its revenue and operating results could suffer.

Cvent’s sales cycle can be lengthy and unpredictable, which may cause its operating results to vary significantly.

Cvent relies on the performance of holding a non-binding advisory votehighly skilled personnel, including senior management and its sales and technology professionals; if Cvent is unable to retain or motivate key personnel or hire, retain and motivate qualified personnel, Cvent’s business would be harmed.

Cvent’s ability to introduce new products and features is dependent on executive compensationadequate research and shareholder approval of any golden parachute paymentsdevelopment resources. If Cvent does not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, thereadequately fund its research and development efforts, Cvent may not be able to compete effectively and its business and operating results may be a less active trading market for our securitiesharmed.

Seasonality may cause fluctuations in Cvent’s revenue, sales, billings, cash flow, operating expenses and operating results.

If Cvent fails to offer high-quality customer support, its business and reputation would suffer.

Cvent’s business could be adversely affected if its users are not satisfied with the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition perioddeployment, training and support services provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30,Cvent and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period. References herein to “emerging growth company” have the meaning associated with it in the JOBS Act.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the lastits partners.



day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $250 million as of the prior June 30, or (2) our annual revenues exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30.

The Offering

In deciding whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account not only the backgrounds of the members of our management team, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company and the fact that this offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act. You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. You should carefully consider these and the other risks set forth in the section below entitled “Risk Factors” of this prospectus.

Securities offered

20,000,000 Class A ordinary shares (or 23,000,000 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), at $10.00 per share.

Proposed Nasdaq symbol

Class A ordinary shares: “DGNS”

Ordinary shares:THE OFFERING

 

Issuer

Cvent Holding Corp.

Number outstanding before this offeringShares of Common Stock to be issued upon exercise of Options

  Up to 155,644 shares.
5,750,000(2)(3)

Number outstanding after this offeringShares of Common Stock Offered by the Selling Stockholders

  Up to 513,892,605 shares.
25,600,000

Shares of Common Stock Outstanding

(1)(2)(4)  481,121,695 shares (as of December 17, 2021).

(1)

Assumes no exerciseUse of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.Proceeds

(2)

Founder shares are currently classified as Class B ordinary shares, which shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holders thereof as described below adjacent to the caption “Founder shares conversion and anti-dilution rights” and in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Such Class A ordinary shares delivered upon conversionWe will not havereceive any redemption rights or be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account if we do not consummate an initial business combination.

(3)

Includes 750,000 founder shares that are subject to forfeiture.

(4)

Includes 20,000,000 public shares, 600,000 private placement shares and 5,000,000 founder shares, assuming 750,000 founder shares have been forfeited.

Forward Purchase Agreement

We have entered into a forward purchase agreement pursuant to which Dragoneer Funding II, which has received commitments from one or more funds affiliated with Dragoneer, has agreed to subscribe for an aggregate of up to 5,000,000 forward purchase shares for $10.00 per share, or up to $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination. We will determine in our sole discretion the specific number of forward purchase shares that we sell to Dragoneer Funding II, if any.

The forward purchase agreement also provides that the forward purchase investor is entitled to registration rights with respect to the forward purchase shares and any other Class A ordinary shares acquired by the forward purchase investor, including any acquired after we complete our initial business combination. Please see



“Description of Securities—Registration Rights” for additional information. The proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock by the forward purchase shares may be used as part of the considerationSelling Stockholders. With respect to the sellers in our initial business combination, expenses in connection with our initial business combination or for working capital in the post-business combination company. These purchases are required to be made regardlessshares of whether any Class A ordinary shares are redeemed by our public shareholders and are intended to provide us with a minimum funding level for our initial business combination. The forward purchase shares will be issued only in connection with the closing of the initial business combination.

Founder shares

On September 29, 2020, the sponsor paid $25,000, or approximately $0.0087 per share, to cover certain of our offering and formation costs in consideration of 2,875,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001. On October 22, 2020, the company effected a share dividend, resulting in 5,750,000 founder shares outstanding. Prior to the initial investment in the company of $25,000 by the sponsor, the company had no assets, tangible or intangible. On October 29, 2020, our sponsor transferred 75,000 Class B ordinary shares to each of our independent directors. These shares shall not be subject to forfeiture in the event the underwriters’ overallotment option is not exercised. The per share price of the founder shares was determined by dividing the amount contributed to the company by the number of founder shares issued. If we increase or decrease the size of this offering,Common Stock underlying Options, we will effect a share capitalization or a share surrender or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable,not receive any proceeds from such shares except with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in such amount as to maintain the number of founder shares, on an as-converted basis, at 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (excluding the private placement shares)amounts received by us upon the consummation of this offering. Up to 750,000 founder shares are subject to forfeiture by the sponsor, depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised.

The founder shares are identical to the Class A ordinary shares being sold in this offering, except that:

prior to our initial business combination, only holders of the founder shares have the right to vote on the appointment of directors and holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason;

in a vote to continue the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (which requires the approval of at least two thirds of the votes of all ordinary shares), holders of our founder shares will have ten votes for every founder share and holders of our Class A ordinary shares will have one vote for every Class A ordinary share;

the founder shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below;



our sponsor and each member of our management team have entered into an agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to (i) waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares (ii) waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and public shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering or during any extended time that we have to consummate a business combination beyond 24 months as a result of a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (an “Extension Period”) or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares and (iii) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares and private placement shares they hold if we fail to consummate an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering or during any Extension Period (although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame). If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if we obtain the approval of an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company. In such case, our sponsor and each member of our management team have agreed to vote any founder shares, public shares and private placement shares held by them in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares, we would need 7,200,001, or 36% (assuming all issued and outstanding shares are voted and the over-allotment option is not exercised), or 800,001, or 4% (assuming only the minimum number of shares representing a quorum are voted and the over-allotment option is not exercised), of the 20,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to have our initial business combination approved;

the founder shares will automatically convert into our Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holders thereof as described below adjacent to the caption “Founder shares conversion and anti-dilution rights” and in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association; and

the founder shares are entitled to registration rights.



Transfer restrictions on founder shares and private placement shares

Except as described herein, our sponsor and our directors and executive officers have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell (i) any of their founder shares until the earliest of (A) one year after the completion of our initial business combination and (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, (x) if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share subdivisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 120 days after our initial business combination, or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property, and (ii) any of their private placement shares until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. Any permitted transferees would be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of our sponsor and our directors and executive officers with respect to any founder shares and private placement shares.

Founder shares conversion and anti-dilution rights

The founder shares are designated as Class B ordinary shares and will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares, which such Class A ordinary shares delivered upon conversion will not have any redemption rights or be entitled to liquidating distributions if we do not consummate an initial business combination, at the time of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holders thereof at a ratio such that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of (i) the total number of ordinary shares issued and outstanding upon completion of this offering, plus (ii) the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities (as defined herein) or rights issued or deemed issued, by the company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of the initial business combination, excluding any forward purchase shares and any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, deemed issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and any private placement shares issued to our sponsor, its affiliates or any member of our management team, including upon conversion of working capital loans. Any conversion of Class B ordinary shares described herein will take effect as a compulsory redemption of Class B ordinary shares and an issuance of Class A ordinary shares as a matter of Cayman Islands law. In no event will the Class B ordinary shares convert into Class A ordinary shares at a rate of less than one-to-one.

The term “equity-linked securities” refers to any debt or equity securities that are convertible, exercisable or exchangeable for our



Class A ordinary shares issued in a financing transaction in connection with our initial business combination, including, but not limited to, a private placement of equity or debt.

Appointment of directors; Voting rights

Prior to our initial business combination, only holders of our founder shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. Holders of our public shares and private placement shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason. In addition, in a vote to continue the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (which requires the approval of at least two thirds of the votes of all ordinary shares), holders of our founder shares will have ten votes for every founder share and holders of our Class A ordinary shares will have one vote for every Class A ordinary share and, as a result, our initial shareholders will be able to approve any such proposal without the vote of any other shareholder. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution passed by not less than two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at our general meeting which shall include the affirmative vote of a simple majority of our Class B ordinary shares. With respect to any other matter submitted to a vote of our shareholders, including any vote in connection with our initial business combination, except as required by law, holders of our founder shares and holders of our public shares will vote together as a single class, with each share entitling the holder to one vote.

Private placement shares

Our sponsor has committed, pursuant to a written agreement, to purchase an aggregate of 600,000 private placement shares (or 660,000 private placement shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), at a price of $10.00 per share ($6,000,000 in the aggregate or $6,600,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. The private placement shares are identical to the Class A ordinary shares sold in this offering, subject to certain limited exceptions as described in this prospectus. If we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering, the proceeds from the sale of the private placement shares held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the private placement shares will be worthless.

Proceeds to be held in trust account

Nasdaq listing rules provide that at least 90% of the gross proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement shares be deposited in a trust account. Of the proceeds we will receive from this offering and the sale of the private placement shares described in this prospectus, $200,000,000, or $230,000,000 if the underwriters’ over-



allotment option is exercised in full ($10.00 per public share in either case), will be deposited into a segregated trust account located in the United States with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee. The proceeds to be placed in the trust account include $7,000,000 (or $8,050,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) in deferred underwriting commissions.

Except with respect to interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to us to pay our income taxes, if any, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, as discussed below and subject to the requirements of law and regulation, will provide that the proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement shares held in the trust account will not be released from the trust account (1) to us, until the completion of our initial business combination, or (2) to our public shareholders, until the earliest of (a) the completion of our initial business combination, and then only in connection with those Class A ordinary shares that such shareholders properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein, (b) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares, and (c) the redemption of our public shares if we have not consummated our business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering, subject to applicable law. Public shareholders who redeem their Class A ordinary shares in connection with a shareholder vote described in clause (b) in the preceding sentence shall not be entitled to funds from the trust account upon the subsequent completion of an initial business combination or liquidation if we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering, with respect to such Class A ordinary shares so redeemed. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could become subject to the claims of our creditors, if any, which could have priority over the claims of our public shareholders.

Anticipated expenses and funding sources

Except as described above with respect to the payment of taxes, unless and until we complete our initial business combination, no proceeds held in the trust account will be available for our use. The proceeds held in the trust account may not bear interest or be invested until January 1, 2021, after which the proceeds will be invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days



or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Assuming an interest rate of 0.20% per year, we estimate the interest earned on the trust account will be approximately $400,000 per year; however, we can provide no assurances regarding this amount. Unless and until we complete our initial business combination, we may pay our expenses only from:

the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares not held in the trust account, which will be approximately $1,000,000 in working capital after the payment of approximately $1,000,000 in expenses relating to this offering; and

any loans or additional investments from our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors, although they are under no obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances, and provided any such loans will not have any claim on the proceeds held in the trust account unless such proceeds are released to us upon completion of our initial business combination.

Conditions to completing our initial business combination

So long as our securities are then listed on Nasdaq, our initial business combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the trust account (excluding any deferred underwriters’ fees and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. Our shareholders may not be provided with a copy of such opinion nor will they be able to rely on such opinion. If our securities are not then listed on Nasdaq for whatever reason, we would no longer be required to meet the foregoing 80% of net asset test.

We may structure our initial business combination such that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, including an Affiliated Joint Acquisition. However, we will complete our initial business combination only if the post-business combination company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or is otherwise not required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-business combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to our initial



business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination transaction. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-business combination company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test, provided that in the event that the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses and we will treat the target businesses together as the initial business combination for purposes of a tender offer or for seeking shareholder approval, as applicable.

Permitted purchases and other transactions with respect to our securities

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase public shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. Additionally, at any time at or prior to our initial business combination, subject to applicable securities laws (including with respect to material nonpublic information), our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates may enter into transactions with investors and others to provide them with incentives to acquire public shares, vote their public shares in favor of our initial business combination or not redeem their public shares. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds held in the trust account will be used to purchase public shares in such transactions. If they engage in such transactions, they will be restricted from making any such purchases when they are in possession of any material nonpublic information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange ActOptions to the extent such purchasersOptions are subjectexercised for cash. We intend to use any such reporting requirements. proceeds for general corporate purposes.

Market for Common Stock

Our Common Stock is currently traded on the Nasdaq Global Market under the symbol “CVT.”

Risk Factors

See “Proposed Business—Permitted PurchasesRisk Factors and Other Transactions with Respect to Our Securities”other information included in this prospectus for a descriptiondiscussion of howfactors you should consider before investing in our sponsor, directors, executive officers,

securities.


advisors or their affiliates will select which shareholders to purchase securities from in any private transaction.

The purpose of any such transaction could be to (1) vote in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination or (2) satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

Redemption rights for public shareholders upon completion of our initial business combination

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any, divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share. The per share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters. The redemption rights will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. Further, we will not proceed with redeeming our public shares, even if a public shareholder has properly elected to redeem its shares, if a business combination does not close. Our sponsor and each member of our management team have entered into an agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares, public shares and private placement shares held by them in connection with (i) the completion of our initial business combination, and (ii) a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering



or during any Extension Period or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares.

Limitations on redemptions

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 either prior to or upon consummation of an initial business combination (so that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). However, a greater net tangible asset or cash requirement may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. For example, the proposed business combination may require: (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the terms of the proposed business combination. Furthermore, although we will not redeem shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to fall below $5,000,001, we do not have a maximum redemption threshold based on the percentage of shares sold in this offering, as many blank check companies do. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, and all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

Manner of conducting redemptions

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of our initial business combination either (i) in connection with a general meeting called to approve the business combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement. Asset acquisitions and share purchases would not typically require shareholder approval, while direct mergers with our company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our outstanding ordinary shares or seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association would typically require shareholder approval. We currently intend to conduct redemptions in connection with a shareholder vote unless shareholder approval is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement or we choose to



conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC for business or other reasons.

If we hold a shareholder vote to approve our initial business combination, we will:

conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules; and

file proxy materials with the SEC.

If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if we obtain the approval of an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company. In such case, our sponsor and each member of our management team have agreed to vote any founder shares, public shares and private placement shares held by them in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares, we would need 7,200,001, or 36% (assuming all issued and outstanding shares are voted and the over-allotment option is not exercised), or 800,001, or 4% (assuming only the minimum number of shares representing a quorum are voted and the over-allotment option is not exercised), of the 20,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to have our initial business combination approved. Each public shareholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction or vote at all.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association require that at least five days’ notice will be given of any such general meeting.

If we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association:

conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers; and

file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

Upon the public announcement of our initial business combination, if we elect to conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, we



and our sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchase our Class A ordinary shares in the open market, in order to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.

In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public shareholders not tendering more than the number of public shares we are permitted to redeem. If public shareholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete such initial business combination.

Limitation on redemption rights of shareholders holding more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering if we hold shareholder vote

Notwithstanding the foregoing redemption rights, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering, without our prior consent. We believe the restriction described above will discourage shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to redeem their shares as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public shareholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights against a business combination if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us, our sponsor or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our shareholders’ ability to redeem to no more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our initial business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including all shares held by those shareholders that hold more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering) for or against our initial business combination.


Release of funds in trust account on closing of our initial business combination

On the completion of our initial business combination, the funds held in the trust account will be disbursed directly by the trustee to pay amounts due to any public shareholders who properly exercise their redemption rights as described above adjacent to the caption “Redemption rights for public shareholders upon completion of our initial business combination,” to pay the underwriters their deferred underwriting commissions, to pay all or a portion of the consideration payable to the target or owners of the target of our initial business combination and to pay other expenses associated with our initial business combination. If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination or the redemption of our public shares, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of post-transaction businesses, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

Redemption of public shares and distribution and liquidation if no initial business combination

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we will have only 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering to consummate our initial business combination. If we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses) divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. If we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering, the proceeds from the sale of the private placement shares held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the private placement shares will be worthless.


Our sponsor and each member of our management team have entered into an agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares and private placement shares they hold if we fail to consummate an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering or during any Extension Period (although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame).

The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission held in the trust account in the event we do not consummate an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering or during any Extension Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the trust account that will be available to fund the redemption of our public shares.

 Our sponsor, executive officers, directors and director nominees have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares; unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any, divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described above adjacent to the caption “Limitations on redemptions.” For example, our board of directors may propose such an amendment if it determines that additional time is necessary to complete our initial business combination. In such event, we will conduct a proxy solicitation and distribute proxy materials pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act seeking shareholder approval of such proposal and, in connection therewith, provide our public shareholders with the redemption rights described above upon shareholder approval of such amendment. This redemption right shall apply in the event of the approval of any such amendment, whether proposed by our sponsor, any executive officer, director or director nominee, or any other person.


Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, if we wind up for any other reason prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, we will follow the foregoing procedures with respect to the liquidation of the trust account as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to applicable Cayman Islands law.

Limited payments to insiders

There will be no finder’s fees, reimbursements or cash payments made by the company to our sponsor, officers or directors, or their affiliates, for services rendered to us prior to or in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, other than the following payments, none of which will be made from the proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares held in the trust account prior to the completion of our initial business combination:

Repayment of up to an aggregate of $300,000 in loans made to us by our sponsor to cover offering-related and organizational expenses;

Reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating, negotiating and completing an initial business combination; and

Repayment of loans which may be made by our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination. Up to $2,000,000 of such loans may be convertible into shares of the post-business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per share at the option of the lender. The shares would be identical to the private placement shares. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans.

Any such payments will be made either (i) prior to our initial business combination using proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares held outside the trust account or from loans made to us by our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors or (ii) in connection with or after the consummation of our initial business combination.

Audit Committee

We will establish and maintain an audit committee, which will be composed entirely of independent directors. Among its responsibilities, the audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made by us to our sponsor, officers or directors, or their affiliates and monitor compliance with the other terms relating to this offering. If any noncompliance is identified, then the audit committee will be charged with the responsibility to promptly take all action necessary to rectify such noncompliance or otherwise to cause compliance with the terms of this offering. For



more information, see the section entitled “Management—Committees of the Board of Directors—Audit Committee.”

Conflicts of Interest

Certain of our Founders, officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary and contractual duties to other entities (including Dragoneer I). As a result, if any of our Founders, officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations (including Dragoneer I), then, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law, he or she will need to honor such fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, before we can pursue such opportunity. If these other entities decide to pursue any such opportunity, we may be precluded from pursuing the same. However, we do not expect these duties to materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other.

In addition, our sponsor, officers and directors may participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company prior to completion of our initial business combination. As a result, our sponsor, officers or directors could have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present business combination opportunities to us or to any other blank check company with which they may become involved. In particular, affiliates of our sponsor are currently sponsoring one other blank check company, Dragoneer I. Dragoneer I may seek to complete a business combination in any location and is not focusing on any particular industry for business combinations. Further, Mr. Stad, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Robertson, our President and Chief Operating Officer, serves as President and Chief Operating Officer, for Dragoneer I, respectively. Any such companies, including Dragoneer I, may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target. However, we do not believe that any potential conflicts with Dragoneer I would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination, because while we expect that Dragoneer I will have priority over us with respect to acquisition opportunities until it completes its initial business combination, our management team has significant experience in identifying and executing multiple acquisition opportunities simultaneously and we



are not limited by industry or geography in terms of the acquisition opportunities we can pursue. In addition, given Dragoneer I’s larger size, we expect that investment opportunities that may be appropriate for Dragoneer I may not be appropriate for us and vice versa.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, we may, at our option, pursue an Affiliated Joint Acquisition opportunity with any such fund or other investment vehicle. Such entity may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by making a specified future issuance to any such fund or vehicle.

Risks

We are a newly incorporated company that has conducted no operations and has generated no revenues. Until we complete our initial business combination, we will have no operations and will generate no operating revenues. In making your decision whether to invest in our securities, you should take into account not only the background of our management team, but also the special risks we face as a blank check company. This offering is not being conducted in compliance with Rule 419 promulgated under the Securities Act. Accordingly, you will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors in Rule 419 blank check offerings. For additional information concerning how Rule 419 blank check offerings differ from this offering, please see “Proposed Business—Comparison of This Offering to Those of Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419.” You should carefully consider these and the other risks set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” of this prospectus.



SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA

The following table summarizes the relevant financial data for our business and should be read with our financial statements, which are included in this prospectus. We have not had any significant operations to date, so only balance sheet data is presented.

   September 30, 2020 
   Actual       As Adjusted(1) 

Balance Sheet Data:

      

Working capital (deficiency)

  $(28,000    $194,020,000 

Total assets

  $48,000     $201,020,000 

Total liabilities

  $28,000     $(7,000,000

Value of ordinary shares subject to possible conversion/tender

   —       $189,019,990 

Shareholders’ equity

  $20,000     $5,000,010 

(1)

The “as adjusted” information gives effect to the sale of the public shares we are offering and the sale of the private placement shares, including the application of the related gross proceeds and the payment of the estimated remaining costs from such sale and the repayment of the accrued and other liabilities required to be repaid.

The “as adjusted” total assets amount includes the $200,000,000 to be held in the trust account, including the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions of $7,000,000, plus $1,000,000 in cash to be held outside the trust account, plus $20,000 of actual shareholders’ equity at September 30, 2020. If our initial business combination is not consummated, the funds held in the trust account, less amounts we are permitted to withdraw as described in this prospectus, will be distributed solely to our public shareholders.



CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

AND RISK FACTOR SUMMARY

Some of the statementsStatements contained in this prospectus maythat reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance, business strategies, expectations for our business and any other statements of a future or forward-looking nature, constitute “forward-looking statements” for the purposes of the federal securities laws. Our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements regarding our or our management’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. The information included in this prospectus in relation to the Company and our management, and forward-looking statements include statements relating to our management team’s expectations, hopes, beliefs, intentions or strategies regarding the future. In addition, any statements that refer to projections, forecasts or other characterizations of future events or circumstances, including any underlying assumptions, are forward-looking statements. The words “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “can,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intends,“intend,” “may,” “might,” “plan,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “would”“would,” “will,” “approximately,” “likely,” “shall” and similar expressions may identify forward-looking statements, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking.

The forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. There can be no assuranceWe cannot assure you that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, the following risks, uncertainties and other factors:

our being a company with no operating history and no revenues;

our ability to select an appropriate target business or businesses;

our ability to complete our initial business combination;

our expectations around the performance of a prospective target business or businesses;

our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;

our officers and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our initial business combination;

the proceeds of the forward purchase shares being available to us;

our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination;

our pool of prospective target businesses;

our ability to consummate an initial business combination due to the continued uncertainty resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic;

the ability of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential business combination opportunities;

our public securities’ potential liquidity and trading;

the lack of a market for our securities;

the use of proceeds not held in the trust account or available to us from interest income on the trust account balance;

the trust account not being subject to claims of third parties;

our financial performance following this offering; and

the other risks and uncertainties discussed in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our s assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. Some factors that could cause actual results to differ include, but are not limited to:

the impact on Cvent’s operations and financial condition from the effects of the current COVID-19 pandemic;

Cvent’s ability to attract and retain new customers;

Cvent’s ability to maintain and expand relationships with hotels and venues;

the impact of a data breach or other security incident involving Cvent or its customers’ confidential or personal information stored in our or our third-party service providers’ systems;

risks associated with indemnity provisions in some of Cvent’s agreements;

the competitiveness of the market in which Cvent operates;

the impact of a disruption of Cvent’s operations, infrastructure or systems, or disruption of the operations, infrastructure or systems of the third parties on which Cvent relies;

Cvent’s ability to renew agreements with and sell additional solutions to its customers;

Cvent’s ability to maintain access to third-party licenses;

Cvent’s ability to comply with its obligations under license or technology agreements with third parties;

Cvent’s ability to manage its growth effectively;

Cvent’s ability to expand its sales force;

risks and uncertainties associated with potential acquisitions and divestitures;

Cvent’s ability to operate offices located outside of the United States, including India;

the impact of declines or disruptions in the demand for events and meetings;

risks associated with Cvent’s reliance on third-party mobile application platforms such as the Apple App Store and the Google Play Store to distribute its mobile applications;

Cvent’s history of losses and ability to achieve profitability in the future;

Cvent’s ability to develop, introduce and market new and enhanced versions of its solutions to meet customer needs and expectations;

the impact of Cvent’s lengthy and unpredictable sales cycle;

Cvent’s ability to retain, hire and integrate skilled personnel, including its senior management team;

Cvent’s ability to fund its research and development efforts;

the seasonality of Cvent’s sales and customer growth;

Cvent’s ability to offer high-quality customer support;

the impact of contractual disputes with Cvent’s customers;

the impact of any significant reduction in spending by advertisers on Cvent’s platforms;

Cvent’s ability to maintain, enhance and protect its brand;

the impact of delays in product and service development, including delays beyond Cvent’s control;

Cvent’s ability to maintain the compatibility of its solutions with third-party applications;

risks related to incorrect or improper use of Cvent’s solutions or its failure to properly train customers on how to utilize its solutions;

the impact of Cvent’s reliance on data provided by third parties;

risks associated with privacy concerns and end users’ acceptance of Internet behavior tracking;

Cvent’s ability to maintain its corporate culture as it grows;

Cvent’s ability to comply with legal requirements, contractual obligations and industry standards relating to security, data protection and privacy;

Cvent’s ability to comply with the rules and regulations adopted by the payment card networks;

Cvent’s ability to obtain, maintain, protect and enforce its intellectual property and proprietary rights;

risks associated with lawsuits by third parties for alleged infringement, misappropriation or other violation of their intellectual property and proprietary rights;

risks associated with Cvent’s use of open source software in certain of its solutions;

risks associated with changes in tax laws;

the impact of third-party claims, including by governmental bodies, regarding the content and advertising distributed by Cvent’s customers through its service;

risks associated with changes in financial accounting standards;

risks associated with fluctuations in currency exchange rates;

Cvent’s ability to raise additional capital or generate cash flows necessary to expand its operations and invest in new technologies in the future;

Cvent’s ability to develop and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting;

changes in applicable laws or regulations;

the ability of Cvent to expand or maintain its existing customer base;

the effect of global economic conditions or political transitions on Cvent’s customers and their ability to continue to purchase Cvent products;

the effect of COVID-19 on the foregoing, including the impact on our virtual, hybrid and in-person offerings, each of which has been and may continue to be impacted differently by COVID-19; and

other risks and uncertainties, including those described under the heading “Risk Factors.”

We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws.

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. YouStockholders should carefully consider carefullythe following risk factors, together with all of the other information included in this prospectus. We may face additional risks described below, togetherand uncertainties that are not presently known to us, or that we currently deem immaterial. The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the other information containedfinancial statements and notes to the financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making a decisionprospectus.

Risks Relating to invest in our Class A ordinary shares. If anythe Global COVID-19 Pandemic

The effects of the following events occur,global COVID-19 pandemic have materially affected how we and our customers are operating our businesses, and the duration and extent to which this will impact our future results of operations and overall financial performance remains uncertain.

The ongoing global COVID-19 pandemic has disrupted our business activities as well as those of our employees, customers, partners, suppliers and vendors and other parties with whom we do business, and may prevent us or our customers, partners, suppliers or vendors or other parties with whom we do business from conducting certain marketing and other business activities for an indefinite period of time, which could adversely impact our business, financial conditionposition and operating results may be materially adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Relating to our Search for, and Consummation of or Inability to Consummate, a Business Combination

Our shareholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed initial business combination, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majority of our shareholders do not support such a combination.

We may choose not to hold a shareholder vote before we complete our initial business combination if the business combination would not require shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement. For instance, if we were seeking to acquire a target business where the consideration we were paying in the transaction was all cash, we would typically not be required to seek shareholder approval to complete such a transaction. Except for as required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement, the decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or will allow shareholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors, such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek shareholder approval. Accordingly, we may complete our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares do not approve of the business combination we complete.

Please see the section entitled “Proposed Business—Shareholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our Initial Business Combination” for additional information.

In evaluating a prospective target business for our initial business combination, our management will rely on the availability of all of the funds from the sale of the forward purchase shares to be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in the initial business combination. If the sale of some or all of the forward purchase shares fails to close, for any reason, we may lack sufficient funds to consummate our initial business combination.

We have entered into a forward purchase agreement pursuant to which Dragoneer Funding II,operations. The global COVID-19 pandemic, which has received commitments from one or more funds affiliated with Dragoneer, has agreedcontinued to purchase an aggregate of up to 5,000,000 forward purchase shares for $10.00 per share, or up to $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with our initial business combination. We will determine in our sole discretion the specific number of forward purchase shares that we sell to Dragoneer Funding II, if any. The funds from the sale of forward purchase shares may be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in our initial business combination, expenses in connection with our initial business combination or for working capital in the post-transaction company. The obligations under the forward purchase agreement do not depend on whether any public shareholders elect to redeem their shares and provide us with a minimum funding level for the initial business combination.

If the sale of some or all of the forward purchase shares does not close for any reason, including by reason of the failure by the forward purchase investor to fund the purchase price for its forward purchase shares, we may lack sufficient funds to consummate our initial business combination. The forward purchase investor’s obligations to purchase the forward purchase shares are subject to termination prior to the closing of the sale of the forward purchase shares by mutual written consent of the company and the forward purchase investor. The forward purchase investor’s obligations to purchase its forward purchase shares are subject to fulfillment of customary closing conditions. In the event of any such failure to fund by the forward purchase investor, any

obligation is so terminated or any such closing condition is not satisfied and not waived by the forward purchase investor, we may lack sufficient funds to consummate our initial business combination.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor and members of our management team have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public shareholders vote.

Our sponsor will own, on an as-converted basis, 20% of our outstanding ordinary shares (excluding the private placement shares) immediately following the completion of this offering.

Our sponsor and members of our management team also may from time to time purchase Class A ordinary shares prior to our initial business combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, if we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if we obtain the approval of an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company. As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares and private placement shares, we would need 7,200,001, or 36% (assuming all issued and outstanding shares are voted and the over-allotment option is not exercised), or 800,001, or 4% (assuming only the minimum number of shares representing a quorum are voted and the over- allotment option is not exercised), of the 20,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to have our initial business combination approved. Accordingly, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, the agreement by our sponsor and each member of our management team to vote in favor of our initial business combination will increase the likelihood that we will receive the requisite shareholder approval for such initial business combination.

Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to the exercise of your right to redeem your shares from us for cash.

At the time of your investment in us, you will not be provided with an opportunity to evaluate the specific merits or risks of any target businesses. Since our board of directors may complete a business combination without seeking shareholder approval, public shareholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the business combination, unless we seek such shareholder approval. Accordingly, your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination may be limited to exercising your redemption rights within the period of time (which will be at least 20 business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public shareholders in which we describe our initial business combination.

The ability of our public shareholders to redeem their shares for cash may make our financial condition unattractive to potential business combination targets, which may make it difficult for us to enter into a business combination with a target.

We may seek to enter into a business combination transaction agreement with a prospective target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. If too many public shareholders exercise their redemption rights, we would not be able to meet such closing condition and, as a result, would not be able to proceed with the business combination. Furthermore, in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 either prior to or upon consummation of an initial business combination (so that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 either prior to or upon consummation of an initial business combination or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemptionspread, and the related adverse public health developments, including orders to shelter-in-place, travel restrictions and mandated business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into a business combination transaction with us.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow us to complete the most desirable business combination or optimize our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreement for our initial business combination, we will not know how many shareholders may exercise their redemption rights, and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If a large number of shares are submitted for redemption, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the trust account or arrange for additional third-party financing. Raising additional third-party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. The above considerations may limit our ability to complete the most desirable business combination available to us or optimize our capital structure. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriters will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connection with an initial business combination. The per-share amount we will distribute to shareholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commission and after such redemptions, the amount held in trust will continue to reflect our obligation to pay the entire deferred underwriting commissions.

The ability of our public shareholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you wouldclosures, have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your shares.

If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, the probability that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the funds in the trust account until we liquidate the trust account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your shares in the open market; however, at such time our shares may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the trust account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your shares in the open market.

The requirement that we consummate an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) after the closing of this offering may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating a business combination and may limit the time we have in which to conduct due diligence on potential business combination targets, in particular as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to complete our initial business combination on terms that would produce value for our shareholders.

Any potential target business with which we enter into negotiations concerning a business combination will be aware that we must consummate an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage over us in negotiating a business combination, knowing that if we do not complete our initial business combination with that particular target business, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the time frame described above. In addition, we may have limited time to conduct due diligence and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

Our search for a business combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected by the coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak and the status of debt and equity markets.

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus surfaced, which has and is continuing to spread throughout the world, including the United States. On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the

outbreak of the coronavirus disease (COVID-19) a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern.” On January 31, 2020, U.S. Health and Human Services Secretary Alex M. Azar II declared a public health emergency for the United States to aid the U.S. healthcare community in responding to COVID-19, and on March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization characterized the outbreak as a “pandemic”. The pandemic, together with resulting voluntary and U.S. federal and state and non-U.S. governmental actions, including, without limitation, mandatory business closures, public gathering limitations, restrictions on travel and quarantines, has meaningfully disrupted the global economy and markets. Although the long-term economic fallout of COVID-19 is difficult to predict, it has and is expected to continue to have ongoing material adverse effects across many, if not all, aspects of the regional, national and global economy. The COVID-19 outbreak has and a significant outbreak of other infectious diseases could result in a widespread health crisis that could adversely affect theworkforces, organizations, customers, economies and financial markets worldwide,globally, leading to an economic downturn and increased market volatility. It has also disrupted the businessnormal operations of any potential target business with which we consummate a business combination could be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, we may be unable to complete a business combination if continued concerns relating tomany businesses, including ours. The impact of the global COVID-19 continues to restrict travel, limit thepandemic significantly impacted our ability to sign new clients, and to upsell to and renew contracts with our existing clients, starting in March 2020 at the beginning of the pandemic. As a result, total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 declined by $9.1 million, or 2.4%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Additionally, in May 2020, in response to the global COVID-19 pandemic, we implemented a global reduction in force of approximately 10% that affected all areas of our business. The ultimate impact of the global COVID-19 pandemic on our business and financial results remains uncertain, particularly as new variants, including the Delta and Omicron variants, continue to emerge, evolve and spread, and a continued and prolonged public health crisis such as the global COVID-19 pandemic could have meetings with potential investors or the target company’s personnel, vendorsa material negative impact on our business, operating results and services providers are unavailable to negotiate and consummate a transaction in a timely manner.financial condition. The extent to which the global COVID-19 impactspandemic affects our search for a business combination will depend on future developments in the United States, India and around the world, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including the duration and spread of the pandemic and different COVID-19 variants, including the Delta and Omicron variants, new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions required to contain and treat it, among others.

We help our Event Cloud customers organize, promote and manage meetings and events. We help our Hospitality Cloud customers market to and source Event Cloud customers. Our Event Cloud business is affected by the number and types of events held and the number of registrations. Our Hospitality Cloud business is affected by the length and number of hotel room bookings that our customers purchase to run their events. Our business and our revenue are impacted by trends in one or more meeting and event or hospitality industries. Some of our Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud customers have partially or completely suspended operations. Adverse trends in one or more event or hospitality industries have adversely affected and are expected to continue to adversely affect our business. A decline in attendance at or reduction in the number of events, as well as any potential resurgencesrestrictions on the hospitality industry to host events, has had and is expected to continue to have an adverse effect on our revenue and operating income.

In addition, the global COVID-19 pandemic may adversely impact the business and operations of third-party service providers who perform critical services for our business, which in turn may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Our business depends on discretionary consumer and corporate spending. During periods of economic slowdown and recession, such as the worldwide recession triggered by the global COVID-19 pandemic and the resulting high levels of unemployment, consumers have historically reduced their discretionary spending. The impact of economic slowdowns on our business is difficult

to predict, but has and may continue to result in reductions in event planning and meetings, particularly for in-person events, and our ability to generate revenue. Many factors related to discretionary consumer and corporate spending, including employment, fuel prices, interest and tax rates and inflation, can adversely impact our results of operations.

In response to COVID-19, as many other companies have done, we required substantially all of our employees to continue to work, remotely; implemented travel restrictions; and postponed or canceled our in-person customer, industry and employee events and converted other events to virtual-only experiences. These precautionary measures could have increasingly negative effects on our sales and marketing efforts, customer success efforts, and revenue growth rates or other financial metrics, or create operational or other challenges, any of which could adversely impact our business, operating results and financial condition in any given period. We may also continue to experience impacts to productivity and other operational and business impacts if our employees, executives or their family members experience health issues, or if there are continued delays in our hiring and onboarding of new employees.

If and when local regulations permit, we may decide to re-open one or more of our offices and allow our employees to return to work, which would create additional risks and operational challenges. We anticipate that the re-opening of our offices will require non-trivial investments in the design, implementation and enforcement of new workplace safety protocols. Furthermore, even if we re-open some of our offices, it is possible that local authorities could impose stay at home orders which would require us to close our offices in the future. These efforts may divert management attention, and the protocols may create logistical challenges for our workforce which could adversely impact employee productivity and morale. Even if we follow what we believe to be best practices, there can be no assurance that our measures will prevent the transmission of COVID-19 between workers. Any incidents of actual or perceived transmission may expose us to liability from employee claims, adversely impact employee productivity and morale, and even result in negative publicity and reputational harm. Additionally, we have employees located in India. The rise in COVID-19 infection rates in India during April 2021, specifically the significant increase in infections in the New Delhi region where our office is located, could cause our employees to miss work, which in turn could have an adverse effect on productivity and morale.

In mid-2020, we saw some loosening of government-mandated COVID-19 restrictions in certain locations in response to improved COVID-19 infection levels. However, upon worsening COVID-19 infection rates in certain locations in late fiscal 2020 and in early fiscal 2021, local governmental authorities have either re-imposed some or all of earlier restrictions or imposed other restrictions, all in an effort to prevent the spread of COVID-19. Further, in late fiscal 2020 and early fiscal 2021, vaccines for combating COVID-19 were authorized for emergency use by health agencies in certain countries and regions in which we operate (including the United States, United Kingdom, European Union, Canada and Australia) and began to be administered. However, while vaccines are increasing in the United States, quantities of vaccines are limited and vaccine distributions, controlled by local authorities, are ongoing and not yet complete. Additionally, despite increasing vaccinations, cases of COVID-19 are rising in some states and certain vaccines have been rolled back due to potential side effects. It is unclear if and when full administration of the COVID-19 vaccines will occur and to what extent they are effective against COVID-19 variants, including the Delta and Omicron variants. Further, even as more people are vaccinated, they may not feel comfortable gathering with large crowds for in-person events. In addition, the roll out of vaccines in some jurisdictions, including India, where a substantial proportion of our employees are located, and other markets in which we intend to expand our business, is much slower than in the United States.

The duration and extent of the impact from the global COVID-19 pandemic depends on future developments that cannot be accurately predicted at this time, such as the severity and transmission rate of the virus, new variants of the virus, the actions taken to contain COVID-19it or treat its impact among others.and the distribution and efficacy of vaccines, the disruption caused by such actions and the impact of these and other factors on our employees, customers, partners and vendors. If we are not able to respond to and manage the disruptions posed byimpact of such events effectively, our business will be harmed. We are also unable to predict whether remote work arrangements will remain a trend if and when offices reopen and some employees return to in-person work arrangements, and what

the timing and demand for hybrid work arrangements will be. It remains uncertain whether the shift to remote work arrangements will remain permanent as the COVID-19 or other matters ofpandemic evolves and eventually abates. To the extent the global concern continue for an extensive period of time, our ability to consummate a business combination, or the operations of a target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination, may be materially adversely affected.

In addition, our ability to consummate a transaction may be dependent on the ability to raise equity and debt financing which may be impacted by COVID-19 and other events, including as a result of increased market volatility, decreased market liquidity and third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all.

We may not be able to consummate an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) after the closing of this offering, in which case we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up and we would redeempandemic adversely affects our public shares and liquidate.

We may not be able to find a suitable target business and consummate an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) afterfinancial results, it may also have the closingeffect of this offering. Our ability to complete our initial business combination may be negatively impacted by general market conditions, volatility in the capital and debt markets andheightening many of the other risks described herein.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

Operational Risks

We are substantially dependent upon the addition of new customers and the continued growth of the market for our event marketing and management solutions.

We derive, and expect to continue to derive, a significant majority of our revenue from the sale of our cloud solutions. During the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, 69.0% and 61.3%, respectively, of our total revenue was derived from our Event Cloud business. Therefore, the sustained acceptance and use of the cloud-based business model for delivery of our event marketing and management solutions is critical to our future growth and success. Planners have traditionally relied on point solutions, manual, paper and spreadsheet-based systems to organize events. Our ability to grow our business and increase revenue depends on our success in continuing to educate planners about the potential benefits of our cloud-based solutions. Concerns about cost, fraud, privacy, security, reliability and other issues may cause potential buyers not to adopt our applications. Moreover, planners who have already invested substantial resources in other registration and management systems or methods may be reluctant to adopt a new approach like ours to supplement or replace existing systems or methods. If organizations do not widely adopt applications such as ours, our ability to grow our business will be limited.

Our growth is also dependent upon identifying planners and converting them to new customers. Meeting and event planners and marketers can be found in a range of corporate departments and within a range of job functions and titles, which makes it difficult to identify prospective event organizers. Since our formation, we have proactively and systematically worked to identify such potential customers. However, we cannot guarantee that we will be able to continue to identify them.

In addition, our business is sensitive to adverse trends in one or more event or hospitality industries, including declines or disruptions in the demand for events and meetings, including those due to economic downturns, natural disasters, geopolitical upheaval and global pandemic (such as the global COVID-19 pandemic), and discretionary consumer and corporate spending. Our Event Cloud business is affected by the number and types of events held and the number of registrations. Any reduction in the demand for events and meetings would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. See the discussion under the headings “—The effects of the global COVID-19 pandemic have materially affected how we and our customers are operating our businesses, and the duration and extent to which this will impact our future results of operations and overall financial performance remains uncertain” and “—Our business is susceptible to declines or disruptions in the demand for meetings and events, including those due to economic downturns, natural disasters, geopolitical upheaval and global pandemics.”

Our Hospitality Cloud business depends on maintaining and expanding our relationships with hotels and venues.

An important component of the success of our Hospitality Cloud depends on our ability to maintain and expand relationships with hotels and venues. A substantial portion of our revenue is derived from compensation negotiated with hotels and venues for advertising and software solutions, particularly through Cvent Supplier Network, or CSN. During the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, approximately 31.0% and 38.7%, respectively, of our total revenue was derived from our Hospitality Cloud.

If we are unable to continue to successfully sell marketing solutions to individual hotels and venues, our financial results may suffer. Furthermore, although individual hotel properties typically make separate decisions

as to their advertising spending, the influence of the corporate offices of major hotel chains may affect the decisions of their individual properties. For example, if a corporate parent discontinues its relationship with us in favor of another solution, our relationship with the outbreakproperties under that brand may suffer. This may lead to considerable lost revenue or result in additional costs to complete sales of our advertising, any of which would adversely affect our operating results.

This risk is heightened by the concentrated nature of the hospitality industry, which is dominated by a relatively small number of major hotel chains, particularly in the United States. Recent high-profile mergers and acquisitions among the major hotel chains suggest that the industry’s level of concentration may increase. If we are unable to maintain and grow our network of hotels and venues, we may be unable to satisfy our customers’ needs, lose market share or incur additional costs to support our customers, all of which may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Further, if we are unable to successfully develop and sell additional products to hotels and venues, including but not limited to group marketing and sales solutions and group business intelligence, we may not achieve our anticipated revenue from these customers, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, our business is sensitive to adverse trends in one or more event or hospitality industries, including declines or disruptions in the demand for events and meetings, including those due to economic downturns, natural disasters, geopolitical upheaval and global pandemic (such as the global COVID-19 pandemic), and discretionary consumer and corporate spending. Our Hospitality Cloud business is affected by the length and number of hotel room bookings that our customers purchase to run their events. Any decline in attendance at or reduction in the number of events, as well as any restrictions on the hospitality industry to host events, has had and is expected to continue to have an adverse effect on our revenue and operating income would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. See the discussion under the headings “—The effects of the global COVID-19 pandemic have materially affected how we and our customers are operating our businesses, and the duration and extent to which this will impact our future results of operations and overall financial performance remains uncertain” and “—Our business is susceptible to declines or disruptions in the demand for meetings and events, including those due to economic downturns, natural disasters, geopolitical upheaval and global pandemics.”

Data published by third parties and internally generated data and assumptions may prove to be inaccurate. In particular, the estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all.

The market for event marketing and management software is still evolving. We rely on data published by third parties and on internally generated data and assumptions to calculate the size of our target market, customer groups and verticals within customer groups. For example, we rely on a worldwide total addressable market, or TAM, and we make assumptions about the direction of the events industry, including with respect to the mix of COVID-19in-person, continuesvirtual and hybrid events. If third-party or internally generated data prove to spread bothbe inaccurate or we make errors in our assumptions based on that data, our future growth rate may be limited. In addition, these inaccuracies or errors may cause us to misallocate capital and other business resources, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The estimates of market opportunity and forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus may prove to be inaccurate. Market opportunity estimates and growth forecasts included in this prospectus, including those we have generated ourselves, are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate, including the risks described herein. Even if the market in which we compete achieves the forecasted growth, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all. The variables that go into the calculation of our market opportunity are subject to change over time, and there is no guarantee that any particular number or percentage of addressable users or companies covered by our market opportunity estimates will purchase our products at all or generate any particular level of revenue for us. Any expansion in our market

depends on a number of factors, including the cost, performance, and perceived value associated with our platform and those of our competitors. Even if the market in which we compete meets the size estimates and growth forecasted in this prospectus, our business could fail to grow at similar rates, if at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts of market growth included in this prospectus should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

If the security of our or our customers’ confidential or personal information stored in our or our third-party service providers’ systems is breached or otherwise subjected to unauthorized access, our business could be materially and adversely affected, our reputation may be severely harmed and we may be exposed to liability.

Our system stores personally identifiable information, proprietary email distribution lists, credit card information and other critical, private, confidential and personal data for our customers and our customers’ event participants. We believe that we take reasonable steps to protect the security, integrity and confidentiality of the information we collect, store and otherwise process, but there is no guarantee that inadvertent (for example, software bugs, computer viruses or other technical malfunctions, employee error or malfeasance, or other factors) or unauthorized disclosure will not occur or that third parties will not gain unauthorized access to this information despite our efforts. We have in the U.S.past experienced, and globallywe or our third-party service providers may in the future experience, successful attempts by third parties to obtain unauthorized access to our or our customers’ data despite our security measures. Techniques used to obtain unauthorized access change frequently, and whilewe and our third-party hosting facilities and service providers may be unable to anticipate these techniques, implement adequate preventative measures or prevent, detect and stop such attacks, or react in a timely or effective manner. Any willful or accidental security breaches or other unauthorized access to our or our third-party service providers’ systems could expose us to substantial liability for the loss of such information, adverse regulatory actions or inquiries by international, federal, state or local governments, time-consuming and expensive investigations and litigation, extensive downtime of our systems and other possible liabilities.

If our or our third-party service providers’ security measures are breached because of third-party actions, including employee error, malfeasance, malicious code (such as malware, viruses, trojans, worms and ransomware), theft or fraud, state-sponsored organizations or otherwise, or if design flaws in our software are exposed and exploited, and, as a result, a third party obtains unauthorized access to any of our customers’ data, our relationships with our customers could be severely damaged, and we could incur significant liability. In addition, many jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals of data security breaches involving certain types of personal data, and our agreements with certain partners could require us to notify them in the event of a security incident. These mandatory disclosures regarding a security breach may lead to widespread negative publicity and may cause our customers to lose confidence in the effectiveness of our data security measures. Any security breach, whether actual or perceived, could harm our reputation, and we could lose customers or fail to acquire new customers. If we experience compromises to or interruptions or disruptions of our information technology systems as a result of security lapses, technical difficulties or otherwise that result in performance or availability problems of our cloud-based solutions, the complete shutdown of our cloud-based solutions, or the loss or unauthorized disclosure of confidential or personal information, our partners or customers may be harmed or lose trust and confidence in us, and decrease the use of our solution or stop using our solution in its entirety, and we could suffer reputational harm. We could also suffer financial harm as any such breach could cause us to issue refunds or service credits to customers for prepaid and unused subscription services or indemnify our customers for their losses. Any breach, loss or compromise of personal data may also subject us to severe civil fines and penalties, or claims for damages either under the General Data Protection Regulation, or the European General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), and relevant member state law in the European Union (the “E.U.”), other foreign laws, and other relevant state and federal privacy laws, rules and regulations in the United States.

Due to the size and complexity of our technology platform and services, the amount of data that we store and the number of customers, employees and third-party service providers with access to personal data, we, our

third-party service providers and their subcontractors are potentially vulnerable to a variety of intentional and inadvertent cybersecurity attacks and other security-related incidents and threats, which could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any contractual protections we may have from our third-party service providers may not be sufficient to adequately protect us against such consequences, and we may be unable to enforce any such contractual protections. Due to applicable laws and regulations or contractual obligations, we may be held responsible for any information security failure or cybersecurity attack attributed to our third-party service providers as they relate to the information we share with them. A vulnerability in a third-party service provider’s software or systems, a failure of our third-party service providers’ safeguards, policies or procedures, or a breach of a third-party service provider’s software or systems could result in the compromise of the confidentiality, integrity or availability of our systems or the data housed in our third-party solutions.

Our third-party service providers may also suspend or discontinue their relationships with us. For example, we work with third-party service providers to process credit card payments by our customers and are subject to payment card association operating rules. If our security measures fail to protect this information adequately or we fail to comply with the applicable operating rules, we could be liable to both our customers for their losses, as well as the third-party service providers under our agreements with them. We could also be subject to fines and higher transaction fees. Any of these effects could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We have indemnity provisions under our contracts with our customers, vendors, lessors, business partners and other parties, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

In our agreements with customers, vendors, lessors, business partners and other parties, we typically agree to indemnify them for losses related to claims by third parties of intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or other violation. Additionally, from time to time, customers require us to indemnify them for breach of confidentiality or violation of applicable law, among other things. Although we normally seek to contractually limit our liability with respect to such obligations, some of these agreements provide for extremely high liability caps and the existence of any dispute may have adverse effects on our customer relationships and reputation, and we may incur substantial liability related to them. In addition, provisions regarding limitation of liability in our agreements with customers, vendors or other third parties may not be enforceable in some circumstances or jurisdictions or may not protect us from claims and related liabilities and costs. We maintain insurance to protect against certain types of claims associated with the use of our products and services, but our insurance may not adequately cover any such claims and may not continue to be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If any such indemnification obligations are triggered, we could face substantial liabilities or be forced to make changes to our products and services, enter into license agreements, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or terminate our agreements with customers, vendors and other third parties and provide refunds. In addition, even claims that ultimately are unsuccessful could result in expenditures of management’s time and other resources. Furthermore, any legal claims from customers and channel partners could result in reputational harm and the delay or loss of market acceptance of our products and services.

We face significant competition from established and new companies offering event marketing and management software.

We operate in an intensely competitive market that is characterized by constant change and innovation. The market for event marketing and management software is evolving, highly competitive and significantly fragmented, and we expect competition to continue to increase in the future. With the increased demands for event marketing and management solutions as well as the potential influx of new entrants to the market, which have increased substantially with the significant increase of virtual events and virtual event providers, we expect competition to intensify in the future, which could harm our ability to increase sales and maintain our prices.

Our biggest competitor is existing manual, paper and spreadsheet-based systems event planners employ by themselves. Competition also arises from small and large event technology providers that compete with one or

some of the components of our platform, such as event marketing, consumer ticketing, registration management, onsite solutions, mobile event apps and venue sourcing and booking; providers that exclusively offer point solutions for hosting virtual events; in-house developed solutions that are difficult to maintain and do not integrate into marketing automation or customer relationship management, or CRM, systems; meeting and event management firms that offer their own custom-built event technology or leverage other commercial tools to run events for organizations of all sizes; venue searches and bookings processed by phone or email, and budget and expense through spreadsheets; online group sourcing and booking solutions, including group buying websites, consolidators and wholesalers of meeting products and services, and search websites; and hotel and venue direct websites and their call centers that provide direct sourcing and booking solutions. We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include the following breadth and depth of feature set; pricing; user experience; global client support and implementation services; scalability and security; privacy and industry-specific compliance with regulations; integration into other enterprise software solutions; and terms and commissions for direct booking.

Our competitors vary with each challenge that our event marketing and management solutions address, and include, for example, providers of point solutions for event marketing, consumer ticking, registration management, onsite events, virtual events, ecommerce payments, budgeting, web surveys, web content management, scheduling, room and table assignments, name badging, mobile app development, social media, onsite event solutions, venue sourcing, and business intelligence for the hospitality and meetings and events industries. If individual point solutions become less expensive, we may face general pricing pressure or pressure to adjust our pricing model. For example, if mobile app development increases significantly and as a result developers reduce their fees, we may be forced to reduce the fees that we charge for our mobile event apps to remain competitive. We also compete against online group sourcing and booking solutions and search websites. Additionally, we compete against companies that provide niche, highly specialized software focused on a specific industry vertical that certain customers may prefer if they desire software specifically focused on their industry. Large enterprises may also decide to develop their own event marketing and management software in-house, which could lead such large enterprises to stop using our platform.

We expect to face additional competition with the continued development and expansion of the event marketing and management software market. We expect that custom development efforts, open source initiatives and new competitors, such as software vendors that have traditionally focused on other applications, may enter the event marketing and management market or hospitality marketing and business intelligence market with competing products, which could have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Additionally, competitors with point solutions today may develop a comprehensive event marketing and management software that is similar to our own.

Our current and potential competitors may: have significantly more financial, technical, marketing and other resources than we have; be able to devote greater resources to the development, promotion, sale and support of their products and services; have more extensive customer bases and broader customer relationships; and have longer operating histories and greater name recognition. Some competitors have received, or may receive in the future, significant resources from private investors seeking growth, rather than profit; these competitors could be able to deploy significant resources without corresponding pressure to earn quarterly profits.

As a result, these competitors may be better able to respond quickly to new technologies and to undertake more extensive marketing campaigns. In some cases, these vendors may also be able to offer event marketing and management solutions at little or no additional cost by bundling them with their existing applications. If we are unable to compete with such companies, the demand for our solutions could substantially decline. To the extent any of our competitors have existing relationships with potential customers, those customers may be unwilling to purchase our solutions because of those existing relationships with that competitor. To the impactextent that we consider acquiring one of our competitors, this heightened competition could increase the outbreak on us will depend oncost of an acquisition within our industry.

Moreover, current and future competitors may also make strategic acquisitions or establish cooperative relationships among themselves or with others. By doing so, these competitors may increase their ability to meet the needs of our customers or potential customers. In addition, our current or prospective indirect strategic partners may establish cooperative relationships with our current or future competitors. These developments it could limit our ability to obtain revenue from existing and new customers. If we are unable to compete successfully against current and future competitors, our business, results of operations and financial condition would be harmed. Our competition is discussed further under the heading “Business — Competition.”

Disruption of our operations, infrastructure or systems, or disruption of the operations, infrastructure or systems of the third parties on which we rely, could damage our reputation and result in credits to customers or a loss of users, which would harm our business and operating results.

Our customers use our applications to manage important aspects of their businesses, and any disruption in our services or loss of data could damage our customers’ businesses and subject us to substantial liability, harm our reputation, result in costly litigation or regulatory investigations or inquiries and negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. If that occurs, our customers may delay or withhold payment to us, elect not to renew, or make contractual or other claims against us. The occurrence of any of these events could: result in an increase in our bad debt expense; result in an increase in collection cycles for accounts receivable; require us to establish a warranty provision; or incur the expense or risk of litigation. Further, if we are unable to meet the stated service level commitments we have guaranteed to some our customers, we may be contractually obligated to provide these customers with credits for future service or refund customers for prepaid amounts with regard to unused services. Our insurance coverage may not be sufficient to compensate us for the potentially significant losses that may result from claims arising from disruptions in our services. Such an event would also harm our reputation and we could lose future sales.

Disruptions may result from errors we make in delivering, configuring, or hosting our applications, or designing, maintaining or scaling our applications. In addition, our customers may use our services in ways that cause disruptions for other customers. We have experienced disruptions in our systems in the past, including server failures that temporarily slowed down the performance of our websites and mobile applications and we may experience more significant interruptions in the future.

Disruptions in service can also result from circumstances that are outside of our control. We currently serve our customers primarily using equipment managed by us and co-located in data center facilities operated by third parties. These data centers are vulnerable to damage or interruption from earthquakes, floods, fires, power loss and other events. They may also be subject to break-ins, sabotage, intentional acts of vandalism and similar misconduct, equipment failure and adverse events caused by operator error. We cannot rapidly switch to a new data center in the event of an adverse event. Despite precautions taken at these facilities, problems at these centers could result in lengthy service disruption and data loss, which could harm our reputation, and negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are also dependent on the maintenance and expansion of the infrastructure of the internet, over which we have no control. Any failure of the internet infrastructure we rely on, even for a short period of time, could result in service disruption. Similarly, we use third-party providers for internet and other telecommunication services, as well as other information technology services that are essential to our cloud-based event marketing and management solutions. Any errors, defects, interruptions or other performance problems with any of our third-party information technology providers could cause lengthy service disruption or data loss, which could harm our reputation, and negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our future growth depends on our ability to scale and adapt our applications, accommodate increasing traffic and storage demands, advance our technology, and meet expanding customer requirements. This may require us to change, upgrade, expand or replace our applications and infrastructure, often with advanced, complex, new and untested technologies. Scaling and adapting our systems is likely to be difficult, require

additional technical expertise and incur substantial costs, and we may not be successful in developing or implementing adequate solutions. Any difficulty or failure in performing necessary changes, upgrades, expansions or replacements could lead to lengthy service disruption or data loss, which could harm our reputation, and negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

There can be no assurance that our disaster preparedness will prevent significant disruption of our applications and operations. Our customers access substantial components of our platform from our primary data center. We maintain operationally equivalent server, network and storage infrastructure at our backup data center. However, our backup data center is not designed and operated to the same mechanical redundancy standards as our primary data center. A failure of systems at both sites may result in disruption of substantial components of our platform or the loss of data, including personal or confidential data. In particular, because our primary and backup data centers are both located in Virginia, a broad failure of the power grid could cause both sites to lose power, which would cause substantial components of our platform to be unavailable to all customers. Any difficulty or failure in maintaining business continuity could lead to lengthy service disruption or data loss, which could harm our reputation, and negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our business depends substantially on renewing agreements with existing customers and selling additional solutions to them. Any decline in—or failure to grow—our customer renewals or expansions would likely harm our future operating results.

Our business relies on a land-and-expand business model, in which customers grow their spend with us over time, and depends substantially on renewing agreements with existing customers and selling additional solutions to them. The impact of non-renewals or failure to grow our customer renewals is heightened for larger customers and where we are unable to recognize sufficient revenue to offset related customer acquisition costs prior to termination or cancellation of our customer agreements. See the discussion under the heading “— We target large customers, and sales to these customers involve risks that may not be present or are present to a lesser extent with sales to smaller customers. Large customers often demand more configuration and integration services, or customized features and functions that we may not offer. Failure to secure large new customers, deepen our penetration of our large customer base or the loss of large customers would have an adverse effect on our annual recurring revenue, business and operating results.” Any decline in or failure to grow our customer renewals will adversely impact our annual recurring revenue, a key metric of our business. Additionally, any failure to renew our customers at higher annual values, or declines in upsells and cross-sales to existing customers, would adversely impact our net dollar retention rate. See the discussion under the heading “— Our net dollar retention rate may decline or fluctuate.”

We offer our Event Cloud solutions primarily through annual and multi-year subscription agreements and our Hospitality Cloud solutions primarily through a mix of single-year and multi-year agreements. In order for us to improve our operating results, it is important that our Event Cloud customers renew their existing subscription agreements and our Hospitality Cloud customers renew their advertising and software agreements with us when the initial term expires, as well as purchase additional solutions and advertising from us.

Our customers have no renewal obligation after their initial term expires, and we cannot be assured that we will be able to renew agreements with any of our customers at the same or higher contract value. Some agreements also contain a termination right for the customer if the customer is dissatisfied with our services because of substantial nonperformance that remains uncured by us, or if we are unable to comply with various regulations that apply to such customer’s highly-regulated industry. If our customers do not renew their agreement or renew on less favorable terms to us, our revenue may decline, and our operating results would likely be harmed. We typically bill customers for no longer than the upcoming contract year with payment due upfront regardless of the full length of the contract, although we incur most of our customer acquisition costs at the time of sale. These costs can be significant. If a customer does not renew or cancels its agreement with us, we may not recognize sufficient revenue from that customer prior to the termination or cancellation to offset the acquisition costs associated with that customer.

We target large customers, and sales to these customers involve risks that may not be present or are present to a lesser extent with sales to smaller customers. Large customers often demand more configuration and integration services, or customized features and functions that we may not offer. Failure to secure large new customers, deepen our penetration of our large customer base or the loss of large customers would have an adverse effect on our annual recurring revenue, business and operating results.

One of our key sales initiatives is targeting sales to large enterprise customers. We focus on growing the number of customers that contribute more than $100,000 of annual recurring revenue (“ARR”) as a measure of our ability to scale with our existing customers and attract larger organizations to Cvent. Revenue from these customers represented 40.8% and 33.1% of revenue for the twelve months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, and 32.9%, 32.6% and 30.5% for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. As of September 30, 2021 and 2020, we had 819 and 705 customers, respectively, that contributed more than $100,000 of ARR during the previous twelve-month period, and as of December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, we had 666, 722 and 581 customers that contributed more than $100,000 of revenue in each of their respective years. The decrease in number of clients that contribute to more than $100,000 of ARR in 2020 was primarily due to the impact of the global COVID-19 pandemic, and we expect this number to rise again once the impact of the pandemic on our business subsides. Sales to large customers involve risks that may not be present or that are present to a lesser extent with sales to smaller entities, such as longer sales cycles, more complex customer requirements upfront sales costs, and less predictability in completing some of our sales.

For large enterprises, the customer’s decision to use our solution may be an enterprise-wide decision and require us to provide more education about the use and benefits of our software, as well as education regarding privacy and data protection laws, rules and regulations to prospective customers with international operations. In addition, larger customers may demand more complicated client set-up, integration services, features and more stringent contract terms. Further, these opportunities may require us to devote greater sales support and professional services resources to targeted customers. For example, enterprise customers typically spend more time negotiating contract terms. Accordingly, selling to enterprise customers will necessarily increase our costs of sales, lengthen our sales cycles and decrease our capability to predict our ability to close the sale. The increased costs may also decrease our gross margins. If a customer is not satisfied with the quality of work performed by us or with the type of services or solutions delivered, we could incur additional costs to address the situation, the profitability of that work might be impaired and the customer’s dissatisfaction with our services could damage our ability to obtain additional work from that customer. This risk is heightened in respect of large customers. See “— The loss of one or more of our large enterprise customers could negatively affect our ability to market our platform.”

Large enterprise customers comprise a significant portion of our customer base. Large customers may demand more configuration and integration services, which generally increases our upfront investment in sales and deployment efforts—even for deployments that are handled primarily by one of our implementation partners—with no guarantee that these customers will increase the scope of their subscription in order to offset our greater upfront costs. As a result of these factors, we and our partners must devote a significant amount of sales support and professional services resources to individual customers, increasing the cost and time required to complete sales. Additionally, our initialplatform does not currently permit customers to modify our code. If prospective customers require customized features or functions that we do not offer and that would be difficult for them to deploy themselves, then the market for our platform will be more limited and our business combination,could suffer as those enterprise customers decide to use another vendor or choose not to renew their subscription with us.

In addition, negative publicity related to our customer relationships, regardless of its accuracy, could harm our professional reputation and operating results. This risk is heightened in respect of large customers. See “— The loss of one or more of our large enterprise customers could negatively affect our ability to market our platform

Our net dollar retention rate may decline or fluctuate.

Our business model relies on not only acquiring new customers, but also on renewing and expanding relationships with existing customers over time. Our ability to expand sales within our existing customer base will depend on a number of factors, including their satisfaction with our solutions and support, competition and the extent to which our customers expand their Total Event Programs. We rely in part on upsells and cross-sales to existing customers to fuel our revenue and growth.

Our net dollar retention rate may decline or fluctuate as a result of increaseda number of factors, including the growing level of our revenue base, the level of penetration within our customer base, expansion of products and features, our ability to retain our customers, our ability to upsell and cross-sell to our customers, business strength or weakness of our customers, customer usage, customer satisfaction with our products and platform capabilities and customer support, our prices, the capabilities and prices of competing products, mergers and acquisitions affecting our customer base, consolidation of affiliates’ multiple paid business accounts into a single paid business account, the effects of global economic conditions, or reductions in our customers’ spending on information technology solutions or their spending levels generally. These factors may also be exacerbated if, consistent with our growth strategy, our customer base continues to grow to encompass larger enterprises, which may also require more sophisticated and costly sales efforts. If our customers do not purchase additional subscriptions and products from us or our customers fail to renew their subscriptions, our revenue may decline and our business, financial condition and results of operations may be harmed. Additionally, we may calculate our net dollar retention rate differently than other companies, and our calculation of net dollar retention rate is not directly comparable to that of other companies.

Our business is substantially dependent upon the continued strength of the market volatility, decreasedfor on-demand software solutions.

We derive, and expect to continue to derive, substantially all of our revenue from the sale of our on-demand solutions. As a result, continued widespread acceptance and use of the on-demand business model is critical to our future growth and success. Under the traditional perpetual or periodic license model for software procurement, users of the software would typically install and operate the applications on their hardware. Because many companies are generally predisposed to maintaining control of their information technology systems and infrastructure, there may be resistance to the concept of accessing software as a service provided by a third party. In addition, competitive dynamics may cause pricing levels to change as the market liquiditycontinues to mature and as existing and new market participants introduce new types of solutions and different approaches to enable organizations to address their technology needs. As a result, we may be forced to reduce the prices we charge for our products and may be unable to renew existing customer agreements or enter into new customer agreements at the same prices and upon the same terms that we have historically. If the market for on-demand software solutions stops growing, grows more slowly than we currently anticipate or evolves and forces us to reduce the prices we charge for our products, our revenue, gross margin and other operating results could be materially adversely affected.

If we lose access to third-party financing being unavailablelicenses, our software product development and production may be delayed or we may incur additional expense to modify our products or products in development.

Some of our solutions contain software licensed from third parties. Third-party licensing arrangements are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including:

undetected errors or unauthorized use of another person’s code in the third party’s software;

disagreement over the scope of the license and other key terms, such as royalties payable;

infringement, misappropriation or other actions brought by third-party licensees;

that third parties will create solutions that directly compete with our products; and

termination or expiration of the license.

Because of these risks, some of these licenses may not be available to us in the future on terms that are acceptable to us or allow our products to remain competitive or at all. The loss of these licenses or the inability to maintain any of them on commercially acceptable terms could delay development of future products or impair the functionality or enhancement of existing products, leading to increased expense associated with licenses of third-party software or development of alternative software to provide comparable functionality for our existing products and modification of our existing products. Additionally, in the outbreak of COVID-19 may negatively impact businessesfuture, we may seekidentify additional third-party intellectual property we may need to acquire. If we have not consummated an initial business combination within such applicable time period, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payablelicense in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, if we wind up for any other reason prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, we will follow the foregoing

procedures with respect to the liquidation of the trust account as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to applicable Cayman Islands law. In either such case, our public shareholders may receive only $10.00 per public share, or less than $10.00 per public share, on the redemption of their shares. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per public share” and other risk factors herein.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination, our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors and their affiliates may elect to purchase public shares, which may influence a vote on a proposed business combination and reduce the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase public shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination, although, other than the forward purchase agreement, they are under no obligation to do so. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentionsorder to engage in our business, including to develop or commercialize new products or services, but such transactions and havelicenses may not formulated anybe available on acceptable terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase public shares in such transactions.

In the event that our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisorsat all. Further, if we lose or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purpose of any such transaction could be to (1) vote in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination or (2) satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficultunable to maintain or obtain the quotation, listingany of these third-party licenses or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange. Any such purchases will be reported pursuantare required to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements. See “Proposed Business—Permitted Purchases and Other Transactions with Respect to Our Securities” for a description of how our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates will select which shareholders to purchase securities from in any private transaction.

If a shareholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our initial business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such shares may not be redeemed.

We will comply with the proxy rules or tender offer rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connection with our initial business combination. Despite our compliance with these rules, if a shareholder fails to receive our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, such shareholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly redeem or tender public shares. In the event that a shareholder fails to comply with these procedures, its shares may not be redeemed. See “Proposed Business—Business Strategy—Effecting Our Initial Business Combination—Tendering Share Certificates in Connection with a Tender Offer or Redemption Rights.”

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Since the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares are intended to be used to complete an initial business combination with a target business that has not been selected, we may be deemed to be a “blank check” companymodify software obtained under the United States securities laws. However, because we will have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000 upon the completion of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares and will file a Current Report on Form 8-K, including an audited balance sheet demonstrating this fact, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means our public shares will be immediately tradable and we will have a longer period of time to complete our initial business combination than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if this offering were subject to Rule 419, that rule would prohibitthird-party licenses, it could delay the release of any interest earned on funds held in the trust accountnew products, delay enhancements to us unless and until the funds in the trust account were released to us in connection with our completion of an initial business combination. For a more detailed comparisonexisting products or delay sales of our offering to offerings that comply with Rule 419, please see “Proposed Business—Comparisonexisting products. Any delays could result in loss of This Offering to Thosecompetitive position, loss of Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419.”

If we seek shareholder approvalsales and loss of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, and if you or a “group” of shareholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15% of our Class A ordinary shares, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 15% of our Class A ordinary shares.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering,customer confidence, which we refer to as the “Excess Shares,” without our prior consent. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial business combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we have not consummated our initial business combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account.

We expect to encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities, domestic and international, competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess greater technical, human and other resources or more local industry knowledge than we do and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire with the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares, our ability to compete with respect to the

acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, we are obligated to offer holders of our public shares the right to redeem their shares for cash at the time of our initial business combination in conjunction with a shareholder vote or via a tender offer. Target companies will be aware that this may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination. Any of these obligations may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating a business combination. If we have not consummated our initial business combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per public share” and other risk factors herein.

If the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares not being held in the trust account are insufficient to allow us to operate for the 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) following the closing of this offering, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and our ability to complete our initial business combination, and we will depend on loans from our sponsor, its affiliates or members of our management team to fund our search and to complete our initial business combination.

Of the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares, only approximately $1,000,000 will be available to us initially outside the trust account to fund our working capital requirements. We believe that, upon the closing of this offering, the funds available to us outside of the trust account, together with funds available from loans from our sponsor, its affiliates or members of our management team will be sufficient to allow us to operate for at least the 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) following the closing of this offering; however, we cannot assure you that our estimate is accurate, and our sponsor, its affiliates or members of our management team are under no obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Of the funds available to us, we expect to use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a“no-shop” provision (a provision in letters of intent designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies or investors on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business.

In the event that our offering expenses exceed our estimate of $1,000,000, we may fund such excess with funds not to be held in the trust account. In such case, unless funded by the proceeds of loans available from our sponsor, its affiliates or members of our management team the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would decrease by a corresponding amount. Conversely, in the event that the offering expenses are less than our estimate of $1,000,000, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would increase by a corresponding amount. The amount held in the trust account will not be impacted as a result of such increase or decrease. If we are required to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds from our sponsor, its affiliates, members of our management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. Neither our sponsor, members of our management team nor their affiliates is under any obligation to us in such circumstances. Any such advances may be repaid only from funds held outside the trust account or from funds released to us upon completion of our initial business combination. Up to $2,000,000 of such loans may be convertible into shares of the post-business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per share at the option of the lender. The shares would be identical to the private placement shares. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor, its affiliates or members of our management team as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account. If we have not consummated our initial business combination within the required time period because we do not have sufficient

funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. Consequently, our public shareholders may only receive an estimated $10.00 per public share, or possibly less, on our redemption of our public shares. See “—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per public share” and other risk factors herein.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per public share.

Our placing of funds in the trust account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements, they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third-party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third-party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third-party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative.

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third-party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Upon redemption of our public shares, if we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering, or upon the exercise of a redemption right in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waived that may be brought against us within the ten years following redemption. Accordingly, the per-share redemption amount received by public shareholders could be less than the $10.00 per public share initially held in the trust account, due to claims of such creditors. Pursuant to the letter agreement the form of which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third-party (other than our independent auditors) for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amounts in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per public share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest that may be withdrawn to pay our tax obligations, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third-party or prospective target business that executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the trust account nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third-party, our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims.

However, we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and we believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. As a result, if any such claims were successfully made against the trust account, the funds available for our initial business combination and redemptions could be reduced to

less than $10.00 per public share. In such event, we may not be able to complete our initial business combination, and you would receive such lesser amount per share in connection with any redemption of your public shares. None of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public shareholders.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per public share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest that may be withdrawn to pay our tax obligations, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment and subject to their fiduciary duties may choose not to do so in any particular instance. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public shareholders may be reduced below $10.00 per public share.

We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and executive officers.

We have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account and to not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever (except to the extent they are entitled to funds from the trust account due to their ownership of public shares). Accordingly, any indemnification provided will be able to be satisfied by us only if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination. Our obligation to indemnify our officers and directors may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs

of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

The securities in which we invest the proceeds held in the trust account could bear a negative rate of interest, which could reduce the interest income available for payment of taxes or reduce the value of the assets held in trust such that the per share redemption amount received by shareholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

The net proceeds of this offering and certain proceeds from the sale of the private placement shares, in the amount of $200,000,000, may not be invested or bear interest until January 1, 2021, after which the proceeds will be held in an interest-bearing trust account. The proceeds held in the trust account may only be invested in direct U.S. Treasury obligations having a maturity of 185 days or less, or in certain money market funds which invest only in direct U.S. Treasury obligations. While short-term U.S. Treasury obligations currently yield a positive rate of interest, they have briefly yielded negative interest rates in recent years. Central banks in Europe and Japan pursued interest rates below zero in recent years, and the Open Market Committee of the Federal Reserve has not ruled out the possibility that it may in the future adopt similar policies in the United States. In the event of very low or negative yields, the amount of interest income (which we may withdraw to pay income taxes, if any) would be reduced. In the event that we are unable to complete our initial business combination, our public shareholders are entitled to receive their pro-rata share of the proceeds held in the trust account, plus any interest income. If the balance of the trust account is reduced below $200,000,000 as a result of negative interest rates, the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public shareholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy or insolvency court may seek to recover such proceeds, and the members of our board of directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to our creditors, thereby exposing the members of our board of directors and us to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy or insolvency laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy or insolvency court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our shareholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public shareholders, we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy or insolvency law, and may be included in our bankruptcy or insolvency estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy or insolvency claims deplete the trust account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our shareholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

restrictions on the issuance of securities,

each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

registration as an investment company with the SEC;

adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations that we are currently not subject to.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading of securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading “investment securities” constituting more than 40% of our assets (exclusive of U.S. government

securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business will be to identify and complete a business combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assets for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assets with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor.

We do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in the trust account may only be invested in United States “government securities” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Pursuant to the trust agreement, the trustee is not permitted to invest in other securities or assets. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we intend to avoid being deemed an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. This offering is not intended for persons who are seeking a return on investments in government securities or investment securities. The trust account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earliest to occur of either: (i) the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares; or (iii) absent our completing an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering, our return of the funds held in the trust account to our public shareholders as part of our redemption of the public shares. If we do not invest the proceeds as discussed above, we may be deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete a business combination. If we have not consummated our initial business combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account.

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination, and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly. Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investmentsresults of operations and financial condition.

If we fail to comply with our obligations under license or technology agreements with third parties, we may be required to pay damages and we could lose license rights that are critical to our business.

We license certain intellectual property, including technologies, data, content and software, from third parties that is important to our business from third parties, and in the future we may enter into additional agreements that provide us with licenses to valuable intellectual property or technology. If we fail to comply with any of the obligations under our license agreements, we may be required to pay damages and the licensor may have the right to terminate the license. Termination by the licensor would cause us to lose valuable rights, and could inhibit our ability to commercialize our products and services. Moreover, our licensors may own or control intellectual property that has not been licensed to us and, as a result, we may be subject to claims, regardless of their merit, that we are infringing or otherwise violating the licensor’s rights. In addition, the agreements under which we license intellectual property or technology from third parties are generally complex, and certain provisions in such agreements may be susceptible to multiple interpretations. The resolution of any contract interpretation disagreement that may arise could narrow what we believe to be the scope of our rights to the relevant intellectual property or technology, or increase what we believe to be our financial or other obligations under the relevant agreement. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, business, financial condition and results of operations.

We have experienced rapid growth and significant organizational change in recent periods and expect continued future growth, both organically and by acquisitions. If we fail to manage our growth effectively, we may be unable to execute our business plan, maintain high levels of service or address competitive challenges adequately.

Historically, our headcount and operations have grown rapidly, both domestically and internationally, since our inception. While our employee headcount for the year ended December 31, 2020 contracted primarily due to our management of the business during the global COVID-19 pandemic, for the first nine months of 2021 we added 528 net-new full-time positions. For the years ended December 2014 through 2019, our headcount grew 19.9%, on compound annual growth basis and our headcount has grown 14.7% year-to-date as of September 30, 2021. This growth has placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on our management, administrative, operational and financial infrastructure. We anticipate further growth will be required to address increases in our cloud offerings and continued geographical and product expansion. Our success will depend in part upon the ability of our management team to manage this growth effectively. To do so, we must continue to recruit, hire, train, manage, integrate and retain a significant number of qualified managers, technical personnel and employees in specialized roles within our company, including in technology, sales and marketing. If our new employees perform poorly, or if we are unsuccessful in recruiting, hiring, training, managing and integrating these new employees, or retaining these or our existing employees, our business may suffer.

In addition, to manage the expected continued growth of our headcount, operations and geographic expansion, we will need to continue to improve our information technology infrastructure and operational,

financial and management systems and procedures. Our anticipated additional headcount and capital investments will increase our costs, which will make it more difficult for us to address any future revenue shortfalls by reducing expenses in the short term. If we fail to successfully manage our growth, we will be unable to successfully execute our business plan, which could have a negative impact on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Failure to adequately expand our sales force will impede our growth.

We will need to continue to expand and optimize our sales infrastructure in order to grow our customer base and our business. We plan to continue to expand our sales force both domestically and internationally to, among other reasons, take account of the growing need for virtual and hybrid events. We expect sales and marketing to continue to be among the most significant components of our operating expenses as we address the TAM we believe exists. Identifying and recruiting qualified personnel and training them requires significant time, expense and attention. It can take several months or longer before our sales representatives are fully trained and productive. Expanding our sales force also requires substantial investment in our recruiting, training and sales management functions. Our business may be adversely affected if our efforts to expand and train our sales personnel do not generate a corresponding increase in revenue. In particular, if we are unable to hire, develop and retain talented sales personnel, or if new sales personnel are unable to achieve desired productivity levels in a reasonable period of time, we may not be able to realize the expected benefits of this investment or increase our revenue.

In the past we have completed acquisitions and may acquire or invest in other companies or technologies in the future, which could divert management’s attention, fail to meet our expectations, result in additional dilution to our stockholders, increase expenses, disrupt our operations and harm our operating results.

We have acquired businesses, products or technologies that we believe could complement or expand our platform, enhance our technical capabilities or otherwise offer growth opportunities. We cannot assure you that we will realize the anticipated benefits of these or any future acquisitions. The potential pursuit of additional acquisitions may divert the attention of management and cause us to incur various expenses related to identifying, investigating and pursuing suitable acquisitions, whether or not they are completed.

If we acquire additional businesses, we may be unable to assimilate or integrate the acquired personnel, operations or technologies successfully, or effectively manage the combined business following the acquisition. Our management may be distracted from operating our existing business. We also may not achieve the anticipated benefits from the acquired business due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to the following:

unanticipated costs or liabilities associated with the acquisition, including tax liabilities;

incurrence of acquisition-related costs, which would be recognized as a current period expense;

inability to generate sufficient revenue or profit to offset acquisition or investment costs, or failure to generate the revenue we had anticipated from the acquired business;

the inability to maintain and renew relationships with customers and partners of the acquired business;

the difficulty of incorporating acquired technology and rights into our platform and of maintaining quality and security standards consistent with our brand;

difficulties and additional expenses associated with supporting legacy products;

delays in customer purchases due to uncertainty related to any acquisition;

the need to integrate or implement additional controls, procedures and policies;

challenges caused by distance, language and cultural differences;

harm to our existing business relationships with business partners and customers as a result of the acquisition;

the potential loss of key employees;

use of resources that are needed in other parts of our business and diversion of management and employee resources;

the inability to recognize acquired revenue in accordance with our revenue recognition policies under

GAAP and the loss of acquired deferred revenue;

the use of substantial portions of our available cash or the incurrence of debt to consummate the acquisition;

delays or errors in integrating back-end systems and departments, including but not limited to accounting and CRM systems; and

from time to time after acquiring a business, product, or technology, we may determine that it is necessary or appropriate to dispose of some or all of the acquired assets or business, and we may not be able to execute such disposition at a favorable time, or upon favorable terms.

Acquisitions may also increase the risk of unforeseen legal liability, including for potential violations of applicable law or industry rules and regulations, arising from prior or ongoing acts or omissions by the acquired businesses which are not discovered by due diligence during the acquisition process. See “— Legal and Regulatory Risks — We are subject to stringent U.S. and foreign data privacy and protection laws, rules, regulations, policies, industry standards and contractual obligations, and our failure to comply could subject us to fines and damages and could harm our reputation and business” for more information. If an acquired business fails to meet our expectations, our operating results, business and financial condition may suffer. Acquisitions could also result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Many of these risks are heightened by the fact that the companies we have acquired have been small and technologically early in their development. It is common for such companies to lack mature systems and processes. This has created challenges, including with respect to financial integration and accounting for acquired companies, and will create future challenges to the extent we acquire similar companies in the future. In addition, a significant portion of the purchase price of companies we acquire may be allocated to goodwill and other intangible assets, which must be assessed for impairment at least annually or when other triggering events are identified. Also, contingent consideration related to acquisitions will be remeasured to fair value at each reporting period, with any changes in the value recorded as income or expense. All of our recent acquisitions have included contingent consideration and/or other compensatory arrangements based on continued employment of certain key employees. If our acquisitions do not ultimately yield expected returns, we may be required to take charges to our operating results based on our impairment assessment process, which could harm our results of operations.

Our long-term success depends, in part, on our ability to operate offices located outside of the United States, including India.

A significant proportion of our operations and personnel are located outside of the United States and we intend to continue to expand and grow into international markets. We currently maintain offices in the United States, India, the United Kingdom, Canada, Singapore and the United Arab Emirates, and we are exploring opening additional international offices. In addition, we employ sales personnel in Australia, Spain, the Netherlands and Germany. Any international expansion efforts that we may undertake may not be successful. Further, conducting more extensive international operations subjects us to new risks that we have not generally faced in the United States. These risks include:

increased costs and unexpected errors in the localization of our solutions, including translation into foreign languages and adaptation for local practices and regulatory requirements;

challenges posed by different pricing environments and different forms of competition;

lack of familiarity and burdens of complying with foreign laws, legal standards, regulatory requirements (including privacy and data security requirements) and tariffs; the costs of compliance with anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws; and the risks and costs of noncompliance with such laws;

changes in regulatory requirements, taxes, trade laws, tariffs, export quotas, custom duties or other trade restrictions;

difficulties in managing technology partners and differing technology standards;

difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;

difficulties in managing and staffing international operations;

differing labor laws and varying expectations as to employee standards;

difficulties in maintaining our company culture with a dispersed and distance workforce;

fluctuations in exchange rates that may increase the volatility of our foreign-based revenue and costs;

potentially adverse tax consequences, including those arising from the complexities of foreign value added tax (or other tax, including transfer pricing) systems, and restrictions on the repatriation of earnings;

limitations on our ability to reinvest earnings from operations in one country to fund the capital needs of our operations in other countries;

uncertain political and economic climates;

reduced or varied protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

that we may decide that it is necessary or appropriate to establish one or more data centers outside of the United States, which could be costly; and

inability to deliver compelling marketing messages that resonate with a local audience.

These factors and other related issues may cause our costs of doing business in new geographies to exceed the existing costs of our comparable operations in the United States and India. Operating in new international markets also requires significant management attention and financial resources. Any negative impact from our international business efforts could negatively impact our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We have significant operations in India. As of September 30, 2021, 1,951 of our 4,127 employees were based in India. Operating in India requires substantial resources and management attention and subjects us to economic, political and operational risks that are different from those in the United States. For example, there have been armed conflicts between India and neighboring Pakistan. Also, extremist groups within India and neighboring Pakistan have from time to time targeted Western interests. Other risks specific to our operations in India include, but are not limited to, difficulty with responding to changes in economic conditions that may include inflation and fluctuations in exchange rates and interest rates; problems that impair our business infrastructure, such as telephone system failure or an international disruption of our information technology systems by a third party; failure to act in accordance with corporate, social responsibility, labor, environmental, health and safety standards and regulations; and the need to increase the levels of our employee compensation more rapidly than in the past to retain talent. We also face a risk that our employees outside of India may fail to coordinate with their Indian counterparts efficiently and productively. If any of these risks materialize, our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially adversely affected.

Our business is susceptible to declines or disruptions in the demand for meetings and events, including those due to economic downturns, natural disasters, geopolitical upheaval and global pandemics.

Our business and financial performance are affected by the health of the worldwide meetings and events industry. Meetings and events are sensitive to business-related discretionary spending levels and tend to grow

more slowly or even decline during economic downturns. Decreased expenditures by planners and participants could also result in decreased demand for our event marketing and management solutions, thereby causing a reduction in our sales. In addition, sales of our marketing solutions to hotels and venues may suffer if fewer planners use our solutions. Although we are optimistic about the capabilities of our solutions to assist planners in maximizing return on investment when funds available to spend on events are limited, further economic weakness and uncertainty may nonetheless result in significantly decreased spending on our event marketing and management solutions, which may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

External factors beyond our control may adversely affect the meetings and events industry, with a corresponding negative impact on our business and operating results. Economic downturns, rising oil prices, natural disasters, such as hurricanes, tsunamis, earthquakes or volcanic eruptions, and other phenomena, such as pandemics and epidemics, including COVID-19, have previously disrupted normal travel patterns and levels, which has correspondingly disrupted the meetings and events industry. The COVID-19 pandemic, particularly with respect to the Delta and Omicron variants, continues to disrupt the meetings and events industry. The meetings and events industry is also sensitive to other events beyond our control, such as political instability, regional hostilities, increases in fuel prices, the emergence and widespread adoption of more-effective teleconference and virtual meeting technologies, imposition of taxes or surcharges by regulatory authorities, travel-related accidents and terrorist attacks, any of which could have an impact on our business and results of operations.

We are dependent in part upon our relationships with our strategic partners to sustain the flow of requests for proposals, or RFPs, through the Hospitality Cloud.

Partnerships and strategic relationships with industry groups, technology providers and event and travel management companies is a key component of our marketing lead generation and sales model. Our access to certain customers is facilitated in some cases by strategic partner relationships with third-party planners. If these strategic partners terminate or do not renew their relationships with us, it could have a negative effect on revenue for marketing packages sold to our hotel and venue customers. Because we rely heavily on our partners, the loss of several of these partnerships would have a material impact on the value of the Hospitality Cloud.

We rely on third-party mobile application platforms such as the Apple App Store and the Google Play Store to distribute our mobile applications. Our business will suffer if we are unable to maintain a good relationship with such platform providers, if their terms and conditions or pricing change to our detriment, if we violate, or if a platform provider believes that we have violated, the terms and conditions of its platform, or if any of these platforms are unavailable for a prolonged period of time.

We distribute our mobile event apps through third-party platforms, such as the Apple App and Google Play stores. We are subject to these platforms’ standard terms and conditions for application developers, which govern the promotion, distribution and operation of applications on their platforms. Additionally, if we violate, or if a platform provider believes that we have violated, these terms and conditions, the particular platform provider may discontinue or limit our access to that platform, which could prevent us from satisfying our contractual obligations to our customers. Our business could also be harmed if a platform provider modifies its current terms of service or other policies in a manner adverse to us. Both Apple and Google have broad discretion to make changes to their operating systems or payment services or change the manner in which their mobile operating systems function and their respective terms and conditions applicable to the distribution of our applications, including the amount of, and requirement to pay, certain fees associated with purchases required to be facilitated by Apple and Google through our applications, and to interpret their respective terms and conditions in ways that may limit, eliminate or otherwise interfere with our products and services, our ability to distribute our applications through their stores, our ability to update our applications, including to make bug fixes or other feature updates or upgrades, the features we provide, the manner in which we market our in-app products, our ability to access native functionality or other aspects of mobile devices, and our ability to access information about our users that they collect. To the extent either or both of Apple or Google do so, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

We also rely on the continued operation of these third-party platforms. In the past, some of these platforms have been unavailable for short periods of time. If this recurs on a prolonged or frequent basis, or other similar issues arise that impact users’ ability to download or use our mobile event apps, we may owe some of our customers rebates, which would increase our expenses and lower our gross margins. Our revenue, operating results, brand and reputation could also suffer harm. Furthermore, any material change or deterioration in our relationship with these platform providers could harm our business.

We have experienced losses in the first nine months of 2021, 2020 and in prior years, and we may not achieve profitability in the future.

As of September 30, 2021 our accumulated deficit is $830.1 million. We experienced a net loss of $64.5 million and $67.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. We anticipate that our operating expenses will increase in the foreseeable future as we continue to invest to grow our business and acquire clients, develop our platform, develop new solutions and comply with the requirements of being a public company. These efforts may prove to be more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently to offset these higher expenses. Many of our efforts to generate revenue from our business, particularly with respect to the Attendee Hub, are unproven over sustained periods, and any failure to increase our revenue or generate revenue from new solutions could prevent us from attaining or increasing profitability. If we are unable to effectively manage these risks and difficulties as we encounter them, our business, financial condition and results of operations may suffer.

If we do not continue to innovate and provide solutions that are useful to our customers and event registrants and attendees, we may not remain competitive, and our revenue and operating results could suffer.

Our success depends on continued innovation to provide features and services that make our solutions, websites and mobile apps useful for planners, hotels and venues and event registrants and attendees. Our competitors are frequently developing innovations in services and features. Additionally, the rapid pace at which technology evolves generally requires us to find new ways to deliver our solutions to end users with better performance and functionality. As a result, we must continue to invest significant resources in order to continually improve the speed, accuracy and comprehensiveness of our solutions, websites and mobile apps. For example, our capitalized software development costs were $113.5 million as of September 30, 2021. We may introduce significant changes to our existing solutions or develop and introduce new solutions, such as our Attendee Hub, which enables organizations to deliver online event experiences in a virtual-only use-case, or use the same technology to extend an in-person event to a global, online audience. In addition, we may use technologies with which we have little or no prior development or operating experience. If we are unable to continue offering innovative solutions or if new or enhanced solutions fail to engage planners, hotels and venues or event registrants and attendees, we may be unable to attract additional customers or event registrants or retain our current customers or event registrants and attendees, which may adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition. We recognize that the pace of technological innovation is accelerating, and that we need to continue to innovate to maintain our product differentiation.

This risk is heightened by the competitive hiring market for technology professionals. In order to continue to innovate, we must hire and retain skilled technology professionals, as discussed below under the heading “— We rely on the performance of highly skilled personnel, including senior management and our sales and technology professionals; if we are unable to retain or motivate key personnel or hire, retain and motivate qualified personnel, our business would be harmed.”

Our sales cycle can be lengthy and unpredictable, which may cause our operating results to vary significantly.

Our sales cycle, which is the time between initial contact with a potential customer and the ultimate sale to that customer, is often lengthy and unpredictable. Potential customers typically spend significant time and resources evaluating event marketing and management and venue marketing solutions, which requires us to

expend substantial time, effort and money educating them about the value of our offerings. Accordingly, it is difficult for us to forecast when or if a sale will close or the size of any specific sales. In addition, customers may delay their purchases from one quarter to another as they (i) wait for us to develop new features, (ii) assess their budget constraints or (iii) forecast future business activity. In particular, factors affecting one of our key sales initiatives, targeting sales to large enterprise clients, which are discussed under the heading “Our net dollar retention rate may decline or fluctuate.” typically increase our costs of sales, lengthen our sales cycles, and decrease our capability to predict our ability to close the sale. See “— We target large customers, and sales to these customers involve risks that may not be present or are present to a lesser extent with sales to smaller customers. Large customers often demand more configuration and integration services, or customized features and functions that we may not offer. Failure to secure large new customers, deepen our penetration of our large customer base or the loss of large our annual recurring revenue, business and operating results.” Any delay in closing, or failure to close, sales in a particular quarter or year could significantly harm our projected growth rates and could cause our operating results to vary significantly.

We rely on the performance of highly skilled personnel, including senior management and our sales and technology professionals; if we are unable to retain or motivate key personnel or hire, retain and motivate qualified personnel, our business would be harmed.

We believe our success has depended, and continues to depend, on the efforts and talents of our senior management and our highly skilled team members, including our sales personnel and software engineers. Competition for well-qualified employees in all aspects of our business, including sales personnel and software engineers, is intense. Our continued ability to compete effectively depends on our ability to attract new employees and to retain and motivate existing employees. If we do not succeed in attracting well-qualified employees or retaining and motivating existing employees, our business would be adversely affected. In addition, our efforts to compete for highly skilled and more experienced personnel may cause our average cost-per-employee to grow faster than the general economy, which could harm our operating results.

The loss of any of our senior management or key employees could adversely affect our ability to build on the efforts they have undertaken and to execute our business plan, and we may not be able to find adequate replacements. We cannot ensure that we will be able to retain the services of any members of our senior management or other key employees.

Our ability to introduce new products and features is dependent on adequate research and development resources. If we do not adequately fund our research and development efforts, we may not be able to compete effectively and our business and operating results may be harmed.

To remain competitive, we must continue to develop new product offerings, applications, features and enhancements to our existing offerings. Maintaining adequate research and development personnel and resources to meet the demands of the market is essential. If we are unable to develop our platform internally due to certain constraints, such as high employee turnover, lack of management ability or a lack of other research and development resources, we may miss market opportunities. Further, many of our competitors expend a considerable amount on their research and development programs, and those that do not may be acquired by larger companies that would allocate greater resources to our competitors’ research and development programs. Our failure to maintain adequate research and development resources or to compete effectively with the research and development programs of our competitors could materially adversely affect our business.

Seasonality may cause fluctuations in our revenue, sales, billings, cash flow, operating expenses and operating results.

We generally experience seasonality in our sales and billings due to the seasonality of the underlying budgets of our clients. Our clients have historically made more purchasing decisions in the fourth quarter of the calendar year, and in the past we invoiced these customers on December 31 for new contracts or contract

renewals that would begin on January 1. Accordingly, our fourth quarter has historically been our strongest quarter for new sales and renewals and the associated billings, and our first quarter has historically been the largest collections and operating cash flow quarter. The ongoing global COVID-19 pandemic, including the spread of the Delta, Omicron or other variants, may disrupt the business activities of our customers and negatively affect their purchasing decisions during the Fourth Quarter 2021. See the discussion under the headings “Risk Factors—The effects of the global COVID-19 pandemic have materially affected how we and our customers are operating our businesses, and the duration and extent to which this will impact our future results of operations and overall financial performance remains uncertain” and “Risk Factors—Our business is susceptible to declines or disruptions in the demand for meetings and events, including those due to economic downturns, natural disasters, geopolitical upheaval and global pandemics.” Additionally, we experience seasonality in our overall revenue and expenses due to the timing of our client conference, Cvent CONNECT, which is our annual marketing event that brings together planners, hoteliers and venues to connect, learn and engage about the changing meetings and events industry ecosystem. The timing of Cvent CONNECT affects both our marketing costs and the revenue that we earn from registrations, certifications and sponsorships. We expect that in the future, as we continue to grow Cvent CONNECT, our marketing expenses and revenue associated with the marketing event will increase in absolute dollars. As a result, we would expect that our expenses to be lower and our total revenue to be higher in the quarter in which the event is hosted, which will likely result in low or negative sequential revenue growth in the quarter following the event.

If we fail to offer high-quality customer support, our business and reputation would suffer.

Our customers rely on our customer support services. High-quality education and customer support is important for the successful marketing and sale of our solutions and for the renewal of our agreements with existing customers. The importance of high-quality customer support will increase as we expand our business and pursue new customers. If we do not help our customers quickly resolve issues and provide effective ongoing support, our ability to sell new services to existing and new customers would suffer and our reputation with existing or potential customers would be harmed.

Our business could be adversely affected if our users are not satisfied with the deployment, training and support services provided by us and our partners.

Our business depends on our ability to satisfy our customers and end users, both with respect to our application offerings and the professional services that are performed to help them use features and functions that address their business needs. High customer satisfaction requires that our customers undergo a successful implementation and be properly trained on our applications to effectively implement and increase their level of adoption of such applications. Incorrect or improper implementation or use of our applications could result in customer and user dissatisfaction and harm our business and operating results.

Professional services may be performed by our own staff, by a third party, or by a combination of the two. Our strategy is to work with third parties to increase the breadth of capability and depth of capacity for delivery of these services to our customers, and third parties provide a majority of deployment services for our customers. The work performed by us or these third parties that we rely on, including any work related to the onsite components of deployment services requested by a customer, might be adversely impacted directly or indirectly by the global COVID-19 pandemic, including as a result of restrictions in accessing customer sites. Additionally, if our customers’ personnel are unable to participate in deployment activities as a direct or indirect result of the global COVID-19 pandemic, this could result in delays in customer go-live dates for our applications. If customers are not satisfied with the quality and timing of work performed by us or a third party or with the type of professional services or applications delivered, or if we or a third party have not fully delivered on certain commitments made to our customers, then we could incur additional costs to address the situation, the revenue recognition of the contract could be impacted, and the dissatisfaction with our services could damage our ability to expand the applications subscribed to by our customers. We must also align our product development and professional services operations in order to ensure that customers’ evolving needs are met. Negative publicity

related to our customer relationships, regardless of its accuracy, may further damage our business by affecting our ability to compete for new business with current and prospective customers both domestic and abroad.

Additionally, in order to maximize the value of our applications, we must continue to educate and train our customers and end users to develop the skills necessary to harness the power of our applications. If we are not able to effectively educate and train our users, they may choose not to renew their subscriptions, market perceptions of our company and our applications may be impaired, and our reputation and brand may suffer. Customers and other users also depend on our support organization to activate accounts and resolve technical issues relating to our applications. Some customers may depend on our support organization to provide services, for example, building registration websites, creating web graphics or other services. We may be unable to respond quickly enough to accommodate short-term increases in demand for support services. We may also be unable to modify the format of our support services to compete with changes in support services provided by our competitors. Increased demand for these services, without corresponding revenue, could increase costs and adversely affect our operating results. Failure to maintain high-quality technical support and training, or a market perception that we do not maintain high-quality support or training, could adversely affect our reputation, our ability to offer and sell our applications, our renewal rates, and our business and operating results.

The loss of one or more of our large enterprise customers could negatively affect our ability to market our platform.

We rely on our reputation and recommendations from our large enterprise customers in order to promote subscriptions to our platform. The loss of several large enterprise customers could have a significant impact on our revenue, reputation and our ability to obtain new customers. We may lose customers for a variety of reasons, including the decision of a business customer to commence bankruptcy proceedings, restructure itself, dissolve or otherwise cease operations. We believe the risk of such events has increased with the recent global COVID-19 pandemic and further increase as the pandemic continues. In addition, acquisitions of our customers by unrelated third parties could lead to cancellation of our contracts with those customers or by the acquiring companies, thereby reducing the number of our existing and potential customers.

Contractual disputes with our customers could be costly, time-consuming and harm our reputation.

Our business is contract intensive and we are party to contracts with our approximately 21,000 customers as of September 30, 2021 all over the world. Our contracts can contain a variety of terms, including service levels, security obligations, indemnification, renewal, termination and regulatory requirements. Contract terms may not always be standardized across our customers and can be subject to differing interpretations, which could result in disputes with our customers from time to time. If our customers notify us of a contract breach or otherwise dispute our contract, the resolution of such disputes in a manner adverse to our interests could negatively affect our operating results.

We derive a substantial portion of our revenue with hoteliers and venues from advertising and any significant reduction in spending by advertisers on our platforms could harm our business.

Our ability to grow advertising revenue with our existing or new partners is dependent in large part on our ability to provide value to them relative to other alternatives. Our ability to provide value to our partners depends on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the following:

Our ability to increase or maintain user engagement;

Our ability to drive planners to our sourcing networks;

Our ability to increase or maintain the quantity and quality of ads shown to consumers;

The effectiveness of our advertising and the extent to which it generates sales leads, customers, bookings or financial results on a cost-effective basis;

The competitiveness of our products, traffic quality, perception of our platform, and availability and accuracy of analytics and measurement solutions to demonstrate our value; and

Adverse government actions or legal developments relating to advertising, including limitations on our ability to deliver targeted advertising.

Any of these or other factors could result in a reduction in demand for our ads, which may reduce the prices we receive for our ads, or cause event organizers to stop advertising with us altogether, any of which would negatively affect our revenue and financial results. Additionally, COVID-19 may do irreparable damage to some of our partners, which may have an impact on advertising long after the pandemic subsides and travel resumes.

Growth of our business will depend on a strong brand, and any failure to maintain, protect, defend and enhance our brand would hurt our ability to retain or expand our base of users, or our ability to maintain or increase their level of engagement with us.

We believe that a strong brand is necessary to continue to attract and retain event organizers and, in turn, the hotels and venues that choose to advertise on the Hospitality Cloud. We need to maintain, protect, defend and enhance our brand to expand our base of customers and users and increase their engagement with our solutions. This will depend largely on our ability to continue to provide high-value, quality, reliable, differentiated solutions and our ability to maintain our customers’ trust, which we may not be able to do effectively. We also believe that our reputation and brands may be harmed if we fail to maintain a consistently high level of customer service.

Our efforts to further promote our brand may require us to make substantial investments and may not be successful. Furthermore, negative publicity about our company, including our products, services content, technology, sales practices, personnel or customer service, could diminish confidence in, and the use of, our solutions, any of which could harm our operating results. If we are unable to maintain or enhance customer awareness of our brand cost-effectively, our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.

We may experience delays in product and service development, including delays beyond our control, which could prevent us from achieving our growth objectives and hurt our business.

Many of the problems, delays and expenses we may encounter may be beyond our control. Such problems may include, but are not limited to, problems related to the technical development of our products and services, problems with the infrastructure for the distribution and delivery of online media, the competitive environment in which we operate, marketing problems, consumer acceptance and costs and expenses that may exceed current estimates. Problems, delays or expenses in any of these areas could have a negative impact on our business, financial conditions or results of operations.

Delays in the timely design, development, deployment and commercial operation of our product and service offerings, and consequently the achievement of our revenue targets and positive cash flow, could result from a variety of causes, including many causes that are beyond our control. Such delays include, but are not limited to, delays in the integration of new offers into our existing offering, changes to our products and services made to correct or enhance their features, performance or marketability or in response to regulatory developments or otherwise, delays encountered in the development, integration or testing of our products and services and the infrastructure for the distribution and delivery of online media and other systems, unsuccessful commercial launches of new products and services, delays in our ability to obtain financing, insufficient or ineffective marketing efforts and slower-than-anticipated consumer acceptance of our products. Delays in any of these matters could hinder or prevent our achievement of our growth objectives and hurt our business.

Our onsite solutions present different risks than our cloud solutions.

We intend to expand our sales of onsite event solutions. These solutions include onsite registration and session check-in functionality, badge printing, lead capture, payment processing, mobile app integration and

attendee engagement and exhibitor analytics. Onsite event solutions clients can choose from three different product offerings: (1) cloud-based software only, (2) cloud-based software and equipment rental and (3) cloud-based software, equipment rental and the use of our professional services staff. The latter two offerings present different risks than our cloud solutions. For example, as we grow our onsite solutions business, we will increase our exposure to personal injury or property damage claims arising from our actions or inactions at events staffed by our personnel or by contractors we hire. In addition, if we fail to hire or train enough talented project managers and other personnel to staff client events, or if our personnel, equipment or software fail to perform to our clients’ expectations, clients could be disappointed by our performance, we could lose future sales, and our reputation could be damaged. Our onsite solutions business requires a different cost structure than our cloud solutions; if our expectations or assumptions about this business prove inaccurate, or if we fail to execute on our business plan, we could fail to achieve our expected revenue and income from this line of business. Our solutions involving onsite staff and equipment could also subject us to sales tax or other taxes in an increasing number of jurisdictions, both domestically and internationally. If any of these risks materialize, our business, operating results and financial condition could be harmed.

If we do not or cannot maintain the compatibility of our solutions with third-party applications that our customers use in their businesses, demand for our solutions could decline.

The functionality of our cloud-based platform depends, in part, on our ability to integrate it with third-party applications and data management systems that our customers use and from which they obtain data. In addition, we rely on access to third-party application programming interfaces, or APIs, to provide our social media channel offerings through social media platforms. Third-party providers of these applications, data management systems and APIs may terminate their relationships with us, change the features of their applications and platforms, restrict our access to their applications and platforms or alter the terms governing use of their applications, data management systems and APIs and access to those applications and platforms in an adverse manner. Such changes could functionally limit or terminate our ability to use these third-party applications and platforms with our cloud-based platform, which could negatively impact our offerings and harm our business. Further, if we fail to integrate our platform with new third-party applications and platforms that our customers use, or to adapt to the data transfer requirements of such third-party applications and platforms, we may not be able to offer the functionality that our customers need, which would negatively impact our offerings and, as a result, could negatively affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Incorrect or difficulty with implementation of our software could result in customer dissatisfaction and negatively affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

Our customers require training and experience in the proper use of, and the benefits that can be derived from, our offerings in order to maximize their potential. If users of our offerings do not implement, use, or update them correctly or as intended, actual or perceived inadequate performance or security incidents may result. Because our customers rely on our software to manage a wide range of operations, the incorrect implementation or use of, or our customers’ failure to update, our software, or our failure to train customers on how to use our software productively, may result in customer dissatisfaction and negative publicity, which may adversely affect our reputation and brand. Our failure to effectively provide training and implementation services to our customers could result in lost opportunities for follow-on sales to these customers and decrease subscriptions by new customers, which would adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and growth prospects.

We rely on data provided by third parties, the loss of which could limit the functionality of our platform and disrupt our business.

Select functionality of our platform depends on our ability to deliver data, including hotel layout information and capabilities. Some of this data is provided to us pursuant to third-party data sharing policies and terms of use, under data sharing agreements by third-party providers or by customer consent. In the future, any of

these third parties could change its data sharing policies, including making them more restrictive, or alter its algorithms that determine the placement, display, and accessibility of search results and social media updates, any of which could result in the loss of, or significant impairment to, our ability to collect and provide useful data to our customers. These third parties could also interpret our or our third-party service providers’ data collection policies or practices as being inconsistent with their policies, which could result in the loss of our ability to collect this data for our customers. Any such changes could impair our ability to deliver data to our customers and could adversely impact select functionality of our platform, impairing the return on investment that our customers derive from using our solution, as well as adversely affecting our business and our ability to generate revenue.

Privacy concerns and end users’ acceptance of Internet behavior tracking may limit the applicability, use and adoption of our platform.

Privacy concerns may cause end users to resist providing the personal data necessary to allow our customers to use our platform effectively. We have implemented various features intended to enable our customers to better protect end user privacy, but these measures may not be sufficient and may not alleviate all potential privacy concerns and threats. Even the perception of privacy concerns, whether or not valid, may inhibit market adoption of our platform, especially in certain industries that rely on sensitive personal information. Privacy advocacy groups and the technology and other industries are considering various new, additional or different self-regulatory standards that may place additional burdens on us. The costs of compliance with, and other burdens imposed by these groups’ policies and actions may limit the use and adoption of our platform and reduce overall demand for it, or lead to significant fines, penalties or liabilities for any noncompliance or loss of any such action, dispute or litigation.

If Internet search engines’ methodologies are modified, our search engine optimization efforts are deficient or our search result page rankings decline for other reasons, participant engagement in our websites and online communities could decline.

We depend in part on various Internet search engines to direct a significant amount of traffic to our websites. Our ability to maintain the number of potential participants directed to our websites is not entirely within our control. Our competitors’ search engine optimization, or SEO, efforts may result in their websites receiving a higher search result page ranking than ours, or Internet search engines could revise their methodologies in an attempt to improve search results, which could adversely affect placement of our search result page rankings. If search engine companies revise their search algorithms in ways that are detrimental to new participant growth on our websites or in ways that make it more difficult for organizers or participants to use our websites, or if competitors’ SEO efforts are more successful than ours, the overall growth in the numbers of organizers and participants using our websites could slow, participant engagement could decrease and we could lose existing participants and become less attractive to existing and prospective organizer customers. Our websites have experienced fluctuations in search result rankings in the past, and we anticipate similar fluctuations in the future. Any reduction in the number of participants directed to our website would harm our business and operating results.

We rely on third-party data center hosting facilities to deliver our platform to our customers, and any disruption in service from such third-party data center hosting facilities or material change to our arrangement with such providers could adversely affect our business.

We rely upon third-party data center hosting facilities to operate certain aspects of our platform, and any disruption of or interference with our use of such third-party data hosting facilities could impair our ability to deliver our platform to our customers, resulting in customer dissatisfaction, damage to our reputation, loss of customers and harm to our business. We have architected our software and computer systems to use data processing, storage capabilities and other services provided by third-party data center hosting facilities. Currently, most of our cloud-service infrastructure is run on a single third-party data center hosting facilities

provider. Given this, we cannot easily switch our operations to another cloud provider, so any disruption of or interference with our use of such third-party data center hosting facilities would adversely affect our operations and potentially our business.

Our third-party data center hosting facilities provider provides us with computing and storage capacity pursuant to an agreement that continues until July 31, 2022. The provider may terminate the agreement for cause with 30 days’ prior written notice if there is any material default or breach of the agreement by us that we do not cure within the 30-day period. Additionally, the provider has the right to terminate the agreement upon 90 days’ advance prior written notice and a 90-day cure period in certain scenarios, such as if the provider believes that our or any end users’ use of its services poses a security risk or threat to the function of its service offerings or a security or liability risk to such provider. The provider may also terminate the agreement upon 30 days’ prior written notice in order to comply with applicable law or requirements of governmental entities. The agreement requires the provider to provide us with their standard computing and storage capacity and related support in exchange for timely payment by us. If any of our arrangements with this provider were terminated, we could experience interruptions in our software as well as delays and additional expenses in arranging new facilities and services.

We utilize third-party data center hosting facilities, located in various facilities around the world. Our operations depend, in part, on the provider’s abilities to protect these facilities against damage or interruption due to a variety of factors, including infrastructure changes, human or software errors, natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, criminal acts, capacity constraints and similar events, many of which are beyond our control, and any of which could disrupt our services, prevent customers from accessing our products, destroy customer data, including personal data, or prevent us from being able to continuously back up and record data. Despite precautions taken at these data centers, the occurrence of spikes in usage volume, a natural disaster, an act of terrorism, vandalism or sabotage, a decision to close a facility without adequate notice or other unanticipated problems at a facility could result in lengthy interruptions in the availability of our platform. Even with current and planned disaster recovery arrangements, our business could be harmed, as any disruption of or interference with our use of third-party data center hosting facilities could impair our ability to deliver our solutions to our customers, resulting in legal liability, customer dissatisfaction, damage to our reputation, loss of customers and harm to our business. Also, in the event of damage or interruption, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur. These factors in turn could further reduce our revenue, subject us to significant liability and cause us to issue credits or cause customers to fail to renew their subscriptions, any of which could harm our business.

If we cannot maintain our corporate culture as we grow, we could lose the innovation, teamwork, passion and focus on execution that we believe contribute to our success, and our business may be harmed.

We believe that a critical component to our success has been our corporate culture. We have invested substantial time and resources in building our team. While we were a public company previously, as we grow and develop the infrastructure of a public company after not being a public company for several years, we may find it difficult to maintain these important aspects of our corporate culture. Any failure to preserve our culture could negatively affect our future success, including our ability to retain and recruit personnel and to effectively focus on and pursue our corporate objectives.

Economic and market conditions, particularly those affecting our customers, have harmed and may continue to harm our business.

In addition to the global COVID-19 pandemic, other unfavorable changes in economic conditions, including recession, inflation, lack of access to capital, lack of consumer confidence or other changes have resulted and may continue to result in lower spending among our customers and target customers.

Further, we sell our products throughout the United States, as well as in several international countries to commercial, non-profit and government customers. Our business may be adversely affected by factors in the

United States and other countries such as disruptions in financial markets, reductions in government spending, or downturns in economic activity in specific countries or regions, or in the various industries in which we operate; social, political or labor conditions in specific countries or regions; or adverse changes in the availability and cost of capital, interest rates, tax rates, or regulations. These factors are beyond our control but may result in further decreases in spending among customers and softening demand for our products.

Further, challenging economic conditions also may impair the ability of our customers to pay for products and services they have purchased. As a result, our cash flow may be negatively impacted and our allowance for doubtful accounts and write-offs of accounts receivable may increase.

Legal and Regulatory Risks

We are subject to stringent U.S. and foreign data privacy and protection laws, rules, regulations, policies, industry standards and contractual obligations, and our failure to comply could subject us to fines and damages and would harm our reputation and business.

We are subject to a variety of data privacy and protection laws, rules, regulations, policies and industry standards adopted by federal, state, local and foreign legislatures and governmental agencies, as well as contractual privacy obligations. Data privacy and protection is highly regulated, and may become the subject of additional regulation in the future. Privacy laws restrict our collection, storage, use, processing, disclosure, transfer and protection of non-public personal information, including but not limited to credit card data, social security numbers, and passport numbers, provided to us by our event organizers and registrants. We strive to comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations, policies, industry standards and other legal and contractual obligations relating to privacy and data protection. However, it is possible that these requirements may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent from one jurisdiction to another and may conflict with other rules or our practices. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with federal, state, local or international laws, including laws, rules and regulations regulating privacy, payment card information, personal health information, data or consumer protection, could result in proceedings, litigation or actions against us by governmental entities or others, significant fines and penalties for noncompliance, regulatory inquiries or investigations, increases in compliance costs and reputational damage, any of which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition, operating results, cash flows and prospects.

The regulatory framework for privacy and data protection issues worldwide is evolving, and various government and consumer agencies and public advocacy groups have called for new regulation and changes in industry practices, including some directed at providers of mobile and online resources in particular. Our obligations with respect to privacy and data protection may become broader or more stringent. New laws, amendments to or reinterpretations of existing laws, regulations, standards and other obligations may require us to incur additional costs and restrict our business operations, and may require us to change how we use, collect, store, transfer or otherwise process certain types of personal data and to implement new processes to comply with those laws and our customers’ exercise of their rights thereunder. If we are required to change our business activities or revise or eliminate services, or to implement costly compliance measures, our business and results of operations could be harmed.

Internationally, many jurisdictions have established their own data security and privacy legal frameworks with which we may need to comply, and compliance with regulations that differ from country to country may impose substantial burdens on our business. For example, in 2016, the E.U. adopted a new regulation governing data privacy called the GDPR, which became effective in May 2018. The GDPR established numerous new requirements applicable to the handling of personal data, including more robust obligations on data processors and heavier documentation requirements for data protection compliance programs. The GDPR requires data controllers to implement more stringent operational requirements for processors and controllers of personal data, including, for example, transparent and expanded disclosure to data subjects (in a concise, intelligible and easily accessible form) about how their personal information is to be used, imposes limitations on retention of information, introduces mandatory data breach notification requirements, and sets higher standards for data

controllers to demonstrate that they have obtained valid consent for certain data processing activities. The GDPR also imposes strict rules on the transfer of personal data to countries outside the European Economic Area, or the EEA, including the United States.

The GDPR imposes penalties for non-compliance of the greater of €20 million or 4% of worldwide revenue. The GDPR also provides that E.U. member states may introduce further conditions, including limitations, and make their own laws and regulations further limiting the processing of ‘special categories of personal data,’ including personal data related to health, biometric data used for unique identification purposes and genetic information, which could limit our ability to collect, use and share E.U. data, and could cause our compliance costs to increase, ultimately having an adverse impact on our business, and harm our business and financial condition. Customers, particularly in the E.U., are seeking assurances from their suppliers, including us, that their processing of personal data of E.U. nationals is in accordance with GDPR. If we are unable to provide adequate assurances to such customers, demand for our applications could be adversely affected. In addition, we must continue to seek assurances from our subprocessors that they are handling personal data in accordance with GDPR requirements in order to meet our own obligations under GDPR.

In addition to GDPR, the European Commission has another draft regulation in the approval process that focuses on a person’s right to conduct a private life. The proposed legislation, known as the Regulation on Privacy and Electronic Communications, or the ePrivacy Regulation, would replace the current ePrivacy Directive. While the text of the ePrivacy Regulation is still under development, a recent European court decision and regulators’ recent guidance are driving increased attention to cookies and tracking technologies. If regulators start to enforce the strict approach in recent guidance, this could lead to substantial costs, require significant systems changes, limit the effectiveness of our marketing activities, divert the attention of our technology personnel, adversely affect our margins, increase costs and subject us to additional liabilities. Regulation of cookies and similar technologies may lead to broader restrictions on our marketing and personalization activities and may negatively impact our efforts to understand users.

Further, the United Kingdom, or the U.K., vote in favor of exiting the E.U., often referred to as Brexit, and ongoing developments in the U.K. have created uncertainty with regard to data protection regulation in the U.K. As of January 1, 2021, following the expiry of transitional arrangements agreed to between the U.K. and the E.U., data processing in the U.K. is governed by both the GDPR and the Data Protection Act, effective in May 2018 and statutorily amended in 2019, that substantially implements GDPR and contains provisions, including U.K.-specific derogations, for how the GDPR is applied in the U.K. The Data Protection Act also imposes fines of up to the greater of £17 million or 4% of global turnover, in addition to the fines under the GDPR, subjecting us to two parallel regimes, each of which authorizes similar fines and other potentially divergent enforcement actions for certain violations. The U.K. and the E.U. reached a Trade Cooperation Agreement in December 2020 that provides that the U.K. will be treated like an E.U member state in relation to transfers of personal data to the U.K. for a period of up to six months. Beyond that, transfers of data from the EEA to the U.K. will require use of a transfer mechanism, such as standard contractual clauses, or SCCs, absent an E.U. determination that U.K. data protection law is “adequate” under E.U. standards. Furthermore, following the expiration of this specified period, there will be increasing scope for divergence in application, interpretation and enforcement of the data protection law as between the U.K. and EEA. Other countries have also passed or are considering passing laws requiring local data residency or restricting the international transfer of data.

In the United States, numerous states have enacted or are in the process of enacting state level data privacy laws and regulations governing the collection, use and other processing of personal information. For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act (the “CCPA”), which took effect on January 1, 2020, established a new privacy framework for covered businesses such as ours, and may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and incur compliance related costs and expenses. The CCPA provides new and enhanced data privacy rights to California residents, such as affording California residents the right to access and delete their information and to opt out of certain sharing and sales of personal information. The law also prohibits covered businesses from discriminating against California residents (for example, by charging more for services) for

exercising any of their rights under the CCPA. The CCPA imposes severe civil penalties and statutory damages, as well as a private right of action for certain data breaches that result in the loss of personal information. This private right of action is expected to increase the likelihood of, and risks associated with, data breach litigation. However, it remains unclear how various provisions of the CCPA will be interpreted and enforced. Furthermore, the California Privacy Rights Act, or the CPRA, which expands upon the CCPA, was passed in the California election in November 2020 and becomes effective in most material respects on January 1, 2023, with a “lookback” period to January 1, 2022. The CPRA imposes additional obligations on companies covered by the legislation and will significantly modify the CCPA, including by expanding the CCPA to include additional data privacy compliance requirements that may impact our business. The CPRA also establishes a regulatory agency dedicated to enforcing the CCPA and the CPRA. As with the GDPR, customers and other users may seek similar assurances from suppliers regarding compliance with such laws. The effects of the CPRA, the CCPA, other similar state or federal laws and other future changes in laws or regulations relating to privacy, data protection and information security, particularly any new or modified laws or regulations that require enhanced protection of certain types of data or new obligations with regard to data retention, transfer or disclosure, are significant and may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and could greatly increase the cost of providing our offerings, require significant changes to our operations or even prevent us from providing certain offerings in certain jurisdictions in which we currently operate and in which we may operate in the future, and require us to incur potential liability in an effort to comply with such legislation.

The CCPA and the CPRA may lead other states to pass comparable legislation, with potentially greater penalties and more rigorous compliance requirements relevant to our business, and we cannot yet determine the impact that the CCPA, CPRA or other such future laws, regulations and standards may have on our business. For example, all 50 states and the District of Columbia have adopted data breach notification laws that impose, in varying degrees, an obligation to notify affected persons and state regulators, as interpretedapplicable, in the event of a data breach or compromise, and applied,we have in the past been, and may in the future be, required to make such notifications. There are also a number of other legislative proposals worldwide, including in the United States at both the federal and state level, that could impose additional and potentially conflicting obligations in areas affecting our business. For example, many state legislatures have adopted legislation that regulates how businesses operate online, including measures relating to privacy, data security, data breaches and the protection of sensitive and personal information. On March 2, 2021, Virginia enacted the Virginia Consumer Data Protection Act, or the CDPA, a comprehensive privacy statute that shares similarities with the CCPA, CPRA, and legislation proposed in other states. The CDPA will require us to incur additional costs and expenses in an effort to comply with it before it becomes effective on January 1, 2023. The laws are not consistent, as certain state laws may be more stringent, broader in scope or offer greater individual rights with respect to sensitive and personal information than federal, international or other state laws, which may complicate compliance efforts.

The other bases on which we and our customers rely for the transfer of data, such as model contracts, continue to be subjected to regulatory and judicial scrutiny. In 2016, the E.U. and United States agreed to a transfer framework for data transferred from the EEA to the United States, called the Privacy Shield, but in July 2020, the Court of Justice of the E.U. invalidated the Privacy Shield framework. While the same court upheld the use of SCCs, which we offer to our customers to enable data transfers, the decision has led to some uncertainty regarding the use of SCCs as the mechanism for data transfers to the United States and the court made clear that reliance on SCCs alone may not necessarily be sufficient in all circumstances. Use of SCCs must now be assessed on a case-by-case basis, taking into account the legal regime applicable in the destination country. In November 2020, the European Data Protection Board issued draft recommendations, which may impose higher burdens on the use of SCCs for cross-border data transfers, including transfers to cloud-service providers, and create challenging technical issues. To comply with these recommendations, we may need to implement additional contractual and technical safeguards for any personal data transferred out of the EEA, which could increase our compliance costs, expose us to further regulatory scrutiny and liability, and adversely affect our business. At the same time in November 2020, the European Commission released a draft of revised SCCs. If adopted, these could make aspects of contracting around cross-border transfers easier, particularly in relation to use of subprocessors. Ultimately, if we or our customers are unable to transfer data between and among countries

and regions in which we operate, it could decrease demand for our applications, require us to restrict our business operations, and impair our ability to maintain and grow our customer base and increase our revenue.

We are also subject to the privacy and data protection-related obligations in our contracts with our customers and other third parties, including voluntary third-party trade associations and industry self-regulatory groups that promulgate best practices or codes of conduct. We could be adversely affected by changes to these contracts, guidelines or codes in ways that are inconsistent with our practices or in conflict with the laws and regulations of the United States, foreign or international regulatory authorities. We may also be contractually liable to indemnify and hold harmless our customers from the costs or consequences of inadvertent or unauthorized disclosure of data, including personal information, that we store or handle as part of providing our services. Finally, we are also subject to contractual obligations and other legal restrictions with respect to our collection and use of data, and we may be liable to third parties in the event we are deemed to have wrongfully used or gathered data.

Any failure by us or a third-party contractor providing services to us to comply with applicable privacy and data protection laws, rules, regulations, self-regulatory requirements or industry guidelines, our contractual privacy obligations or our own privacy policies, may result in significant fines, statutory or contractual damages, litigation or governmental enforcement actions, investigations or inquiries. These proceedings or violations could force us to spend significant amounts in defense or settlement of these proceedings, result in the imposition of monetary liability, distract our management, increase our costs of doing business and adversely affect our reputation and the demand for our solutions.

Federal, state and foreign laws impose certain obligations on the senders of commercial emails, which could minimize the effectiveness of our event marketing and management email solutions, limit our ability to market to prospective customers and impose financial penalties for noncompliance.

The U.S.’ CAN-SPAM Act (formally known as the Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography And Marketing Act of 2003) (the “CAN-SPAM Act”) establishes certain requirements for commercial email messages and specifies penalties for the transmission of commercial email messages that are intended to deceive the recipient as to source or content. The CAN-SPAM Act, among other things, obligates the sender of commercial emails to provide recipients with the ability to opt out of receiving future emails from the sender. In addition, some states and foreign jurisdictions, including Canada, Germany and Australia, have passed laws regulating commercial email practices, some of which are significantly more punitive and difficult to comply with than the CAN-SPAM Act. The ability of recipients of emails from our customers using our event marketing and management solutions to opt out of receiving commercial emails may minimize the effectiveness of our solutions for our customers. Also, the ability of event organizers to opt out of receiving future emails from us may minimize our ability to expand our event organizer network. The CAN-SPAM Act and other communications laws, rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations by courts and governmental authorities and often require subjective interpretation, making it difficult to predict their application and therefore making compliance efforts more challenging. In addition, noncompliance with the CAN-SPAM Act or similar international regulations carries significant litigation, regulatory investigation and related risks. If we were found to be in violation of the CAN-SPAM Act or similar state, foreign or international laws regulating the distribution of commercial email, whether as a result of violations by our customers or if we were deemed to be directly subject to and in violation of these requirements, we could incur substantial fines and penalties, and significant litigation and investigation-related expenses, and any inquiries might impact the deliverability of our commercial email regardless of outcome. This would adversely affect our operating results and financial condition and significantly harm our business, and our reputation would suffer. We also may be required to change one or more aspects of the way we operate our business, which could impair our ability to attract and retain customers or could increase our operating costs.

There can be no assurance that any limitations of liability in our contracts would be enforceable or adequate or would otherwise protect us from any such liabilities or damages with respect to any particular claim. We also

cannot provide assurances that our existing general liability insurance coverage and coverage for errors and omissions will continue to be available on acceptable terms or will be available in sufficient amounts to cover one or more large claims or that the insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim. The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceeds available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination,financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to the rules and regulations adopted by the payment card networks, such as Visa, MasterCard and American Express, and if we fail to adhere to their rules and regulations, we would be in breach of our contractual obligations to payment processors and merchant banks, which could subject us to damages and liability and could eventually prevent us from processing or accepting credit card payments.

The payment card networks, such as Visa, MasterCard and American Express, have adopted rules and regulations that apply to all merchants who process and accept credit cards for payment of goods and services. We are obligated to comply with these rules and regulations as part of the contracts we enter into with payment processors and merchant banks. The rules and regulations adopted by the payment card networks include the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards, or the PCI DSS. Under the PCI DSS, we are required to adopt and implement internal controls over the use, storage and security of payment card data to help prevent fraud. If we fail to comply with the rules and regulations adopted by the payment card networks, including the PCI DSS, we could be in breach of our contractual obligations to payment processors and merchant banks. Such failure to comply may subject us to fines, penalties, damages and civil liability, and could eventually prevent us from processing or accepting debit and credit cards or could lead to a loss of payment processor partners. Further, there is no guarantee that even if we comply with the rules and regulations adopted by the payment card networks, we will be able to maintain our compliance. For example, we have acquired businesses in the past that were not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) fromimmediately compliant with PCI DSS at the closingtime of this offering, our public shareholdersacquisition. Until or unless those businesses are fully integrated with our own systems, sunsetted, or divested, we may be forcedunable to wait beyondcomply with PCI DSS standards for those acquired businesses without substantial additional costs. We also cannot guarantee that such 24 months (or 27 months,compliance will prevent illegal or improper use of our payments systems or the theft, loss or misuse of the debit or credit card data of customers or participants or regulatory or criminal investigations. Our removal from networks’ lists of PCI DSS compliant service providers could mean that existing merchants, customers, sales partners or other third parties may cease using or referring our services. Also, prospective merchants, customers, sales partners or other third parties may choose to terminate negotiations with us, or delay or choose not to consider us for their processing needs. In addition, the card networks could refuse to allow us to process through their networks. Any such event would harm our reputation and may result in a loss of service for our customers, which would adversely affect our business, operating results and financial condition.

In addition, our payment-processing solution for customers to collect event fees is subject to risks that may harm our business. Cvent Payment Services, or CPS, our internal payment processing platform, uses a combination of multiple external vendors to provide a single, seamless payments option for creators and attendees. As a complex, multi-vendor system with proprietary technology added, CPS relies on banks and third-party payment processors to process transactions and access various payment card networks to allow customers to manage payments in an easy and efficient manner. If CPS does not perform adequately, determine certain types of transactions as applicable) before redemption fromprohibitive for any reason or fail to identify fraud, customers may find our trust account.platform more difficult to use and the ability of customers using our platform to collect event fees could be adversely affected.

If we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering, the proceeds then on depositOur intellectual property rights are valuable, and any failure to adequately obtain, maintain, protect, defend or enforce our intellectual property rights in the trust account,United States or abroad could harm our business and operating results.

Our business depends on proprietary technology and content, including interest earned onsoftware, databases, confidential information, know-how and other intellectual property, the funds held inprotection of which is crucial to the trust account and not previously released to us to paysuccess of our income taxes, if any (less up to

$100,000business. We rely on, and expect to continue to rely on, a combination of interesttrademark, patent, domain name, trade secret, and copyright law in the United States and internationally, as well as technological measures and contractual restrictions, to pay dissolution expenses),establish and protect our intellectual property, proprietary technology, content and brand and maintain our competitive position. We have sought and continue to seek patent protection for certain of our technologies and, as of September 30, 2021, we own four issued U.S. patents, two issued non-U.S. patent, eight pending U.S. patent applications and six pending non-U.S. patent applications. There can be no assurance that a patent will ultimately be issued from any of our pending patent applications. We have also registered key domain names, trademarks and service marks in the United States and in certain locations outside the United States. The process of seeking patent protection can be long and expensive, and we cannot be certain that any currently pending or future applications will actually result in issued patents, or that, even if patents are issued, they will be usedof sufficient scope or strength to fund the redemption of our public shares, as further described herein. Any redemption of public shareholders from the trust account will be effected automatically by function of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association prior to any voluntary winding up. If we are required to wind up, liquidate the trust account and distribute such amount therein, pro rata, to our public shareholders, as part of any liquidation process, such winding up, liquidation and distribution must comply with the applicable provisions of the Companies Law. In that case, investors may be forced to wait beyond 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering before the redemption proceeds of our trust account become available to them, and they receive the return of their pro rata portion of the proceeds from our trust account. We have no obligation to return funds to investors prior to the date of our redemption or liquidation unless, prior thereto, we consummate our initial business combination or amend certain provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, and only then in cases where investors have sought to redeem their Class A ordinary shares. Only upon our redemptionprovide meaningful protection or any liquidation will public shareholders be entitledcommercial advantage to distributions ifus. There is also a risk that we do not completeestablish an unbroken chain of title from the inventors of a patented invention to us. An inventorship or ownership dispute could arise that may permit one or more third parties to practice or enforce our initial business combinationintellectual property rights, including possible efforts to enforce rights against us. Additionally, errors in inventorship or ownership can sometimes also impact priority claims, and do not amendif we were to lose our ability to claim priority for certain provisionspatent filings, intervening art or other events may preclude us from receiving issued patents. We also have pursued and will continue to pursue the registration of our amendeddomain names, trademarks and restated memorandumservice marks in the United States and articlesin certain locations outside the United States. However, despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights, various factors outside our control pose a threat to our intellectual property rights.

Effective trademark, trade secret, patent, copyright and domain name protection is time-consuming, expensive and difficult to develop and maintain, and the costs of association. Our amendedapplying, registering, defending and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, if we wind up for any other reason prior to the consummation ofenforcing our initial business combination, we will follow the foregoing procedures with respect to the liquidation of the trust account as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to applicable Cayman Islands law.

Our shareholdersrights may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

If we are forced to enter into an insolvent liquidation, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed as an unlawful payment if it was proved that immediately following the date on which the distribution was made, we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. As a result, a liquidator could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our directors may be viewed as having breached their fiduciary duties to us or our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, thereby exposing themselves and our company to claims, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.significant. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons. We and our directors and officers who knowingly and willfully authorized or permitted any distribution to be paid out of our share premium account while we were unable to pay our debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business would be guilty of an offence and may be liable for a fine of $18,292.68 and imprisonment for five years in the Cayman Islands.

We may not hold an annual general meeting until after the consummation of our initial business combination.

In accordance with Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual general meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on Nasdaq. There is no requirement under the Companies Law for us to hold annual or extraordinary general meetings to appoint directors. Until we hold an annual general meeting, public shareholders may not be afforded the opportunity to appoint directors and to discuss company affairs with management. Our board of directors is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being appointed in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual general meeting) serving a three-year term.

The grant of registration rights to our sponsor and the forward purchase investor may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A ordinary shares.

Pursuant to an agreement to be entered into on or prior to the closing of this offering, our sponsor and its permitted transferees can demand that we register the resale of the Class A ordinary shares into which founder shares are convertible and the private placement shares, including the private placement shares that may be

issued upon conversion of working capital loans. Pursuant to the forward purchase agreement, we will agree that we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to (i) within 30 days after the closing of the initial business combination, file a registration statement with the SEC for a secondary offering of the forward purchase shares and any other Class A ordinary shares acquired by the forward purchase investor, including any acquired after we complete our initial business combination, (ii) cause such registration statement to be declared effective promptly thereafter, but in no event later than 90 days after the closing of the initial business combination and (iii) maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement and to ensure the registration statement does not contain a material omission or misstatement, including by way of amendment or other update, as required, until the earlier of (A) the date on which the forward purchase investor ceases to hold the securities covered thereby and (B) the date all of the securities covered thereby can be sold publicly without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act, and without the requirement to be in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) under the Securities Act, subject to certain conditions and limitations set forth in the forward purchase agreement. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our initial business combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the shareholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our securities that is expected when the securities owned by our sponsor or its permitted transferees are registered for resale.

Because we are neither limited to evaluating a target business in a particular industry sector nor have we selected any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations.

We may pursue business combination opportunities in any sector, except that we will not, under our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination solely with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. Because we have not yet selected or approached any specific target business with respect to a business combination, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business’s operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our initial business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our Class A ordinary shares will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any holders who choose to retain their securities following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

We may seek acquisition opportunities in industries or sectors which may or may not be outside of our management’s area of expertise.

We will consider a business combination outside of our management’s area of expertise if a business combination target is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive acquisition opportunity for our company. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business combination target, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our Class A ordinary shares will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors in this offering than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in a business combination target. In the event we elect to pursue an acquisition outside of the areas of

our management’s expertise, our management’s expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained in this prospectus regarding the areas of our management’s expertise would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. As a result, our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all ofobtain protection for our technology and, even if we are successful in obtaining such protection, the significant risk factors. Accordingly, any holders who choose to retain their securities following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

Althoughintellectual property rights we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such combinationobtain may not be as successful as a combinationsufficient to provide us with a business that does meet allcompetitive advantage, and may be successfully challenged, invalidated, narrowed in scope, determined unenforceable, circumvented, infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated. For example, in the past, competitors and other third parties in both the United States and foreign jurisdictions have infringed or misappropriated our trademarks, copyrights and other intellectual property, and we have incurred varying levels of costs to respond to such infringement or misappropriation. We are currently involved in an offensive copyright infringement lawsuit, and other infringement, misappropriation or other violation of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of shareholdersintellectual property rights may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if shareholder approval ofoccur again in the transaction is required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain shareholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we have not consummated our initial business combination within the requiredfuture. Over time, period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent accounting or investment banking firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our initial business combination with an affiliated entity and are required by applicable law or by our board of directors, or a committee thereof, we are not otherwise required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that the price we are paying is fair to our shareholders from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our shareholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, related to our initial business combination.

We may issue additional Class A ordinary shares or preference shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon the conversion of the founder shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our shareholders and likely present other risks.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorize the issuance of up to 200,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, 20,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 preference shares, par value $0.0001 per share. Immediately after this offering, there will be 179,400,000 and 15,000,000 (assuming in each case that the underwriters have not exercised their over-allotment option) authorized but unissued Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares,

respectively, available for issuance which amount does not take into account shares reserved for issuance upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares, if any, or any shares issued upon the sale of the forward purchase shares. The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares (which such Class A ordinary shares delivered upon conversion will not have any redemption rights or be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account if we fail to consummate an initial business combination) at the time of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holders thereof as described herein and in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Immediately after this offering, there will be no preference shares issued and outstanding.

We may issue a substantial number of additional Class A ordinary shares or preference shares to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue Class A ordinary shares upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions as set forth herein. However, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide, among other things, that prior to or in connection with our initial business combination, we may not issueincrease our investment in protecting our intellectual property through additional sharestrademark, patent and other intellectual property filings that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination or on any other proposal presented to shareholders prior to or in connection with the completion of an initial business combination. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, like all provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, may be amended with a shareholder vote. The issuance of additional ordinary or preference shares, including the issuance of the forward purchase shares:

may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in this offering, which dilution would increase if the anti-dilution provisions in the Class B ordinary shares resulted in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares;

may subordinate the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares if preference shares are issued with rights senior to those afforded our Class A ordinary shares;

could cause a change in control if a substantial number of Class A ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;

may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the share ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of us; and

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Class A ordinary shares.

Unlike some other similarly structured blank check companies, our sponsor will receive additional Class A ordinary shares if we issue shares to consummate an initial business combination.

The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares (which such Class A ordinary shares delivered upon conversion will not have any redemption rights or be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account if we fail to consummate an initial business combination) at the time of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holders thereof at a ratio such that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of (i) the total number of ordinary shares issued and outstanding (excluding the private placement shares) upon completion of this offering, plus (ii) the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of the initial business combination, excluding any forward purchase shares and any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, deemed issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and any private placement shares issued to our sponsor, any of its affiliates or any members of our management team, including upon conversion of working capital loans. In no event will the

Class B ordinary shares convert into Class A ordinary shares at a rate of less than one-to-one. This is different than some other similarly structured blank check companies in which the initial shareholders will only be issued an aggregate of 20% of the total number of shares to be outstanding prior to the initial business combination.

Resources could be wasted in researching acquisitions that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locateexpensive and acquire or merge with another business. If we have not consummated our initial business combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidationtime-consuming. Some aspects of our trust account.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we have not consummated our initial business combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account.

We may engage in a business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entities that may be affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers, directors or initial shareholders which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of our sponsor, executive officers and directors with other entities (including Dragoneer I), we may decide to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers, directors or initial shareholders. Our directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities, including, without limitation, those described under “Management—Conflicts of Interest.” Our Founders, sponsor, officers and directors may sponsor, form or participate in other blank check companies similar to ours during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination. Further, affiliates of our sponsor are currently sponsoring one other blank check company, Dragoneer I, incorporated for substantially similar purposes as our company. Such entities may compete with us for business combination opportunities. Our Founders, sponsor, officers and directors are not currently aware of any specific opportunities for us to complete our initial business combination with any entities with which they are affiliated, and there have been no substantive discussions concerning a business combination with any such entity or entities. Although we will not be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria and guidelines for a business combination as set forth in “Proposed Business—Effecting Our Initial Business Combination—Evaluation of a Target Business and Structuring of Our Initial Business Combination” and such transaction was approved by a majority of our independent and disinterested directors. Despite our agreement to obtain, if required by applicable law or based upon the decision of our board of directors or a committee thereof, an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions regarding the fairness to our company from a financial point of view of a business combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our sponsor, executive officers, directors or initial shareholders, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the business combination may not be as advantageous to our public shareholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

Moreover, we may, at our option, pursue an Affiliated Joint Acquisition opportunity with an entity affiliated with Dragoneer and/or one or more investors in funds managed by Dragoneer. Any such parties may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by making a specified future issuance to any such parties.

Since our sponsor, executive officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed (other than with respect to public shares they may acquire during or after this offering), a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.

On September 29, 2020, our sponsor paid $25,000, or approximately $0.0087 per share, to cover certain of our offering and formation costs in consideration of 2,875,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001. On October 22, 2020, the company effected a share dividend, resulting in 5,750,000 founder shares outstanding. On October 29, 2020, our sponsor transferred 75,000 Class B ordinary shares to each of our independent directors. Prior to the initial investment in the company of $25,000 by the sponsor, the company had no assets, tangible or intangible. The per share price of the founder shares was determined by dividing the amount contributed to the company by the number of founder shares issued. If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a share capitalization or a share surrender or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in such amount as to maintain the number of founder shares, on an as-converted basis, at 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (excluding the private placement shares) upon the consummation of this offering. The founder shares and private placement shares will be worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination. In addition, our sponsor has committed, pursuant to a written agreement, to purchase an aggregate of 600,000 private placement shares (or 660,000 private placement shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) at a price of $10.00 per share ($6,000,000 in the aggregate or $6,600,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering. The personal and financial interests of our executive officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combination and influencing the operation of the business following the initial business combination. This risk may become more acute as the 24-month anniversary of the closing of this offering nears, which is generally the deadline for our consummation of an initial business combination.

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete a business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our shareholders’ investment in us.

Although we have no commitments as of the date of this prospectus to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt following this offering, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our initial business combination. We and our officers have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to the monies held in the trust account. As such, no issuance of debt will affect the per-share amount available for redemption from the trust account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt is payable on demand;

our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt is outstanding;

our inability to pay dividends on our Class A ordinary shares;

using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our Class A ordinary shares if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industryservices also rely on technologies, software and competitive conditionscontent developed by or licensed from third parties, and adverse changes in government regulation; and

limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, execution of our strategy and other purposes and other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares and forward purchase shares, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of products or services. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operations and profitability.

The net proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement shares and the sale of up to $50,000,000 of forward purchase shares will provide us with up to $243,000,000 (or $271,950,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) that we may use to complete our initial business combination (after taking into account the $7,000,000, or $8,050,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full, of deferred underwriting commissions being held in the trust account and the estimated expenses of this offering).

We may effectuate our initial business combination with a single-target business or multiple-target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuatemaintain our initialrelationships with such third parties or enter into similar relationships in the future on reasonable terms or at all.

There can be no assurance our intellectual property rights will be sufficient to protect against others offering products or services that are substantially similar to ours and competing with our business combination with more than one target business becauseor that unauthorized parties will not attempt to copy aspects of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issuesour technology and the requirementuse information that we prepareconsider proprietary. For example, it is possible that third parties, including our competitors, may obtain patents relating to technologies that overlap or compete with our technology. If third parties obtain patent protection with respect to such technologies, they may assert, and file pro forma financial statements withhave in the SECpast asserted, that present operating resultsour technology infringes their patents and seek to charge us a licensing fee or otherwise preclude the financial conditionuse of several target businesses as if they had been operated onour technology.

We may also be required to protect our intellectual property, proprietary technology and content in an increasing number of jurisdictions, a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversificationprocess that is potentially expensive and may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operationssuccessful, or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry.

Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset; or

dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequentnot pursue in every jurisdiction. In addition, effective intellectual property protection may not be available to our initial business combination.

Weus in every country, and the laws of some foreign countries may attemptnot be as protective of intellectual property rights as those in the United States. Additional uncertainty may result from changes to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets,intellectual property legislation enacted in the United States and elsewhere, and from interpretations of intellectual property laws by applicable courts and agencies, which may hindercompromise our ability to completeenforce our initial business combinationtrade secrets and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

intellectual property rights. Any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged or circumvented by others or invalidated or held unenforceable through administrative process or litigation in the United States or in foreign jurisdictions. Accordingly, despite our efforts, we may be unable to obtain and maintain the intellectual property rights necessary to provide us with a competitive advantage.

We may attempt to completefurther protect our initial business combinationintellectual property, proprietary technology and content by requiring our employees, contractors, consultants, corporate collaborators, advisors and other third parties who develop intellectual property on our behalf to enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements, and third parties with a private company about which littlewhom we share information is available, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our acquisition strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. Very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in a business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

enter into nondisclosure agreements. We may seek business combination opportunities with a high degree of complexity that require significant operational improvements, which could delay or prevent us from achieving our desired results.

We may seek business combination opportunities with large, highly complex companiescannot guarantee that we believehave entered into such agreements with each party who has developed intellectual property on our behalf and each party that has or may have had access to our confidential information, know-how and trade secrets. These agreements may not effectively prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, trade secrets, intellectual property or technology and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information, intellectual property or technology. Moreover, these agreements may not provide an adequate remedy for breaches or in the event of unauthorized use or disclosure of our confidential information or technology, or infringement of our intellectual property. We have in the past and may in the future initiate litigation regarding trade secret misappropriation, but enforcing a claim that a party illegally disclosed or misappropriated a trade secret or know-how is difficult, expensive and time-consuming, and the outcome is unpredictable. In addition, trade secrets and know-how can be difficult to protect, and some courts inside and outside the U.S. are unwilling to protect trade secrets and know-how. If any of our trade secrets were to be lawfully obtained or independently developed by a competitor or other third party, we would benefithave no right to prevent them from operational improvements. While we intendusing that technology or information to implement such improvements,compete with us, and our competitive position would be materially and adversely harmed. The loss of trade secret protection could make it easier for third parties to compete with our products and services by copying functionality. Additionally, individuals not subject to invention assignment agreements may make adverse ownership claims to our current and future intellectual property, and, to the extent that our employees, independent contractors or other third parties with whom we do business use intellectual property owned by others in their work for us, disputes may arise as to the rights in related or resulting know-how and inventions. Despite our efforts are delayedto protect our proprietary rights, unauthorized parties may attempt to copy aspects of our website features, software and functionality or obtain and use information that we consider confidential or proprietary.

Litigation or proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office or other governmental authorities and administrative bodies in the United States and abroad may be necessary in the future to enforce our intellectual property rights, protect our trademarks, trade secrets, patentable technology, copyrights and domain names; and to determine the validity and scope of the proprietary rights of others. We may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights and we will not be able to protect our intellectual property rights if we are unable to achieve the desired improvements, the business combination may not be as successful as we anticipate.

To the extent we completeenforce our initial business combination with a large complex businessrights or entity with a complex operating structure, we may also be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine, which could delay or prevent us from implementing our strategy. Although our management team will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business and its operations, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors until we complete our business combination. If we are not able to achieve our desired operational improvements, or the improvements take longer to implement than anticipated, we may not achieve the gains that we anticipate. Furthermore, some of these risks and complexities may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks and complexities will adversely impact a target business. Such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a smaller, less complex organization.

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete our initial business combination with which a substantial majority of our shareholders do not agree.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association do not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 either prior to or upon consummation of an initial business combination (so that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). As a result, we may be able to complete our initial business combination even though a substantial majority of our public shareholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and other governing instruments. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination that our shareholders may not support.

In order to effectuate a business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and governing instruments. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds, and extended the time to consummate an initial business combination. Amending our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association requires at least a special resolution of our shareholders as a matter of Cayman Islands law, meaning the approval of holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company. In addition, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association require us to provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash if we propose an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not completedetect unauthorized use of our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering or (B) with respect to any other provisionintellectual property rights. We may also be involved in disputes relating to the rights to, and ownership of, holdersthe intellectual property developed by our employees, consultants and others. Our efforts to enforce or protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights may be ineffective and could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources, as well as the invalidation or narrowing of the scope of our Class A ordinary shares. To the extentintellectual property, any of such amendments would be deemed to fundamentally change the nature of anywhich could harm our business and operating results. Furthermore, because of the securities offered through this registration statement, we would register, or seek an exemption from registration for, the affected securities.

The provisionssubstantial amount of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association that relate to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account) may be amendeddiscovery required in connection with the approval of a special resolution which requires the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company, whichintellectual property litigation, there is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to facilitate the completion of an initial business combinationrisk that some of our shareholdersconfidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. Attempting to enforce our intellectual property rights against third parties could also expose us to counterclaims, countersuits and other defenses from such third parties which may not support.

Some other blank check companies have a provision in their charter which prohibitsattack the amendment of certain of its provisions, including those which relate to the rights of a company’s shareholders, without approval by a certain percentage of the company’s shareholders. In those companies, amendment of these provisions typically requires approval by between 90%validity and 100% of the company’s shareholders. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that any of its provisions related to the rights of holdersenforceability of our Class A ordinary shares (including the requirement to deposit proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares into the trust account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public shareholders as described herein) may be amended if approved by special resolution, meaning holders of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account may be amended if approved by holders of at least 65% of our ordinary shares; provided that the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association governing the appointment or removal of directors prior to our initial business combination may only be amended by a special resolution passed by not less than two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at our general meeting which shall include the affirmative vote of a simple majority of our Class B ordinary shares. Our sponsor and its permitted transferees, if any, who will collectively beneficially own, on an as-converted basis, 20% of our Class A ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering (excluding the private placement shares and assuming they do not purchase any shares in this offering), will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association which govern our pre-business combination behavior more easily than

intellectual property rights.

some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete a business combination with which you do not agree. Our shareholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

Our sponsor, executive officers, directors and director nomineesWe have agreed, pursuant to agreements with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Class A ordinary shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds heldpast been and may in the trust account and not previously releasedfuture be subject to us to pay our income taxes, if any, dividedclaims by the number of the then-outstanding public shares. Our shareholders are notthird parties to,that we infringe, misappropriate or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our sponsor, executive officers, directors or director nominees for any breach of these agreements. As aotherwise violate their intellectual property rights, which could result in the event of a breach, our shareholders would need to pursue a shareholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operationssignificant costs and growth of a target business, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination. If we have not consummated our initial business combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account.

Although we believe that the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares and the forward purchase shares will be sufficient to allow us to complete our initial business combination, because we have not yet selected any prospective target business we cannot ascertain the capital requirements for any particular transaction. If the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares and the forward purchase shares prove to be insufficient, either because of the size of our initial business combination, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to redeem for cash a significant number of shares from shareholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial business combination or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial business combination, we may be required to seek additional financing or to abandon the proposed business combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. The current economic environment may make it difficult for companies to obtain acquisition financing. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. If we have not consummated our initial business combination within the required time period, our public shareholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per public share, or less in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our initial business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued developmentour business, operating results and financial condition.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to develop and commercialize our products and services without infringing, misappropriating or growth of the target business. Other than in connection with the forward purchase agreement, none of our officers, directors or shareholders are requiredotherwise violating intellectual property rights owned by others and being able to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial business combination.

Holders of Class A ordinary shares and private placement shares will not be entitled to vote on any appointment of directors we hold prior to our initial business combination.

Prior to our initial business combination, only holders of our founder shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. Holders of our public shares and private placement shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. In addition, prior to our initial business combination,

resolve claims of intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or other violation without major financial expenditures or adverse consequences. The software industry generally is characterized by extensive intellectual property litigation. Although we believe we were an early pioneer of event marketing and management solutions, a field which continues to rapidly evolve, many participants that own, or claim to own, intellectual property related to elements of our business historically have aggressively asserted their rights. From time to time, we have been and may in the future be subject to legal proceedings and claims that we, our customers, our licensees or indemnitees are infringing, misappropriating or otherwise violating the intellectual property rights of others. The risk of such proceedings and claims may increase as we expand the complexity, scope and public profile of our business. For example, we may be subject to claims that we are infringing the patent, trademark or copyright rights of third parties, or that our employees have misappropriated or divulged their former employers’ trade secrets or confidential information. The third-party service providers who provide us with technology that we incorporate in our product offerings also could become subject to various infringement claims. We cannot guarantee that our internally developed or acquired technologies and content do not or will not infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the intellectual property rights of others.

It may therefore be necessary to defend against future claims by, for example, determining the scope, enforceability and validity of third-party intellectual property or proprietary rights or asserting and defining our intellectual property or proprietary rights. Some claimants may have substantially greater resources than we do and may be able to sustain the costs of complex intellectual property litigation to a greater degree and for longer periods of time than we could. In addition, patent holding companies that focus solely on extracting royalties and settlements by enforcing patent rights may target us. Regardless of whether they have any merit, these claims are time-consuming and costly to evaluate and defend and could:

adversely affect our relationships with our current or future customers;

cause delays or stoppages in providing our software solutions;

divert management’s attention and resources;

require technology changes or work-arounds to our platform that would cause us to incur substantial cost;

subject us to significant liabilities or damages;

necessitate incurring significant legal, settlement, royalty or licensing fees;

require us to satisfy indemnification obligations; and

require us to cease some or all of our activities or impose other unfavorable terms.

In addition to liability for monetary damages against us, which may be tripled and may include attorneys’ fees, or, in some circumstances, damages against our customers, we may be prohibited from developing, commercializing or continuing to provide some or all of our event marketing and management solutions unless we obtain licenses from, and pay royalties to, the holders of the patents or other intellectual property rights, which may not be available on commercially favorable terms, or at all. Even if we were able to obtain a majoritylicense, it could be non-exclusive, thereby giving our competitors and other third parties access to the same technologies licensed to us.

Some of our founder shares may remove a memberapplications utilize open source software, and any failure to comply with the terms of the boardone or more of directors for any reason. Accordingly, you may not have any say in the managementthese open source licenses could negatively affect our business.

Some of our company prior toapplications include software covered by open source licenses, which may include, by way of example, GNU General Public License and the consummationApache License. The terms of an initial business combination.

Our sponsor controlsvarious open source licenses have not been interpreted by courts, and there is a substantial interest in us and thus may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentiallyrisk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that you do not support.

Upon closingimposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our ability to market our applications. By the terms of this offering, our sponsor will own, on an as-converted basis, 20%certain open source licenses, we could be required to release the source code of our issuedapplications and outstanding ordinary shares (excluding the private placement sharesto make our applications available under open source licenses, if we combine or distribute our applications with open source software in a

certain manner. Any actual or claimed requirement to disclose our proprietary source code or pay damages for breach of contract could harm our business and assuming it does not purchase any public shares in this offering). Accordingly, it may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a shareholder vote, potentiallycould help third parties, including our competitors, develop products and services that are similar to or better than ours. Use of open source software in a manner that you do not support, including amendmentswould require us to disclose our amendedproprietary source code or that would otherwise breach the terms of an open source agreement could inadvertently occur, or could be claimed to have occurred, in part because open source license terms are often ambiguous. Additionally, we could face claims from third parties claiming ownership of, or demanding release of, the open source software or derivative works that we developed using such software, which could include our proprietary source code, or otherwise seeking to enforce the terms of the applicable open source license.

These claims could result in litigation, and restated memorandum and articles of association. If our sponsor purchases any shares in this offering or if our sponsor purchases any additional Class A ordinary shares in the aftermarket or in privately negotiated transactions, this would increase its control. Neither our sponsor nor, to our knowledge, anyevent that portions of our officers or directors, have any current intentionapplications are determined to purchase additional securities, other than as disclosed in this prospectus. Factors that would be considered in making such additional purchases would include consideration ofsubject to an open source license, we could be required to publicly release the current trading priceaffected portions of our Class A ordinary shares. In addition,source code, re-engineer all, or a portion of, those applications or otherwise be limited in the licensing of our board of directors, whose members were appointed by our sponsor, is and will be divided into three classes,applications, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being appointed in each year. We may not hold an annual general meeting to appoint new directors prior to the completion of our initial business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the business combination. If there is an annual general meeting, as a consequence of our “staggered” board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for appointment and our sponsor, because of its ownership position, will control the outcome, as only holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors and to remove directors prior to our initial business combination. In addition, the founder shares, all of which are held by our initial shareholders, will, in a vote to continue the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (which requires the approval of at least two thirds of the votes of all ordinary shares), entitle the holders to ten votes for every founder share. This provision of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution passed by a majority of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares voting in a general meeting. As a result, you will not have any influence over our continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands prior to our initial business combination. Accordingly, our sponsor will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our initial business combination. In addition, we have agreed not to enter into a definitive agreement regarding an initial business combination without the prior consent of our sponsor.

Because we must furnish our shareholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on a business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/could reduce or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, or international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for us to effectuate a business combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an acquisition.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2021. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. The fact that we are a blank check company makes compliance with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensome on us as compared to other public companies because a target business with which we seek to complete our initial business combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

Risks Relating to the Post-Business Combination Company

Subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and the price of our securities, which could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will identify all material issues with a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our securities. In addition, charges of this nature may cause us to violate net worth or other covenants to which we may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining post-combination debt financing. Accordingly, any holders who choose to retain their securities following the business combination could suffer a reduction ineliminate the value of their securities. Such holders are unlikelyour technologies and services. In addition to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

The officers and directorsrisks related to license requirements, usage of an acquisition candidate may resign upon completionopen source software can lead to greater risks than use of our initial business combination. The loss of a business combination target’s key personnel could negatively impactthird-party commercial software, as open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or controls on the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

The role of an acquisition candidate’s key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an acquisition candidate’s management team will remain associated with the acquisition candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that membersorigin of the managementsoftware. There is typically no support available for open source software, and we cannot ensure that the authors of an acquisition candidatesuch open source software will implement or push updates to address security risks or will not wish to remain in place.

Our management may not be able to maintain controlabandon further development and maintenance. Many of a target business after our initial business combination. Upon the loss of control of a target business, new management may not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

We may structure our initial business combination so that the post-business combination company in which our public shareholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-business combination company owns or

acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post- business combination company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to our initial business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new Class A ordinary shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity interests of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new Class A ordinary shares, our shareholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding Class A ordinary shares subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority shareholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company’s shares than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain control of the target business.

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may affect our initial business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business’s management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target business’s management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target business’s management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any holders who choose to retain their securities following the business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such holders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

Risks Relating to Acquiring and Operating a Business in Foreign Countries

If we pursue a target company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we may face additional burdens in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing such initial business combination, and if we effect such initial business combination, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If we pursue a target a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States for our initial business combination, we would be subject to risks associated with cross-border business combinations, including in connection with investigating, agreeing to and completing our initial business combination, conducting due diligence in a foreign jurisdiction, having such transaction approved by any local governments, regulators or agencies and changes in the purchase price based on fluctuations in foreign exchange rates.

If we effect our initial business combination with such a company, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including anyusage of the following:

costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations;

rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

laws governing the manner in which future business combinations may be effected;

exchange listing and/or delisting requirements;

tariffs and trade barriers;

regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

local or regional economic policies and market conditions;

unexpected changes in regulatory requirements;

longer payment cycles;

tax issues,open source software, such as tax law changesthe lack of warranties or assurances of title or performance, cannot be eliminated, and, variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

rates of inflation;

challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

cultural and language differences;

employment regulations;

underdeveloped or unpredictable legal or regulatory systems;

corruption;

protection of intellectual property;

social unrest, crime, strikes, riots and civil disturbances;

regime changes and political upheaval;

terrorist attacks, natural disasters, pandemics and wars; and

deterioration of political relations with the United States.

We mayif not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, we may be unable to complete such initial business combination, or, if we complete such combination, our operations might suffer, either of which may adversely impactproperly addressed, could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may reincorporateChanges in another jurisdiction in connection with our initial business combination and such reincorporation may result in taxes imposed on shareholders.

We may, in connection with our initial business combination and subject to requisite shareholder approval under the Companies Law, reincorporate in the jurisdiction in which the target company or business is located or in another jurisdiction. The transaction may require a shareholder to recognize taxable income in the jurisdiction in which the shareholder is a tax resident or in which its members are resident if it is a tax transparent entity (or may otherwise result in adverse tax consequences). We do not intend to make any cash distributions to shareholders to pay such taxes.

Shareholders may be subject to withholding taxes or other taxes with respect to their ownership of us after the reincorporation.

We are subject to changing law and regulations regarding regulatory matters, corporate governance and public disclosure that have increased both our costs and the risk of non-compliance.

We are subject to rules and regulations by various governing bodies, including, for example, the SEC, which are charged with the protection of investors and the oversight of companies whose securities are publicly traded, and to new and evolving regulatory measures under applicable law. Our efforts to comply with new and changing laws and regulations have resulted in and are likelyrelated to continue to result in, increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from seeking a business combination target.

Moreover, because these laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance becomes available. This evolution may result in continuing uncertainty regarding compliance matters and additional costs necessitated by ongoing revisions to our disclosure and governance practices. If we fail to address and comply with these regulations and any subsequentthe Internet or changes we may be subject to penalty and our business may be harmed.

After our initial business combination, it is possible that a majority of our directors and officers will live outside the United States and all of our assets will be located outside the United States; therefore investors may not be able to enforce federal securities laws or their other legal rights.

It is possible that after our initial business combination, a majority of our directors and officers will reside outside of the United States and all of our assets will be located outside of the United States. As a result, it may be difficult, or in some cases not possible, for investors in the United States to enforce their legal rights, to effect service of process upon all of our directors or officers or to enforce judgments of United States courts predicated upon civil liabilities and criminal penalties on our directors and officers under United States laws.

If our management following our initial business combination is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, theyInternet infrastructure itself may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws, which could lead to various regulatory issues.

Following our initial business combination, our management may resign from their positions as officers or directors ofdiminish the company and the management of the target business at the time of the business combination will remain in place. Management of the target business may not be familiar with United States securities laws. If new management is unfamiliar with United States securities laws, they may have to expend time and resources becoming familiar with such laws. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affect our operations.

After our initial business combination, substantially all of our assets may be located in a foreign country and substantially all of our revenue may be derived from our operations in any such country. Accordingly, our results of operations and prospects will be subject, to a significant extent, to the economic, political and social conditions and government policies, developments and conditions in the country in which we operate.

The economic, political and social conditions, as well as government policies, of the country in which our operations are located could affect our business. Economic growth could be uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy and such growth may not be sustained in the future. If in the future such country’s economy experiences a downturn or grows at a slower rate than expected, there may be less demand for spending in certain industries. A decrease in demand for spending in certain industries could materially and adversely affect our ability to find an attractive target business with which to consummate our initial business combination and if we effect our initial business combination, the ability of that target business to become profitable.

Exchange rate fluctuations and currency policies may cause a target business’ ability to succeed in the international markets to be diminished.

In the event we acquire a non-U.S. target, all revenues and income would likely be received in a foreign currency, and the dollar equivalent of our net assets and distributions, if any, could be adversely affected by reductions in the value of the local currency. The value of the currencies in our target regions fluctuate and are affected by, among other things, changes in political and economic conditions. Any change in the relative value of such currency against our reporting currency may affect the attractiveness of any target business or, following consummation of our initial business combination, our financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, if a currency appreciates in value against the dollar prior to the consummation of our initial business

combination, the cost of a target business as measured in dollars will increase, which may make it less likely that we are able to consummate such transaction.

We may reincorporate in another jurisdiction in connection with our initial business combination, and the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements and we may not be able to enforce our legal rights.

In connection with our initial business combination, we may relocate the home jurisdiction of our business from the Cayman Islands to another jurisdiction. If we determine to do this, the laws of such jurisdiction may govern some or all of our future material agreements. The system of laws and the enforcement of existing laws in such jurisdiction may not be as certain in implementation and interpretation as in the United States. The inability to enforce or obtain a remedy under any of our future agreements could result in a significant loss of business, business opportunities or capital.

Risks Relating to our Management Team

We are dependent upon our executive officers and directors and their loss could adversely affect our ability to operate.

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and, in particular, our executive officers and directors. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our officers and directors, at least until we have completed our initial business combination. In addition, our executive officers and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating their time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. We do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or executive officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or executive officers could have a detrimental effect on us.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our key personnel, at least until we have consummated our initial business combination. None of our officers are required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, they will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence. If our officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote more substantial amounts of time to their other business activities, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairsproducts, and could have a negative impact on our abilitybusiness.

The future success of our business depends in part upon the continued use of the Internet as a primary medium for commerce, communication and business applications. Federal, state or international government bodies or agencies have in the past adopted, and may in the future adopt, laws or regulations affecting the use of the Internet as a commercial medium. Changes in these laws or regulations could require us to consummatemodify our initial business combination.products in order to comply with these changes. In addition, we do notgovernment agencies or private organizations have employment agreements with,begun to impose taxes, fees or key-man insurance onother charges for accessing the lifeInternet or commerce conducted via the Internet. These laws or charges could limit the growth of Internet-related commerce or communications generally, or result in reductions in the demand for Internet-based applications such as ours. The adoption of any of our officers. The unexpected losslaws or regulations that adversely affect the growth, popularity or use of the servicesInternet could limit the market for event marketing and management solutions generally and limit the demand for our products.

We are a multinational organization faced with increasingly complex tax issues in many jurisdictions, including in the United States, and we could be obligated to pay additional taxes in various jurisdictions.

As a multinational organization that operates in numerous jurisdictions in the United States and around the world, we may be subject to taxation in several jurisdictions with increasingly complex tax laws, the application of our key personnelwhich can be uncertain. The authorities in these jurisdictions, including state and local taxing authorities in the United States, could successfully assert that we are obligated to pay additional taxes, interest and penalties. In addition, the amount of taxes we pay could increase substantially as a result of changes in the applicable tax principles, including increased tax rates, new tax laws or revised interpretations of existing tax laws and precedents, which could have a detrimentalmaterial adverse effect on us.

our liquidity and operating results. The roleauthorities could also claim that various withholding requirements apply to us or our subsidiaries or assert that benefits of tax treaties are not available to us or our key personnel after our initial business combination, however, remains to be determined. Although somesubsidiaries, any of our key personnel serve in senior management or advisory positions following our initial business combination, it is likely that most, if not all, of the management of the target business will remain in place. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a public company which could causehave a material impact on us to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements. This could be expensive and time-consuming and could lead to various regulatory issues which may adversely affectthe results of our operations.

Our key personnelbusiness may negotiate employmentbe adversely affected by third-party claims, including by governmental bodies, regarding the content and advertising distributed by our customers through our service.

We rely on our customers to secure the rights to redistribute content over the internet or consulting agreementsthrough mobile event apps, and we do not screen the content that they distribute using our solutions. There is no assurance that our customers have licensed all rights necessary for distribution, including internet or mobile app distribution. Other parties may claim certain rights in the content of our customers. In the event that our customers do not have the necessary distribution rights related to content, we may be required to cease distributing such content, or we may be subject to lawsuits and claims of damages for infringement, misappropriation or other violation of such rights. If these claims arise with frequency, the likelihood of our business being adversely affected would rise significantly.

Economic conditions and regulatory changes resulting from the United Kingdom’s exit from the E.U. could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In June 2016, the U.K. held a referendum in which voters approved Brexit. The U.K. exited the E.U. on January 31, 2020, consistent with the terms of the E.U.-U.K. Withdrawal Agreement, with a targettransition period that ended on December 31, 2020. On January 1, 2021, the U.K. left the E.U. Single Market and Customs Union as well as all E.U. policies and international agreements. As a result, the free movement of persons, goods, services and capital between the U.K. and the E.U. ended, and the E.U. and the U.K. formed two separate markets and two distinct regulatory and legal spaces. On December 24, 2020, the European Commission reached a trade agreement with the U.K. on the terms of its future cooperation with the E.U. The trade agreement offers U.K. and E.U. companies preferential access to each other’s markets, ensuring imported goods will be free of tariffs and quotas (subject to rules of origin requirements). Uncertainty exists regarding the ultimate impact of this trade agreement, as well as the extent of possible financial, trade, regulatory and legal implications of Brexit. Brexit also contributes to global political and economic uncertainty, which may cause, among other consequences, volatility in exchange rates and interest rates, and changes in regulations. These effects of Brexit, among others, could adversely affect our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

We are subject to the FCPA and similar anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.

Anti-corruption and anti-bribery laws have been enforced aggressively in recent years. Our business activities are subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or the FCPA, and similar anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws, regulations, or rules of other countries in connectionwhich we operate, including the U.K. Bribery Act. These laws are interpreted broadly and prohibit companies, their employees, and third-party intermediaries from authorizing, promising, offering, or providing, either directly or indirectly, improper payments or anything else of value to recipients in the public or private sector. The FCPA also requires public companies to maintain accurate books and records and to devise and maintain an adequate system of internal accounting controls. While only anticipated to represent a de minimis proportion of our total revenue, we may count among our customers a number of government entities. For example, in Dubai, customers include government-supported companies, while in the US and UK, customers include government-funded public universities, though such sales represent no more than 3% of total revenue. Particularly as we continue to increase our international sales efforts, we may engage with partners and third-party intermediaries to market our services and to obtain necessary permits, licenses, and other regulatory approvals. Our third-party intermediaries may have direct or indirect dealings with those deemed by anti-corruption laws to be government officials, which also include interactions in countries known to experience public corruption, including Mexico, India, Thailand, and Brazil. Activities in such countries create the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by one of our employees, consultants, partners, or third-party intermediaries that could be in violation of various anti-corruption laws. We have policies and controls intended to prevent these practices—e.g., a particular business combination,standalone Anti-Corruption Policy, Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, mandatory training on anti-corruption topics, financial controls, and a particular business combinationwhistleblowing hotline, among others. While there is no certainty that all of our employees, consultants, partners, or third-party intermediaries will comply with all applicable laws and regulations,

particularly given the high level of complexity of these laws, our policies and controls aim to satisfy its obligation to comply with them. Violations of these laws and regulations could result in fines, criminal sanctions against us, our officers, or our employees, and liability for the actions of corrupt or other illegal activities of such third-party intermediaries, their employees, representatives, contractors, partners, and agents, even if we do not explicitly authorize such activities.

Finance and Financial Reporting Risks

Because we generally recognize revenue from subscriptions ratably over the term of the agreement, near term changes in sales may not be reflected immediately in our operating results.

We offer our Event Cloud primarily through a mix of single-year and multi-year subscription agreements and generally recognize revenue ratably over the related subscription period. We offer our Hospitality Cloud primarily through a mix of single-year and multi-year agreements and generally recognize revenue ratably over the related advertising period. As a result, much of the revenue we report in each quarter is derived from the recognition of value relating to agreements entered into during prior quarters or years. For multiple-year agreements for either Event Cloud or Hospitality Cloud, we typically invoice the amount for the first year of the contract at signing followed by subsequent annual invoices at the anniversary of each year. Since we bill most of our customers in advance, there can be amounts that we have not yet been contractually able to invoice. Until such time as these amounts are invoiced or recognized in revenue, they are considered by us to be unbilled contract value, and together with deferred revenue, remaining performance obligations. The timing and ultimate recognition of the remaining performance obligations depends on whether we complete outstanding contractual tasks, and the amount of remaining performance obligations at any date should not be considered indicative of revenues for any succeeding periods. Further, unbilled contract value relative to the total value of our contracts may change from year to year for several reasons, including the amount of cash collected early in the contract term, the specific timing and duration of customer agreements, varying invoicing cycles of agreements, the specific timing of customer renewal, changes in customer financial circumstances and foreign currency fluctuations. A decline in new or renewed subscriptions or marketing solutions agreements in any one quarter is not likely to be reflected immediately in our revenue results for that quarter. Such declines, however, would negatively affect our revenue and deferred revenue balances in future periods, and the effect of significant downturns in sales and market acceptance of our solutions, and potential changes in our rate of renewals, may not be fully reflected in our results of operations until future periods. Our subscription and advertising model also makes it difficult for us to rapidly increase our total revenue and deferred revenue balance through additional sales in any period, as revenue from new customers is generally recognized over the applicable subscription or advertising term.

Our reported results of operations may be conditionedadversely affected by changes in accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

Generally accepted accounting principles in the United States are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, the SEC and various bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles. A change in these principles or interpretations could have a significant effect on our audited reported results of operations and may even affect the reporting of transactions completed before the announcement or effectiveness of a change. For example, on January 1, 2018, we adopted Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09,Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), utilizing the modified retrospective method of adoption. The adoption of Topic 606 changed the timing and manner in which we report our sales commissions. See Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements, to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for more information. It is also difficult to predict the impact of future changes to accounting principles or our accounting policies.

Our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards may be limited.

As of December 31, 2020, we had deferred tax assets related to U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $94.4 million and $26.5 million, respectively. Our ability to utilize our federal net operating loss carryforwards may be limited under Section 382 of the Code. The limitations apply if we experience an “ownership change,” which is generally defined as a greater than 50 percentage point change (by value) in the ownership of our equity by certain stockholders over a rolling three-year period. Similar provisions of state tax law may also apply to limit the use of our state net operating loss carryforwards. Future changes in our stock ownership, which may be outside of our control, may trigger an ownership change and, consequently, the limitations under Section 382 of the Code. As a result, our ability to use our pre-change net operating loss carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be subject to limitations, which could adversely affect our future cash flows.

In addition, our ability to use our federal and state net operating losses to offset potential future taxable income and related income taxes that would otherwise be due is dependent upon our generation of future taxable income before the expiration dates of the net operating losses, and we cannot predict with certainty when, or whether, we will generate sufficient taxable income to use all of our net operating losses. Federal net operating losses generated prior to 2018 will continue to be governed by the net operating loss carryforward rules as they existed prior to the adoption of the Tax Act, which means that generally they will expire 20 years after they were generated if not used prior thereto. Many states have similar laws, in addition to laws that suspend, reduce or eliminate the ability to carry losses forward. Accordingly, our federal and state net operating losses could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities. Under the Tax Act as modified by the CARES Act, the federal net operating losses incurred in tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2021 may be carried back to each of the five tax years preceding such loss, and net operating losses arising in tax years beginning after December 31, 2020 may not be carried back. Moreover, federal net operating losses generated in tax years ending after December 31, 2017 may be carried forward indefinitely, but the deductibility of such federal net operating losses may be limited to 80% of current year taxable income for tax years beginning after December 31, 2020. Refer to Note 9, Income Taxes, to the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for further discussion of net operating loss carryforwards as of December 31, 2020.

We are exposed to fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

We face exposure to movements in currency exchange rates, which may cause our revenue and operating results to differ materially from expectations. Our operating results could be negatively affected depending on the retention or resignationamount of such key personnel. These agreementsexpense denominated in foreign currencies, primarily the Indian rupee. As exchange rates vary, revenue, cost of revenue, operating expenses and other operating results, when remeasured, may provide for them to receive compensation following our initial business combination anddiffer materially from expectations. For example, we experienced a loss of $0.8 million as a result of foreign currency transactions in 2020. In addition, our operating results are subject to fluctuation if our mix of U.S. and foreign currency denominated transactions and expenses changes in the future. Although we may cause themapply certain strategies to mitigate foreign currency risk, these strategies might not eliminate our exposure to foreign exchange rate fluctuations and would involve costs and risks of their own, such as ongoing management time and expertise, external costs to implement the strategies and potential accounting implications. Additionally, as we anticipate growing our business further outside of the U.S., the effects of movements in currency exchange rates will increase as our transaction volume outside of the U.S. increase.

Failure of our customers to pay the amounts owed to us, or to pay such amounts in a timely manner, may adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.

If a large number of our customers (as a portion of revenue) have conflictsinsufficient liquidity, we could encounter significant delays or defaults in payments owed to us by such customers, and we may need to extend our payment terms or restructure the receivables owed to us, which could have a significant adverse effect on our

financial condition, including impacting the timing of interestrevenue recognition. Any deterioration in the financial condition of our customers will increase the risk of uncollectible receivables. Global economic uncertainty, such as the economic instability and market volatility caused by the global COVID-19 pandemic, could also affect our customers’ ability to pay our receivables in a timely manner or at all or result in customers going into bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings, which could also affect our ability to collect our receivables. For example, for the three months ended September 30, 2021, we recorded $4.1 million of higher bad debt expense primarily associated with an increase in the un-collectability of certain accounts receivable due to the effect of the global COVID-19 pandemic on our customers’ operations.

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets would result in a decrease in earnings.

We have in the past and may in the future acquire intangible assets. Current accounting rules require that goodwill and other intangible assets with indefinite useful lives not be amortized, but instead be tested for impairment at least annually. These rules also require that intangible assets with definite useful lives be amortized over their respective estimated useful lives to their estimated residual values, and reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Events and circumstances considered in determining whether the carrying value of amortizable intangible assets and goodwill may not be recoverable include, but are not limited to, significant changes in performance relative to expected operating results, significant changes in the use of the assets, significant negative industry or economic trends, significant impacts to the economy (such as COVID-19), or a particularsignificant decline in our stock price and/or market capitalization for a sustained period of time. To the extent such evaluation indicates that the useful lives of intangible assets are different than originally estimated, the amortization period is reduced or extended and the quarterly amortization expense is increased or decreased. Any impairment charges or changes to estimated amortization periods could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our existing indebtedness could adversely affect our business combination isand growth prospects.

As of September 30, 2021, we had total current and long-term indebtedness outstanding of $766.1 million, including (i) $765.7 million outstanding under our Term Loan Facility (as defined below) (including $0.4 million in outstanding letters of credit) and (ii) $0.4 million outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below) related to a letter of credit. As of September 30, 2021, we had $39.6 million in available borrowing capacity under our Revolving Credit Facility. Net proceeds from the most advantageous.Business Combination after deducting fees and expenses were approximately $523.0 million, $500.0 million of which was used to repay the outstanding principal indebtedness under our Term Loan Facility. The Revolving Credit Facility requires that Unrestricted Cash (as defined in the credit agreement for the Credit Facilities, or the “Credit Agreement”) plus availability under the Revolving Credit Facility equal no less than $25.0 million as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, starting with the fiscal quarter ending June 30, 2021. The Revolving Credit Facility also requires that the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) as of, and for the four fiscal quarter period ending on, the last day of any fiscal quarter (other than any such day on which no more than 35% of the availability under the Revolving Credit Facility (excluding certain letters of credit) shall be outstanding) be no less than 1.50 to 1.00. All obligations under the Credit Facilities are secured by first-priority perfected security interests in substantially all of the assets of the borrower and each guarantor of the Credit Facilities, each as defined in the Credit Agreement, subject to permitted liens and other exceptions. Our indebtedness, or any additional indebtedness we may incur, could require us to divert funds identified for other purposes for debt service and impair our liquidity position. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from operations to service our debt, we may need to refinance our debt, dispose of assets or issue equity to obtain necessary funds. We do not know whether we will be able to take any of these actions on a timely basis, on terms satisfactory to us or at all.

Our key personnelindebtedness, the cash flow needed to satisfy our debt and the covenants contained in our Credit Facilities have important consequences, including:

limiting funds otherwise available for financing our capital expenditures by requiring us to dedicate a portion of our cash flows from operations to the repayment of debt and the interest on this debt;

limiting our ability to incur additional indebtedness;

limiting our ability to capitalize on significant business opportunities;

making us more vulnerable to rising interest rates; and

making us more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in our business.

Our level of indebtedness may place us at a competitive disadvantage to our competitors that are not as highly leveraged. Fluctuations in interest rates can increase borrowing costs. Increases in interest rates may directly impact the amount of interest we are required to pay and reduce earnings accordingly. In addition, developments in tax policy, such as the disallowance of tax deductions for interest paid on outstanding indebtedness, could have an adverse effect on our liquidity and our business, financial conditions and results of operations. Further, our Credit Facilities contain customary affirmative and negative covenants and certain restrictions on operations that could impose operating and financial limitations and restrictions on us, including restrictions on our ability to enter into particular transactions and to engage in other actions that we may believe are advisable or necessary for our business. Our Credit Facilities are also subject to mandatory prepayments in certain circumstances and require a prepayment of a certain percentage of our excess net cash proceeds, and this excess cash flow payment, and future required prepayments, would reduce our cash available for investment in our business. For a discussion of those restrictions, see other risk factors in this “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Indebtedness.”

We expect to use cash flow from operations to meet current and future financial obligations, including funding our operations, debt service requirements and capital expenditures. The ability to make these payments depends on our financial and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic, industry and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business, economic and other factors beyond our control.

Despite current indebtedness levels and restrictive covenants, we may still be able to incur substantially more indebtedness or make certain restricted payments, which could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial indebtedness.

We may be able to remain with our company after the completion of our initial business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the business combination. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensationincur significant additional indebtedness in the formfuture. Although the financing documents governing our Credit Facilities contain restrictions on the incurrence of cash payments and/additional indebtedness and liens, these restrictions are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness and liens incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial.

The financing documents governing our Credit Facilities permit us to incur certain additional indebtedness, including liabilities that do not constitute indebtedness as defined in the financing documents. We may also consider investments in joint ventures or acquisitions, which may increase our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the business combination. Such negotiations also could make such key personnel’s retention or resignation a condition to any such agreement. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business.indebtedness. In addition, pursuant to an agreement to be entered into on or prior to the closing of this offering,financing documents governing our sponsor, upon and following consummation of an initial business combination, will be entitled to nominate three individuals for appointment to our board of directors, as long as the sponsor holds any securities covered by the registration and shareholder rights agreement, which is described under the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Securities—Registration and Shareholder Rights.”

Our executive officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our executive officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for a business combination and their other businesses. For example, affiliates of our sponsor are currently sponsoring one other blank check company, Dragoneer I, incorporated for substantially similar purposes as our company. Further, Mr. Stad, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Robertson, our President and Chief Operating Officer, serves as President and Chief Operating Officer, for Dragoneer I, respectively. Any such companies, including Dragoneer I, may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target. WeCredit Facilities do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion ofrestrict our initial business combination. Each of our executive officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation, and our executive officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs nor are they prohibitedPrincipal Shareholder from sponsoring, or otherwise becoming involved with, any other blank check companies prior to us completing our initial business combination. Our independent directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. If our executive officers’ and directors’ other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination. For a complete discussion of our executive officers’ and directors’ other business affairs, please see “Management—Officers, Directors and Director Nominees.”

Our officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities, including another blank check company, and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Following the completion of this offering and until we consummate our initial business combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses or entities. Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity, subject to his or her fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business

opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law.

In addition, our Founders, sponsor, officers and directors may in the future become affiliated with other blank checkcreating new holding companies that may have acquisition objectives that are similarbe able to ours. Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. In particular, affiliates of our sponsor are currently sponsoring one other blank check company, Dragoneer I. Dragoneer I may seek to complete a business combination in any location and is not focusing on any particular industry for business combinations. Further, Mr. Stad, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Robertson, our President and Chief Operating Officer, serves as President and Chief Operating Officer, for Dragoneer I, respectively. Any such companies, including Dragoneer I, may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to such other blank check companies prior to its presentation to us, subject to our officers’ and directors’ fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that,incur indebtedness without regard to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other.

For a complete discussion of our executive officers’ and directors’ business affiliations and the potential conflicts of interest that you should be aware of, please see “Management—Officers, Directors and Director Nominees,” “Management—Conflicts of Interest” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

Our executive officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, executive officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsor, our directors or executive officers, or we may acquire a target business through an Affiliated Joint Acquisition with one or more affiliates of Dragoneer and/or one or more investors in funds managed by Dragoneer. Nor do we have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activities of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

The personal and financial interests of our directors and officers may influence their motivation in timely identifying and selecting a target business and completing a business combination. Consequently, our directors’ and officers’ discretion in identifying and selecting a suitable target business may result in a conflict of interest when determining whether the terms, conditions and timing of a particular business combination are appropriate and in our shareholders’ best interest. If this were the case, it would be a breach of their fiduciary duties to us as a matter of Cayman Islands law and we or our shareholders might have a claim against such individuals for infringing on our shareholders’ rights. See the section titled “Description of Securities—Certain Differences in Corporate Law—Shareholders’ Suits” for further information on the ability to bring such claims. However, we might not ultimately be successful in any claim we may make against them for such reason. Additionally, Dragoneer Funding II is an affiliate of our sponsor.

Risks Relating to our Securities

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. Therefore, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares, potentially at a loss.

Our public shareholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earliest to occur of: (i) our completion of an initial business combination, and then only in connection with those Class A ordinary shares that such shareholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares, and (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. Public shareholders who redeem their Class A ordinary shares in connection with a shareholder vote described in clause (ii) in the preceding sentence shall not be entitled to funds from the trust account upon the subsequent completion of an initial business combination or liquidation if we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering, with respect to such Class A ordinary shares so redeemed. In no other circumstances will a public shareholder have any right or interest of any kind in the trust account. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares, potentially at a loss.

Nasdaq may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors’ ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

We have applied to have our public shares listed on Nasdaq on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. Although after giving effect to this offering we expect to meet, on a pro forma basis, the minimum initial listing standardsrestrictions set forth in the Nasdaq listing standards,financing documents governing our securities may not be listed on Nasdaq in the future or priorCredit Facilities. If new debt is added to our initial business combination. In order to continue listing our securities on Nasdaq prior to our initial business combination,currently anticipated indebtedness levels, the related risks that we must maintain certain financial, distribution and share price levels, such as a minimum market capitalization (generally $2,500,000) and a minimum number of holders of our securities (generally 300 public holders). Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with Nasdaq’s initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than Nasdaq’s continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on Nasdaq. For instance, our share price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share, our shareholders’ equity would generally be required to be at least $5.0 million and we would be required to have at least 300 round lot shareholders of our unrestricted securities (with at least 50% of such round-lot holders holding unrestricted securities with a market value of at least $2,500). face could intensify.

We may not be able to meet those listing requirements at that time, especiallygenerate sufficient cash flow to service all of our indebtedness, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under such indebtedness, which may not be successful.

Our ability to make scheduled payments or to refinance outstanding debt obligations depends on our financial and operating performance, which will be affected by prevailing economic, industry and competitive

conditions and by financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may not be able to maintain a sufficient level of cash flow from operating activities to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if there areany, and interest on our indebtedness. Any failure to make payments of interest and principal on our outstanding indebtedness on a significant numbertimely basis would likely result in a reduction of redemptions in connection with our initial business combination.credit rating, which would also harm our ability to incur additional indebtedness.

If Nasdaq delists our securities from trading on its exchangecash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we are not ablemay be forced to listreduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek additional capital or seek to restructure or refinance our securities on another national securities exchange, we expectindebtedness. Any refinancing of our securitiesindebtedness could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this wereat higher interest rates and may require us to occur,comply with more onerous covenants. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such cash flows and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to sell material assets or operations to attempt to meet our debt service obligations. The financing documents governing our Credit Facilities including certain restrictions on our ability to conduct asset sales and/or use the proceeds from asset sales for general corporate purposes. We may not be able to consummate these asset sales to raise capital or sell assets at prices and on terms that we believe are fair and any proceeds that we do receive may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due. If we cannot meet our debt service obligations, the holders of our indebtedness may accelerate such indebtedness and, to the extent such indebtedness is secured, foreclose on our assets. In such an event, we may not have sufficient assets to repay all of our indebtedness.

The terms of the financing documents governing our Term Loan Facility restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.

The financing documents governing our Term Loan Facility contain a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant material adverse consequences, including:operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interests, including restrictions on our ability to:

 

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;incur additional indebtedness;

 

reduced liquidity for our securities;pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of capital stock or repurchase or redeem capital stock;

 

a determination thatprepay, redeem or repurchase certain indebtedness;

make loans and investments;

sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of restricted subsidiaries;

incur liens;

enter into transactions with affiliates;

enter into agreements restricting the ability of our Class subsidiaries to pay dividends; and

consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets.

The restrictive covenants in the financing documents governing our Credit Facilities require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy other financial condition tests to the extent applicable. Our ability to meet those ratios and tests can be affected by events beyond our control.

A ordinary shares are a “penny stock” which will require brokers trading inbreach of the covenants or restrictions under the financing documents governing our Class A ordinary shares to adhere to more stringent rules and possiblyCredit Facilities could result in an event of default under such documents. Such a reduced level of trading activitydefault may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt, which may result in the secondary trading market foracceleration of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In the event the holders of our securities;indebtedness accelerate the repayment, we may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness or be able to borrow sufficient funds to refinance it. Even if we are able to obtain new financing, it may not be on commercially reasonable terms or on terms acceptable to us. As a result of these restrictions, we may be:

in how we conduct our business;

a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; andunable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic or business downturns; or

 

a decreasedunable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities.

These restrictions, along with restrictions that may be contained in agreements evidencing or governing other future indebtedness, may affect our ability to grow in accordance with our growth strategy.

We may be unable to refinance our indebtedness.

We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness before maturity. We cannot assure you that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all. There can be no assurance that we will be able to obtain sufficient funds to enable us to repay or refinance our debt obligations on commercially reasonable terms, or at all.

A lowering or withdrawal of the ratings assigned to our debt securities by rating agencies may increase our future borrowing costs and reduce our access to capital.

Our debt currently has a non-investment grade rating, and any rating assigned could be lowered or withdrawn entirely by a rating agency if, in that rating agency’s judgment, future circumstances relating to the basis of the rating, such as adverse changes, so warrant. Any future lowering of our ratings likely would make it more difficult or more expensive for us to obtain additional debt financing.

Our failure to raise additional capital or generate cash flows necessary to expand our operations and invest in new technologies in the future could reduce our ability to compete successfully and harm our results of operations.

We may need to raise additional funds, and we may not be able to obtain additional debt or equity financing on favorable terms or at all. If we raise additional equity financing, our security holders may experience significant dilution of their ownership interests. If we engage in additional debt financing, we may be required to accept terms that restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness, force us to maintain specified liquidity or other ratios or restrict our ability to pay dividends or make acquisitions. If we need additional capital and cannot raise it on acceptable terms, or at all, we may not be able to, among other things:

develop and enhance our products;

continue to expand our product development, sales and marketing organizations;

hire, train and retain employees;

respond to competitive pressures or unanticipated working capital requirements; or

pursue acquisition opportunities.

In addition, our Term Loan Facility also limits our ability to incur additional debt and therefore we likely would have to amend our Term Loan Facility or issue additional securitiesequity to raise capital. If we issue additional equity, your interest in us will be diluted.

Corporate Governance Risks

Vista controls us, and its interests may conflict with ours or obtain additional financingyours in the future.

Investment funds associated with Vista Equity Partners Management, LLC (“Vista” and such funds, the “Vista Investors”) beneficially own approximately 82.7% of our Common Stock, which means that Vista controls the vote of all matters submitted to a vote of our Board, or shareholders, which will enable it to control

the election of the members of our Board and all other corporate decisions. Even when Vista ceases to own shares of our stock representing a majority of the total voting power, for so long as Vista continues to own a significant portion of our stock, Vista will have significant influence with respect to our management, business plans and policies, including the appointment and removal of our officers, decisions on whether to raise future capital and amending our charter and bylaws, which govern the rights attached to our common stock. The National Securities Markets Improvement Actconcentration of 1996, which isownership could deprive you of an opportunity to receive a federal statute, prevents or preempts the states from regulating thepremium for your shares of common stock as part of a sale of certain securities, which are referred to as “covered securities.” Because we expect that our Class A ordinary shares will be listed on Nasdaq, our Class A ordinary shares will qualify as covered securities underus and ultimately might affect the statute. Although the states are preempted from regulating the sale of covered securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of covered securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on Nasdaq, our securities would not qualify as covered securities under the statute and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities.

Our sponsor contributed $25,000, or approximately $0.0043 per founder share, and, accordingly, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution from the purchasemarket price of our Class A ordinary shares.common stock.

The difference between the public offering price per share and the pro forma net tangible book value per Class A ordinary share after this offering constitutes the dilution to you and the other investors in this offering. Our sponsor acquired the founder shares at a nominal price, significantly contributing to this dilution. Upon closing of this offering, you and the other public shareholders will incur an immediate and substantial dilution of approximately 92.5% (or $9.25 per share, assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option), the difference between the pro forma net tangible book value per share of $0.75 and the initial offering price of $10.00 per share. This dilution would increase to the extent that the anti-dilution provisions of the founder shares result in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the founder shares at the time of our initial business combination and would become exacerbated to the extent that public shareholders seek redemptions from the trust for their public shares. In addition, because of the anti- dilution protection in the founder shares, any equity or equity- linked securities issued in connection with our initial business combination would be disproportionately dilutive to our Class A ordinary shares.

The determinationthe Business Combination, we entered into an investor rights agreement with certain of the offering priceVista Investors (among other investors) (the “Investor Rights Agreement”) that provides, among other things, that: (i) our Board will be divided into three classes of directors, with each class serving for staggered three-year terms, (ii) the Vista Investors party thereto have the right to nominate a number of designees equal to the product of (x) the Total Number of directors multiplied by (y) the Vista Ownership Percentage, rounded up to the nearest whole number (as such terms are defined in the Investor Rights Agreement), subject to the terms and conditions set forth therein, (iii) we will use our reasonable best efforts to ensure that prior to the date that the Vista Ownership Percentage is less than 5%, each Vista Director (as defined in the Investor Rights Agreement) will be included in the Board’s slate of nominees to the stockholders for director elections of such class, and each Vista Director to a particular class of directors will be included in the proxy statement in connection with soliciting proxies for meetings of stockholders, (iv) until such time as the Vista Ownership Percentage is less than 5%, there shall be a number of Vista Directors on each committee of the board not less than the nearest whole number greater than the product obtained by multiplying the Vista Ownership Percentage by the number of positions, including any vacancies, on the applicable committee, and (v) (A) certain investors party thereto (other than the Sponsor and the investors party thereto who held Class B ordinary shares of Dragoneer that converted into common stock of Dragoneer), including the Vista Investors party thereto, will agree to not transfer any shares of our Class A ordinary sharesCommon Stock for 180 days following the Closing, subject to certain terms, conditions and the sizeexceptions, including a potential early release of this offering is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities and size of an offering of an operating company in a particular industry. You may have less assurance, therefore, that the offering price of our Class A ordinary shares properly reflects the value33% of such shares than you would haveupon the achievement of certain trading conditions after Closing (but no such release may occur prior to the 90th day after Closing) and (B) the Sponsor and the Other Class B Holders agreed to not transfer any of our Common Stock for one year after the closing, subject to certain terms, conditions and exceptions, including a potential early release upon the achievement of certain trading conditions after 120 days.

The Vista Investors and their affiliates engage in a typical offeringbroad spectrum of activities, including investments in the information and business services industry generally. In the ordinary course of their business activities, the Vista Investors and their affiliates may engage in activities where their interests conflict with our interests or those of our other shareholders, such as investing in or advising businesses that directly or indirectly compete with certain portions of our business or are suppliers or customers of ours. The Vista Investors also may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. In addition, the Vista Investors may have an operating company.interest in pursuing acquisitions, divestitures and other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their investment, even though such transactions might involve risks to you.

An active, liquid trading market for our Common Stock may not develop, which may limit your ability to sell your shares.

Prior to this offeringthe closing of the Business Combination, there has beenwas no public market for any ofLegacy Cvent’s common stock. Although our securities. The public offering price ofCommon Stock is listed on Nasdaq under the Class A ordinary shares was negotiated between us and the underwriters. In determining the size of this offering, management held customary organizational meetings with the underwriters, both prior to our inception and thereafter, with respect to the state of capital markets, generally, and the amount the underwriters believed they reasonably could raise on our behalf. Factors considered in determining the size of this offering, prices and terms of the Class A ordinary shares, include:

the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies;

prior offerings of those companies;

our prospects for acquiring an operating business at attractive values;

a review of debt-to-equity ratios in leveraged transactions;

our capital structure;

an assessment of our management and their experience in identifying operating companies;

general conditions of the securities markets at the time of this offering; and

other factors as were deemed relevant.

Although these factors were considered, the determination of our offering price is more arbitrary than the pricing of securities of an operating company in a particular industry since we have no historical operations or financial results.

There is currently no market for our securities and a market for our securities may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

There is currently no market for our securities. Shareholders therefore have no access to information about prior market history on which to base their investment decision. Following this offering, the price of our securities may vary significantly due to one or more potential business combinations and general market or economic conditions, including as a result of the COVID-19 outbreak. Furthermore,symbol “CVT,” an active trading market for our securitiesshares may nevernot develop or if developed, it may not be sustained. You may be unablesustained following the Business Combination. A public trading market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the existence of willing buyers and sellers at any given time, such existence being dependent upon the individual decisions of buyers and sellers over which neither we nor any market maker has control. The failure of an active and liquid trading market to sell your securities unlessdevelop following the Business Combination and continue would likely have a market can be established and sustained.

Because we are incorporated undermaterial adverse effect on the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. federal courts may be limited.

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or executive officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers.

Our corporate affairs will be governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Law (as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. We will also be subject to the federal securities laws of the United States. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilitiesvalue of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands.Common Stock. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rightsmarket price of our shareholders andCommon Stock may decline below the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are different from what they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, such as Delaware, may have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders derivative action in a Federal court of the United States.

We have been advised by Maples and Calder, our Cayman Islands legal counsel, that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum forprice at which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of theyou purchased it,

same matter, impeachableand you may not be able to sell your shares of our Common Stock at or above such price, or at all. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by issuing shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

Risks Relating to Ownership of our Common Stock

The price of Our Common Stock may be volatile.

The price of our Common Stock may fluctuate due to a variety of factors, including, without limitation:

variations in its operating performance and the performance of its competitors in general;

material and adverse impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, the groundsmarkets and the broader global economy;

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

publication of fraudresearch reports by securities analysts about us or obtained in a manner,our competitors or be of a kind our industry;

the enforcement of which is, contrarypublic’s reaction to natural justiceour press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;

our failure or the failure of our competitors to meet analysts’ projections or guidance that we or our competitors may give to the market;

additions and departures of key personnel;

changes in laws and regulations affecting its business;

commencement of, or involvement in, litigation involving us;

changes in our capital structure, such as future issuances of securities or the incurrence of additional debt;

the volume of shares of Common Stock available for public policysale; and

general economic and political conditions such as recessions, interest rates, fuel prices, foreign currency fluctuations, international tariffs, social, political and economic risks and acts of war or terrorism.

These market and industry factors may materially reduce the Cayman Islands (awardsmarket price of punitiveour Common Stock regardless of our operating performance.

We may issue additional Common Stock or multiple damagesother equity securities without your approval, which would dilute your ownership interests and may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.depress the market price of our common stock.

As a resultOur issuance of alladditional Common Stock or other equity securities of equal or senior rank would have the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interestsfollowing effects:

our existing shareholders’ proportionate ownership interest will decrease;

the amount of cash available per share, including for payment of dividends in the facefuture, may decrease;

the relative voting strength of actions taken by management, memberseach previously outstanding share of Common Stock may be diminished; and

the boardmarket price of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a United States company.our Common Stock may decline.

Provisions in our amendedCertificate of Incorporation and restated memorandum and articles of associationDelaware law may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our Class A ordinary sharesCommon Stock and could entrench management.

Our amended and restated memorandumcertificate of incorporation and articles of associationbylaws contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that shareholders may consider to belimit the ability of others to acquire control of the Company or cause us to engage in their best interests. These provisions will include a staggered board of directors, change-of-control transactions, including, among other things:

the ability of the boardBoard to issue shares of directorsPreferred Stock, including “blank check” preferred stock and to designatedetermine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and issue new seriesvoting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of preference shares,a hostile acquirer;

the limitation of the liability of, and the fact that prior to the completionindemnification of, our initial business combinationdirectors and officers;

the requirement that a special meeting of stockholders may be called only holdersby a majority of our Class B ordinary shares,the entire Board, which have been issuedcould delay the ability of stockholders to our sponsor, are entitledforce consideration of a proposal or to vote on the appointment of directors, which may make more difficulttake action, including the removal of managementdirectors;

controlling the procedures for the conduct and scheduling of Board and stockholder meetings;

the ability of the Board to amend the Bylaws, which may allow the Board to take additional actions to prevent an unsolicited takeover and inhibit the ability of an acquirer to amend the bylaws to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt; and

advance notice procedures with which stockholders must comply to nominate candidates to the Board or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which could preclude stockholders from bringing matters before annual or special meetings of stockholders and delay changes in the Board, and also may discourage transactions thator deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

These provisions could involve paymenthave the effect of depriving stockholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging third parties from seeking to obtain control of our business in a tender offer or similar transaction. With our staggered Board, at least two annual meetings of stockholders will generally be required in order to effect a change in a majority of our directors. Our staggered Board can discourage proxy contests for the election of directors and purchases of substantial blocks of our securities.shares by making it more difficult for a potential acquirer to gain control of our board of directors in a relatively short period of time.

An investmentOur Certificate of Incorporation provides, subject to limited exceptions, that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for certain stockholder litigation matters, which could limit stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, employees or stockholders.

Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that, unless the Company consents in this offeringwriting to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware shall be the sole and exclusive forum for state law claims for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of Cvent, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any current or former director, officer, employee, agent or stockholder of Cvent to Cvent or Cvent’s stockholders, or any claim for aiding or abetting such an alleged breach, (iii) any action asserting a claim arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law or the Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, or (iv) any action asserting a claim against Cvent governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The foregoing provisions will not apply to any claims arising under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act and, unless the Company consents in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts will be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any action asserting a claim arising under the Securities Act.

Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules or regulations thereunder. Accordingly, both state and federal courts have jurisdiction to entertain such Securities Act claims. To prevent having to litigate claims in multiple jurisdictions and the threat of inconsistent or contrary rulings by different courts, among other considerations, our Certificate of Incorporation will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the United States District Court for the District of Delaware shall be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. There is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce the forum provision with respect to claims under the federal securities laws.

This choice of forum provision in our Certificate of Incorporation may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with the Company or any of its directors, officers,

or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. There is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce such provisions, and the enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ charter documents has been challenged in legal proceedings. It is possible that a court could find these types of provisions to be inapplicable or unenforceable, and if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in the Certificate of Incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, the Company may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, results of operations and financial condition. Furthermore, investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and regulations thereunder.

We will incur increased costs and obligations as a result of being a public company.

As a privately held company, Legacy Cvent was not been required to comply with many corporate governance and financial reporting practices and policies required of a publicly traded company. As a publicly traded company, the Company will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that Legacy Cvent was not required to incur in uncertainthe recent past. In addition, new and changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure for public companies, including the Dodd-Frank Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, regulations related thereto and the rules and regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq, have increased the costs and the time that must be devoted to compliance matters. We expect these rules and regulations will increase the Company’s legal and financial costs and lead to a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities.

As a public reporting company, we are subject to rules and regulations established from time to time by the SEC and Nasdaq regarding our internal control over financial reporting. If we fail to establish and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results, or adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences.report them in a timely manner.

An investment in this offering may result in uncertain U.S. federal income tax consequences. For instance, it is unclear whetherWe are a public reporting company subject to the redemption rightsrules and regulations established from time to time by the SEC and Nasdaq. These rules and regulations require, among other things, that we establish and periodically evaluate procedures with respect to our ordinaryinternal control over financial reporting. Public company reporting obligations place a considerable burden on our financial and management systems, processes and controls, as well as on our personnel.

In addition, as a public company we will be required to document and test our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act so that our management can certify as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting by the time our second annual report is filed with the SEC and thereafter, which will require us to document and make significant changes to our internal control over financial reporting.

We expect to incur costs related to our internal control over financial reporting in the upcoming years to further improve our internal control environment. If we identify deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting or if we are unable to comply with the requirements applicable to us as a public company, including the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, in a timely manner, we may be unable to accurately report our financial results, or report them within the timeframes required by the SEC. If this occurs, we also could become subject to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities. In addition, if we are unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, or express an adverse opinion, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, we may face restricted access to the capital markets and our stock price may be adversely affected.

The Company’s ability to meet expectations and projections in any research or reports published by securities or industry analysts, or a lack of coverage by securities or industry analysts, could result in a depressed market price and limited liquidity for its Common Stock.

The trading market for the Company’s Common Stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about it, its business, its market, or its competitors. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of the Company, its stock price would likely be less than that which would be obtained if it had such coverage and the liquidity, or trading volume of its Common Stock may be limited, making it more difficult for a stockholder to sell shares suspendat an acceptable price or amount. If any analysts do cover the runningCompany, their projections may vary widely and may not accurately predict the results it actually achieves. The Company’s share price may decline if its actual results do not match the projections of a U.S. Holder’s (as defined below in “Taxation—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations—General”) holding period for purposesresearch analysts covering it. Similarly, if one or more of determining whether any gain or loss realized by such holderthe analysts who write reports on the saleCompany downgrades its stock or exchangepublishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about its business, its share price could decline. If one or more of Class A ordinary shares is long-term capital gain or loss and for determining whether any dividend we pay would be considered “qualified dividends” for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See the section titled “Taxation— United States Federal Income Tax Considerations” for a summarythese analysts ceases coverage of the U.S. federal income tax considerationsCompany or fails to publish reports on it regularly, its share price or trading volume could decline.

Future sales of an investment in our securities. Prospective investors are urgedCompany Common Stock issued to consult their tax advisorsVista may reduce the market price of Common Stock that you might otherwise obtain.

In connection with respectthe consummation of the Business Combination, Vista received approximately 397.7 million shares of Company Common Stock. The Company also entered into a registration rights agreement with Vista and certain other stockholders, pursuant to these and other tax consequences when purchasing, holding or disposing of our securities.

Since only holders of our founder shares will have thewhich it granted certain registration right to voteVista and the other stockholders party thereto. Following the expiration of any lockup period applicable to shares of Company Common Stock held by Vista, it or its affiliates may sell large amounts of Company Common Stock in the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The registration and availability of such a significant number of shares of common stock for trading in the public market may increase the volatility in the Company’s stock price or put significant downward pressure on the appointmentprice of directors, uponits stock. In addition, the listingCompany may use shares of our shares on Nasdaq, Nasdaq may consider us to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq’s rules and,its Common Stock as a result, we may qualifyconsideration for exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.future acquisitions, which could further dilute its stockholders.

After completion of this offering, only holders of our founder shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. As a result, Nasdaq may consider us to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of Nasdaq’s corporate governance standards. Under Nasdaq corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another companyThe Company is a “controlled company” and may elect notunder Nasdaq rules, which exempts the Company from certain obligations to comply with certain corporate governance requirements.

As of December 8, 2021, Vista owned approximately 82.7% of our outstanding Common Stock Accordingly, the Company is a “controlled company” for purposes of the Nasdaq listing requirements. As such, the Company is exempt from the obligation to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:

we have a board that includes a majority of “independentits board of directors” as defined under Nasdaq rules;

we have consists of independent director oversightdirectors, and that it has nominating and compensation committees that are each composed entirely of executive officer compensation as outlined under Nasdaq listing rules; and

we have independent director oversight of our director nominations.

Wedirectors. These exemptions do not intendmodify the requirement for a fully independent audit committee. If the Company ceases to utilize these exemptions and intend tobe a “controlled company,” it must comply with the corporate governanceindependent board committee requirements of Nasdaq,as they relate to the nominating and compensation committees, subject to applicablecertain phase-in“phase-in” rules. However, if we determine in the future to utilize

some or all of these exemptions, you will not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of Nasdaq corporate governance requirements.

General Risk Factors

We are a recently incorporated exempted company with no operating history and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective.

We are a recently incorporated exempted company, incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands with no operating results, and we will not commence operations until obtaining funding through this offering. Because we lack an operating history, you have no basis upon which to evaluate our ability to achieve our business objective of completing our initial business combination with one or more target businesses. We have no plans, arrangements or understandings with any prospective target business concerning a business combination and may be unable to complete our initial business combination. If we fail to complete our initial business combination, we will never generate any operating revenues.

Past performance by our management team or their respective affiliates may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in us.

Information regarding performance is presented for informational purposes only. Any past experience or performance of our management team and their respective affiliates, including with respect to Dragoneer I, is not a guarantee of either (i) our ability to successfully identify and execute a transaction or (ii) success with respect to any business combination that we may consummate. You should not rely on the historical record of our management team or their respective affiliates as indicative of the future performance of an investment in us or the returns we will, or are likely to, generate going forward. Our management team has limited experience operating SPACs.

Cyber incidents or attacks directed at us could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.

We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriation of our assets, proprietary information and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investments in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.

We may be a passive foreign investment company, or “PFIC,” which could result in adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences to U.S. investors.

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder (as defined in the section of this prospectus captioned “Taxation—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations—General”) of our Class A ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder may be subject to adverse U.S. federal income tax consequences and may be subject to additional reporting requirements. Our PFIC status for our current and subsequent taxable years may depend on whether we qualify for the PFIC start-up exception (see the section of this prospectus captioned “Taxation—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Holders—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules”). Depending on the particular circumstances the application of the start-up exception may be subject to uncertainty, and there cannot be any assurance that we will qualify for the start-up exception. Accordingly, there can be no assurances with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year. Our actual PFIC status for any taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year (and if the start-up exception may be

applicable, potentially not until after the two taxable years following). Moreover, if we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year, upon written request, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) may require, including a PFIC Annual Information Statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a “qualified electing fund” election, but there can be no assurance that we will timely provide such required information. We urge U.S. investors to consult their tax advisors regarding the possible application of the PFIC rules. For a more detailed discussion of the tax consequences of PFIC classification to U.S. Holders, see the section of this prospectus captioned “Taxation—United States Federal Income Tax Considerations—U.S. Holders—Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.”

We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to “emerging growth companies” or “smaller reporting companies,” this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our Class A ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $250 million as of the prior June 30, or (2) our annual revenues exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.periods.

USE OF PROCEEDS

All of the Common Stock offered by the Selling Stockholders pursuant to this prospectus will be sold by the Selling Stockholders for their respective accounts. We are offering 20,000,000 Class A ordinary shares at an offering pricewill not receive any of $10.00 per share. We estimate that the net proceeds from these sales.

The Selling Stockholders will pay any underwriting fees, discounts, selling commissions, stock transfer taxes and certain legal expenses incurred by such Selling Stockholders in disposing of this offering, together with the fundstheir Common Stock, and we will bear all other costs, fees and expenses incurred in effecting the registration of the Common Stock covered by this prospectus, including, without limitation, all registration and filing fees, Nasdaq listing fees and fees and expenses of our counsel and our independent registered public accountants.

We will receive the proceeds from the exercise of the Options, but not from the sale of the private placementCommon Stock issuable upon such exercise.

DETERMINATION OF OFFERING PRICE

Our Common Stock is listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “CVT.” The actual offering price by the Selling Stockholders of the shares of Common Stock covered by this prospectus will be useddetermined by prevailing market prices at the time of sale, by private transactions negotiated by the Selling Stockholders or as set forthotherwise described in the following table:section entitled “Plan of Distribution.”

MARKET PRICE OF COMMON STOCK AND DIVIDENDS

Gross proceeds

  Without
Over-allotment
Option
  Over-allotment
Option
Exercised
 

Gross proceeds from Class A ordinary shares offered to public(1)

  $200,000,000  $230,000,000 

Gross proceeds from private placement shares offered in the private placement

  $6,000,000  $6,600,000 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total gross proceeds

  $206,000,000  $236,600,000 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   

Estimated offering expenses(2)

   

Underwriting commissions

   

(2.0% of gross proceeds from shares offered to public, excluding deferred portion)(3)

  $4,000,000  $4,600,000 

Legal fees and expenses

   450,000   450,000 

Printing and engraving expenses

   40,000   40,000 

Accounting fees and expenses

   30,000   30,000 

SEC/FINRA Expenses

   60,093   60,093 

Nasdaq listing and filing fees

   75,000   75,000 

Director & Officer liability insurance premiums

   200,000   200,000 

Miscellaneous

   144,907   144,907 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total estimated offering expenses

  $1,000,000  $1,000,000 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Proceeds after estimated offering expenses

  $201,000,000  $231,000,000 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Held in trust account(3)

  $200,000,000  $230,000,000 

% of public offering size

   100  100
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Not held in trust account

  $1,000,000  $1,000,000 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Market Price of Our Common Stock

Our Common Stock is currently listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “CVT.”

On December 17, 2021, the closing price of our Common Stock was $8.19 per share. As of December 17, 2021, we had 481,121,695 shares of Common Stock outstanding held by approximately 140 holders of record. The number of record holders of our Common Stock does not include DTC participants or beneficial owners holding shares through nominee names.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid, and do not anticipate declaring or paying, any cash dividends on our Common Stock in the foreseeable future. It is presently intended that we will retain our earnings for use in business operations and, accordingly, it is not anticipated that our board of directors will declare dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, the terms of our credit facilities include restrictions on our ability to issue dividends. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources — Overview” for a discussion of our credit facilities’ restrictions on our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends or other payments to us.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The following table showsunaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X, as amended by the usefinal rule, Release 33-10786 “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses,” and presents the combination of the estimated $1,000,000financial information of net proceeds not heldLegacy Cvent and Dragoneer adjusted to give effect to the Business Combination and related transactions.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2021 combines the historical balance sheets of Legacy Cvent and Dragoneer on a pro forma basis as if the Business Combination and related transactions had been consummated on September 30, 2021. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020 combine the historical statements of operations of Legacy Cvent and Dragoneer for such periods on a pro forma basis as if the Business Combination and related transactions had been consummated on January 1, 2020, the beginning of the earliest period presented.

The information should be read together with the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information, audited and unaudited financial statements of Legacy Cvent and Dragoneer included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the trust account.(4)(5)sections titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in this prospectus.

Description of the Business Combination

   Amount   % of Total 

Legal, accounting, due diligence, travel, and other expenses in connection with any business combination(6)

  $400,000    40.0

Legal and accounting fees related to regulatory reporting obligations

   125,000    12.5

Payment for office space, administrative and support services

   240,000    24.0

Nasdaq continued listing fees

   165,000    16.5

Working capital to cover miscellaneous expenses and reserves

   70,000    7.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $1,000,000    100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

On December 8, 2021, Dragoneer, Merger Sub I, Merger Sub II and Legacy Cvent consummated the Business Combination as contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, which provides for, among other things, the following transactions:

 

(1)(a)

Includes amounts payable to public shareholders who properly redeem their shares in connection with our successful completionthe Domestication, (i) each issued and outstanding Class A ordinary share, and each issued and outstanding Class B ordinary share, of our initial business combination.Dragoneer was converted into one share of Common Stock; (ii) the governing documents of Dragoneer were amended and restated and became the certificate of incorporation and the bylaws of the Company filed a notice of deregistration with the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies, together with the necessary accompanying documents, and filed a certificate of corporate domestication with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, under which Dragoneer was domesticated and continues as a Delaware corporation and (iii) Dragoneer changed its name to “Cvent Holding Corp.”

(b)

Legacy Cvent consummated the merger transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement, whereby (i) Merger Sub I merged with and into Legacy Cvent, and the separate corporate existence of Merger Sub I ceased and Legacy Cvent became the surviving corporation and (ii) promptly following the First Effective Time, Legacy Cvent merged with and into Merger Sub II, with Merger Sub II as the surviving company in the Second Merger after giving effect to the Mergers, Merger Sub II will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of Dragoneer. In accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, at the First Effective Time, each share and equity award of Legacy Cvent outstanding as of immediately prior to the First Effective Time was exchanged for shares of Common Stock or comparable equity awards that were settled or were exercisable for shares of Common Stock, as applicable, based on an implied Legacy Cvent equity value of $4,467,973,959. Legacy Cvent’s existing stockholders prior to the First Effective Time received approximately 416,483,028 shares of Common Stock and Legacy Cvent’s existing optionholders prior to the First Effective Time received approximately 51,649,748 options to purchase Common Stock, subject to the same vesting terms as the corresponding Legacy Cvent options.

(2)

A portion of the offering expenses will be paid from the proceeds of loans from our sponsor of up to $300,000 as described in this prospectus. As of September 30, 2020, we had not borrowed any amounts under the promissory note with our sponsor. These amounts will be repaid upon completion of this offering out of the offering proceeds that has been allocated for the payment of offering expenses (other than underwriting commissions) and not to be held in the trust account. In the event that offering expenses are less than as set forth in this table, any such amounts will be used for post-closing working capital expenses. In the event that the offering expenses are more than as set forth in this table, we may fund such excess with funds not held in the trust account.

(3)

The underwriters have agreed to defer underwriting commissions of 3.5% of the gross proceeds of this offering. Upon and concurrently with the completion of our initial business combination, $7,000,000, which constitutes the underwriters’ deferred commissions (or $8,050,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be paid to the underwriters from the funds held in the trust account. See “Underwriting.” The remaining funds, less amounts released to the trustee to pay redeeming shareholders, will be released to us and can be used to pay all or a portion of the purchase price of the business or businesses with which our initial business combination occurs or for general corporate purposes, including payment of principal or interest on indebtedness incurred in connection with our initial business combination, to fund the purchases of other companies or for working capital. The underwriters will not be entitled to any interest accrued on the deferred underwriting discounts and commissions.

(4)

These expenses are estimates only. Our actual expenditures for some or all of these items may differ from the estimates set forth herein. For example, we may incur greater legal and accounting expenses than our current estimates in connection with negotiating and structuring our initial business combination based upon the level of complexity of such business combination. In the event we identify a business combination target in a specific industry subject to specific regulations, we may incur additional expenses associated with legal due diligence and the engagement of special legal counsel. In addition, our staffing needs may vary and as a result, we may engage a number of consultants to assist with legal and financial due diligence. We do not anticipate any change in our intended use of proceeds, other than fluctuations among the current categories of allocated expenses, which fluctuations, to the extent they exceed current estimates for any specific category of expenses, would not be available for our expenses. The amount in the table above does not include interest available to us from the trust account. The proceeds held in the trust account may not be invested or bear interest until January 1, 2021, after which the proceeds will be invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Assuming an interest rate of 0.20% per year, we estimate the interest earned on the trust account will be approximately $400,000 per year; however, we can provide no assurances regarding this amount.

(5)

Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option.

(6)

Includes estimated amounts that may also be used in connection with our initial business combination to fund a “no shop” provision and commitment fees for financing.

Nasdaq listing rules provideRelated Transactions in Connection with the Business Combination

Other related transactions that at least 90% of the gross proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement shares be deposited in a trust account. Of the $206,000,000 in proceeds we receive from this offering and the sale of the private placement shares described in this prospectus,took place or $236,600,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, $200,000,000 ($10.00 per public share), or $230,000,000 if the underwriters’ over- allotment option is exercised in full ($10.00 per public share), will be deposited into a trust account with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee, including $7,000,000, or upare contemplated to $8,050,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full, in deferred underwriting compensation will be used to pay expensestake place in connection with the closing of this offering (including the portion of the underwriting commissions payable upon closing of this offering) and for working capital following this offering. We will not be permitted to withdraw any of the principal or interest held in the trust account, except with respect to interest earned on the funds held in the trust account that may be released to us to pay our income taxes, if any, until the earliest of (i) the completion of our initial business combination, (ii) the redemption of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months,Business Combination are as applicable) from

follows:

the closingissuance and sale of this offering, subject47,500,000 shares of Common Stock to applicable law, or (iii) the redemptionPIPE Investors at a purchase price of our public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote$10.00 per share for aggregate proceeds of $475.0 million pursuant to approve an amendment to our amendedthe Subscription Agreements;

the issuance and restated

memorandum and articlessale of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our5,000,000 Class A ordinary shares to Dragoneer Funding II LLC at a purchase price of $10.00 per share for aggregate proceeds of $50.0 million pursuant to the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100%Forward Purchase Agreement and the Business Combination Agreement;

the conversion of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable)the $2.0 million promissory note made from the closingSponsor into 200,000 shares of this offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares. Based on current interest rates, we expect that interest income earned on the trust account (if any) will be sufficient to pay our income taxes.

The net proceeds held in the trust account may be used as consideration to pay the sellers of a target business with which we ultimately complete our initial business combination. If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt, or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination or the redemption of our public shares we may apply the balance of the cash released from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-business combination company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital. There is no limitation on our ability to raise funds privately or through loans in connection with our initial business combination.

We believe that amounts not held in trust, together with funds available to us from loans from our sponsor, its affiliates or members of our management team will be sufficient to pay the costs and expenses to which such proceeds are allocated. However, if our estimate of the costs of undertaking in-depth due diligence and negotiating a business combination is less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may be required to raise additional capital, the amount, availability and cost of which is currently unascertainable. If we are required to seek additional capital, we could seek such additional capital through loans or additional investments from our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors although, other than the forward purchase agreement, they are under no obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances.

Our sponsor has agreed to loan us up to $300,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. As of September 30, 2020, we had not borrowed any amounts under the promissory note with our sponsor. These loans are non-interest bearing, unsecured and are due at the earlier of February 28, 2021, and the closing of this offering. The loan will be repaid upon the closing of this offering out of the offering proceeds not held in the trust account.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete our initial business combination, we may repay such loaned amounts out of the proceeds of the trust account released to us. Otherwise, such loans may be repaid only out of funds held outside the trust account. In the event that our initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used to repay such loaned amounts. Up to $2,000,000 of such loans may be convertible into shares of the post-business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per share atupon the optionconsummation of the lender. The shares would be identicalBusiness Combination; and

the repayment of $500.0 million of existing Legacy Cvent debt.

Accounting for the Business Combination

Notwithstanding the legal form of the Business Combination pursuant to the private placement shares. ExceptBusiness Combination Agreement, the Business Combination will be accounted for as set forth above,a reverse recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Dragoneer will be treated as the termsacquired company and Legacy Cvent will be treated as the acquirer for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the financial statements of such loans, if any, have not been determined andthe Company will represent a continuation of the financial statements of Legacy Cvent, with the Business Combination treated as the equivalent of Legacy Cvent issuing stock for the net assets of Dragoneer, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Dragoneer will be stated at historical cost, with no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. Priorgoodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the completionBusiness Combination will be those of ourLegacy Cvent.

Legacy Cvent was determined to be the accounting acquirer in the Business Combination based on an evaluation of the following facts and circumstances:

Legacy Cvent’s existing stockholders have a majority of the voting power in the Company;

Legacy Cvent has the ability to nominate a majority of the initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor, its affiliates or any members of our Board;

Legacy Cvent’s senior management team as we do not believe third parties will be willingis the senior management of the Company;

Legacy Cvent’s operations prior to loan such fundsthe Business Combination comprise the ongoing operations of the Company;

Legacy Cvent is the larger entity based on historical operating activity and has the larger employee base; and

The post-combination company assumed a Legacy Cvent branded name: “Cvent Holding Corp.”

Basis of Pro Forma Presentation

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X. The adjustments in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information have been identified and presented to provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

We have entered into a forward purchase agreement pursuant to which Dragoneer Funding II, which has received commitments from one or more funds affiliated with Dragoneer, has agreed to subscriberelevant information necessary for an aggregateillustrative understanding of up to 5,000,000 forward purchase shares for $10.00 per share, or up to $50,000,000the Company upon consummation of the Business Combination and related transactions in accordance with GAAP.

Assumptions and estimates underlying the unaudited pro forma adjustments set forth in the aggregate,unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information are described in the accompanying notes. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the financial position and results of operations that would have been achieved had the Business Combination and related transactions occurred on the dates indicated. Further, the unaudited pro forma

condensed combined financial information may not be useful in a private placement to close substantially concurrently withpredicting the closingfuture financial condition and results of our initial business combination. We will determine in our sole discretion the specific number of forward purchase shares that we sell to Dragoneer Funding II, if any. If the saleoperations of the forward purchase shares fails to close, for any reason, wepost-combination company. The actual financial position and results of operations may lack sufficient funds to consummate our initial business combination.

The forward purchase agreement also provides that the forward purchase investor is entitled to registration rights with respect to the forward purchase shares and any other Class A ordinary shares acquired by the forward purchase investor, including any acquired after we complete our initial business combination. Please see “Description of Securities—Registration Rights” for additional information.

The proceedsdiffer significantly from the sale of the forward purchase shares may be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in our initial business combination, expenses in connection with our initial business combination or for working capital in the post-transaction company. These purchases are required to be made regardless of whether any Class A ordinary shares are redeemed by our public shareholders and are intended to provide us with minimum funding level for our initial business combination.

DIVIDEND POLICY

We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of our initial business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our initial business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our initial business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. If we increase the size of this offering, we will effect a share capitalization or other appropriate mechanism immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in such amount as to maintain the number of founder shares, on an as-converted basis, at 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (excluding the private placement shares) upon the consummation of this offering. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with a business combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

DILUTION

The difference between the public offering price per Class A ordinary share and the pro forma net tangible book value per Class A ordinary share after this offering constitutes the dilutionamounts reflected herein due to investors in this offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our net tangible book value, which is our total tangible assets less total liabilities (including the valuea variety of Class A ordinary shares which may be redeemed for cash), by the number of outstanding Class A ordinary shares.

At September 30, 2020, our net tangible book deficit was $28,000, or approximately $(0.00) per ordinary share. After giving effect to the sale of the 20,000,000 Class A ordinary shares we are offering by this prospectus (or 23,000,000 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), the sale of the private placement shares and the deduction of underwriting commissions and estimated expenses of this offering, ourfactors. The unaudited pro forma net tangible book value at September 30, 2020, would have been $5,000,010 or $0.75 per share (or $0.66 per share if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), representing an immediate increase in net tangible book value (as decreased by the value of 18,901,999 Class A ordinary shares that may be redeemed for cash, or 21,796,999 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) of $0.75 per share (or $0.66 per share if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) to our sponsoradjustments represent management’s estimates based on information available as of the date of this prospectusthe unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information and an immediate dilutionis subject to public shareholders from this offering of $10.00 per public share. Total dilution to public shareholders from this offering will be $9.25 per share (or $9.34 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full).change as additional information becomes available and analyses are performed.

The following table illustratessummarizes the dilution topro forma capitalization of the public shareholders on a per-share basis:Company immediately after the Business Combination:

 

   Without
Over-allotment
  With
Over-allotment
 

Public offering price

    $10.00    $10.00 

Net tangible book deficit before this offering

           

Increase attributable to public shareholders

    0.75      0.66   
  

 

 

    

 

 

   

Pro forma net tangible book value after this offering and the sale of the private placement shares

     0.75     0.66 
    

 

 

    

 

 

 

Dilution to public shareholders

    $9.25    $9.34 

Percentage of dilution to public shareholders

     92.5    93.4

For purposes of presentation, we have reduced our pro forma net tangible book value after this offering (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option) by $189,019,990 because holders of up to approximately 94.5% of our public shares may redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account at a per share redemption price equal to the amount in the trust account as set forth in our tender offer or proxy materials (initially anticipated to be the aggregate amount held in trust two business days prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any, divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares).

The following table sets forth information with respect to our sponsor and the public shareholders:

   Shares Purchased  Total Consideration  Average
Price per
Share
 
   Number   Percentage  Amount   Percentage 

Class B Ordinary Shares(1)

   5,000,000    19.53 $25,000    0.01 $0.01 

Private placement shares

   600,000    2.34  6,000,000    2.91 

Public Shareholders

   20,000,000    78.13  200,000,000    97.08 $10.00 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  
   25,600,000    100.0 $206,025,000    100.000 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  
   Pro Forma Combined 
   Number of
Shares
   % 

Legacy Cvent Stockholders (1)

   416,483,028    86.6

Dragoneer’s public stockholders

   4,286,667    0.9

Sponsor (2)

   7,852,000    1.6

PIPE Investors (3)

   52,500,000    10.9
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Pro Forma Common Stock

   481,121,695    100.0
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

(1)

Assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option and the corresponding forfeiture of 750,000 Class B ordinaryExcludes 51,649,748 Legacy Cvent options.

(2)

Includes 6,900,000 shares held by our sponsor.the Initial Shareholders, 752,000 shares held by the Sponsor from conversion of its private placement shares in the Domestication and 200,000 shares received by the Sponsor from the conversion of the promissory note upon the consummation of the Business Combination.

(3)

Includes 47,500,000 shares of Common Stock issued to the PIPE Investors in the PIPE Financing and 5,000,000 shares purchased by Dragoneer Funding II LLC pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement and the Business Combination Agreement.

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2021

(in thousands)

   As of September 30, 2021   

Transaction
Accounting

Adjustments

     As of
September 30,
2021
 
   Legacy
Cvent
   Dragoneer     Pro Forma 
   (Historical)   (Historical)   (Note 3)     Combined 

Assets

        

Cash and cash equivalents

  $115,406   $1,171   $276,014   (a $138,222 
       (9,660  (b 
       (36,557  (c 
       475,000   (d 
       50,000   (e 
       (233,152  (g 
       (500,000  (l 

Restricted cash

   103    —      —      103 

Short-term investments

   2,696    —      —      2,696 

Accounts receivable, net

   82,651    —      —      82,651 

Capitalized commissions, net

   22,142    —      —      22,142 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   15,934    729    (2,366  (c  14,297 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current assets

   238,932    1,900    19,279    260,111 

Investment held in Trust Account

   —      276,014    (276,014  (a  —   

Property and equipment, net

   16,024    —      —      16,024 

Capitalized software development costs, net

   113,519    —      —      113,519 

Intangible assets, net

   234,160    —      —      234,160 

Goodwill

   1,617,936    —      —      1,617,936 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

   29,031    —      —      29,031 

Capitalized commissions, net, non-current

   19,275    —      —      19,275 

Deferred tax assets, non-current

   1,999    —      —      1,999 

Other assets, non-current, net

   3,997    —      (479  (l  3,518 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

   2,274,873    277,914    (257,214   2,295,573 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities

        

Current portion of long-term debt

   4,546    —      —      4,546 

Accounts payable

   2,316    —      —      2,316 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   69,865    2,690    

(2,412

(2,016

 

  

(c

(c


  68,127 

Convertible note

   —      2,000    (2,000  (h  —   

Fees payable to customers

   30,750    —      —      30,750 

Operating lease liabilities, current

   11,459    —      —      11,459 

Deferred revenue

   226,307    —      —      226,307 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   345,243    4,690    (6,428   343,505 

Deferred tax liabilities, non-current

   18,226    —      —      18,226 

Deferred underwriting fee payable

   —      9,660    (9,660  (b  —   

Long-term debt, net

   750,540    —      (495,235  (l  255,305 

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

   32,036    —      —      32,036 

Other liabilities, non-current

   7,651    —      —      7,651 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   1,153,696    14,350    (511,323   656,723 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

         

Transaction

Accounting

Adjustments

     As of 
   As of September 30, 2021     September 30,
2021
 
   Legacy
Cvent
  Dragoneer     Pro Forma 
   (Historical)  (Historical)  (Note 3)     Combined 

Commitments and contingencies

      

Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption

   —     276,000   (276,000  (f  —   

Stockholders’ equity

      

Preference shares

   —     —     —      —   

Dragoneer Ordinary shares

      

Class A

   —     —     1   (e  —   
     3   (f 
     (3  (g 
     —     (h 
     (1  (i 

Class B

   —     1   (1  (i  —   

Legacy Cvent Common stock

   1    (1  (j  —   

Common stock

   —     —     5   (d  49 
     2   (i 
     42   (j 

Additional paid-in capital

   1,953,654   —     (30,348  (c  2,476,523 
     474,995   (d 
     49,999   (e 
     275,997   (f 
     (233,149  (g 
     2,000   (h 
     (41  (j 
     (16,584  (k 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (2,415  —     —      (2,415

Accumulated deficit

   (830,063  (12,437  (4,147  (c  (835,307
     16,584   (k 
     (5,244  (l 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   1,121,177   (12,436  530,109    1,638,850 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $2,274,873  $277,914  $(257,214  $2,295,573 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

   Nine Months Ended
September 30, 2021
  

Transaction
Accounting

Adjustments

     Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2021
 
   Legacy
Cvent
  Dragoneer     Pro Forma 
   (Historical)  (Historical)  (Note 3)     Combined 

Revenue

  $374,159  $—    $—     $374,159 

Cost of revenue

   140,479   —     —      140,479 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   233,680   —     —      233,680 

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

   99,069   —     —      99,069 

Research and development

   72,016   —     —      72,016 

General and administrative

   63,711   4,044   —      67,755 

Intangible asset amortization, excluding cost of revenue

   38,721   —     —      38,721 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   273,517   4,044   —      277,561 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (39,837  (4,044  —      (43,881
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

      

Interest expense

   (22,717  —     15,923   (bb  (6,794

Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account

   —     14   (14  (aa  —   

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount

   (2,823  —     —      (2,823

Other income, net

   6,135   —     —      6,135 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

   (19,405  14   15,909    (3,482
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (59,242  (4,030  15,909    (47,363

Provision for income taxes

   5,294   —     3,977   (dd  9,271 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(64,536 $(4,030 $11,932   $(56,634
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

   917,641      481,121,695 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

  $(70.33    $(0.12

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

   For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2020
  For the
period

from
September 25,
2020
(inception)
through
December 31,
2020
  

Transaction
Accounting

Adjustments

     For the Year
Ended
December 31,
2020
 
   Legacy
Cvent
  Dragoneer     Pro Forma 
   (Historical)  (Historical)  (Note 3)     Combined 

Revenue

  $498,700  $—    $—     $498,700 

Cost of revenue

   176,250   —     —      176,250 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   322,450   —     —      322,450 

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

   128,388   —     —      128,388 

Research and development

   87,866   —     —      87,866 

General and administrative

   80,564   98   —      80,662 

Intangible asset amortization, excluding cost of revenue

   53,844   —     —      53,844 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   350,662   98   —      350,760 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (28,212  (98  —      (28,310
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Other income (expense):

      

Interest expense

   (35,557  —     21,249   (bb  (14,308

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount

   (3,798  —     —      (3,798

Gain/(loss) on divestitures, net

   (9,634  —     —      (9,634

Loss on repayment of debt

   —     —     (5,244  (cc  (5,244

Other income, net

   1,333   —     —      1,333 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total other income (expense)

   (47,656  —     16,005    (31,651
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (75,868  (98  16,005    (59,961

Provision for income taxes

   7,865    4,001   (dd  11,866 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(83,733 $(98 $12,004   $(71,827
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

   917,109      481,121,695 

Basic and diluted net loss per share

  $(91.30    $(0.15

NOTES TO UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Basis of Presentation

The Business Combination will be accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Dragoneer will be treated as the acquired company and Legacy Cvent will be treated as the acquirer for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the financial statements of the Company will represent a continuation of the financial statements of Legacy Cvent, with the Business Combination treated as the equivalent of Legacy Cvent issuing stock for the net assets of Dragoneer, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Dragoneer will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the Business Combination will be those of Legacy Cvent.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2021 gives pro forma effect to the Business Combination and related transactions as if they had been consummated on September 30, 2021. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020 give pro forma effect to the Business Combination and related transaction as if they had been consummated on January 1, 2020.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2021 has been prepared using, and should be read in conjunction with, the following:

Legacy Cvent’s unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheet as of September 30, 2021 and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus; and

Dragoneer’s unaudited condensed balance sheet as of September 30, 2021 and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 has been prepared using, and should be read in conjunction with, the following:

Legacy Cvent’s unaudited condensed consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus; and

Dragoneer’s unaudited condensed statement of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 has been prepared using, and should be read in conjunction with, the following:

Legacy Cvent’s audited consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss for the year ended December 31, 2020 and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus; and

Dragoneer’s audited statement of operations for the period from September 25, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Management has made significant estimates and assumptions in its determination of the pro forma adjustments. As the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared based on these preliminary estimates, the final amounts recorded may differ materially from the information presented.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information does not give effect to any synergies, operating efficiencies, tax savings or cost savings that may be associated with the Business Combination and related transactions.

The pro forma net tangible book valueadjustments reflecting the completion of the Business Combination and related transactions are based on currently available information and assumptions and methodologies that management believes are

reasonable under the circumstances. The unaudited condensed pro forma adjustments, which are described in the accompanying notes, may be revised as additional information becomes available and is evaluated. Therefore, it is likely that the actual adjustments will differ from the pro forma adjustments and it is possible the difference may be material. Management believes that its assumptions and methodologies provide a reasonable basis for presenting all of the significant effects of the Business Combination and related transactions based on information available to management at the current time and that the pro forma adjustments give appropriate effect to those assumptions and are properly applied in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information is not necessarily indicative of what the actual results of operations and financial position would have been had the Business Combination and related transactions taken place on the dates indicated, nor are they indicative of the future consolidated results of operations or financial position of the post-combination company. They should be read in conjunction with the historical financial statements and notes thereto of Legacy Cvent and Dragoneer.

2. Accounting Policies

Upon consummation of the Business Combination, management will perform a comprehensive review of Legacy Cvent’s and Dragoneer’s accounting policies. As a result of the review, management may identify differences between the accounting policies of the two entities which, when conformed, could have a material impact on the financial statements of the post-combination company. Based on its initial analysis, management did not identify any differences that would have a material impact on the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

3. Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Information

The following unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X, as amended by the final rule, Release 33-10786 “Amendments to Financial Disclosures about Acquired and Disposed Businesses.” The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information has been prepared to illustrate the effect of the Business Combination and related transactions and has been prepared for informational purposes only. Release No. 33-10786 permits entities to present other transaction effects that have occurred or are reasonably expected to occur (“Management’s Adjustments”). The Company has elected not to present Management’s Adjustments and has only presented Transaction Accounting Adjustments in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information.

The pro forma combined provision for income taxes does not necessarily reflect the amounts that would have resulted had the post-combination company filed consolidated income tax returns during the periods presented.

The pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share after this offering (assuming thatamounts presented in the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option) is calculatedunaudited pro forma condensed combined consolidated statement of operations are based upon the number of the Company’s shares outstanding, assuming the Business Combination and related transactions occurred on January 1, 2020.

Transaction Accounting Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Balance Sheet

The pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of September 30, 2021 are as follows:

 

   Without
Over-allotment
   With
Over-allotment
 

Numerator:

    

Net tangible book deficit before this offering

  $(28,000  $(28,000

Net proceeds from this offering and sale of the private placement shares(1)

   201,000,000    231,000,000 

Plus: Offering costs paid in advance, excluded from tangible book value before this offering

   48,000    48,000 

Less: Deferred underwriting commissions

   (7,000,000   (8,050,000

Less: Proceeds held in trust subject to redemption(2)

   (189,019,990   (217,969,990
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $5,000,010   $5,000,010 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Denominator:

    

Ordinary shares outstanding prior to this offering

   5,750,000    
5,750,000
 

Ordinary shares forfeited if over-allotment is not exercised

   750,000    —   

Ordinary shares offered and sale of private placement shares

   20,000,000    23,000,000 

Private placement shares

   600,000    660,000 

Less: Ordinary shares subject to redemption

   (18,901,999   (21,796,999
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   6,698,001    7,613,001 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
(a)

Reflects the liquidation and reclassification of investment held in the trust account that became available following the Business Combination.

 

(b)

Reflects the settlement of $9.7 million in deferred underwriting fee payable.

(c)

Represents estimated transaction costs incurred by Legacy Cvent and Dragoneer of approximately $30.35 million and $6.56 million, respectively, for legal, financial advisory and other professional fees. The Dragoneer estimated transaction costs exclude the deferred underwriting fee payable as described in Note 3(b) above.

Legacy Cvent’s transaction costs represent equity issuance costs and were capitalized and offset against the proceeds from the Business Combination and PIPE Financing and reflected as a decrease in additional paid-in capital. Of Legacy Cvent’s transaction costs:

Approximately $2.02 million was deferred in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and accrued in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities as of September 30, 2021; and

Approximately $0.35 million was deferred in Prepaid expenses and other current assets and paid as of September 30, 2021.

For Dragoneer’s transaction costs:

Approximately $2.41 million were accrued by Dragoneer in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities and recognized as expense as of September 30, 2021; and

Approximately $4.15 million were reflected as an adjustment to accumulated deficit, which represents the total estimated Dragoneer transaction costs less $2.41 million previously recognized as expense as of September 30, 2021. These costs reflected as an adjustment to accumulated deficit have been excluded from the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations.

(d)

Reflects proceeds of $475.0 million from the issuance and sale of 47,500,000 shares of Common Stock, par value of $0.0001 per share, at $10.00 per share in the PIPE Financing pursuant to the Subscription Agreements.

(e)

Reflects proceeds of $50.0 million from the issuance and sale of 5,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, par value of $0.0001 per share, to Dragoneer Funding II LLC at $10.00 per share pursuant to the Forward Purchase Agreement and the Business Combination Agreement.

(f)

Reflects the reclassification of $276.0 million of Dragoneer Class A ordinary shares, par value of $0.0001 per share, subject to possible redemption to permanent equity.

(g)

Represents redemptions of 23,313,333 Class A ordinary shares for $233.2 million allocated to common stock and additional paid-in capital using par value of $0.0001 per share and at a redemption price of approximately $10.00 per share.

(h)

Represents the conversion of the promissory note made from the Sponsor into 200,000 shares of Class A ordinary shares, par value of $0.0001 per share, at a price of $10.00 per share upon the consummation of the Business Combination.

(i)

Reflects the conversion of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares, on a one-for one basis, into shares of Common Stock in the Domestication.

(j)

Reflects the recapitalization of Legacy Cvent equity of 917,761 common shares into 416,483,028 shares of Common Stock, par value of $0.0001 per share.

(k)

Reflects the elimination of Dragoneer’s historical accumulated deficit after recording the transaction costs to be incurred by Dragoneer as described in Note 3(c) above.

(l)

Represents the repayment of approximately $500.0 million of Legacy Cvent’s existing debt in connection with the Business Combination. The difference between the cash proceeds and the carrying value of Legacy Cvent’s debt, including deferred financing costs recorded within Other assets, non-current, net, is recorded as a loss on repayment of debt and recorded as a decrease to Accumulated deficit. The loss on repayment of debt recorded through Accumulated deficit is included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 as discussed in Note 3(cc) below.

Transaction Accounting Adjustments to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Statements of Operations

The pro forma adjustments included in the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and year ended December 31, 2020 are as follows:

(aa)

Represents pro forma adjustment to eliminate interest earned on marketable securities held in the trust account.

(bb)

Reflects the elimination of interest expense related to a portion of Legacy Cvent’s existing debt, which will be repaid as described in Note 3(l) above.

(cc)

Represents the pro forma adjustment to recognize the loss on repayment of debt related to the repayment of Legacy Cvent’s existing debt as discussed in Note 3(l) above. The loss is reflected as if incurred on January 1, 2020, the date the Business Combination occurred for the purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of operations. These costs will not affect the Company’s income statement beyond 12 months after the acquisition date.

(dd)

Reflects the adjustment to income tax expense as a result of the tax impact on the pro forma adjustments at the estimated combined statutory tax rate of 25.0%.

4. Loss per Share

Represents the net loss per share calculated using the historical weighted average shares outstanding, and the issuance of additional shares in connection with the Business Combination and related transactions, assuming the shares were outstanding since January 1, 2020. As the Business Combination and related transactions are being reflected as if they had occurred at the beginning of the periods presented, the calculation of weighted average shares outstanding for basic and diluted net loss per share assumes that the shares issuable relating to the Business Combination and related transactions have been outstanding for the entire periods presented.

   Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2021
   Year Ended
December 31,
2020
 

Pro forma net loss (in thousands)

  $(56,634  $(71,827

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted

   481,121,695    481,121,695 

Net loss per share, basic and diluted (1)

  $(0.12  $(0.15

Weighted average shares calculation, basic and diluted

    

Dragoneer’s public stockholders

   4,286,667    4,286,667 

Sponsor (2)

   7,852,000    7,852,000 

PIPE Investors (3)

   52,500,000    52,500,000 

Legacy Cvent Stockholders

   416,483,028    416,483,028 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   481,121,695    481,121,695 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
(1)

Expenses applied against gross proceeds include offering expenses of $1,000,000The pro forma basic and underwriting commissions of $4,000,000 or $4,600,000 if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option (excluding deferred underwriters’ fees). See “Use of Proceeds.”diluted shares exclude 51,649,748 Legacy Cvent options because including them would be antidilutive.

(2)

If we seek shareholder approvalIncludes 6,900,000 shares held by the Initial Shareholders, 752,000 shares held by the Sponsor from conversion of our initial business combinationits private placement shares in the Domestication and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant200,000 shares received by the Sponsor from the conversion of the promissory note upon the consummation of the Business Combination.

(3)

Includes 47,500,000 shares of Common Stock issued to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase public shares in privately negotiated transactions orPIPE Investors in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. In the event of any such purchases of ourPIPE Financing and 5,000,000 shares prior to the completion of our initial business combination, the number of Class A ordinary shares subjectpurchased by Dragoneer Funding II LLC pursuant to redemption will be reduced by the amount of any such purchases, increasingForward Purchase Agreement and the pro forma net tangible book value per share. See “Proposed Business Effecting Our Initial Business Combination—Effecting Our Initial Business Combination—Permitted Purchases and Other Transactions with Respect to Our Securities.”Combination Agreement.

CAPITALIZATIONBUSINESS

Our Mission

Our mission is to transform the meetings and events industry through technology that delivers live engagement across virtual, in-person and hybrid events.

Overview

Cvent is a leading cloud-based platform of enterprise event marketing and management and hospitality solutions. We power the marketing and management of meetings and events through our Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud solutions. Our Event Cloud consists of tools to enable event organizers to manage the entire event lifecycle and deliver engaging experiences across every type of event and all event delivery models: in-person, virtual and hybrid. Event Cloud serves as the system of record for event and engagement data collected across an organization’s total event program, which comprises every internal and external event an organization hosts or attends (“Total Event Program”). Our Hospitality Cloud offers a marketplace that connects event organizers looking for the appropriate event space for their in-person and hybrid events with hoteliers and venue operators through a vertical search engine built on our proprietary database of detailed event space information. In addition, our Hospitality Cloud provides marketing and software solutions that hotels and venues leverage to digitally showcase their event space to attract valuable leads and grow their businesses. This combination of the Cvent Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud results in a cohesive platform that we believe generates powerful network effects and attracts more event organizers and hotels and venues.

Meetings and events are prevalent in organizations of almost every size, industry vertical and geography. The meetings and events space encompasses a broad spectrum of external marketing events, such as customer events, conferences, trade shows and prospect meetings; and internal events, such as sales kick-offs, training seminars, board meetings and companywide gatherings. Enterprises spend an average of 1% to 3% of their revenue on meetings and events, according to 2014 data from BTN Group. Collectively, organizations spent $1 trillion on meetings and events globally in 2018, according to the Industry and Events Council. According to Frost & Sullivan, the TAM for our platform is $29.7 billion, across our Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud solutions. See “Business—Our Market Opportunity” for a discussion of what is included in our TAM.

Meetings and events are regarded as some of the most effective marketing channels for building engagement with customers, employees and members. External events, whether conducted in-person or virtually, are critical to marketing efforts, as they represent opportunities for enterprises to directly engage with their most important external audiences. Events offer a highly effective way for organizations to maximize engagement throughout the customer journey, helping them to generate and qualify leads, deepen relationships with customers and build brand loyalty and advocacy. According to Forrester, 74% of respondents considered events to be their most important demand generation tactic. Forrester also estimates that events in total comprise approximately 24% of the average organization’s business-to-business, or B2B, marketing program budget. In addition, internal events aid in employee retention and development, as they offer critical opportunities for HR, training professionals and executive leadership to inspire and motivate their employees through engaging experiences.

In 2020, the meetings and events industry was transformed by the global COVID-19 pandemic, which forced events into virtual environments and accelerated the ongoing digital transformation of the events industry. For virtual events, the event technology is the event venue, video is the primary method of content delivery and virtual attendees create a digital footprint of all of their event engagement that can be captured, analyzed and leveraged to both deliver better event experiences and inform subsequent sales and marketing efforts. Even as the pandemic subsides, we believe virtual events will remain prominent due to their ability to attract and engage vast audiences across the globe.

However, we believe in the post-pandemic world, the fundamental and innate desire to meet in-person will mean that organizations’ Total Event Programs will feature a combination of virtual events, in-person events and hybrid events that offer the benefits of both. The hybrid event model enables organizations to harness the advantages of both in-person and virtual meetings at the same time by reaching both a broader audience and achieving greater levels of engagement across far more attendees, thereby unlocking the potential for maximum return on their events investment.

With three event types now available to organizations, we believe enterprises will host more events, more frequently and with far more registrants, and that they will also significantly expand their event technology spend given the increased complexity of their Total Event Program. For event professionals, planning, marketing and executing an event is a highly complex endeavor that can become inefficient and time-consuming when managed using traditional manual processes, homegrown solutions or disparate point software solutions. This complexity will be further exacerbated by the proliferation of hybrid events which essentially require planners to simultaneously execute two events that are consistent across distinct event delivery models. With events throughout the customer journey now being held across various event types and multiple event delivery models, organizations increasingly need a single system of record to collect and analyze these interrelated account and attendee engagement data points and act on this data, as well as manage the associated meetings spend, enabling them to measure the impact of, and return on, their events investment.

We address these challenges faced by event organizers with our end-to-end Event Cloud platform with solutions to drive live engagement and manage all event types and processes within an organization’s Total Event Program. Prior to an event, event organizers use our platform to identify the appropriate venue within our marketplace, secure competitive proposals from venues, configure an event diagram, evaluate and secure speakers to design an impactful agenda, build an event website with tailored registration and pre-event content, market the event by sending segmented invitations and follow-up reminders, conduct pre-event surveys, manage in-person and hybrid event logistics such as travel and lodging, manage budgets and fee collections and produce broadcast-quality video content that can engage attendees before an event occurs. During the course of an event, our platform enables event marketers and planners to process registrations, check-in attendees, conduct virtual and in-person sessions, broadcast pre-recorded or live sessions for online audiences, facilitate online or in-person appointments and lead capture and manage on-going communication with attendees via an event-specific mobile app. Following an event, exhibitors and sponsors can act on leads collected via our platform, while event organizers can leverage our platform to analyze registration, attendance, attendee engagement, session data and survey responses to measure attendee engagement, content effectiveness and overall event success, as well as provide registrants with web or mobile app access to on-demand video content to keep attendees engaged after an event concludes.

Our platform leverages this proprietary data to generate an engagement score for each attendee. When this data is integrated with an organization’s customer relationship management, or CRM, and marketing automation system, it can boost existing lead scores and inform the optimal action including sending leads to sales, putting engaged attendees into marketing nurture streams and improving future events. Cross-event analysis also enables organizations to measure the effectiveness of the entirety of their Total Event Program. The ability of our platform to provide organizations with insights into buyer interests across the customer journey across all events has made the event program even more strategic and has positioned event technology as a critical component of an organization’s marketing technology stack.

Group business is a critical component of revenue and income for the hospitality industry. The groups, meetings and event market accounted for approximately 15% of total U.S. hotel room revenue, or approximately $30 billion, in 2017 according to a study by Kalibri, and, among full-service hotels characterized by higher published room rates, group business accounts for 30% to 35% of room nights. Beyond room night revenue, according to that same report, hotels generated another $110 billion from food and beverage, event space, audiovisual support, equipment rental, transportation and other services. We believe that as the hospitality industry seeks to recover from the significant impact of the pandemic, hoteliers and venues will actively seek to drive group meeting business and will turn to digital marketing tools and supporting software solutions to reach buyers globally at scale, to market and sell their event space, services and sleeping rooms.

Our Hospitality Cloud solution offers vertical online marketplaces that connect event organizers seeking event space to hotels and venues. Our platform helps hotels find event organizers and win group business by enabling them to advertise and digitally showcase their event space, and also provides event organizers with tools to search, diligence, negotiate and contract with hotels for that event space. The largest of these marketplaces is CSN, which connects over 86,000 meeting and event organizers with approximately 285,000 hotels and venues featured in our proprietary global database as of September 30, 2021. We believe that CSN contains one of the world’s most extensive and accurate repositories of detailed meeting venue information, empowering event organizers to search for, and qualify, potential event sites. We also believe that our marketplace generates significant network effects that simultaneously increase the volume of RFPs, submitted from event organizers and increase the number of hospitality professionals using our system to respond to RFPs.

Our Hospitality Cloud also offers software solutions to hotels and venues that improve the group sales process and streamline collaboration between hoteliers and event organizers to design, manage, and execute events. Our software solutions include, but are not limited to, lead scoring to prioritize group RFPs, three-dimensional hotel tours, event diagramming to collaborate with event organizers on designing optimal and safe event layouts and viewing three-dimensional renderings, room block management to enable event attendees to reserve hotel rooms, business transient solutions that simplify how hotels attract, manage and win corporate travel business and business intelligence solutions to benchmark against internal and targeted competitive metrics.

We sell our platform primarily through a direct inside sales team. For our Event Cloud, our customers enter into annual and multi-year subscriptions to utilize our cloud-based event marketing and management solutions. The amount of these sum-certain contracts is based on a committed annual number of registrants and events across an organization’s Total Event Program. As of September 30, 2021, we had approximately 11,000 Event Cloud customers, including companies such as Deere & Company, Morningstar, Inc., and Zoom Video Communications, Inc. For our Hospitality Cloud, hotels and venues enter into annual and multi-year contracts for group business marketing solutions and software. As of September 30, 2021, we had approximately 10,000 Hospitality Cloud customers, including brands such as Accor S.A., Best Western International, Inc., and Marriott, International Inc.

The structure of our platform allows us to employ a land-and-expand business model, where customers grow their spend with us over time. As our Event Cloud customers grow their Total Event Program by launching new types of events, running more events and attracting additional registrants to their events, their contracts are typically renewed at higher annual values. Additionally, customers purchasing our platform to replace certain homegrown or multiple disparate point solutions may initially purchase only one or a few of our solutions. As those customers recognize the value of an integrated platform, they typically expand their footprint over time. As of December 31, 2020, December 31, 2019 and December 31, 2018 our net dollar retention rate was 89.2%, 108.4% and 109.9%, respectively, with the decline in 2020 resulting from the global COVID-19 pandemic. As of September 30, 2021 and 2020, our net dollar retention rate was 90.0% and 97.7%, respectively, with the decline in 2021 resulting from the global COVID-19 pandemic. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of FinancialCondition and Results of Operations—Key Business Metrics” for additional information regarding our net dollar retention rate.

For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021, our revenue was $134.1 million and $374.2 million, respectively, representing a year-over-year increase and decline of 13.1% and (2.4)%, respectively, and for the year ended December 31, 2020, our revenue was $498.7 million, representing a year-over-year decline of (12.1)%. The declines were driven primarily by the impact of the global COVID-19 pandemic on both the meetings and events industry and our business. As a result, total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 declined by $9.1 million, or 2.4%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. For the year ended December 31, 2019, our revenue was $567.6 million, representing a year-over-year increase of 18.2%, driven primarily by strong demand for our Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud products from new and existing customers. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021, our net loss

was $(26.1) million and $(64.5) million, respectively, compared to $(14.4) million and $(67.1) million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 our net loss was $(83.7) million, $(91.8) million and $(54.0) million, respectively. Our net loss margin, defined as net loss divided by revenue, was (19.5)% and (17.2)% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021, respectively, compared to (12.1)% and (17.5)% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, our net loss margin was (16.8)%, (16.2)% and (11.3)%, respectively. For the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021, our Adjusted EBITDA was $23.4 million and $70.9 million, respectively, compared to $36.2 million and $98.6 million for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, our Adjusted EBITDA was $129.2 million, $108.1 million and $108.9 million, respectively. Our Adjusted EBITDA margin was 17.5% and 18.9% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021, respectively, compared to 30.5% and 25.7% for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, our Adjusted EBITDA margin was 25.9%, 19.0% and 22.7%, respectively. See “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for additional information regarding Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin, a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA margin to net loss margin.

Industry Trends and Opportunities

Event Cloud

Increased Importance of Meetings and Events to Chief Marketing Officers During and After the Pandemic. Meetings and events offer opportunities for enterprises to engage directly with their customers for extended periods of time, and as a result, can represent some of the most effective and highest value touchpoints along the entire customer journey. With the growth in virtual and hybrid events, the opportunities to use events to directly engage with a larger audience has grown significantly. Marquee events such as user conferences and tradeshows present companies with significant marketing and sales opportunities, providing a forum to engage with hundreds or thousands of their prospects, customers and partners in attendance. As a result, meetings and events can represent one of the enterprise’s most influential marketing channels. According to Forrester, 74% of respondents considered events to be their most important demand generation tactic.

Due to their importance to the customer journey, meetings and events can be a significant component of the marketing efforts for any organization. Forrester also estimates that events in total comprise approximately 24% of the average organization’s business-to-business, or B2B, marketing program budget. Given the significance of the associated spend, the ability of events to generate engagement to showcase buyer interests, and event’s expected direct impact on sales pipeline, we believe that chief marketing officers and other C-suite executives will have a heightened interest in their success and effectiveness.

Increased Importance of Internal Meetings and Events to Engage Employees. In a world characterized by increasingly distributed workforces, organizations will rely more than ever on events, whether in-person, virtual or hybrid, to engage and retain employees who will now have fewer daily in-person interactions. With the option to host virtual and hybrid events, we believe employers will host events more frequently to enhance employee engagement, facilitate networking opportunities, help establish and maintain company culture, attract and recruit new employees, offer immersive opportunities for career development and lower attrition. As companies look to provide differentiated workplace experiences to attract and retain top talent, we believe internal events will become even more important to HR and other C-suite executives.

Fundamental Shift to Virtual and Hybrid Event Environments. Prior to the global COVID-19 pandemic, the meetings and events industry was principally dominated by in-person events, including customer events, user conferences, industry trade shows and group meetings. Virtual events were typically characterized by limited scope, small audiences and undifferentiated content. Existing solutions for hosting these virtual events were generally built for one-way interactions, offered limited engagement opportunities and often were not integrated into a company’s broader marketing technology stack.

However, the global COVID-19 pandemic necessitated the complete reimagining of virtual events, as event organizers swiftly moved their historically in-person cornerstone events to entirely virtual environments. This virtual event environment, whereby the technology itself is the event venue, has fundamentally increased the role and mission-criticality of event marketing and management solutions. Enterprise scale events cannot be held virtually without a software platform designed to enable enterprises to build immersive, interactive and seamlessly branded experiences, run multiple simultaneous live or on-demand sessions, facilitate attendee interaction, capture attendee, exhibitor and sponsor data and maximize engagement throughout the entirety of the event. When event technology is the venue, virtual platforms must be secure, scalable and stable or risk an entire event being compromised, delayed or cancelled.

When the impact of the pandemic subsides, we expect that in-person events will return as a critical component of the events landscape, due to their unmatched ability to drive face-to-face engagement, networking, loyalty and overall business impact. However, following the success of the virtual events held throughout the pandemic, we believe many of these in-person events will become hybrid events that prominently feature virtual components to enable event organizers to maximize audience reach and engagement. We believe that while companies will continue to host standalone in-person and virtual events, the hybrid event model will become the industry standard, enabling event organizers to experience the benefits of both from a single event and maximize the return on their events investment. We also believe that the increased value proposition of a larger Total Event Program led by hybrid events will drive event organizers to host more events, more frequently, attracting more attendees, and thus increasing their total event technology spend.

Accelerated Adoption of Event Technology to Automate Highly Complex Planning Process. Organizing and executing a meeting, event, or conference is a highly complex process, involving a multitude of discrete tasks that are often tedious, manual and very costly. For example, in order to research and secure venues prior to its start, manage logistics during the event and analyze interaction data and facilitate attendee follow-up after the event, event organizers have often used an inefficient and disparate combination of tools, including general internet search engines, event magazines, telephone calls, spreadsheets, emails and internally developed systems. In addition, event organizers must coordinate with various internal stakeholders, including individuals in marketing, sales, travel, human resources, training and development and operations, as well as a broad range of external stakeholders, including the event venue operator, service providers, registrants and attendees, speakers, exhibitors and sponsors. The various stakeholders each require different information and communication strategies.

While many enterprises have embraced digital transformation by investing in enterprise software to automate workflows, streamline business processes and enable data collection and analysis for several departments, including finance, sales, marketing, expense management and human resources, organizations have generally not made similar investments in event technology to manage and automate the activities of event organizers and their Total Event Program.

The transition to virtual events during the global COVID-19 pandemic, and the need to effectively manage a combination of in-person, virtual and hybrid events, has resulted in new complexities in managing a Total Event Program. While hybrid events offer significant flexibility to attendees, they add incredible complexity to the organizer, as they require the delivery of two different, but consistent experiences over one event for all parts of the event lifecycle. We believe that this increased complexity has resulted in an inflection point that will accelerate the digital transformation of the event management space.

Some event organizers have attempted to address these challenges with external point solutions or internally developed tools that we believe do not give them direct control over the attendee experience, are not built to deliver engaging experiences and do not provide access to real-time, actionable data. Moreover, these tools and point solutions do not address the entire event lifecycle or the full range of event delivery models. As a result, these organizations may struggle to effectively plan, manage, measure and improve their events, which may reduce or eliminate the associated sales and marketing benefits. We believe these challenges will lead organizations to embrace and expand their use of event technology to harness the full potential of their Total Event Program.

Challenge of Managing All Event Delivery Models to Unlock Actionable Insights Across a Total Event Program. With the emergence of virtual and hybrid events, event organizers must now manage a Total Event Program consisting of multiple events across all event delivery models. Over the course of a customer’s journey from initial awareness to closing of a sale, an enterprise may interact with that customer through an in-person industry trade show, a virtual webinar, an in-person seminar, a hybrid roadshow, an in-person prospect development event, a hybrid user conference and a virtual customer event, among other interactions. For any given event, interaction and engagement data helps to provide a more accurate view into that customer’s interests and intent.

LOGO

When combined across all of the events in a Total Event Program, this engagement data can deliver actionable insights into the optimal action in that customer’s journey, helping organizations identify leads and advance sales opportunities. Some event organizers may attempt to manage their Total Event Program and attendee data with an array of disparate point solutions designed for a specific event delivery model, like virtual only or in-person only, or designed only for a specific portion of the event lifecycle, such as registration, a mobile app or onsite check-in. However, these point solutions leave attendee engagement data isolated in silos and typically lack the functionality for executing events across event delivery models, as well as the integration and data sharing capabilities to create a single system of record for the Total Event Program. We believe the inability to put together a full and clear picture of interest will lead organizations to use one event technology platform that can show prospect and customer intent across the Total Event Program.

Broad Range of Channels to Engage with Attendees throughout the Event Lifecycle. Communication with attendees throughout the event lifecycle is critical and event organizers utilize a wide variety of mediums to reach their intended audience, including email, online advertising, text messaging, virtual chat messaging, social media platforms and video content. Event organizers also engage with attendees through mobile event apps and, for virtual events, through the virtual event venue. Event organizers leverage these channels to market their event prior to its start, increase engagement through gamification, share event-related information in real-time, establish interactive online attendee networks and communities during the event and connect with attendees following the event to continue attendee engagement and solicit valuable feedback essential to future event planning and sales follow-up. However, we believe many event organizers struggle to maintain consistent messaging and branding across the numerous channels through which they are interacting with attendees. Marketers and planners require a comprehensive cross-channel platform to help them interact with attendees throughout the event lifecycle across the customer’s entire journey in one consistent voice.

Events to Provide Long-term On-Demand Content that Will Extend the Life of Events and Greatly Impact the Buyer’s Journey. Events provide the opportunity for organizations to engage with their attendees before an event and extend engagement with attendees after an event concludes, through on-demand video and content marketing incorporated into their virtual elements. During the pandemic, organizations utilized virtual events to drive audiences to digital video content that could be easily accessed before the event, during the event and on-demand after the event. The combination of events and content on video platforms gives organizers the ability to create an environment where events are no longer constrained by specific event dates, creating opportunities for engagement before, during, and after an event concludes.

Need for Greater Visibility into Meeting and Event Spend and Return on Investment. Enterprises have increasingly adopted software platforms to provide visibility into areas of spend throughout the organization. However, companies have historically lacked a cloud-based solution to centrally monitor and manage the spend associated with their meetings and events. As event planning and execution is often not limited to one department or one specific role and, in our experience, planners are typically not required to seek advance approval for event, meeting and conference expenses, organizations have very limited visibility into and control over the level and allocation of event spend. With an accurate picture of spend, planners are able to calculate the return on their meetings and events investments.

As meetings and events budgets have grown, enterprises are adopting event marketing and management software to help them assess the aggregate spend, make the event process more efficient and leverage spend data in vendor negotiations. With an accurate picture of spend, event organizers are able to calculate the return on their meetings and events investments. This analysis can in turn be used to justify additional events spend, particularly as event organizers seek to expand their Total Event Program with hybrid and virtual events. Event spend management can also ensure that events are effectively designed, organized and managed to meet targeted objectives. For example, certain event organizers in more regulated environments, such as pharmaceutical sales, face comprehensive regulatory requirements, like reporting on spend per Health Care Professional, that are not easily manageable with manual processes.

Hospitality Cloud

Fiercely Competitive Hospitality Landscape Exacerbated by Pandemic. In normal operating environments, hotels generate revenue from three primary types of business: leisure travel, business travel and event and group business. Meetings also drive hotel revenue from food and beverage, event space, audiovisual support, equipment rental, transportation and other services. According to a 2017 study by Kalibri, hotels generated approximately $30 billion in room revenue from group business plus another $110 billion from food and beverage, audiovisual support, ground transportation and other services. Additionally, event attendees are typically hotel guests that may utilize the hotel’s restaurants, shops, spas and other paid amenities. Given the highly profitable nature of events and group meetings, competition to attract and win this business has increased significantly among hotels. With the global COVID-19 pandemic temporarily reducing the overall demand for hotel business and creating excess supply, hoteliers looking to recover from the pandemic have further increased competition between hotels to attract this highly coveted events and group meetings business.

Underinvestment in Group Meetings Business. Event organizers can be found across a broad range of departments, including marketing, sales, travel, human resources, training and development and operations, and have a wide variety of titles. Due to this decentralized and non-standard nature of event planning within enterprises, hoteliers often find it challenging to identify highly qualified leads and accurately market to the professionals responsible for planning meetings and events within most organizations. As a result of this challenge and the typically heavy manual effort involved, hotels generally underinvest in sales and marketing efforts to solicit and generate this group meetings business, despite its critical importance to drive revenue. Without an effective way to conduct outbound marketing, hotels must rely on less targeted marketing tactics or on inbound leads to solicit interest and generate events and group meetings business. We believe that hotels and venues that leverage scalable technology solutions, such as ours, that are built for their target audience are better positioned to attract more business and increase their return on marketing spend.

Need to Digitize and Automate Highly Manual RFP and Group Business Processes. In searching for a venue, event organizers often submit inquiries and bids to hotels in a variety of formats, including emails, phone calls and PDF, Word or Excel files. In responding to these requests, many hoteliers and venue operators rely on a variety of generic business tools including word processing applications, spreadsheets and scanned documents. This non-standard process results in increased time and cost associated with an RFP for both parties. In managing confirmed group meetings business, hoteliers and event organizers also typically leverage these generic tools to gather guest data, book rooms and organize room reservations. In our experience, these tools increase the time and cost burden of the process, often increase the chance of data entry error and could heighten the risk of data privacy issues. As hotels look to streamline efforts and ensure compliance, additional technology solutions will be required.

Need to Showcase Meeting and Event Space in a Virtual Environment. Traditionally, hoteliers and venue operators have showcased their properties to event organizers with in-person site visits. However, even before the pandemic, hoteliers had begun to utilize virtual tools to showcase a property and visualize different floorplan layouts as organizations looked to reduce spend and streamline the event planning process. The pandemic has further accelerated the trend of online and virtual sourcing, to the extent that many event organizers now expect online site tours and interactive floorplans and event diagrams to be a standard offering.

Need for Group Business Intelligence to Compete More Effectively. Given the highly profitable nature of group meetings business, the competition to attract and win this business has increased significantly among hotels. In order to uncover new areas of opportunity and generate leads, hotels and venue operators need to leverage data to evaluate their performance in this segment. Business intelligence can provide insights into RFP trends, response activities, win ratios, pace against expected demand, and other key performance metrics. Business intelligence also enables hotels and venue operators to evaluate their group performance relative to their competition and to identify opportunities for improvement.

Key Benefits of Our Solution

Event Cloud. We provide event organizers with a comprehensive platform to drive live engagement and manage the entire lifecycle of meetings and events across their Total Event Program, which includes virtual, in-person, and hybrid events. Our cloud-based platform delivers event organizers the following benefits:

•    Increase Efficiency by Automating Key Processes throughout the Event Lifecycle. Our event marketing and management solutions enable enterprises to automate workflows and streamline labor-intensive business processes associated with organizing, marketing and executing meetings and events. For venue selection, our CSN venue-sourcing tool enables event organizers to quickly search for suitable venues, send RFPs, and compare the resulting bids side-by-side, allowing them to more rapidly identify, contact and negotiate with potential venues. Our solution also enables event organizers to produce highly sophisticated and fully customized event websites and virtual event experiences without any professional web-design or back-end coding needed. We offer a sophisticated site builder featuring a simple drag-and-drop interface, automated validation for best practices, logic checks and link checks, version history control and responsive design. Once built, these websites can be cloned and lightly edited to create new events in minutes. In addition to these processes, our solution also automates a number of traditionally manual processes throughout the event lifecycle, including processing online registrations and payments, collecting attendee information and preferences, creating custom schedules for attendees and automatically updating attendees of schedule changes via an event-specific mobile application. In the wake of the global COVID-19 pandemic, event organizers are able to deliver safer in-person events with our diagram check tools that provide accurate spacing of event floorplans and via contactless event and session check-in and lead capture products. Our platform automates many of the daily tasks of an event organizers, leaving them with more time to focus on other core valuable activities.

•    Increase Meeting and Event Attendance. Our event marketing and management solutions allow organizations to maximize registration and attendance at events across their Total Event Program. Our integrated event marketing solution empowers event organizers to develop sophisticated, multi-channel marketing campaigns to efficiently and effectively reach a large audience with their event promotions. The campaigns can be tailored to reference personal event attendance history and can be differentiated per each audience segment. Our robust contact management functionality enables event organizers to simplify and automate the process of collecting and maintaining accurate contact information by integrating with an organization’s existing marketing and CRM databases, while also allowing prospective attendees to seamlessly provide their most up-to-date contact information during the event registration process. Once organizers attract prospective attendees to their event website, our advanced registration features such as early bird discounts, coupon codes and dynamic registration paths, permit organizers to customize offerings based on their separate attendee segments and event goals. By offering integrated solutions for marketing and event registration across all event delivery models, we believe we help event organizers maximize the overall attendance and impact of their events.

•    Enhance the Attendee, Sponsor, Exhibitor and Host or Venue Experience. We believe our platform enables event organizers to deliver a better overall event experience for all those who attend or support the event including general attendees, sponsors and exhibitors, as well as the host venue. Whether an event is in-person, virtual or hybrid, our platform helps to create an experience that is more engaging, interactive and impactful. For example, in a virtual environment, attendees can network and engage with their peers through live chat, engage session speakers through live polling and Q&A and view presentations live or on-demand based on a catalog of recommended sessions aligned to their preferences. For an in-person experience, sponsors and exhibitors can derive more value from the event through gamification and reminders to schedule one-on-one appointments via a mobile event app. Pre- and post-event surveys allow all stakeholders to share insights that can be used to improve future events. For all delivery models, we believe our technology enhances the overall stakeholder experience and drives deep engagement, which leads to higher attendee satisfaction and increased attendance at future events, resulting in more business for the organizer.

•    Create, Measure and Act on Attendee Engagement to Increase Sales Pipeline. We believe our solutions enable event organizers to create events that maximize engagement points across the event lifecycle and collect and analyze this data across their Total Event Program. Engagement data includes: event attendance; session attendance, including time spent in virtual sessions; product and trade show booth visits; appointments attended; survey responses; polls taken; questions submitted via Q&A; and participation in chat, among others. Our platform synthesizes all of these attendee actions into a single attendee engagement score. Virtual and hybrid events enable organizations to track millions of attendee interaction points, including in-person activity that hadn’t historically been digitized, and virtual attendee activity. When our attendee engagement scores are correlated with data from marketing automation and CRM systems, event organizers receive the clearest, most complete picture of customers and prospects that can be used to determine the next-best actions in the customer journey.

•    Track, Manage and Measure Event Expenditure to Measure ROI of Events. As event planning and execution is often not limited to one department or one specific role and, in our experience, event organizers are typically not required to seek advance approval for associated expenses, organizations have very limited visibility into and control over the level and allocation of event spend. Our solution streamlines, automates and enhances event planning processes to provide end-to-end visibility into all corporate meetings and events. Our software enables the tracking of all meeting processes and data by compiling sourcing data from CSN, attendance data from our event marketing and management solutions, budget data from event organizers, actual expenditures from credit card platforms and expense data from platforms such as Concur. Our software acts as the system of record for all event processes, spend, engagement data and data privacy and security program compliance to provide visibility into budgeting, saving users time, de-risking spend and enabling the measurement of event ROI.

Hospitality Cloud. We provide hotels and venues solutions to market their event space to attract event organizers and gain RFPs, manage leads through the sales process and measure performance against internal and external metrics. Our marketplace and software deliver hoteliers and venue operators the following benefits:

•    Market to Event Organizers to Increase Events and Group Meetings Business Revenue. Hoteliers and venue operators leverage our online marketing solutions to target event organizers looking for event space. Due to the tens of thousands of event organizers that we drive to our sourcing networks, our solutions make it easier for hoteliers and venue operators to market to relevant, hard-to-identify event organizer personnel within organizations, which we believe results in an increased number of sales leads and converted event and group meetings bookings. We believe that compared to other marketing channels, this represents an extremely scalable, cost-efficient way to win event business and increase revenue.

•    Enhance Productivity and Efficiency Through Automation. We enable hoteliers and venues to automate and standardize the process by which they receive and respond to RFPs from event organizers. We provide a standardized framework that enables hotels and venues to pre-populate many responses, so their employees can respond to RFPs quickly and accurately. With hoteliers and venue operators having reduced workforces in response to the global COVID-19 pandemic, our solution empowers them to automate marketing and sales processes to drive efficiency with fewer resources. In addition, hoteliers and venue operators leverage our software solutions to automate the entire group lifecycle beyond the sourcing process. For example, hotels utilize Lead Scoring to prioritize and assign RFPs and Passkey to manage group room blocks and process room reservations more efficiently and securely.

•    Strengthen Collaboration Between Hoteliers and Event Organizers. Our solution enables hoteliers and venue operators to showcase their event spaces virtually in three dimensions and collaboratively design safe event layouts in real-time with event organizers, helping to streamline processes that were often manual, time consuming and ad-hoc.

•    Better Analyze Operational Results through CSN Business Intelligence. Hoteliers and venue operators can closely monitor the volume of prospected and closed business received through CSN, as well as our other sourcing platforms, enabling them to more effectively measure their return on marketing investments. Managers can also improve the performance and productivity of their sales representatives by monitoring responsiveness to RFPs, tracking successful bids and benchmarking their performance against internal and targeted competitive metrics. Our CSN Business Intelligence is also available to chains, brands and hotel management companies to help them measure, evaluate and improve the performance of the properties in their portfolios.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that the following strengths provide us with sustainable competitive differentiation relative to our competitors:

One Platform to Drive Live Engagement and Take Action Across the Total Event Program. Our platform enables organizations to manage and execute internal and external events of all sizes, complexities and delivery models. For external customer-facing events, we power events that a company hosts, as well as conferences and trade shows that a company attends as an exhibitor or sponsor. Our platform serves as a single system of record for the Total Event Program, enabling event organizers to maximize, collect and take action on attendee registration and engagement data before, during and after events. This centralized repository of data collected from attendee interactions across multiple events throughout the customer journey delivers actionable intelligence on the interests and preferences of an organization’s customers and prospects. We believe that our ability to offer an integrated platform that maximizes live engagement across a full suite of event marketing and management solutions for in-person, virtual and hybrid events is a key competitive differentiator when compared to competitors offering point solutions for specific processes or event delivery models.

Management of the Entire Event Lifecycle. We offer an integrated, end-to-end, cloud-based platform that addresses the entire lifecycle of meetings and events of every type and delivery model. Our platform offers solutions for every aspect of an event from event inception to post-event follow-up. Companies using point solutions are required to cobble together disparate products and data silos from across the event lifecycle to manage a single event. Importing and exporting data into and out of multiple systems creates data integrity concerns and potential risk as it relates to privacy laws. Our platform approach enables organizations to streamline the workflow for managing all elements of an event, and results in a more fluid, branded, secure and engaging experience for attendees.

Large Online Marketplace. We believe that CSN is a valuable resource for both components of the meetings and events ecosystem — marketers and event planners and hoteliers and venues — due to its:

•    Depth and Breadth of Venue Profiles. Our proprietary network includes detailed event space profile information on approximately 285,000 hotels and other venues. CSN enables planners to conduct searches and filter results based on over 200 characteristics and criteria per hotel profile. For example, planners can narrow their search based on a variety of factors, including the number of hotel sleeping rooms or meeting rooms, meeting room size or ceiling heights, meeting room capacity based on customized layouts, hotel amenities, available promotions and distance from the airport. Once an event space is identified, CSN enables planners to visit some venues virtually via three-dimensional models. A portion of the underlying event data is submitted by the hotels and venues and a portion is researched by our expert team, which has created an extensive data set with an exceptional level of detail and granularity. Our team of customer-facing staff maintain relationships and work with the venues to keep their information up to date and enhance the data richness of CSN. The size and accuracy of our database is of critical importance to planners and sets CSN apart.

•    Billions in RFP Value. During 2019, planners sourced approximately $18.1 billion in RFP value through our sourcing tools, including CSN. Even as the global COVID-19 pandemic forced the cancellation of in-person events, planners sourced approximately $8.8 billion in RFP value during 2020. This network effect also helps us continue to increase our brand awareness, leading to increased sales of our event marketing and management solutions. For hotels that manage the largest number of properties, we believe that by offering a global marketplace for both sides of the events ecosystem, CSN is a critical external lead generation channel for event and group meetings business.

•    Integration with Hotels. As of September 30, 2021, we are directly integrated with the back-end sales and catering and IT systems of more than 39,000 hotels, reducing manual data entry by hoteliers and enabling a more efficient RFP response process. We believe this level of adoption and back-end IT system integration from our hotel partners is further evidence of the value hoteliers and venues derive from CSN.

Powerful Network Effects Across the Events Ecosystem. By connecting both sides of the meetings and events ecosystem, CSN generates significant network effects. As more hoteliers and venue operators list and market their properties on the CSN, it becomes more valuable to event planners and marketers sourcing venues for their events. Increased usage by event planners increases the volume of RFPs delivered to hotels and venues, thereby increasing the value we deliver to hoteliers and venue operators and causing more hotels and venues to list their properties on the network.

•    Efficiency for Planners. Planners use CSN, generally at no cost, to search for venues, request price quotes and proposals from hotels and venues and compare proposals to identify the venue that best meets the specialized needs and requirements of their event. The vertical nature of CSN makes it a highly relevant and effective tool for planners in identifying an appropriate venue. CSN also provides substantial time savings benefits, as planners can quickly evaluate an extensive network of potential hotels and venues and receive rapid responses from a selected shortlist.

•    Lead Sourcing for Hoteliers and Venue Operators. Hotel and venue operators list their event spaces, generally at no cost, on CSN in order to receive and respond to event proposal requests from planners. Our ability

to connect hoteliers and venue operators with high quality leads makes us an essential resource for hoteliers and venue operators and has resulted in a significant volume of RFPs processed. In part due to the extensive scope of our marketplace, many hotels have integrated CSN into their core back-end IT systems.

Relationships with Meeting and Event Planners. Unlike personnel in traditional, clearly defined departments, planners can often be based within a wide range of corporate departments, such as marketing, sales, travel, human resources, training and development and operations. Professionals ranging from marketing managers to sales representatives to executive assistants are tasked with organizing and executing meetings and events. Given the periodic nature of events, in many cases event planning falls outside of the scope of their day-to-day responsibilities and these professionals dedicate only a portion of their time to event planning. Through our more than two decades supporting the events industry, we have developed a substantial, internal, proprietary database of professionals who we believe are involved in meeting and event planning activities within their organizations. Given our industry prominence and the millions of events we have powered throughout our history, we have deep domain expertise on how to maximize event success, and we create thought leadership content that we promote to our database and through digital marketing. Each year, we engage with an increasing number of industry professionals, allowing us to build new relationships and continue to grow our prominence in the industry.

Recurring Revenue Model. Our business model is highly recurring with annual or multi-year subscriptions under sum-certain contracts. Given the number of multi-year contracts, we have strong visibility into and predictability of future revenue, as well as resiliency, as evidenced by our performance during the early stages of the pandemic. Contracts for our Event Cloud solution range from one to five years in length. These contracts generally include subscription fees for licensed modules, which are based on volume commitments aligned with the registrations and events anticipated across the customer’s Total Event Program. Our Event Cloud contracts typically include overage fees for usage beyond the specified registrant and event amounts. We also sell our Hospitality Cloud solutions to hoteliers and venue operators through annual or multi-year contracts, which typically range from one to three years. These contracts typically include subscription fees for our marketing placements and licensed software modules. The predictability of future revenue allows us to more confidently invest in R&D so we stay on the forefront of technology innovation.

Investment in Product Innovation. We have a team of approximately 1,300 in Client Services as of September 30, 2021 that actively collect daily feedback and enhancement requests from our wide and varied user base. We also host an online Cvent Community where thousands of users go to ask questions, network with peers and provide suggestions and feedback on future product direction. Our team of approximately 1,100 employees as of September 30, 2021 working in product development operate in an agile development environment and are able to release new feature capabilities and modules on a weekly basis that we believe address the rapidly evolving needs of the industry. Additionally, we place high value on and invest significantly in information and cloud platform security. We believe that relative to our competitors, we have a faster pace of innovation, deeper dedication to security, compliance and data privacy and larger investment in next-gen technology that will further strengthen our solutions, especially for virtual and hybrid events.

Global Scale of Operations. With over 4,100 employees around the world, and offices in eight countries, we are positioned to both support our growing global user base and enter into new markets. By hiring regional experts, we are able to strategically expand our market presence by tapping into the characteristics of the local marketplace, which in turns helps us build stronger relationships and rapport with those customers. To further support our global scale, we also maintain extensive operations in India, with over 1,950 employees based in our Indian office as of September 30, 2021. Every department within the organization has employees in India. Our Indian operations enable us to achieve important business objectives including: (i) near-continuous research and development and customer service operations; (ii) expanded international sales and marketing reach worldwide; and (iii) development and maintenance of our proprietary databases of venues and hotels. In addition, the majority of our marketing personnel for the Asia-Pacific, Europe, Middle East and Africa regions are based in our India location. Finally, we leverage our India-based personnel to expand and maintain our massive repository

of detailed and in-depth venue information, consisting of over 432 million square feet of event space across approximately 285,000 venues as of September 30, 2021. Our Indian operations enable us to benefit from the labor and infrastructure cost advantages of the region and to accomplish many critical business tasks in an efficient and cost-effective manner. We established our India operations initially for cost savings, have expanded our presence in India due to its value proposition, and we continue to invest in India for innovation.

Our Market Opportunity

Meetings and events represent one of the most effective ways for organizations to engage, educate and motivate their target audiences. This value proposition is why meetings and events are often regarded as some of the most effective and best funded marketing strategies, and why they are critical to effective internal employee engagement.

While meetings and events have always been important, the accelerated digital transformation of the events industry driven by the global COVID-19 pandemic has given rise to a new events landscape where a combination of virtual, in-person and hybrid events will proliferate in the marketplace. In this new landscape, organizations are able to reach larger audiences, engage with greater frequency and deliver differentiated experiences. Event technology will be critical to engaging with event attendees and managing all processes needed to plan, promote and execute events across a Total Event Program and to providing a single system of record for all event data.

Our platform delivers a single system of record for organizations to manage their Total Event Program, regardless of venue—in-person, virtual or hybrid—and regardless of audience—internal or external. Our platform enables customers to not only drive engagement, increase efficiency and scale their Total Event Programs, but also to integrate these solutions into their broader engagement and marketing strategy. According to Frost & Sullivan, the TAM for our platform is $29.7 billion, across our Event Cloud and Hospitality cloud solutions.

Cvent Event Cloud. According to Frost & Sullivan, the annual TAM for the Event Cloud is $25.6 billion worldwide. The TAM was calculated by first estimating the total number of organizations that our platform and products address, segmented by size of employee base and organization type, including corporate and non-corporate, based on the 2017 Statistics of U.S. Businesses and 2020 U.S. Census Data. Addressability assumptions were then applied by segment and band based on our experience in the market. An estimated annual value was then applied to each band of organizations based on survey responses related to spend on event technology. The total number of companies within each band was then multiplied by the calculated annual value for that band. The aggregate calculated value represents the current annual estimated market opportunity of $14.1 billion and $11.5 billion in the United States and Rest of World, respectively.

Cvent Hospitality Cloud. According to Frost & Sullivan, the annual TAM for the Hospitality Cloud is $4.1 billion. The TAM is calculated by first estimating the total number of hotels with meeting space, segmented by geography, market tier, and banded by total square footage of meeting space. Addressability assumptions were then applied by segment and product based on our experience in the market. An estimated annual spend was then applied to each band of hotels and venues based on survey responses related to spend on group marketing in digital channels. The total number of hotels and venues within each band was then multiplied by the calculated annual value for that band. The aggregate calculated value represents the current global annual estimated market opportunity of $4.1 billion.

Our Growth Strategy

Key elements of our growth strategy include:

Expand Our Customer Base by Adding New Marketers, Planners, Hotels and Venues. We believe that with the emergence of virtual and hybrid meetings, and the accelerated digital transformation of the events

industry, organizations will host more events, with more attendees, and will have a greater need for event technology. Organizations will require a single platform capable of driving live engagement and managing all of their events, which will further increase the demand for our solutions. We believe a significant portion of organizations that have had to embrace virtual events during the pandemic have seen the promise of event digitalization and will no longer rely on homegrown tools and manual processes to manage events.

We also believe there is a significant opportunity to increase our penetration into hotels and venues. As the pandemic abates and in-person events return, group meetings business will again represent a significant component of hotel revenue. We believe that hoteliers seeking to recover their group meetings revenue will increasingly seek out technology solutions to market their venues and generate incremental business. With hoteliers and venue operators operating with reduced workforces in response to the global COVID-19 pandemic, our solution enables them to automate marketing and sales processes to drive efficiency with fewer resources.

Facilitate Upsell and Cross-Sell Activity Within Our Event Cloud Customers. Our Event Cloud consists of multiple solutions for marketing and managing enterprise meetings and events. As of September 30, 2021, 49.0% of our Event Cloud customers have subscriptions to more than one of our solutions. We believe there is a significant opportunity to cross-sell additional solutions such as our Attendee Hub, mobile event app, Onsite Solutions and add-on functionality within our existing base of approximately 11,000 Event Cloud customers as of September 30, 2021. As the meetings and events ecosystem shifts toward a combination of in-person, virtual and hybrid events, we believe that organizations will derive even greater value from a platform that drives engagement and enables the seamless management of their Total Event Program. We also believe that the expanded reach and effectiveness of virtual and hybrid events will drive growth in both the number of events and the number of registrants, and that these customers will expand their usage of the Event Cloud over time. As a result, we believe that our renewing Event Cloud customers are likely to increase their overall contract value through both larger Total Event Programs and the adoption of additional solutions. Additionally, we believe that we can cross-sell new subscriptions or additional functionality to over 77,000 planners that have access to the CSN free of charge, some of whom also have paid subscriptions to our other Event Cloud solutions.

Facilitate Upsell and Cross-Sell Activity Within Our Hospitality Cloud Customers. Our Hospitality Cloud solution not only connects hotels and venues with tens of thousands of planners, but also provides a suite of products to market their venues and manage sales and operations of their group business. We continue to expand our inventory of marketing placements and add specialized tiers for hotels and venues to purchase. As we add these new capabilities, we believe that hoteliers and venue operators will leverage our marketplace offerings to reach buyers at scale and expand the use of our platform to manage the marketing, sales and operations of their group meetings business more efficiently and profitably.

Expand Our Marketing Lead Generation and Direct Salesforce. We intend to continue investing in sales and marketing to expand our direct salesforce and increase our reach in the marketplace. We believe these investments will drive leads, expand our sales coverage and improve the efficiency and efficacy of our sales efforts. We are also investing in our partnerships, where we have strategic relationships with industry groups, technology providers and event and travel management companies. We will continue to develop other strategic relationships that both complement our existing sales reach and enhance the value proposition we provide to our customers.

Expand Our International Footprint. We believe there is significant opportunity to expand globally and increase our non-North American revenue, which accounted for 13.6% and 12.2%, respectively, of total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. In our experience, the adoption rate of technology outside North America has typically lagged North American adoption. For example, with respect to the Hospitality Cloud, while our non-North American hotel and venue listings represent approximately 62% of the total venues in CSN, only a small percentage of our RFPs are sent to these international hotels and venues. If the volume of international meeting RFPs on the CSN increases, we expect our international revenue to expand. We opened our first European sales office in London in May 2013 to support our international expansion, and we now have sales offices in eight countries across North America, Europe, APAC and the Middle East.

Extend Our Product Leadership and Introduce Additional Solutions to Our Platform. We have invested significantly in research and development to build and improve our platform over time. The strength of our platform and solutions has helped to solidify our position as a leading cloud-based platform for enterprise event marketing and management and hospitality solutions. We have added additional products and features over time and regularly implement updates and improvements to our platform in order to improve our competitive position relative to competitors, meet the needs of our customers and to improve the event experience for all stakeholders in the event ecosystem. We also intend to opportunistically acquire companies that we believe have solutions that extend the capabilities of our platform and can readily be put through our existing sales and marketing distribution channel.

Our Platform

We offer a software-as-a-service platform focused on the event and hospitality industry. Our platform is comprised of two parts: the Event Cloud and the Hospitality Cloud. Our platform drives live engagement across the Total Event Program for corporations of all sizes, as well as for associations, universities, non-profits, governmental entities and others. Additionally, our platform enables marketers and event planners to organize all types of events that comprise a Total Event Program, whether virtual, in-person or hybrid, with solutions for the entire lifecycle of each individual event. Our platform also provides a comprehensive marketplace that connects planners with hotels and venues.

Event Cloud

The Event Cloud is a portfolio of event marketing and management solutions that enables marketers and planners to maximize engagement and ROI from their virtual, in-person or hybrid events, while automating and simplifying the management of each stage of the event lifecycle. Our solutions can be deployed independently or together as a cohesive and fully integrated platform.

For marketers, we offer a single platform to maximize live engagement across the event channel, with powerful tools to reach, engage and convert their virtual, in-person and hybrid attendees into customer leads and sales. Our platform provides marketers with a robust set of automated and personalized audience generation tools to help them attract more virtual and in-person audiences to their events. Before, during, and after the event experience, our platform offers engagement features that allow marketers to capture attendee interest across numerous individual engagement points. Our platform captures deep signals of expressed interest throughout the entire event lifecycle. Firmographic, demographic, and interest data is gathered during the registration process before an event, and session registration, attendance, poll and live Q&A responses, chat, one-on-one appointments, and booth visits are gathered during the event. After an event concludes, event content can be promoted and viewed on-demand and survey results can be compiled on attendee feedback, interests, and preferences. Our platform scores, consolidates and shares attendee engagement data through integrations with CRM and marketing automation tools to help marketers enhance buyer profiles, obtain a clearer picture of attendee interest, and follow up more quickly and accurately with attendees, bolstering sales pipeline and aiding in client retention.

Internal events offer a critical opportunity for human resources, training professionals and executive leadership to inspire and engage their employees. As a result of the global COVID-19 pandemic, organizations have a more distributed workforce, and we expect that trend to continue in the post-pandemic world. Organizations will be relying on companywide meetings, sales kickoffs, town halls and trainings more than ever in order to engage and retain employees who will now have fewer daily in-person interactions. We expect that internal meetings that remain virtual will be enhanced from non-specialized video chat software to something more branded, stylized, engaging and interactive, or organizations will solve the distributed workforce dilemma by opting to hold more in-person events. In either scenario, we believe there is an increased need for our Event Cloud solutions, which we believe offer increased attendee engagement and branded experience.

Whether for external events or internal meetings, we offer event and meeting organizers technology and services to help organizations execute and scale their event programs in a more cost- and resource-effective manner. In planning an event, our software helps planners manage the hundreds of manual, often repetitive, tasks that need to work in concert for a successful event, including event approvals and budgeting, venue sourcing and management, event marketing, attendee management and speaker, exhibitor management and video content creation.

During an event, our solutions enable planners to deliver elevated in-person and exhibitor experiences, including onsite check-in, badging, attendance tracking, appointments, mobile event apps and lead capture.

For virtual audiences, we enable planners to deliver an integrated, interactive virtual event experience that allows online audiences to connect with content, other attendees, exhibitors and sponsors. After events, our platform offers analytics and insights that allow planners to measure the impact of their events and improve future events. For many organizations, a Total Event Program may consist of hundreds or even thousands of meetings annually. Our Event Cloud provides the full picture of attendee interest, assembled from engagement interactions across all events, irrespective of format, with a single system of record utilizing standardized processes to manage each stage in the event lifecycle.

Event Marketing and Management Solutions

Our platform offers management of the end-to-end event lifecycle:

LOGO

Planning

Strategic Meetings Management

We offer our Strategic Meetings Management, or SMM, solution for customers with large, complex event programs. Our SMM solution is intended to help organizations manage their internal and external meetings program more efficiently, control spend and capture previously untracked meeting expenditures.

Our SMM solution enables organizations to centrally collect meeting requests, route and track approvals, and manage budgets, housing and travel and reporting in a single system, consolidating all elements associated with their event and travel programs. This information is critical to providing planners and procurement teams with better visibility into and control of event spend. Centralizing meeting, event and attendee data also allows enterprises to lower the risk of the in-person portions of their programs. By providing rapid access to critical event program data, organizations can more quickly respond to unforeseen disruptions and safeguard their attendees, employees and revenue.

Venue Sourcing

We offer multiple venue sourcing networks that allow planners to find the right event space.

The largest of our networks is CSN, which is a comprehensive and searchable global marketplace connecting planners to approximately 285,000 hotels and venues. Planners can access CSN generally at no cost

and can quickly search for venues based on meeting space-specific search criteria, including health, safety and floorplan information. Planners can send a single electronic RFP to multiple properties at once and receive standardized proposals in return, vastly simplifying the sourcing process and providing visibility into total meeting and event spend in order to negotiate the most competitive rates.

We believe that CSN is the world’s largest network dedicated to hotels and venues that host meetings and events. The total unique RFP meeting value submitted through our sourcing networks in 2020 and 2019 was $8.8 billion and $18.1 billion, respectively. As of September 30, 2021, the total unique RFP meeting value submitted through our sourcing networks is approximately $6.6 billion. We believe the decrease in RFP value sourced in 2020 was a direct result of the global COVID-19 pandemic, as the value of RFPs sent through our networks has increased year-over-year every other year in our history.

LOGO

Venue Diagramming

Venue Diagramming is a collaborative venue diagramming and seating solution, providing planners with three-dimensional venue diagrams and interactive floor plans to design event layouts that optimize attendee health, safety and networking. Planners can also use our solution prior to the event and during the registration process to easily manage attendee seating to help execute a smooth and successful onsite event experience.

Speaker Management

Our Speaker Management solution offers advanced content management capabilities that help marketers and planners source, review, select and manage the right content and speakers for their events. Marketers solicit submissions via web and email, customize a review process, accept or reject submissions and publish accepted content to an agenda, website, virtual experience and mobile event app.

Promotion

Event Marketing

Our Event Marketing solution provides event organizers with tools to plan and promote their events, attract prospective audiences and increase event attendance at their virtual, in-person and hybrid events. We offer promotion tools that allow marketers and planners to execute targeted and personalized email campaigns that engage the right audience, boost response rates and drive attendees to virtual, in-person and hybrid events. Our solution includes automated invites, reminders, and confirmations to drive both increased registration and attendance rates. Our solution also includes extensive creative controls to design seamlessly branded email campaigns, widgets and other digital assets.

Exhibitor Management

Our Exhibitor Management solution helps sponsors and exhibitors promote their presence and connect with attendees at hybrid, virtual and in-person events, while also enabling planners to coordinate and manage sponsors and exhibitors at their events. Our solutions allow event organizers to create tasks and automate emails to drive behavior that will increase an exhibitor’s value at their event. Through a self-serve portal, exhibitors can register their booth staff, manage their organization’s profile and add product videos, sales collateral and content. Using our solution, exhibitors can purchase Lead Capture licenses for booth staff and request meetings with qualified buyers using Appointments. Our solution provides real-time reporting on leads gathered during and after the event, which exhibitors can export into their CRM and Marketing Automation system for post-event activation.

Registration

Our Event Registration solution enables customers to easily build professional, branded event websites that convert visitors into registrants. An intuitive, drag and drop interface allows individuals to develop robust event websites without requiring HTML expertise or IT involvement. Event websites built with our solutions are fully responsive, enabling invitees to register easily from any device.

Our newly redesigned online Event Registration solution allows for a high degree of customization over the registration workflow, allowing for a differentiated experience for each distinct attendee type, including customers, prospects, partners, VIPs, members, non-members, exhibitors and students. Event organizers can configure the registration experience to include pre-populated contact information fields, pre- and post-event survey questions, a group registration option, session selection, housing and travel requests or bookings and event registration fee payment processing.

Below is an example created by Cvent of a customer event registration page.

LOGO

Day of Event

Virtual and Hybrid Experience

Attendee Hub

Attendee Hub, our virtual and hybrid solution, allows marketers and planners to deliver interactive and engaging virtual and hybrid event experiences. Our Attendee Hub solution enables organizations to deliver compelling online event experiences in a virtual-only use-case, or use the same technology to create hybrid events that extend in-person events to a global, online audience. Our solution enables organizations to showcase a consistent, fully branded experience and create and broadcast compelling video content from the invitation to the event website, and into the virtual experience itself.

By harnessing the most rewarding aspects of face-to-face gatherings and reproducing them for online audiences, the Attendee Hub delivers what we believe is constant engagement for attendees, exhibitors and sponsors. These capabilities include:

A branded “virtual event lobby” that provides easy access to key event details, live and upcoming sessions and surveys;

Immersive and interactive virtual sessions with enterprise-grade live or pre-recorded video, including on-demand offerings;

A video production solution to help event professionals easily capture and produce broadcast-quality video content, whether live or pre-recorded, for online audiences, which permit event planners to easily capture and produce great-looking video content for more engaging webinars, and virtual events;

Video conferencing capabilities to support collaborative sessions, virtual appointments and virtual meeting rooms;

Powerful interactivity features including polling, live session Q&A, and chat;

Gamification to encourage attendees to stay engaged by awarding them points for taking actions, such as joining a session, submitting feedback or visiting a virtual booth;

Virtual roundtable discussions that connect attendees and enable them to network with one another; and

Collected real-time feedback via session surveys.

The Attendee Hub addresses a significant limitation in the virtual event space by offering powerful brand awareness and lead generation tools to exhibitors and sponsors who are often key sources of event revenue. The tools include virtual booths with embedded video conferencing to allow exhibitors to share relevant company and product information (allowing an attendee to self-schedule virtual meetings with exhibitors and instantly share their contact information), lead generation functionality and the ability to sponsor sessions.

The Attendee Hub also captures and stores virtual event and attendee data in a single location, allowing marketers and planners to analyze the extensive volume of data that comes from virtual engagement to better understand attendee interests. Our solution features powerful web analytics, survey capabilities and engagement scoring that provides sales and marketing teams a single, simple and actionable view of attendee activity.

We also offer virtual event services to help organizations project manage the setup and configuration of their virtual event, provide production and video editing services to deliver dynamic and professional-grade content and provide webcast and speaker support to ensure virtual speakers are prepared and supported. Below is a reproduction of our Attendee Hub solution from the attendee perspective.

LOGO

LOGO

Onsite Solutions

OnArrival, the core of our Onsite Solutions offering, includes check-in and badging that allow organizations to quickly check-in attendees, individually or as groups, collect signatures and process outstanding payments. We offer both planner-administered check-in and kiosk-based self-check-in processes, including the option for fully contactless check-in and badge printing to meet increased attendee expectations for health and safety.

We offer tools that allow onsite staff to quickly and easily check attendees in to sessions by scanning badges in order to capture attendance, monitor room capacity, control or limit access and track continuing education credits. This same attendance data is fed into our reporting system, allowing marketers and planners to digitize the physical footprint of an in-person attendee and to gain valuable insights into event and attendee-level content preferences.

For larger or more complex events, we offer OnArrival 360, a service providing end-to-end onsite project management support to ensure event success. Through this service, specialists assist onsite staff with badges, floor plan set up for attendee check-in, setup and configuration of onsite check-in hardware, and oversight of the organizer’s onsite registration staff.

Mobile Event App

Our solution enables event organizer to offer a native event app to all attendees, which can be accessed via the Apple App Store, Google Play Store or the web. From the mobile event app, attendees are able to access the agenda and speaker roster, manage their personal schedule, watch streamed content, engage through polls and questions, network with others via chat and appointments, and engage with sponsors and exhibitors, among other activities. Additionally, the app can be leveraged for in-person, virtual or hybrid events. In a hybrid event experience, in-person attendees leveraging the app onsite would enjoy the same features and capabilities that a virtual attendee would experience from a desktop environment.

Appointments

Our Appointments solution facilitates meetings between attendees, employees, sponsors, and exhibitors, allowing them to make more connections, effectively network and foster deeper relationships. Planners can set rules and parameters around who can meet with whom, when, and where. Appointments also has a powerful recommendation engine that leverages attendee profile data to surface like-minded attendees to help make finding new connections seamless. Our solution integrates directly with attendees’ calendar clients such as Microsoft Outlook or Gmail to ensure calendars are always in sync and up-to-date.

Lead Capture

Our Lead Capture solution provides organizations with a single lead retrieval tool across all of their events, including those they host and those they attend. Our solution enables organizations to significantly increase event-related lead volume and conversion through standardization, more widespread staff adoption and improved qualification as compared to manual or disparate solutions. For events an organization hosts, Lead Capture allows exhibitors and sponsors to quickly and easily capture, qualify and rate leads for fast follow up and increased ROI, making those partners more likely renew their investment in future events. For events an organization attends, the same solution used across events and tradeshows enables faster and consistent collection of leads, and timelier and more informed sales follow-up.

Post-Event

Lead Conversion

Our Lead Conversion capabilities calculate an engagement score for each attendee that tracks all engagement points throughout the event lifecycle, providing event marketers with one ranked set of attendees across both virtual and in-person channels. Sales and marketing teams can leverage the attendee engagement scores to quickly assess interest, send targeted follow-up and prioritize leads. Our solution features integrations with CRM and marketing automation platforms to seamlessly share event and attendee data to recommend the optimal actions. Our solution includes native integrations with Salesforce, Marketo, Oracle Eloqua, HubSpot, and Microsoft Dynamics, and is also capable of connecting to any web-based program through APIs and webhooks. Our solution’s Salesforce integration is different from our competitors’ offerings in that it empowers sales teams to drive event attendance by inviting or registering their customers and prospects directly from within Salesforce, mitigating the need for marketing teams to interface with sales to coordinate invite lists, promotions, and discounts.

Event Insights

Our Event Insights solution captures and analyzes event and engagement data across virtual, in-person and hybrid events, enabling organizations to assess success and follow up on attendee interests quickly and effectively. Our platform includes more than 100 built-in reports that offer marketers and planners deep insight into the performance of their individual events. These insights enable planners to continually improve performance and provide marketing and sales teams a clear, complete picture of attendee interest. Our solution enables organizations to collect feedback on attendee and exhibitor satisfaction with tools for registration surveys, session polling, live Q&A, live chat and post-event surveys. In addition to delivering actionable insights from a single event, our solution provides organizations with a single source of data across their entire Total Event Program. Cross-event reporting and analytics compare results by region, business purpose, seasonality, venue type and other metrics, in order to provide insight into which events are most effective in meeting event goals.

Hospitality Cloud

Our Hospitality Cloud provides hotels, venues and destinations, which we refer to collectively as Suppliers, with robust online marketing solutions for marketing their events business to planners and software solutions that automate the events sales cycle and improving collaboration with planners to design and manage events.

Hospitality Cloud Online Marketing Solutions

Our platform enables Suppliers to advertise and market on our venue sourcing networks to reach and engage tens of thousands of meeting and event planners who are researching destinations and venues for their in-person and hybrid events. Our venue sourcing networks include CSN, Cvent SpeedRFP and Cvent Wedding Spot.

CSN Advertising

CSN, the largest of our venue sourcing platforms, allows planners to filter, search and research a database of approximately 285,000 individual hotel and venue profiles to determine which venues to send an event RFP. CSN features comprehensive venue coverage and content, strong search functionality, side-by-side venue comparison tools and RFP management capabilities. With over 86,000 active planners that have access, we believe CSN aggregates the largest planner audience looking for meeting venues with billions of dollars in meeting and event demand.

Our large planner audience makes CSN a compelling “point of purchase” marketing channel for Suppliers, who can engage planners to drive awareness, consideration and selection of their venues for meetings and events. Hotel properties, chains and brands, as well as venues and destinations, purchase search advertising, display advertising, custom-branded microsites and other marketing opportunities to increase their visibility on CSN and influence planner venue selection.

Cvent SpeedRFP Advertising

Our SpeedRFP.com venue sourcing network helps event professionals and occasional planners to source venues for business and social events. We enable hotels and other Suppliers to advertise and market to these event buyers on SpeedRFP.com.

Cvent Wedding Spot Advertising

Our Wedding-Spot.com website allows couples and wedding planners to source venues for weddings. Hotels and other event venues advertise and market to these couples and planners on our website in order to grow their wedding business.

Whitelabel

Suppliers also market to event organizers via their own websites by using our Whitelabel Sourcing Solutions. These solutions include Whitelabel Search and RFP and Interactive Floorplans.

Whitelabel Search and RFP

Our Whitelabel Search and RFP solutions enable hotels and venues to provide the same sourcing experience as our venue sourcing networks on their own websites. These Whitelabel Search and RFP solutions can power websites of the largest corporate hotel brands as well as websites run by individual hotels. By participating on our venue sourcing networks and using Whitelabel Search and RFP products, our platform enables hotels and venues to aggregate and respond to RFPs received via our venue sourcing network and their own website.

Interactive Floorplans

Our Interactive Floorplans solution enables a venue to present interactive floorplans on their own website that provides planners visibility into details of event space, including how meetings rooms are connected, room capacity, and available layouts.

Hospitality Cloud Software Solutions

Our Hospitality Cloud also offers hotels, destinations and venues software solutions to automate and improve how they sell and execute events.

Cvent Lead Scoring

Our Cvent Lead Scoring solution enables hotel sales staff to evaluate and prioritize event RFPs. With our solution, hotel sales management can make smart decisions about the attractiveness of a potential event and the appropriate level of investment to compete for that business.

CSN Business Intelligence

Our CSN Business Intelligence solution enables hotel sales teams to better understand their metrics and performance against internal benchmarks, goals and competing venues. Our solution can help management assess the performance of a given property or portfolio of properties by providing a view of how competitive properties or venues are performing in attracting and responding to RFPs and winning business in the same general event business climate.

Cvent Event Diagramming

Our Cvent Event Diagramming solution enables hotels to offer three-dimensional digital site tours and work collaboratively online with planners using diagramming tools to experiment with room layouts, and ensure desired seating arrangements and required safety protocols are taken into account. Our solution allows Suppliers to virtually show how its space can accommodate the particular needs of the planner for that event and enables Suppliers and planners to work together to make adjustments and optimize the space.

Cvent Passkey

Our Cvent Passkey solution allows hotels and planners to work in concert to manage guest room reservations and room blocks for events. Our solution offers greater efficiency, better personal data security and management, real-time updates of room block data in hotel systems, enhanced online room booking experiences for hotel guests and opportunities for the hotel to sell additional amenities to guests online during room selection.

While the solution is primarily used by hoteliers, we also directly offer Cvent Passkey to event organizers that are either managing city-wide events that require complex room block management across multiple hotels or looking to offer a more seamless and autonomous process for their attendees to book rooms against the contracted room block.

Cvent Business Transient

Our Cvent Business Transient solution enables Suppliers to manage and respond to the transient RFPs corporate travel buyers issue through the platform. Our solution includes business intelligence tools to help hotels determine which RFPs to pursue and how to optimize their bid, as well as rate and content management tools to manage their participation in corporate hotel programs. While this solution is primarily used by hoteliers, we also offer Cvent Business Transient to corporate travel managers to source, negotiate, benchmark and audit corporate hotel rates with preferred hotel partners to better manage and optimize their corporate travel programs.

The Network Effect

We believe one of our differentiators in the marketplace is our ability to not only drive live engagement and be a system of record for an organization’s Total Event Program as outlined above, but also to power an entire meetings and events ecosystem through our sourcing networks. Market-leading enterprise software platforms that drive standardized processes have proven to be very “sticky” because organizations learn how to routinely automate complex processes that were previously chaotic to manage. However, networks that compound in value as more participants are added to the network, have proven to be even stickier. The consistent growth of CSN for sourcing event space sets us apart in the industry, and we believe the expected growth in RFP volume, planners sourcing on the network and the numbers of venues on CSN itself post-COVID-19 pandemic, will only continue to drive adoption of the Cvent platform and our sourcing networks within the meetings and events world.

Sales and Marketing

We sell our platform primarily through direct sales, which comprises field sales representatives and inside sales personnel, organized by customer account size (enterprise and mid-market organizations) and customer geography across North America, Europe and APAC.

Sales Team Model

We sell our platform globally through a direct sales model, which is comprised of field and inside sales personnel. In the Event Cloud, we have dedicated teams that focus on different segments of the market: Enterprise, Mid-Market Corporate, Mid-Market Government, Association, Non-Profit, Education, or GANE, and Third-Party Partners. Within each team, there are four tiers that guide our representatives’ seniority, size of territory, and annual quota. In the Hospitality Cloud, we have the following distinct teams: Strategic Accounts, Territory and Unique Venues. The sales model for both Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud is the same. Direct Sales Representatives, or DSRs, serve as hunters and bring in new business. Sales Development Representatives, or SDRs, work alongside the DSRs and set appointments for qualified buyers. We also have a team of Solutions Consultants that assist both the DSRs and account managers in sharing more technical aspects of our platform with buyers. After new business is closed, it is passed over to Account Managers, or AMs, who serve as farmers and are responsible for renewal, account retention and upselling and cross-selling additional volume and solutions. We believe we still have massive remaining wallet share to capture within our installed base of customers. Our sales team is dispersed across North America, with the majority located in the Washington, DC area and additional sales teams in the United Kingdom, Singapore, and the United Arab Emirates. In addition, we employ sales personnel in Australia, Spain, the Netherlands and Germany. Our sales team predominantly generates business through inbound leads generated by our marketing team, complemented by proactive outbound efforts into top accounts. We are rigorous regarding tracking our sales activity and our sales process with both prospects and clients. Every step of the sales process is accounted for within our accounts and opportunities in our CRM and configure, price and quote applications.

Our Marketing Approach

We have been continually evolving our approach to marketing for more than two decades, with a focus on building brand awareness and generating high quality sales leads. We combine our rigorous grassroots marketing approach built on a finely-tuned event and email marketing program with a strong digital marketing program built around thought leadership and content distribution to maximize engagement and interest in our solutions. In addition to these foundational elements of our marketing approach, our program includes:

sponsoring and participating in user conferences, trade shows and industry events;

customer advocacy marketing;

public relations efforts; and

social media marketing.

We host our marquee event technology conference, Cvent CONNECT, each year in the United States and in Europe. With thousands of attendees, compelling keynote speakers from across the industry, numerous networking sessions, and an industry tradeshow, we believe these events set the agenda in the event technology space. Cvent CONNECT helps us excite prospects, deepen relationships with customers and grow the Cvent brand. Starting in 2021, we began hosting our Cvent CONNECT conferences as hybrid events, and our Cvent CONNECT program will continue to play a critical role in our sales and marketing efforts.

Our inbound/outbound marketing approach scales globally and is designed to engage our audience, share customer best practices, build increasing interest in our solutions, and ultimately create a marketing qualified lead that is then sent to our sales teams for qualification. We track and measure our marketing costs and results closely across all channels in order to maximize our efforts and build our sales pipeline.

Partnerships and Industry Associations

Our go-to-market objectives include building our brand by expanding the Cvent ecosystem through a network of partnerships and driving growth through channel partners. We have established partnerships across three primary areas:

Meetings, Travel, Conference and Event Management Companies

We have established partnerships with the largest event, meeting and travel management companies, including American Express Business Travel, BCD Meetings & Events, HelmsBriscoe, ConferenceDirect and Maritz Travel. Additionally, we signed a strategic partnership with Encore, a global leader for white-glove event production services. These organizations use us as part of their services to their customers, including event management, sourcing, housing and virtual solutions, and have long-term agreements with us to promote our solutions to their customers. We also have approximately 1,400 smaller agencies and management companies globally that use and promote us as their primary event marketing and management, and sourcing solution, such as Balboa Travel, Meetings & Incentives and AdTrav Travel Management. These partnerships help expand our footprint globally to reach more customers and expand the utilization of our technology.

Technology Providers

We have built partnerships with leading industry technology providers such as Salesforce, Concur, American Express and MasterCard that complement, enhance, and extend our solutions. These partnerships include joint integrations and referral agreements. These strategic relationships help our customers maximize the value from their meeting and event programs through a seamless integration with our platform.

Leading Industry Associations

We also partner with many leading associations in both the meetings and hospitality industries, including Meeting Professionals International, Global Business Travel Association and American Marketing Association. We work with these influential industry organizations by providing them access to our technology, including complimentary training and certification to their members, in exchange for co-marketing benefits to our target buyers. These marketing benefits include attending and speaking at their industry events, distributing our content to their member base and hosting thought leadership sessions for their members. Since these industry partners and their smaller chapters are our customers, we believe that aligning ourselves with these organizations gives us strong market and brand credibility in addition to showcasing our solutions to a potential audience of tens of thousands of event, meeting and travel professionals.

Our Technology

We deliver our solutions using an internally developed cloud-based software-as-a-service model. Our cloud-based delivery model limits involvement from our clients’ technical teams and reduces implementation time and costs. We have developed a multi-tenant architecture and a secure, scalable and highly available technology platform that provides a high degree of flexibility to allow each customer to configure the business process workflow, branding and user interface to best meet their needs.

The architecture, design, deployment and management of our cloud-based platform are focused on the following:

Multi-Tenant Architecture. Our multi-tenant architecture enables all customers to be on the same version of our solutions. When we improve existing functionality, all customers receive the benefit of the new version at the same time.

Secure, Scalable and Highly Available Cloud Technology Platform. Our customers often rely on our solutions for their most important and largest meetings and events whether virtual, in-person, or both. To meet their demanding expectations, we designed an enterprise-grade, cloud-based technology platform that is secure, scalable and highly available. We regularly review the key facets of our platform and make improvements and enhancements to keep pace with growth, technology evolution and the evolving needs of our customers.

Scalability. We designed our software and systems to handle substantial growth in users and data without requiring significant re-engineering. For example, our event marketing and management solutions processed over three times as many registrations in 2020 as compared to 2013.

Security. Our security program is designed to strengthen the trust of our customers, employees and investors. A compliance mindset underpins our technology foundation, and we believe we are a leader in the meetings and events industry in terms of certifications. We maintain compliance with Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (“PCI DSS”), and certifications with the International Information Security Standard (“ISO”) 27001, the Service Organization Control (“SOC”) 1 and SOC 2. Furthermore, our security program continually invests in training its engineers on secure coding practices. In addition, regular penetration tests are conducted to identify and remediate any potential vulnerabilities along with a bounty program to identify areas for further improvements.

Availability and Redundancy. We have two hosting regions architected to offer scaling, redundancy and disaster/recovery as a part of our standard offering. In 2020, we achieved an uptime of greater than 99.9% across all regions and products. North America is the largest region with 74% operating on a single cloud-service platform, and the remainder in our colocation facilities in Ashburn, Virginia and Portland, Oregon. Europe is hosted 100% from a cloud-service platform in Ireland and Germany. We maintain 24 hours per day, seven days per week, operations with automated instrumentation and alerting, and a global workforce to accommodate any potential business continuity concerns.

Data Privacy. The changing regulatory environment regarding protecting the personal data of our customers and their event stakeholders is increasingly becoming a key focus point for our business. Our platform includes features and options designed to support compliance with the GDPR, the CCPA and other United States and international privacy laws, and provides options and features to enable customers to make privacy and compliance choices that align with their needs and relevant legal requirements. For example, our platform enables customers to implement tailored notice, opt-out and consent language and customize registration forms to help customers remain compliant with applicable privacy laws. Additionally, our platform has built-in solutions to facilitate compliance with data subject requests. These solutions allow us to obtain and maintain certifications with the ISO 27701 and the APEC Cross-Border Privacy Rules and Privacy Recognition for Processors.

Customers

Our Event Cloud Customers

Meetings and events are prevalent in organizations of almost every size, industry vertical and geography. Our Event Cloud customers include corporations of all sizes, associations, universities, non-profits, governmental entities and others, along with third-party planners. External events represent opportunities for enterprises to directly engage with their most important external audiences – i.e., for corporations, their prospects and customers; for associations, their members and exhibitors; for non-profits, their donors and sponsors and for universities, their students and alumni. From an employee engagement perspective, internal events provide a critical opportunity for HR, training professionals, and executive leadership to teach, inspire and motivate their employees.

As of September 30, 2021, we had approximately 11,000 Event Cloud customers, including 50% of the Fortune 500. As a group, revenue from the Event Cloud customers who are in the Fortune 500 represented 11.9%, 12.7% and 10.8% of our total revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2021, the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020, respectively. In the Event Cloud, we define a customer as a party who has entered into an active separate subscription contract with us. The majority of customers represent individual organizations. In certain cases, business units of a customer that have entered into separate subscription agreements with us are considered separate customers.

We also have over 86,000 active user meeting and event organizers with access to CSN, some of which also have a paid subscription to our other solutions. We consider a user to be active if such user accessed their account within 12 months preceding the date of measurement.

Our customers come from a wide variety of vertical markets in the corporate sector including consumer products, financial services, healthcare, insurance, pharmaceutical, retail, technology, telecommunications, travel and leisure. We also have customers across the GANE sector. In each of the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, no Event Cloud customer represented 1.0% or more of our revenue for that year. A representative list of customers is set forth below:

TechnologyFinancial ServicesLife Sciences

Cisco

Okta

Pendo

TeraData

Zoom

Lincoln Financial Group

Mastercard

Metlife

MorningStar

World Bank

BioHorizons

Bristol-Myers Squibb

Mednet

PENTAX Medical

Sonova USA, Inc.

CPG & ManufacturingProfessional ServicesEducation

Deere & Co.

Olympus

The Coca Cola Company

TruGreen

W.L.Gore

Cengage Learning

Deloitte & Touche

InXpress

KPMG

ServiceMaster Company

Duke University

Georgetown University

Penn State University

Univ. of Southern California

Yale University Central

IT Department

AssociationNon-ProfitGovernment

American Association of Community

Colleges

American Diabetes Association

Association of American Medical

Colleges

California Teachers Association

National Education Association

Anti-Defamation League

Children’s Defense Fund

NAACP

The National Geographic Society

YMCA of the U.S.A.

California Public Employees

Retirement System

Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC)

NASA Research & Education Support Services

National Institute of Health

U.S. Dept. Of State

Our Hospitality Cloud Customers

As of September 30, 2021, more than 10,000 hotels, venues and destinations purchased products from our Hospitality Cloud through annual or multi-year contracts. In the Hospitality Cloud, we define a customer as an entity with an active account with us, where the customer pays for the account or the account is paid for by the customer’s parent company. For example, a corporate brand’s individual hotel properties whose accounts are paid for by that property’s corporate brand would be considered separate customers.

In each of the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, no Hospitality Cloud customer represented more than approximately 0.9% of our revenue for that year. A representative list of our customers follows below:

Hotels

Convention & Visitor Bureaus

Accor

Best Western Hotels & Resorts

Marriott International Radisson Hotel Group

Taj Hotels, Palaces & Resorts

Visit Dallas

Visit Anaheim

New Orleans & Company

Department of Culture and Tourism Abu Dhabi

Hong Kong Tourism Board

In addition to the paid relationships with hotels, venues and destinations, we have direct integrations with the back-end sales and catering and IT systems of over 39,000 individual hotel properties, including many major hotel chains and brands.

Below is a breakdown of our total Event Cloud, Hospitality Cloud, and aggregate customers. Customers are not unique to a cloud, and thus some customers appear in the counts of both the Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud:

Customer Count  12/31/2018   12/31/2019   9/30/2020   12/31/2020   9/30/2021 

Event Cloud

   11,051    13,006    12,519    12,018    10,743 

Hospitality Cloud

   11,044    14,102    14,285    13,883    10,333 

Overall

   21,944    26,725    26,415    25,532    20,680 

Competition

We operate in an intensely competitive market that is characterized by constant change and innovation. Our biggest competitor is existing manual, paper and spreadsheet-based systems organizations utilize by themselves in a fragmented manner. We believe the digitization of the industry and the need for driving and capturing engagement to understand attendee interests provides the greatest opportunity to grow our business. Other competition arises from:

small and large event technology providers that compete with one or some of the components of our platform, such as event marketing, consumer ticketing, registration management, onsite solutions, mobile event apps and venue sourcing and booking;

providers that exclusively offer point solutions for hosting events;

in-house developed solutions that are difficult to maintain and do not integrate into marketing automation or CRM systems;

meeting and event management firms that offer their own custom-built event technology or leverage other commercial tools to run events for organizations of all sizes;

venue searches and bookings processed by phone or email, and budget and expense through spreadsheets;

online group sourcing and booking solutions, including group buying websites, consolidators and wholesalers of meeting products and services, and search websites; and

hotel and venue direct websites and their call centers that provide direct sourcing and booking solutions.

We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include the following:

breadth and depth of feature set;

pricing;

user experience;

financial viability;

industry expertise;

proven customer references;

global client support and implementation services;

scalability and security;

privacy and industry-specific compliance with regulations;

integration into other enterprise software solutions; and

terms and commissions for direct booking.

We believe that we generally compete favorably with our competitors because of the comprehensive platform we have built specifically for marketers and planners (our Event Cloud) and hoteliers and venues (our Hospitality Cloud). Our cloud-based platform provides both broad and deep capabilities enabling organizations to use one overall solution instead of relying on multiple point products that may not integrate well together.

Client Services

We believe that our award-winning client services solidify our reputation as an industry leader. Our client services are essential to onboarding new customers and a primary reason why customers renew their contracts. With staff and infrastructure already established in several countries and offering a mix of service levels and premium services offerings, our Client Services function is well positioned to provide scalable and global customer services for in-person, virtual and hybrid events.

Our global Client Services organization is comprised of four groups—Customer Support, Client Success, Professional Services and Customer Training—that together help ensure our customers derive maximum value from their use of our solutions. As of September 30, 2021, we had approximately 1,300 employees in our Client Services organization working from locations in the United States, Canada, UK, Australia and India.

Our Customer Support organization supports in-person, virtual and hybrid events, is available to our event, mobile and conference management subscription customers 24 hours per day, 7 days per week and can be

contacted via telephone, online chat and web form during the subscription period. Our Client Success teams work closely with our clients to ensure successful onboarding and help drive maximum platform adoption. Our Professional Services teams provide paid support for clients across a number of areas critical to successful events including advanced production for virtual events, web site creation, graphic design, mobile application creation, implementation services and onsite support for in-person and hybrid events. Our Customer Training team designs and facilitates online and in-person training sessions to help with platform adoption.

As a complement to our people-based services, we have created an online community available to all of our customers, called the Cvent Community. The primary function of the Cvent Community is to provide an online ecosystem for our customers to discuss best practices for using our platform, ask questions and share ideas with other customers and our support team. The Cvent Community includes a multitude of industry trainings to assist in educating our customer base. Additionally, by actively supporting and soliciting input from customers using the Cvent Community, we believe we have created a valuable feedback loop through which our application development teams gain insights about potential new features and functions that guide our future development efforts. In addition, through our established customer advisory boards, our customers can gain deeper insight into our application roadmap. We further actively support the sharing of best practices and information across our community by providing collaboration and communication tools such as a shared library of development tools and templates, discussion forums and blogs written by our application and customer service experts. With all of the Community’s resources and conversations focused on a single version of our software, any enhancements developed can benefit the entire community.

Research and Product Development

Our Research and Development effort is focused both on developing new software and on improving our existing products to transform the meetings and events industry and deliver live engagement. Our product development team closely monitors market needs and works closely with customers to identify their current and future requirements. The release of Attendee Hub, which was built and launched in five months, has since become the fastest-growing product in our history by sales. As of September 30, 2021, approximately 1,100 employees work on our research and development team, which represents 26.5% of our employee base.

We believe that constant innovation and timely development of new features and products is essential to meeting the needs of our customers and improving our competitive position through platform expansion and differentiation. We supplement our own research and development effort with technologies and products that we license from third parties. We test our products thoroughly to certify and ensure interoperability with third-party hardware and software products. Our U.S. and India personnel develop our products on a nearly continual basis all year long.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, our research and development expenses totaled $72.0 million and $69.0 million, representing 19.2% and 18.0% of Cvent’s gross revenue for the same periods. We plan to continue to significantly invest resources for our research and development efforts, especially to accelerate our event marketing and management solutions for virtual and hybrid events.

Intellectual Property

Our ability to obtain, maintain, protect, defend and enforce our intellectual property, including our technology, is and will be an important factor in the success and continued growth of our business. We primarily protect our intellectual property through trade secrets, patents, copyrights, trademarks and contractual restrictions. However, these legal and contractual protections may provide only limited protection. Some of our technology relies upon third-party licensed intellectual property incorporated into our software solutions. We are not materially dependent upon these third-party providers.

As of September 30, 2021, we owned 39 registered U.S. trademarks, 20 pending U.S. trademark application, 124 registered non-U.S. trademarks and 27 pending non-U.S. trademark applications, including registered trademarks for “CVENT,” “CVENT CONNECT”,“ATTENDEEHUB”, “ATTENDEE JOURNEY” and “ONARRIVAL”. We pursue additional trademark registrations to the extent we believe doing so would be beneficial to our competitive position. Despite our efforts, the actions we take to protect our trademarks may not be adequate to prevent third parties from infringing, diluting, or otherwise harming our trademarks, and the laws of foreign jurisdictions may not protect our trademark rights to the same extent as the laws of the United States.

As of September 30, 2021, we owned four issued U.S. and two issued non-U.S. patents, eight pending U.S. patent applications and six pending non-U.S. patent applications. The two issued non-U.S. patents expire in October 2029 and 2030, respectively. While these issued patents and pending patent applications protect some of our intellectual property, we are not materially dependent on any one or more of them.

We have also established business procedures designed to maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary information, including the use of confidentiality agreements and invention assignment agreements with employees, independent contractors, consultants, companies and other third parties with whom we conduct business.

Despite our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights, we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will be sufficient or effective to prevent the unauthorized access, use, copying, reverse engineering, infringement, misappropriation or other violation of our intellectual property, technology and other proprietary information, including by third parties who may use our technology or other proprietary information to develop services that compete with ours. Additionally, our intellectual property rights may not be respected in the future or may be invalidated, circumvented, challenged, narrowed in scope or rendered unenforceable. For important additional information related to our intellectual property position, please review the information set forth in “Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry” and “Legal and Regulatory Risks.

Employees and Human Capital Resources

Our mission is to transform the meetings and events industry through technology that delivers live engagement across virtual, in-person, and hybrid events. We believe in connecting people globally through our solutions and services.

Cvent Culture

Over the last 20 years, our innovative solutions can be attributed to our people and our culture. Simply put, the DNA of Cvent is our people. We have thrived and built a culture of empowerment, encouraging employees to think and act like entrepreneurs, or what we call “intrapreneurs;” to drive business and innovation and their passion has pushed us to become an industry leader. Our employees are guided by our core values called the Soul of Cvent, which include values such as taking actions that make good business sense; adapting, growing and being open to change in an industry that is driven widely by innovation; taking educated risks; and cultivating community by celebrating differences and building on shared connections.

We’ve been recognized for multiple years in many reputable benchmark surveys such as the Best Places to Work in the US, UK and India, The Washington Post Top Workplaces and Stevie American Business Awards, among others.

Global Reach and People

Our headquarters are situated in Tysons, Virginia, the tech hub of the Washington, D.C. area. While our roots are in Northern Virginia, we pride ourselves on our global mindset with 17 offices across the U.S., Europe,

Asia Pacific, and the Middle East, which gives employees plenty of opportunities for growth. As of September 30, 2021, we have over 4,100 total employees. The largest employee populations are based in two main locations—our headquarters office with approximately 750 employees, and our operations in Gurgaon, India, with over 1,900 employees. The remaining employees are strategically situated in offices and remote locations that enable us to service our customers. While we place great importance in collaboration, we will be evaluating our location strategy post-pandemic, which may result in divesting from our physical locations to ensure we are creating the right value proposition while keeping our workforce engaged and continue to service our clients.

Our Human Capital Strategy is grounded in our people-first philosophy; as such, our employees’ opinions and sentiments are imperative to the programs and policies we practice. We consistently solicited employee feedback through an annual engagement survey, pulse surveys and hosting informal employee focus group meetings. We are a pro-employee organization and none of our employees are represented by a labor organization or are a party to any collective bargaining arrangement. We have never had a work stoppage, and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good while continuing to build programs and offerings with an employee-centric approach.

With respect to community engagement, we encourage employees to support their respective communities in multiple ways. We match donations made by employees to non-profit philanthropic programs, and we reward employees who volunteer their time in the community by giving personal time off through our Cvent Gives Back program. Throughout the year, employees of Cvent or its subsidiaries raise money and participate in group activities that create awareness through fund raising events, and Cvent matches dollars to these charitable organizations as well.

Compensation and Benefits Program

Our compensation package is designed to attract, motivate, reward, and retain top talent to drive our strategic key results and objectives. We provide all employees with a competitive total cash compensation package, which includes base salary plus an annual cash bonus to drive engagement and discretionary effort. We provide long-term incentives to employees at certain levels of the organization to engage them in long-term company success. It is offered in the form of equity with a graduated vesting period.

We invest in our employees by offering a wide range of benefits that help take care of each employee and their dependents. We offer a benefits package that focuses on work-life balance, healthy habits, and financial wellness. The package includes comprehensive health, vision, dental insurance programs, PTO days, sick leave, flexible spending accounts and health savings accounts, a 401(k) program, and an employee discount program. Our health and welfare program provides both choice and value to meet the needs of our diverse workforce.

Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion

We believe that the impact of our people practices goes beyond the walls of Cvent and indirectly translates to how we support our community, improves societal issues, and enhances the customer experience. For this reason, we are committed to and focused on creating an inclusive workplace where diversity initiatives are not just a program, but a way of doing business and building talent. Our diverse workforce is the engine of innovation, and we strive to integrate our end-to-end Human Resources processes with the lens of diversity, equity, and inclusion. Our leadership has made diversity a top priority, and we are continuing to evaluate and improve our practices. Broadening our understanding started with unconscious bias training and creating transparency of our progress and commitments during our company-wide employee meeting.

We have broadened the scope and accountability of Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion (“DEI”) to include employees at all levels of the organization. We have several Employee Resource Groups, or ERGs, where we

bring employees of Cvent or its subsidiaries together based on common life experiences, diverse backgrounds and passion to elevate issues of society and community. We presently have six ERGs, which represent the LGBTQIA+, female, Black, veteran, Jewish and working parent communities at the company. Representatives from each ERG participate in a company-wide committee called the Inclusion, Diversity, Equity, Allyship and Storytelling (IDEAS) Council to collaborate and share ideas to improve our DEI efforts. Approximately 22% of our employees participate in one or more ERGs.

Facilities

We currently lease approximately 188,600 square feet of space for our corporate headquarters in Tysons, Virginia under a lease agreement that expires in July 2025. We also lease approximately 150,000 square feet of space for our Gurgaon, India office under a lease agreement that expires in December 2028. Both of these offices are used for administrative, marketing, support and development operations. In connection with our sales and product development efforts, we also lease office space in Atlanta, Georgia; Austin, Texas; Orlando, Florida, Dallas, Texas; Draper, Utah; Dubai, UAE; Fredericton, Canada; Vancouver, Canada; Portland, Oregon and Singapore.

We believe that our current facilities and planned expansion facilities will be adequate for the foreseeable future; however, we will continue to seek additional space as needed to satisfy our growth. We also continue to invest in technology that allows our distributed workforce to work efficiently and effectively from remote locations.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would be material to our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

Although we do not believe that significant existing laws or government regulations adversely impact us, our business could be affected by different interpretations or applications of existing laws, rules or regulations, future laws, rules or regulations or actions by domestic or foreign regulatory agencies. Failure to comply with these and other laws, rules and regulations may result in, among other consequences, administrative enforcement actions and fines, class action lawsuits, other litigation and significant civil and criminal liability.

Data Privacy, Protection and Security

Businesses use our platform to facilitate, coordinate and plan in-person, virtual and hybrid meetings and events, and to streamline collaboration between meeting and event planners, hotels and venues. Accordingly, our platform collects, uses, stores, transmits, analyzes and otherwise processes information from and about both our own customers and prospective customers, as well as a business’s end customers and event attendees that interact with the business or its content on our platform. We utilize a variety of technical and organizational security measures and other procedures and protocols to protect our data and information, including personal data and other data pertaining to customers, employees and other users. Despite measures we put in place, we may be unable to anticipate or prevent unauthorized access to such data, including personal data.

Compliance with laws, rules, regulations, policies, industry standards and other legal obligations regarding data privacy, cybersecurity, data protection, data breaches, and the collection, storage, transfer, use, analysis and

other processing of personal data, which we refer to as privacy laws, are critical to our compliance and risk strategy. Globally, numerous jurisdictions have passed or are actively considering passing new or amended privacy laws. As a result, privacy laws are increasing in number, and with increased enforcement of these new laws the number of fines and other penalties have also increased. Beyond legislative developments, decisions by courts and regulatory bodies relating to privacy laws can also have a significant impact on us and other businesses that operate across international jurisdictions.

In some cases, privacy laws apply directly to both us and our customers, and in other cases our customers pass through compliance obligations and requirements to us contractually. Further, under some privacy laws, we may be considered a “processor” or a “service provider” and our customers may be considered a “controller” or “business,” while other privacy laws may not clearly distinguish between such roles. In all cases, however, we must monitor, respond to and address privacy laws and related compliance, whether to ensure our own compliance or enable compliant use of our platform by our customers. In general, our failure to adequately safeguard data, address privacy compliance, or comply with our security and privacy commitments to customers could subject us, not only to significant contractual liability to customers and direct liability under privacy laws, but also to reputational harm and regulatory investigations, inquiries or enforcement actions under U.S. (federal and state) and international laws, rules and regulations relating to consumer protection and unfair business practices. Specifically, certain privacy law developments could have significant impacts to our platform and business. For example, privacy laws that restrict the use of personal information for marketing purposes or the tracking of individuals’ online activities (such as the EU’s proposed ePrivacy Regulation and the CCPA), could expose us to additional regulatory burdens or necessitate changes to our platform or certain features. In addition, certain countries have passed or are considering passing laws that impose data localization requirements or cross border data transfer restrictions on certain data. As with most cloud-based solutions, restrictions on the transfer of platform data outside of the originating jurisdiction pose particular challenges that could result in additional costs or otherwise impact platform use.

With the evolving legal landscape, the scope, interpretation and enforcement of privacy laws could change and new or amended laws may take effect. As a result, the associated burdens and compliance costs on us and our platform could increase in the future. Although we continue to monitor and respond to privacy legal developments and have invested in addressing major privacy law developments (such as the GDPR and the CCPA), it is not possible for us to predict with certainty the effect of these developments on our platform and business.

Copyrights and Trademarks

In the U.S., the Copyright Act of 1976, the Lanham Act and the statutes and regulations associated with copyrights and trademarks and enforced by the United States Copyright Office and the United States Patent and Trademark Office are intended to protect the rights of third parties from infringement. Our customers and their users can generally use our platform to upload and present a wide variety of content. We follow a copyright infringement process and respond to takedown requests by third-party intellectual property right owners that might result from content uploaded to our platform. As our business expands to other jurisdictions, we must also respond to regional and country-specific intellectual property considerations, including takedown and cease-and-desist notices in foreign languages, and we must build infrastructure to support these processes. The Digital Millennium Copyright Act, or DMCA, also applies to our business. This statute provides relief for claims of circumvention of copyright-protected technologies but includes a safe harbor that is intended to reduce the liability of online service providers for listing or linking to third-party websites or hosting content that infringes copyrights of others. The copyright infringement policies that we have implemented for our platform are intended to satisfy the DMCA safe harbor.

Accessibility

Government authorities outside the U.S. may seek to restrict access to or block our service, prohibit or block the hosting of certain content available through our platform or impose other restrictions that may affect the accessibility or usability of our platform in that country for a period of time or even indefinitely. In addition, some countries have enacted laws that allow websites to be blocked for hosting certain types of content or may require websites to remove certain restricted content.

Consumer Protection

In addition, we provide advertising data and information and conduct marketing activities that are subject to consumer protection laws that regulate unfair and deceptive practices, domestically and internationally, including, in some countries, pricing display requirements, licensing and registration requirements and industry specific value-added tax regimes.

For important information related to government regulation of our business and the risks related to our compliance with such laws, please review the information set forth in “Risks Related to Our Business and Industry” and “Legal and Regulatory Risks.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The purpose of this compensation discussion and analysis section is to provide information about the material elements of compensation that are paid, awarded to, or earned by, our “named executive officers,” who consist of our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, and the three other most highly compensated executive officers. For fiscal year 2020, our named executive officers were:

Rajeev Aggarwal, Founder, Chief Executive Officer and Director;

Charles Ghoorah, Co-founder, President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing;

David Quattrone, Co-founder, Chief Technology Officer;

Lawrence Samuelson, Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary; and

William Newman, III, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.

Historical Compensation Decisions

Our compensation approach is necessarily tied to our stage of development. Prior to the consummation of the Business Combination, Legacy Cvent was a privately held company. As a result, most, if not all, of our prior compensation policies and determinations, including those made for fiscal year 2020, have been the product of negotiations between the named executive officers and our board of directors, and have been based on a variety of informal factors including our financial condition and available resources, our need for that particular position to be filled, and the compensation levels of our other executive officers, each as of the time of the applicable compensation decision. As we transition from a private company to a publicly traded company, we will evaluate our compensation program as circumstances require.

Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

Cvent’s Compensation and Nominating Committee reviews and approves the compensation of its named executive officers and oversees and administers Cvent’s executive compensation programs and initiatives. As Cvent’s management gains experience as a public company, we expect that the specific direction, emphasis, and components of Cvent’s executive compensation program will continue to evolve. Accordingly, the compensation paid to our named executive officers for fiscal year 2020 is not necessarily indicative of how Cvent will compensate its named executive officers following the consummation of the Business Combination.

We have strived to create an executive compensation program that balances short-term versus long-term payments and awards, cash payments versus equity awards, and fixed versus contingent payments and awards in ways that we believe are most appropriate to motivate our executive officers. Our executive compensation program is designed to:

attract and retain talented and experienced executives in our industry;

reward executives whose knowledge, skills, and performance are critical to our success;

align the interests of our executive officers and stockholders by motivating executive officers to increase stockholder value and rewarding executive officers when stockholder value increases;

ensure fairness among the executive management team by recognizing the (i) function and subject matter expertise each executive officer performs and (ii) contributions each executive makes to our success;

foster a shared commitment among executives by aligning their individual goals with the goals of the executive management team and our company; and

compensate our executives in a manner that incentivizes them to manage our business to meet our long-range objectives.

To achieve these objectives, we expect to maintain our current compensation plans, while making necessary adjustments to remain competitive in a demanding employment market, and to tie a substantial portion of the executives’ overall compensation to the attainment of key strategic financial and operational goals. Our pillar goals as a company are smart growth, customer centricity, product innovation and global scale. We seek to ensure that all incentives are aligned with our stated compensation philosophy of providing compensation commensurate with performance.

Setting Compensation

Role of Our Board of Directors, Compensation and Nominating Committee, and Named Executive Officers

As a privately held company, our prior compensation policies and determinations have been the product of negotiations between the named executive officers and our board of directors, considerations of a variety of informal internal factors as well as external factors, such as the competitive market for corresponding positions within comparable geographic areas and companies of similar size and stage of development operating in our industry. This informal consideration was based on the general knowledge possessed by our board of directors regarding the compensation given to some of the executive officers of other companies in our industry through informal discussions with recruiting firms, research, and informal benchmarking against their personal knowledge of the competitive market. As a result, our board of directors historically has applied its subjective discretion to make compensation decisions and did not formally benchmark executive compensation against a particular set of comparable companies or use a formula to set the compensation for our executives in relation to survey data. Our Chief Executive Officer, in consultation with our board of directors, made compensation decisions for our executive officers (other than himself) and after thorough discussion of various factors, including any informal knowledge or data he may have had, would set the compensation for each executive officer on an individual basis. We anticipate that our Compensation and Nominating Committee will more formally benchmark executive compensation against a peer group of comparable companies in the future. We also anticipate that our Compensation and Nominating Committee may make adjustments in executive compensation levels in the future as a result of this more formal benchmarking process. See “Corporate Governance—Board Committees—Compensation and Nominating Committee.

The Compensation and Nominating Committee oversees and administers Cvent’s executive compensation arrangements. The Compensation and Nominating Committee meets outside the presence of all of its executive officers, including its named executive officers, to consider appropriate compensation for our Chief Executive Officer. For all other named executive officers, the Compensation and Nominating Committee meets outside the presence of all executive officers except its Chief Executive Officer. Cvent’s Chief Executive Officer reviews annually each other named executive officer’s performance with the Compensation and Nominating Committee and recommends appropriate base salary, cash performance awards, and grants of long-term equity incentive awards for all other executive officers. Based upon the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer and in consideration of the objectives described above and the principles described below, the Compensation and Nominating Committee approves the annual compensation packages of our executive officers other than Cvent’s Chief Executive Officer. The Compensation and Nominating Committee also annually analyzes Cvent’s Chief Executive Officer’s performance and determine his base salary, cash performance awards, and grants of long-term equity incentive awards based on its assessment of his performance with input from any consultants engaged by the Compensation and Nominating Committee.

Role of Compensation Consultant

We did not engage a compensation consultant in determining pay actions in advance of fiscal year 2020 or 2021. We anticipate engaging a compensation consultant in determining pay actions with respect to fiscal year 2022.

Benchmarking

Prior to the Business Combination, the board of directors did not use benchmarking or peer group analysis in making compensation decisions. Following the completion of the Business Combination, however, Cvent’s Compensation and Nominating Committee intends to use peer group analysis to assess competitive pay levels and, as described above, Cvent will engage a compensation consulting firm to assist with this analysis. See “Corporate Governance—Board Committees—Compensation and Nominating Committee.”

Risk Management

We have determined that any risks arising from our compensation programs and policies are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on Cvent. Cvent’s compensation programs and policies mitigate risk by combining performance-based, long-term compensation elements with payouts that are highly correlated to the value delivered to stockholders. The combination of both corporate and individual performance measures for annual bonuses, together with the equity compensation programs for executive officers, which include multiyear vesting schedules for equity awards, encourages employees to maintain both a short- and a long-term view with respect to Company performance.

Elements of Compensation

Our current executive compensation program, which was set by our board of directors, consists of the following components:

base salary;

annual cash incentive awards linked to overall corporate and individual performance;

periodic grants of long-term equity-based compensation, such as options;

other executive benefits and perquisites; and

employment agreements, which contain termination benefits.

We combine these elements in order to formulate compensation packages that provide competitive pay, reward the achievement of financial, operational, and strategic objectives and align the interests of our executive officers and other senior personnel with those of our stockholders.

Pay Mix

We utilize the particular elements of compensation described above because we believe that it provides a well-proportioned mix of secure compensation, retention value, and at-risk compensation that produces short-term and long-term performance incentives and rewards. By following this approach, we provide our executive officers a measure of security in the minimum expected level of compensation, while motivating our executive officers to focus on the attainment of business metrics that will produce a high level of short-term and long-term performance for Cvent and long-term wealth creation for the executive officers, as well as reducing the risk of recruitment of our top executive talent by others. The mix of metrics used for our annual cash incentive awards and long-term incentive program likewise provides an appropriate balance between short-term financial performance and long-term financial and stock performance.

For key executives, the mix of compensation is weighted toward at-risk pay (annual incentives and long-term incentives), with the base salary component of total compensation generally at or below 50%. We consider compensation to be “at-risk” if it is subject to performance-based payment or vesting conditions. We believe this pay-for-performance approach aligns the interests of our named executive officers who provide services to us with those of our stockholders. Our executive compensation programs are designed to attract and retain individuals with the background and skills necessary to successfully execute our business model in a demanding

environment, to motivate those individuals to reach near-term and long-term goals in a way that aligns their interests with those of our stockholders and to reward success in reaching such goals. Maintaining this pay mix results fundamentally in a pay-for-performance orientation for our executives, which is aligned with our stated compensation philosophy of providing compensation commensurate with corporate performance and stockholder value.

Base Salary

Our named executive officers’ base salaries depend on their position within Cvent and its subsidiaries, the scope of their responsibilities, the period during which they have been performing those responsibilities, and their overall performance. Base salaries are reviewed annually and are generally adjusted from time to time to realign salaries with market levels after taking into account individual responsibilities, performance, and experience. In response to COVID-19, Cvent implemented salary reductions for the 2020 fiscal year effective July 1, 2020. The salary reduction amounts are provided under “Summary Compensation Table”.

Annual Bonus

Our named executive officers are hired to lead and grow our organization and, accordingly, we believe that a portion of our named executive officers’ compensation should be tied to our overall performance. We maintain an annual incentive cash bonus program for senior management (which we refer to as the “management incentive plan”), which emphasizes pay-for-performance by providing our named executive officers with the opportunity to earn an annual bonus based on company and individual performance goals established by our board of directors with respect to each fiscal year.

On an annual basis, or at the commencement of an executive officer’s employment with us, our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors typically sets a target level of bonus compensation that is structured as a percentage of such executive officer’s annual base salary. The annual bonus is divided into two elements—corporate performance and individual performance. The percentage of target annual bonus allocated to corporate performance ranges from 50% to 75%, with the remaining 50% to 25% of the target annual bonus allocated to individual performance. Depending upon corporate performance, an executive officer may receive up to 125% of his target corporate performance bonus amount. Depending upon the individual’s performance, an executive officer may receive up to 100% of his target individual performance bonus amount. The various corporate and individual performance objectives considered by our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors when making our executive officers’ annual cash bonus determinations are different for each individual depending upon that officer’s duties and areas of responsibility. In making bonus determinations, our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors consider general performance metrics that he or they believe most appropriately reflect each executive officer’s impact on our overall corporate performance. These corporate and individual performance objectives are designed to be challenging but achievable. The performance metrics and objectives are not weighted in any specific manner by our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors in making annual bonus determinations for executive officers and they are both qualitative and quantitative in nature. Historically, the corporate performance metrics utilized by the board of directors consist of revenue, bookings and EBITDA margin. The plan also provides for various individual objectives for our named executive officers. See “—Non-Equity Incentive Compensation—Performance Based Annual Cash Incentive Awards.

Our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors have the discretion to determine whether and in what amounts such bonuses are paid based upon his or their subjective and quantitative evaluation of whether the executive officers’ have achieved their respective objectives and the impact of their performance on overall corporate objectives. Bonus determinations are not formulaic and our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors retain complete discretion over the ultimate annual bonus determinations regardless of a named executive officer’s individual or corporate performance. In making the bonus determinations, our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors have not historically followed any established guidelines. In addition, our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors may adjust bonuses due to extraordinary or nonrecurring

events, such as significant financings, equity offerings, or acquisitions. We believe that establishing cash bonus opportunities helps us attract and retain qualified and highly skilled executives. These annual bonuses are intended to reward executive officers who have a positive impact on corporate results. Following the consummation of the Business Combination, the Compensation and Nominating Committee will take a more significant role in this annual review and decision-making process. See “Corporate Governance—Board Committees—Compensation and Nominating Committee.

In July 2020, our board of directors established, based on the recommendation of our Chief Executive Officer, the target percentage amounts for the cash bonuses for each of our named executive officers. Actual bonus amounts under the management incentive plan were based on the level of achievement of company bookings, revenue and EBITDA margin goals and attainment by each named executive officer of his objectives. See “—Non-Equity Incentive Compensation—Performance Based Annual Cash Incentive Awards.

In general, we consider our company goals for 2020 to have been challenging but achievable. Our actual EBITDA margin for 2020 was the target percentage set under the management incentive plan, our actual revenue was slightly below target and our actual bookings were slightly above target. As a result, overall company performance under the management incentive plan was considered 90% achieved. The attainment of each individual objective by the named executive officers was assessed by the Chief Executive Officer and the board of directors to determine whether each objective was “met”, “exceeded” or “failed”. For the 2020 fiscal year, each named executive officer either met or exceeded his individual objectives.

The table below sets forth the cash bonuses (as both a percentage of base salary (before the 2020 pay reductions) and a dollar amount based on the named executive officer’s base salary as of December 31, 2020) and actual bonus payment amounts for each of the named executive officers.

Name  Incentive
Target
(%)
   Incentive
Target ($)
   Bonus Amount
Earned ($)
 

Rajeev Aggarwal

   35.6    162,000    149,850 

Charles Ghoorah

   36.0    129,780    121,344 

David Quattrone

   35.1    160,680    151,039 

Lawrence Samuelson

   29.0    92,700    87,138 

William Newman, III

   27.3    78,000    72,150 

Long-Term Incentive Compensation

Our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors believe that equity-based and incentive-based compensation is an important component of our executive compensation program and that providing a significant portion of our executive officers’ total compensation package in equity-based and incentive-based compensation aligns the incentives of our executives with the interests of our stockholders and with our long-term corporate success. Additionally, our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors believe that equity-based and incentive-based compensation awards enable us to attract, motivate, retain, and adequately compensate executive talent. To that end, we have awarded equity-based compensation in the form of stock options (“Options”) pursuant to the Papay Topco, Inc. 2017 Stock Option Plan and one or more underlying award agreements and incentive-based compensation in the form of cash bonuses (“Incentives”) pursuant to the Papay Topco, Inc. Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “LTIP”). Our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors believe equity awards and long-term cash incentives provide executives with a significant long-term interest in our success by rewarding the creation of stockholder value over time.

Equity-Based Compensation

Generally, each executive officer is provided with an equity grant in the form of Options when they join our company based upon his or her position with us and his or her relevant prior experience. The majority of grants

generally vest over the course of four years with 25% of the shares vesting on the first anniversary of the applicable grant date and the remainder of the shares vesting in substantially equal installments every full three calendar month period thereafter. The board of directors has adjusted the foregoing vesting schedule for certain executive officers in order to encourage executive longevity, acknowledge a promotion and compensate our executive officers for their contribution to our success over a period of time as follows: (i) over the course of four years with 25% of the shares vesting on each annual anniversary of the applicable grant date, (ii) over the course of four years with 50% of the shares vesting on the second anniversary of the applicable grant date and the remainder of the shares vesting in substantially equal installments every full three calendar month period thereafter, and (iii) over the course of three years with 31.25% vesting on the first applicable vesting date and the remainder of the shares vesting in substantially equal installments every full three calendar month period thereafter. In addition to grants made upon commencement of employment with us, our board of directors has granted, and our compensation committee may grant, additional equity awards to retain our executives and to recognize the achievement of corporate and individual goals and/or strong individual performance.

In general, equity grants have historically been a product of negotiations between the named executive officers and our board of directors and based on a variety of informal internal factors including our financial condition and available resources, as well as external considerations, such as the competitive market equity grant size for corresponding positions within comparable geographic areas and companies of similar size and stage of development operating in our industry. This informal consideration was based on the general knowledge possessed by our board of directors regarding the equity compensation given to some of the executive officers of other companies in our industry through informal discussions with recruiting firms, research, and informal benchmarking against their personal knowledge of the competitive market. Our board of directors also considers the executive officer’s current position with our company, the size of their total compensation package, and the amount of existing vested and unvested equity awards, if any, then held by the executive officer. No formal benchmarking efforts are made by our Chief Executive Officer and/or board of directors with respect to the size of equity grants made to executive officers and, in general, the determination process is informal. Historically, our Chief Executive Officer and/or Board have made all equity grant decisions with respect to our executive officers, and we anticipate that, following the consummation of the Business Combination, our Compensation and Nominating Committee will, subject to approval by our Board if the authority to make the equity grant decision with regard to the executive officer does not fall within the Compensation and Nominating Committee charter or as otherwise deemed advisable by the Compensation and Nominating Committee, determine the size and terms and conditions of equity grants to our executive officers in accordance with the terms of the applicable plan and will approve them on an individual basis. See “Corporate Governance—Board Committees—Compensation and Nominating Committee.” For the 2020 fiscal year, no equity grants were made to our named executive officers.

Cash Incentive Compensation

Pursuant to the LTIP, Mr. Newman was awarded an Incentive that vests upon a “qualified event” or a “sale of the company” (each as defined in the LTIP), which will not include the Business Combination, subject to his continued employment through such date, where Vista realizes at least a 2x return on its invested capital (the “total equity return multiple”) as a result of such qualified event or sale of the company. The amount of the Incentive will be more or less than the target amount awarded depending on the total equity return multiple. For the 2020 fiscal year, no other Incentive grants were made to our named executive officers. See “Termination and Change in Control Arrangements – LTIP” for additional detail about Mr. Newman’s Incentive.

Other Executive Benefits and Perquisites

We provide the following benefits to our executive officers on the same basis as other eligible employees:

health insurance;

vacation, personal holidays and sick days;

life insurance and supplemental life insurance;

short-term and long-term disability; and

a 401(k) plan with matching contributions.

We believe these benefits are generally consistent with those offered by other companies and specifically with those companies with which we compete for employees.

Compensation Program Following the Business Combination

We believe that, following the Business Combination, Cvent has more flexibility in designing compensation programs to attract, motivate, and retain its executives, including permitting it to regularly compensate executives with non-cash compensation reflective of its stock performance in relation to a comparator group in the form of publicly traded equity.

While we are still in the process of determining specific details of the compensation program that will take effect following the consummation of the Business Combination, it is anticipated that the Compensation and Nominating Committee and the Company will base our compensation program following the consummation of the Business Combination on the same principles and designed to achieve the same objectives as our current compensation program.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table includes all compensation earned by the named executive officers for the respective periods, regardless of whether such amounts were actually paid during the period.

Name and Principal
Position
 Year   Salary
($)(1)
   Bonus
($)
  Option
Awards
($)
   Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
  Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($)
   All Other
Compensation
($)(2)
  Total 

Rajeev Aggarwal, Chief Executive Officer and Director

  2020    235,454       149,850(4)     3,500  $388,804 

Charles Ghoorah, President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing

  2020    302,820    64,890(3)     121,344(4)     3,500  $721,751 
   229,197(5) 

David Quattrone, Chief Technology Officer

  2020    411,588    80,340(3)     151,039(4)     3,500  $646,467 

Lawrence Samuelson, SVP, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary

  2020    297,747    46,350(3)     87,138(4)     3,500  $434,735 

Name and Principal
Position
 Year   Salary
($)(1)
   Bonus
($)
  Option
Awards
($)
   Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)
  Change in
Pension Value
and
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings ($)
   All Other
Compensation
($)(2)
  Total 

William Newman, III, SVP & Chief Financial Officer

  2020    268,840    39,000(3)     72,150(4)     1,072  $381,062 

(1)

The amounts reported in the “Salary” column are the salaries actually paid to the named executive officers for the 2020 fiscal year and reflect salary reductions implemented by Cvent in response to COVID-19 effective July 1, 2020. The salary reduction amounts for each of the named executive officers were as follows: (a) 100% for Mr. Aggarwal, (b) 32% for Mr. Ghoorah, (c) 20% for Mr. Quattrone, (d) 13.5% for Mr. Samuelson, and (d) 12% for Mr. Newman. The actual annual base salaries for each of the named executive officers, exclusive of the salary reductions, were as follows: (i) $455,000 for Mr. Aggarwal, (ii) $360,500 for Mr. Ghoorah, (iii) $457,320 for Mr. Quattrone, (iv) $319,300 for Mr. Samuelson, and (v) $286,000 for Mr. Newman.

(2)

The amounts reported in the All Other Compensation column reflect Cvent matches under Cvent’s 401(k) plan for each of the named executive officers.

(3)

The amounts reported in the Bonus column reflect special retention bonus payment amounts, which were payable to all employees, including the named executive officers, in 2020.

(4)

The amounts reported in the Non-Equity Incentive Compensation column reflect amounts earned in 2020, which were paid during 2021, under the management incentive plan based on the achievement of company goals and individual objectives. See “—Non-Equity Incentive Compensation—Performance Based Annual Cash Incentive Awards” and “—Grants of Plan-Based Awards During 2020.”

(5)

The amount reported in the Non-Equity Incentive Compensation column for Mr. Ghoorah reflects the actual amount earned by Mr. Ghoorah under Cvent’s Sales Incentive Compensation Plan. See “—Non-Equity Incentive Compensation—Commissions.”

Grants of Plan-Based Awards During 2020

There were no grants of equity incentive plan-based awards for the year ended December 31, 2020 with respect to our named executive officers. The following table includes all non-equity incentive plan-based awards granted to the named executive officers for the respective period.

Name  Grant
Date
   Estimated Future
Payouts Under
Non-Equity Incentive
Plan Awards
 
  Target
($)
   Maximum
($)
 

Rajeev Aggarwal

   —      162,000(1)    192,375(4) 

Charles Ghoorah

   —      129,780(1)    150,869(4) 
   —      229,265(2)    —   

David Quattrone

   —      160,680(1)    184,782(4) 

Lawrence Samuelson

   —      92,700(1)    106,605(4) 

William Newman, III

   —      78,000(1)    92,625(4) 
   11/13/2020    120,000(3)    —   

(1)

The amounts reported in these columns reflect the target annual performance-based cash bonus opportunity for each of our named executive officers under our management incentive plan for fiscal year 2020, the terms of which are summarized under “Annual Bonus” above. See also “—Non-Equity

Incentive Compensation—Performance Based Annual Cash Incentive Awards.” As discussed above “—Non-Equity Incentive Compensation—Performance Based Annual Cash Incentive Awards”, Messrs. Aggarwal, Ghoorah, Quattrone, Samuelson and Newman earned 92.5%, 93.5%, 94%, 94% and 92.5% of their 2020 target annual performance-based cash bonuses, respectively. The annual performance-based bonus opportunity for each of our named executive officers are not subject to a threshold.
(2)

Mr. Ghoorah is eligible for commissions pursuant to Cvent’s Sales Incentive Compensation Plan. Mr. Ghoorah’s earned $229,265 upon achievement of 100% of his annual goals for the year ended December 31, 2020. See “—Non-Equity Incentive Compensation—Commissions.”

(3)

On November 13, 2020, Mr. Newman was granted an Incentive with a target amount equal to $120,000. See “ —Long-Term Incentive Compensation—Cash-Incentive Compensation.”

(4)

Depending upon corporate performance, an executive officer may receive up to 125% of his or her target corporate performance bonus amount. Depending upon the individual’s performance, an executive officer may receive up to 100% of his or her target individual performance bonus amount. See “—Non-Equity Incentive Compensation—Performance Based Annual Cash Incentive Awards.

Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers

Cvent, Inc. has entered into employment agreements, as amended, with each of the named executive officers that memorialize each executive’s base salary, target bonus opportunity, and eligibility to participate in Cvent’s benefit plans generally. In addition to the key terms summarized below, each employment agreement provides for certain severance benefits upon a resignation by such named executive officer for “good reason” or upon a termination by Cvent without “cause.” See “ —Termination and Change in Control Arrangements—Employment Agreements” below for more details regarding the severance benefits that each named executive officer is eligible to receive.

The annual base salaries for each of Messrs. Aggarwal, Ghoorah, Quattrone, Samuelson, and Newman for the 2020 fiscal year were $455,000, $360,500, $457,320, $319,300, and $286,600, respectively, and their target annual performance bonuses were $162,000, $129,780, $160,680, $92,700, and $78,000, respectively. As noted above, the annual base salary for (a) Mr. Aggarwal was reduced by 100%, (b) for Mr. Ghoorah, 32%, (c) for Mr. Quattrone, 20%, (d) for Mr. Samuelson, 13.5%, and (d) for Mr. Newman, 12%, in each case, effective July 1, 2020.

Each named executive officer is party to a Confidentiality, Invention Assignment, Non-Solicit, Non-Compete and Arbitration Agreement providing the following restrictive covenants: (a) perpetual confidentiality, (b) assignment of intellectual property, (c) noncompetition during his employment and for a period of two years following termination of such employment, and (d) nonsolicitation of employees or customers during his employment and for a period of two years following termination of such employment.

Non-Equity Incentive Compensation—Performance Based Annual Cash Incentive Awards

Each of our named executive officers is eligible for an annual performance-based cash bonus opportunity. These bonuses are awarded in the discretion of the board of directors, and for Messrs. Ghoorah, Quattrone, Samuelson and Newman, based on the board of directors and Mr. Aggarwal’s mutual determination of achievement of various company objectives such as revenue, bookings and EBITDA margin. Company objectives are weighted as follows: (a) 65% for Mr. Ghoorah, (b) 60% for Messrs. Quattrone and Samuelson, and (c) for 75% for Messrs. Aggarwal and Newman. The plan also provides for various management by objective targets, which we refer to as MBOs, for our named executive officers such as: (i) leadership retention, marketing engagement, virtual events and customer retention for Mr. Aggarwal, (ii) sales team retention, multi-year commitment sales, training and certification of users, marketing and cross-functional collaboration for Mr. Ghoorah, (iii) legacy product phase outs, labor cost efficiency, virtual events and product development and delivery for Mr. Quattrone, (iv) contract management, customer satisfaction of the legal department, budget and privacy solutions for Mr. Samuelson and (v) budget, collection efficiency, operating leverage driver visibility measures and

virtual event product profitability for Mr. Newman. MBOs are weighted as follows: (A) 35% for Mr. Ghoorah, (B) 40% for Messrs. Quattrone and Samuelson, and (C) 25% for Messrs. Aggarwal and Newman. The target annual cash bonus amounts for Messrs. Aggarwal, Ghoorah, Quattrone, Samuelson and Newman are as set forth in the section entitled “ —Employment Agreements with Named Executive Officers” above.

Non-Equity Incentive Compensation—Commissions

Mr. Ghoorah is eligible for commissions pursuant to Cvent’s Sales Incentive Compensation Plan, which we refer to as the SICP. Mr. Ghoorah’s achievement rate under the SICP was 99.79%.

Commissions are paid quarterly as an advance for the measurable period of the related customer contract. Commissions are reconciled in the event of contract cancellations and other occurrences such as customer non-payments, contract errors, and renegotiations. If there is a reduction in contract value at any time or if an overpayment has otherwise been identified, commissions must be repaid to Cvent and/or any advance commission paid will be reclaimed against future advances.

Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2020

The following table shows outstanding stock option awards held by the named executive officers as of December 31, 2020.

   Option Awards (1) 
Name and Principal Position  Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised Options
(#) Exercisable
  Number of Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
(#) Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise
Price ($)
   Option
Expiration Date
 

Rajeev Aggarwal, Chief Executive Officer and Director

   20,012(2)(3)   —     1,664.02    5/26/2027 
   300   —     1,664.02    8/29/2027 

Charles Ghoorah, President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing

   10,787(2)(4)   —     1,664.02    5/26/2027 
   30      1,664.02    8/29/2027 

David Quattrone, Chief Technology Officer

   10,787(2)(5)   —     1,664.02    5/26/2027 
   30   —     1,664.02    8/29/2027 

Lawrence Samuelson, SVP, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary

   1,683(2)   —     1,664.02    5/26/2027 

William Newman, III, SVP & Chief Financial Officer

   721(2)   —     1,664.02    5/26/2027 
   58   59 (6)   2,172.01    11/15/2028 
    40 (7)   2,451.67    11/15/2029 

(1)

For each named executive officer, the Options disclosed in this table are subject to service-based vesting requirements. See “ —Potential Payments upon a Termination or Change in Control” for additional information regarding the circumstances that could result in accelerated vesting of these awards. This table reflects Option amounts prior to the completion of the Business Combination.

(2)

The Options disclosed in this column are subject to service-based vesting requirements as follows: 25% of the time-vesting Options vested on the first anniversary of the specified vesting commencement date and the remaining 75% vested in equal installments at the end of each full three month calendar month period

thereafter, subject to the Option holder’s continuous service with us through each applicable vesting date. All of the Options held by the named executive officer pursuant to this award were fully vested as of December 31, 2020.
(3)

In calendar year 2019, Mr. Aggarwal exercised 15,745 previously granted and vested Options and holds the corresponding number of shares of our common stock and the remaining 20,012 fully vested Options.

(4)

In calendar year 2019, Mr. Ghoorah transferred 1,798 fully vested Options to his family trust. The remaining Options are held individually by Mr. Ghoorah.

(5)

In calendar year 2019, Mr. Quattrone transferred 1,500 fully vested Options to his family trust. The remaining Options are held individually by Mr. Quattrone.

(6)

On November 15, 2018, Mr. Newman was granted 117 Options subject to service-based vesting requirements as follows: 31.25% of the Options vested on February 15, 2020 and the remaining 68.75% will vest in equal installments at the end of each full three month calendar period thereafter, subject to Mr. Newman’s continuous service with us through each applicable vesting date.

(7)

On November 15, 2019, Mr. Newman was granted 40 Options subject to service-based vesting requirements as follows: 50% of the Options vested on March 1, 2021 and the remaining 50% will vest on March 1, 2022, subject to Mr. Newman’s continuous service with us through each applicable vesting date. None of the Options held by Mr. Newman pursuant to this award were fully vested as of December 31, 2020.

Options Exercised and Stock Vested During Fiscal Year 2020

None of our named executive officers exercised Options, and our named executive officers did not hold stock awards other than Options, during fiscal year 2020. See “—Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2020” above for more details regarding Options that vested during fiscal year 2020.

Pension Benefits During Fiscal Year 2020

None of our named executive officers participate in defined benefit pension plans.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation During Fiscal Year 2020

None of our named executive officers participate in nonqualified deferred compensation plans.

Termination and Change in Control Arrangements

Employment Agreements

The employment agreements for our named executive officers provide that, upon a termination of the named executive officer’s employment by Cvent without “cause” or by the named executive officer with “good reason,” each as defined therein, subject to their execution of a fully effective release of claims in favor of Cvent and continued compliance with applicable restrictive covenants, the named executive officer is eligible to receive certain severance payments and benefits. For Messrs. Aggarwal, Ghoorah and Quattrone, such severance payments and benefits are as follows: (a) 12 months of base salary continuation, (b) solely to the extent approved by the board of directors and CEO, a prorated bonus based on actual performance for the year in which such termination occurs, and (c) reimbursements of health insurance premiums for a period of 12 months. Messrs. Samuelson and Newman are eligible to receive: (i) 12 months of base salary continuation, provided that any remuneration received between the date that is 6 months following termination and the date that is 12 months following termination will be offset against any base salary continuation on a dollar-for-dollar basis, (ii) solely to the extent approved by the board of directors and CEO, a prorated bonus based on actual performance for the year in which such termination occurs, and (iii) reimbursements of health insurance premiums for a period of 6 months.

Stock Options

Each named executive officers’ outstanding unvested Options will accelerate and vest upon a “termination event,” which is generally defined as (a) any sale or transfer by Cvent (or any of its significant subsidiaries) of all or substantially all of their assets on a consolidated basis (an “Asset Sale”), (b) any consolidation, merger or reorganization of Cvent (or any of its significant subsidiaries) with or into any other entity or entities as a result of which any person or group other than Vista obtains possession of voting power to elect a majority of the surviving entity’s board of directors or, in the case of a surviving entity which is not a corporation, governing body, or (c) any sale or transfer to any third party of units or shares of the capital stock of any significant subsidiary by the holders thereof as a result of which any person or group other than Vista obtains possession of voting power to elect a majority of the Cvent board of directors or the board of directors or any other governing body of the applicable significant subsidiary.

Upon a “termination event,” which will not include the Business Combination, accelerated Options will be deemed to be automatically exercised through a cashless exercise and the Option holder will have no further rights under the Options other than payment of the consideration, if any, to be paid to the Option holder in respect of such deemed exercise of the accelerated Options.

LTIP

Mr. Newman’s outstanding Incentive will vest and be payable upon a “qualified event” (which is generally defined as any sale or transfer to a third party of at least 50% of Vista’s equity interests in the Company) or a “sale of the company” (which is generally defined as the earlier of (i) the date on which Vista no longer holds any equity securities in the Company and (ii) an Asset Sale), in each case, which will not include the Business Combination, subject to his continued employment through such date, where Vista realizes at least a 2x return on its invested capital (the “total equity return multiple”) as a result of such qualified event or sale of the company. The amount of the Incentive will be more or less than the target amount awarded depending on the total equity return multiple: (i) 0% of the Incentive is payable where the total equity return multiple is less than 2x, (ii) 100% is payable where the total equity return multiple is 2x, (iii) 200% is payable where the total equity return multiple is 3x, (iv) 300% is payable where the total equity return multiple is 4x, and (v) 300% plus 100% for each whole number above 4x is payable where the total equity return multiple is greater than 4x. Where the total equity return multiple is not a whole number, the percentage of the Incentive that is payable is determined based on interpolation.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

The following table sets forth quantitative estimates of the benefits that would have accrued to each of our capitalization at September 30, 2020, and as adjustednamed executive officers if his employment had been terminated without cause or if he had resigned for good reason on December 31, 2020. Each named executive officer would also receive specified payments in connection with a change in control of Cvent had such change in control occurred on December 31, 2020. The table below provides dollar amounts for all potential payments that would be

paid by us to give effecteach named executive officer under these scenarios involving either a termination or a change in control. Amounts below reflect potential payments pursuant to the filing of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association,various agreements or arrangements described in the sale of our Class A ordinary shares in this offering andfootnotes to the private placement shares and the application of the estimated net proceeds derived from the sale of such securities (and excludes gross proceeds from the sale of forward purchase shares that may close substantially simultatneously with the closing of our initial business combination):table.

 

   September 30, 2020 
   Actual   As Adjusted(1) 

Note payable to related party(2)

  $—     $—   

Deferred underwriting commissions

   —      7,000,000 

Ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, actual and as adjusted; 0 and 18,901,999 Class A ordinary shares are subject to possible redemption, actual and as adjusted, respectively

   —      189,019,990 

Shareholders’ equity:

    

Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 preference shares authorized, actual and as adjusted; 0 preference shares issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted

   —      —   

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized, actual and as adjusted; 0 and 1,698,001 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 0 and 18,901,999 shares subject to possible redemption), actual and as adjusted, respectively(3)

   —      170 

Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value, 20,000,000 shares authorized, actual and as adjusted; 5,750,000 and 5,000,000 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted, respectively(3)

   575    500 

Additional paid-in capital

   24,425    5,004,340 

Accumulated deficit

   (5,000   (5,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total shareholders’ equity

  $20,000   $5,000,010 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total capitalization

  $20,000   $201,020,000 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   Payable Upon a Termination Without Cause or
Resignation for Good Reason
   Payable Upon a Change in
Control
 
Name and Principal Position  Continued Base
Salary
($) (1)
   Annual Bonus
for Year of
Termination
($) (2)
   Continued
Health Benefits
($) (3)
   Value of
Accelerated
Equity
Awards
($) (4)
  Value of
LTIP
Incentives
($)
 

Rajeev Aggarwal, Chief Executive Officer and Director

   455,000    149,850    20,149    —     —   

Charles Ghoorah, President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing

   360,500    121,344    19,209    —     —   

David Quattrone, Chief Technology Officer

   457,320    151,039    19,932    —     —   

Lawrence Samuelson, SVP, General Counsel & Corporate Secretary

   319,300    87,138    8,922    —     —   

William Newman, III, SVP & Chief Financial Officer

   286,000    72,150    3,048    7,728 (5)   120,000 (6) 

 

(1)

AssumesFor each named executive officer, the amounts disclosed in this column represent 12 months of base salary continuation as provided pursuant to his employment agreement upon a termination by Cvent without cause or by the named executive officer with good reason. For Messrs. Samuelson and Newman, this assumes that no exercise ofremuneration was received by the underwriters’ over-allotment optionnamed executive officer between the date that is 6 months following termination and the corresponding forfeiture of 750,000 Class B ordinary shares held by our sponsor.date that is 12 months following termination such that the base salary continuation would be subject to offset. See “ —Termination and Change in Control Arrangements—Employment Agreements” above for more details regarding the severance benefits that each named executive officer is eligible to receive.

(2)

Our sponsor has agreedFor each named executive officer, the amounts disclosed in this column represent amounts earned under the management incentive plan based on the actual achievement of company goals and individual objectives for 2020 as provided pursuant to loan us up to $300,000 to be used forhis employment agreement upon a portiontermination by Cvent without cause or by the named executive officer with good reason. For each named executive officer, this assumes that the board of directors and CEO approved payment of the expenses of this offering. As of September 30,bonus based on actual performance. Assuming termination occurred on December 31, 2020, we had not borrowed any amounts underno proration has been applied. See “ —Termination and Change in ControlArrangements—Employment Agreements” above for more details regarding the promissory note with our sponsor.severance benefits that each named executive officer is eligible to receive.

(3)

UponThe amounts disclosed in this column represent health insurance premium reimbursements for a period of 12 months for Messrs. Aggarwal, Ghoorah and Quattrone, and for a period of 6 months for Messrs. Samuelson and Newman. See “—Termination and Change in Control Arrangements—Employment Agreements” above for more details regarding the completionseverance benefits that each named executive officer is eligible to receive.

(4)

For each named executive officer, the amounts disclosed in this column represent the value of any outstanding unvested Options subject to acceleration upon a change in control of Cvent, which is the “spread” based on the board of directors approved independent valuation price per share as of December 31, 2020 of $2303.66 and the exercise price of the Options.

(5)

On November 15, 2018, Mr. Newman was granted 117 Options with a strike price of $2,172.01. The Options are subject to service-based vesting requirements and any outstanding unvested Options will accelerate and vest upon a change in control of Cvent. Of the Options, 59 were outstanding and subject to acceleration upon a change in control as of December 31, 2020. See “ —Termination and Change in Control Arrangements—Stock Options.

(6)

On November 13, 2020, Mr. Newman was granted an Incentive under the LTIP that will vest and be payable upon a change in control of Cvent where total equity return multiple is at least 2x. The amount disclosed in this column assumes 100% of the Incentive was payable upon a total equity return multiple of 2x. See “ —Termination and Change in Control Arrangements—LTIP.

DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Sanjeev Bansal was the sole non-employee member of our board of directors eligible for pay during 2020. We did not pay any compensation, reimburse any expense of, make any equity awards or non-equity awards to, or pay any other compensation to Mr. Bansal in 2020.

NameFees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)
Stock
Awards
($)
Total
($)

Sanjeev Bansal

—  —  (1) —  
(1)

On November 12, 2018, Mr. Bansal received 156 Options. Of the Options, 50% vested on the first anniversary of August 9, 2018, and the remaining 50% vest in equal installments at the end of each full three month calendar month period thereafter. In calendar year 2019, Mr. Bansal exercised 87 previously granted and vested Options and held the corresponding number of shares of our initial business combination, we will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash at a per share price equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculatedcommon stock as of two business days priorDecember 31, 2020. As of December 31, 2020, Mr. Bansal held 69 unvested Options from this grant, which remain subject to Mr. Bansal’s continuous service with us through each applicable vesting date. On April 29, 2019, Mr. Bansal received 45 Options. Of the consummation of the initial business combination, including interest earnedOptions, 25% vested on the funds heldfirst anniversary of March 1, 2019 and the remaining 75% will vest in equal installments at the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any, divided by the numberend of the then-outstanding public shares,each full three month calendar month period thereafter, subject to Mr. Bansal’s continuous service with us through each applicable vesting date. Of the limitations described herein whereby redemptions cannot cause our net tangible assetsOptions granted to be less than $5,000,001 either prior to or upon consummationMr. Basal in 2019, 19 were vested as of an initial business combination and any limitations (including, butDecember 31, 2020. Mr. Bansal did not limited to, cash requirements) created by the terms of the proposed business combination.receive Options in 2020.

Following the consummation of the Business Combination, Cvent implemented a formal policy pursuant to which its non-employee directors are eligible to receive compensation for service on the Cvent Board and committees of the Cvent Board. The annual compensation of our non-employee and non-Vista directors is as follows:

Description

  Amount 

Cash compensation

  $100,000 

Additional cash compensation for Audit Committee chair

  $20,000 

Equity compensation (payable in RSUs)(1)

  $150,000 

(1)

RSUs vest one year after the grant date.

All non-employee directors are also reimbursed for their reasonable expenses to attend meetings of our Board and related committees and otherwise attend to our business.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION

AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read together with the financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Such discussion and analysis reflect the historical results of operations and financial position of Legacy Cvent (in this section, “Cvent”) and its subsidiaries. This discussion contains forward-looking statements based upon current expectations that involve risks and uncertainties. Actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

Certain monetary amounts, percentages and other figures included below have been subject to rounding adjustments as amounts are presented in millions. Percentage amounts included in this prospectus have not in all cases been calculated on the basis of such rounded figures, but on the basis of such amounts prior to rounding. For this reason, percentage amounts in this prospectus may vary from those obtained by performing the same calculations using the figures in our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Certain other amounts that appear in this prospectus may not sum due to rounding.

Business Overview

Cvent is a leading cloud-based platform of enterprise event marketing and management and hospitality solutions. We arepower the marketing and management of meetings and events through our Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud solutions. Our Event Cloud consists of tools to enable event organizers to manage the entire event lifecycle and deliver engaging experiences across every type of event and all event delivery models: in-person, virtual and hybrid. Event Cloud serves as the system of record for event and engagement data collected across an organization’s total event program (“Total Event Program”), which comprises every internal and external event an organization hosts or attends. Our Hospitality Cloud offers a blank checkmarketplace that connects event organizers looking for the appropriate event space for their in-person and hybrid events with hoteliers and venue operators through a vertical search engine built on our proprietary database of detailed event space information. In addition, our Hospitality Cloud provides marketing and software solutions that hotels and venues leverage to digitally showcase their event space to attract valuable leads and grow their businesses. This combination of the Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud results in a cohesive platform that we believe generates powerful network effects and attracts more event organizers and hotels and venues.

On July 23, 2021, Cvent entered the Business Combination Agreement with Dragoneer, Merger Sub I and Merger Sub II. Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, at the First Effective Time, all holders of the Cvent’s common stock or equity awards received shares of Common Stock or comparable equity awards that were settled or exercisable for shares of Common Stock, as applicable, based on an implied Cvent equity value of $4,467,973,959. Following the consummation of the Business Combination,, Cvent continued as a public company, incorporatedand a wholly owned subsidiary of Dragoneer, and was also renamed Cvent Holding Corp. The Business Combination was completed on December 8, 2021, and received the approval of Dragoneer’s shareholders and satisfaction of the closing conditions provided in the Business Combination Agreement. The Business Combination is expected to be accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Dragoneer will be treated as the acquired company and Cvent is treated as the acquirer for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the financial statements of the Company will represent a continuation of the financial statements of Cvent, with the Business Combination treated as the equivalent of Cvent issuing stock for the historical net assets of Dragoneer, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Dragoneer will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the Business Combination will be those of Cvent.

Cvent was founded in 1999 in the Washington, D.C. metro area as a provider of event registration software to meeting and event organizers. Since that time, we have continually innovated to develop a comprehensive

platform of event marketing and management solutions and hospitality solutions. We believe that since inception, we have demonstrated an entrepreneurial spirit, culture of teamwork and sense of resilience, particularly in moments of crisis. This is best evidenced by the Company’s continued progress and innovation in the midst of challenges like the recessions of 2001 and 2008 and the global COVID-19 pandemic.

Impact of COVID-19 on Operating Results

COVID-19 was declared a global pandemic by the World Health Organization in March 2020. Many governments instituted lockdowns or other similar measures to slow infection rates in response. In response to COVID-19, as many other companies have done, we required substantially all of our employees to continue to work remotely; implemented travel restrictions; and postponed or canceled our in-person customer, industry and employee events, and converted other events to virtual-only experiences.

As noted in “Business— Customers,” the global COVID-19 pandemic significantly impacted our ability to sign new or renew existing clients starting. Our customer count declined 21.7% as of September 25,30, 2021 as compared to September 30, 2020. Further, the global COVID-19 pandemic significantly impacted our ability to sign new clients, and to upsell to and renew contracts with our existing clients, starting in March 2020. As a result, total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 declined $9.1 million, or 2.4%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020, and for the year ended December 31, 2020 declined by $68.9 million, or 12.1%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. Additionally, in May 2020, in response to the impact of the global COVID-19 pandemic, we implemented a global reduction in force of approximately 10% that affected all areas of our business. We compensated our termed employees for a total of $3.6 million in severance payments. For the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2020, we experienced overall cost declines in terms of absolute dollars, and in the case of the year ended December 31, 2020, as a Cayman Islands exempted companypercentage of revenue, because of temporary cost reduction policies that were implemented in response to the global COVID-19 pandemic and the suspension of in-person meetings and events. We do not expect both the declines in revenue and expense to recur in the near-term as the impact of the pandemic decreases. In particular, our sales started to increase on a year-over-year basis starting in February 2021, we began increasing our workforce in the second half of 2020, and we expect to continue increasing the size of our workforce throughout 2021 to support our business as it recovers from the pandemic and expands due to the emergence of virtual and hybrid events and the accelerated digitization of the meetings and events industry.

The extent to which the global COVID-19 pandemic affects our business will depend on future developments in the United States and around the world, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including the duration and spread of the pandemic and different COVID-19 variants, new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions required to contain and treat it, among others. Although the ultimate impact of the global COVID-19 pandemic on our business and financial results remains uncertain, a continued and prolonged public health crisis such as the global COVID-19 pandemic could have a material negative impact on our business, operating results and financial condition. See “Risk Factors — Risks Relating to the Global COVID-19 Pandemic — The effects of the global COVID-19 pandemic have materially affected how we and our customers are operating our businesses, and the duration and extent to which this will impact our future results of operations and overall financial performance remains uncertain” for more information.

Our Business Model

We generate revenue from two primary sources: Event Cloud subscription-based solutions, and Hospitality Cloud marketing-based and subscription-based solutions. Event Cloud subscriptions are primarily priced based on the number of registrations purchased, as well as the number and complexity of mobile applications, onsite and virtual event technology purchased. In addition, customers may subscribe to additional modules that enhance the functionality of our Event Cloud solutions. Our Event Cloud contract amounts are sum-certain based on the committed annual number of registrants and events across an organization’s Total Event Program. Generally, if a

customer exceeds the number of purchased registrations, the customer will incur an overage fee for the purposeregistrations that exceeded the number of effectingregistrations purchased. In some cases, the subscription price is based on the number of subscriptions being purchased by the customer. Hospitality Cloud marketing revenue is generated based on the number of advertisements purchased, rather than on a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganizationpay-per-click or similar business combinationimpression basis. The price for the advertisement is primarily determined by the term, targeted geography, market tier, number and prominence of the advertising placement. Hospitality Cloud solutions are priced primarily on by the number of licenses purchased. The terms of our subscription and marketing contracts for both the Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud are typically non-cancellable, for annual or multi-year terms and are billed in advance on an annual or quarterly basis. We recognize revenue associated with onesubscription and marketing agreements ratably over the term of the subscription or more businesses or entities. We have not selected any business combination targetadvertising period.

Key Factors Affecting Our Operating Performance

Our historical financial performance has been, and we have not, norexpect our financial performance in the future to be, driven by:

Customer Acquisition

Our ability to attract new customers will depend on a number of factors, including the effectiveness of our pricing and products, offerings of our competitors, the effectiveness of our marketing efforts and the growth of the market for event marketing and management software and hospitality solutions, which has anyone onbeen negatively affected by the COVID-19 pandemic. While the COVID-19 pandemic impacted our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any business combination target.ability to attract new customers over the past 21 months (our customer base declined by 21.7% when comparing the number of customers as of September 30, 2021 to September 30, 2020), we believe there is a significant opportunity to expand our penetration into enterprises, hotels and venues, as well as into the mid-market. We intend to effectuatecontinue to invest heavily in our initialsales and marketing efforts to drive new customer acquisition. We had approximately 21,000 customers, as defined below, as of September 30, 2021, with approximately 11,000 customers in our Event Cloud and approximately 10,000 customers in our Hospitality Cloud. Our customers include businesses of various sizes and industries, associations, non-profits, academic institutions and government organizations. In the Event Cloud, we define a customer as a party who has entered into an active subscription contract with us. The majority of our customers are parties who are separate organizations. In certain instances, separate business combination using cash fromunits of an organization that have each entered into separate subscription agreements with us are considered separate customers. In the proceedsHospitality Cloud, we define a customer as an entity with an active account with the Company, where the customer pays for the account or the account has been paid for by the customer’s parent company. For example, a corporate brand’s individual hotel properties whose accounts are paid for by that property’s corporate brand would be considered separate customers.

Expansion Within Our Existing Customer Base

Our ability to expand sales within our existing customer base will depend on a number of this offeringfactors, including their satisfaction with our solutions and support, competition and the saleextent to which our customers expand their Total Event Program. We believe that based on current customer penetration, there is significant opportunity to further expand our sales with existing customers. We typically upsell our Event Cloud software solutions to increase the total number of registrations. Additionally, we cross-sell additional software solutions to our existing customers to enable those customers to realize the benefit of our integrated event marketing and management solutions.

Innovation of Existing Solutions and Introduction of New Solutions

We continually invest in improving our existing solutions and creating new solutions targeted at enabling event organizers to more effectively organize, market, manage and report on the meetings they organize and attend, and enabling hotels and venues to more effectively drive group meetings revenue. Although we have built some of the private placement sharesmost robust and the forward purchase shares, our shares, debt or a combination of cash, equityintegrated event marketing and debt.

The issuance of additional shares in a business combination, including the issuance of forward purchase shares:

may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors in this offering, which dilution would increase if the anti-dilution provisions in the Class B ordinary shares resulted in the issuance of Class A ordinary shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B ordinary shares;

may subordinate the rights of holders of Class A ordinary shares if preference shares are issued with rights senior to those afforded our Class A ordinary shares;

could cause a change in control if a substantial number of our Class A ordinary shares are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors;

may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of us by diluting the share ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of us;

may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our Class A ordinary shares.

Similarly, if we issue debt or otherwise incur significant debt, it could result in:

default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt is payable on demand;

our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt is outstanding;

our inability to pay dividends on our Class A ordinary shares;

using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our Class A ordinary shares if declared, expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business andmanagement solutions in the industry, in which we operate;recognize that the pace of technological innovation is accelerating, and that we need to continue to innovate to maintain our product differentiation.

increased vulnerabilityExpansion of International Footprint

Our ability to adverse changes in general economic, industrycontinue to serve our international clients and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation; and

limitationsgrow our international revenue as a percentage of total revenue will be dependent on our ability to borrow additional amountscontinue to effectively implement our international go-to-market strategy, our ability to adapt to cultural differences and the increased international adoption of technology by event organizers, hoteliers and venues. We believe there is significant opportunity for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, executionus to increase our market penetration internationally. Our solutions are currently used by clients in approximately 130 countries. In addition to our sales team in North America, we have sales teams in the United Kingdom, Singapore, and the United Arab Emirates. In addition, we employ sales personnel in Australia, Spain, the Netherlands and Germany. Additionally, we have localized our products in different languages, with some parts of our strategyproducts being localized in over 30 different languages. To support our international expansion, we opened a new data center in Europe in early 2019. The percentage of revenue generated from customers outside North America was 13.6% and other purposes12.2% for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and other disadvantages compared2020, respectively, and 12.3%, 11.7% and 11.8% for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.

Seasonality

Given the purchasing patterns of Hospitality Cloud customers under our contracts, Cvent’s Hospitality Cloud sales are highly seasonal, and approximately 50% of annual Hospitality Cloud sales are closed in the fourth quarter of each year. Because of these purchasing patterns, the percentage of Hospitality Cloud sales that are closed in the fourth quarter and the ratable revenue recognition of those sales in the following year, the amount of Hospitality Cloud sales that are made in the fourth quarter of the year will significantly drive the revenue growth of the following year. We believe this seasonality will continue to affect our quarterly and annual results.

Key Business Metrics

In addition to our competitorsGAAP financial information, we review the following key business metrics to measure our performance, identify trends, formulate business plans and make strategic decisions.

Net Dollar Retention Rate

To evaluate the efficacy of our land and expand model, we examine the rate at which our customers increase their spend with us for our solutions. Our net dollar retention rate measures our ability to increase spend across our existing customer base through expanded use of our platform, offset by customers who choose to stop using our solutions or spend less with us.

We calculate our net dollar retention rate as a quotient of the following:

Denominator: Revenue from customers whose revenue existed in the twelve months ending on the day twelve months prior to the date as of which the retention rate is being reported.

Numerator: Revenue in the last twelve months from the customers whose revenue is reflected in the denominator.

In the Event Cloud, we define a customer as a party who has entered into an active subscription contract with us. The majority of our customers are parties who are separate organizations. In certain instances, separate business units of an organization that have less debt.each entered into separate subscription agreements with us are considered separate customers. In the Hospitality Cloud, we define a customer as an entity with an active account with the Company, where the customer pays for the account or the account has been paid for by the customer’s parent company. For example, a corporate brand’s individual hotel properties whose accounts are paid for by that property’s corporate brand would be considered separate customers.

The calculation excludes revenue associated with acquisitions where by-client revenue is not available, revenue is recognized on a transactional basis and revenue associated with our client conference. This revenue comprised 3.5% and 7.9% of revenue for the twelve months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and 5.8%, 11.3% and 14.6% of revenue for fiscal years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.

We believe our ability to not only retain, but upsell and cross-sell additional features and products to, our existing customers will continue to support our net dollar retention rate. As indicatedof September 30, 2021 and 2020, our net dollar retention rate was 90.0% and 97.7%, respectively, and as of December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, our net dollar retention rate was 89.2% and 108.4% and 109.9%, respectively. The decrease in net dollar retention rate in 2020 and 2021 was primarily due to the accompanying financial statements,impact of the global COVID-19 pandemic, and we expect this rate to return to historical levels once the impact of the global COVID-19 pandemic on our business subsides, and potentially exceed historical levels as a result of the market opportunity created by virtual and hybrid events.

Our net dollar retention rate may fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including the growing level of our revenue base, the level of penetration within our customer base, expansion of products and features, our ability to retain our customers and our ability to upsell and cross-sell to our customers. Our calculation of net dollar retention rate may differ from similarly titled metrics presented by other companies.

Customers Contributing More Than $100,000 of Annual Recurring Revenue

We focus on growing the number of customers that contribute more than $100,000 of annual recurring revenue, or ARR, as a measure of our ability to scale with our existing customers and attract larger organizations to Cvent. Revenue from these customers represented 40.8% and 33.1% for the twelvemonths ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and 32.9%, 32.6% and 30.5% of revenue for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. As of September 30, 2021 and 2020, we had 819 and 705 customers, respectively, that contributed more than $100,000 of ARR during the previous twelve-month period, and as of December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, we had 666, 722 and 581 customers that contributed more than $100,000 of ARR in each of their respective fiscal years, demonstrating our rapid penetration of larger organizations including enterprises. The decrease in number of clients that contribute to more than $100,000 of ARR in 2020 was primarily due to the impact of the global COVID-19 pandemic, and we expect this number to rise again once the impact of the pandemic on our business subsides, which we started to see in our September 30, 2021 results. The increase we saw as of September 30, 2021 is primarily the result of cross-selling Attendee Hub into our existing client base, significantly increasing the value of those clients. The threshold value of customers for which we calculate ARR and our calculation of ARR may differ from similarly titled metrics presented by other companies.

Components of Operating Results

Revenue

We generate revenue from two primary sources: Event Cloud subscription-based solutions and Hospitality Cloud marketing-based and subscription-based solutions. Subscription-based solution revenue consists primarily of fees to provide our customers with access to our cloud-based software platform. Marketing-based solution revenue consists primarily of fees for digital advertising on CSN or one of our other online advertising platforms.

Event Cloud

We generate the majority of our Event Cloud revenue from subscriptions for our event marketing and management software solution. Subscription revenue is driven primarily by the number of registrations purchased and the number and complexity of mobile applications, onsite events and virtual events purchased in addition to additional modules that enhance the functionality of the software solution. In some cases, the subscription price is based on the number of subscriptions being purchased by the customer.

The terms of our Event Cloud contracts are typically non-cancellable, have annual or multi-year terms, and are billed in advance, generally annually, but also on a quarterly basis. In the case of multi-year agreements, the agreement sometimes includes annual price increases over the contract term. Our agreements are sum-certain and not pay-as-you-go. Generally, if a customer exceeds their purchased number of registrations, the customer will incur an overage fee. We recognize revenue associated with Event Cloud subscription agreements ratably over

the term of the contract. Certain revenue associated with Onsite Solutions and Attendee Hub products is recognized at a point in time as the services are performed and the performance obligations are satisfied. Amounts that have been contractually invoiced are initially recorded as deferred revenue and are recognized as revenue ratably over the subscription period. We refer to contractual amounts that have not been invoiced as unbilled contract value, and together with deferred revenue, remaining performance obligations. Unbilled contract value is not reflected in our consolidated financial statements.

Hospitality Cloud

We generate our Hospitality Cloud revenue from marketing and subscription-based software solutions. Marketing solutions revenue is primarily driven by the number of advertisements purchased on CSN. The advertisement price is primarily determined by the term, targeted geography, market tier, number and prominence of the advertising placement. Subscription revenue is driven primarily by the number of licenses purchased for our lead scoring solution to prioritize group RFPs, three-dimensional hotel tours, event diagramming to collaborate with event organizers on designing optimal event layouts and viewing three-dimensional renderings, room block management to enable event attendees to reserve hotel rooms, business transient solutions and business intelligence solutions to benchmark against internal and targeted competitive metrics. In some cases, the subscription price is based on the number of subscriptions being purchased by the customer.

The terms of our subscription and marketing contracts are typically non-cancellable, annual or multi-year terms, and are typically billed in advance, generally annually, but also on a quarterly basis. In the case of multi-year agreements, the agreement sometimes includes annual price increases over the contract term. Our agreements are sum-certain and not based on usage. We recognize revenue associated with these agreements ratably over the term of the subscription or advertising period. Amounts that have been contractually invoiced are initially recorded as deferred revenue and are recognized as revenue ratably over the subscription or advertising period. We refer to contractual amounts that have not been invoiced as unbilled contract value, and together with deferred revenue, remaining performance obligations.

We refer to contractual amounts that have not been invoiced as unbilled contract value, and together with deferred revenue, remaining performance obligations. Unbilled contract value is not reflected in our consolidated financial statements. See “—Seasonality” for the effects of seasonality on our Hospitality Cloud Revenue.

For multi-year agreements for either Event Cloud or Hospitality Cloud solutions, we typically invoice the amount for the first year of the contract at signing, followed by subsequent annual invoices at the anniversary of each year. Since we bill most of our customers in advance, there can be amounts that we have not yet been contractually able to invoice. Until such time as these amounts are invoiced or recognized in revenue, they are considered by us to be unbilled contract value, and together with deferred revenue, remaining performance obligations. As of September 30, 2021, our total current deferred revenue was $226.3 million, which amounts do not include unbilled contract value for contracts not yet billed of $521.5 million. As of December 31, 2020, we had no2019 and 2018, our total current deferred revenue was $207.6 million, $225.1 million and $180.1 million, which amounts do not include unbilled contract value for contracts not yet billed of $576.1 million, $424.5 million and $346.9, respectively. We expect that the amount of unbilled contract value relative to the total value of our contracts will change from year to year for several reasons, including the amount of cash collected early in the contract term, the specific timing and deferred offeringduration of customer agreements, varying invoicing cycles of agreements, the specific timing of customer renewal, changes in customer financial circumstances and foreign currency fluctuations. We expect to recognize approximately 69% of our remaining performance obligations as revenue over the subsequent 24 months, and the remainder thereafter.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of employee-related expenses, such as salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation, related to providing support and hosting our solutions, costs of $48,000. Further,cloud-based data center

capacity, software license fees, costs to support our onsite solutions and virtual products, interchange fees related to merchant services and amortization expense associated with capitalized software. In addition, we allocate a portion of overhead, such as rent and depreciation and amortization to cost of revenue based on headcount.

Although Cvent breaks out revenue by cloud, we do not track or manage the business by cost of revenue by cloud. Rather, we manage cost of revenue by type of direct cost, and a significant portion of these direct costs are shared costs to support both Event Cloud and Hospitality Cloud solutions. This is consistent with Cvent’s approach to management of the business as one comprehensive solution for the entire event management lifecycle.

We are invested in our customers’ success and as such, we will continue to invest in providing support, expanding our capacity to support our growth and developing new features to support virtual and hybrid events and enhance our existing products, which in the near-term will result in higher cost of revenue in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue.

Gross Profit and Gross Margin

Gross profit is total revenue less total cost of revenue. Gross margin is gross profit expressed as a percentage of total revenue. We expect that our gross margin may fluctuate from period to period as a result of seasonality related to our onsite solutions, virtual and merchant services products in the near-term, and additional costs associated with potential future acquisitions.

Operating Expenses

Our operating expenses include selling and marketing expenses, research and development expenses, general and administrative expenses and intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue.

Sales and Marketing

Sales and marketing expenses primarily consist of personnel and related expenses for our sales and marketing staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses, commissions and stock-based compensation. We capitalize commissions when they are earned by staff, which is when the customer contract is signed. We amortize capitalized commissions over the average historic customer contract life. In addition to staff costs, our cost of marketing includes product marketing and other brand-building and lead generation tactics such as webinars, trade shows, product seminars, content marketing, digital marketing, third-party content distribution and our annual client conference, Cvent CONNECT. In addition, we also allocate a portion of overhead, such as rent and depreciation to sales and marketing based on headcount.

We intend to continue to invest in sales and marketing and expect spending in these areas to increase in the near-term in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue over the near-term as we continue to expand our business both domestically and internationally and take advantage of the growing need for virtual and hybrid events. We expect sales and marketing expenses to continue to be among the most significant components of our operating expenses.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our research and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation and the cost of third-party contractors. Research and development expenses, other than software development costs that qualify for capitalization, are expensed as incurred. In addition, we allocate a portion of overhead, such as rent and depreciation to research and development based on headcount.

With the exception of software developed by companies we have acquired, we maintain a unified software code base for our entire platform, which we believe improves the efficiency of our research and development

activities. We expect research and development expenses to increase in the near-term in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue as we expand our product offerings, including our virtual and hybrid event functionality, and integrate and support potential future acquired businesses and technologies.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for administrative, internal information technology operations, finance, legal and human resource staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation, as well as professional fees, insurance premiums and other corporate expenses. In addition, we allocate a portion of overhead, such as rent and depreciation to general and administrative based on headcount.

We expect our general and administrative expenses to increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue over the near-term as we continue to expand our operations and hire additional personnel to support our growth. Additionally, we expect to incur significantincremental general and administrative expenses to comply with the additional requirements of being a public company.

Intangible Asset Amortization, Exclusive of Amounts Included in Cost of Revenue

Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue, consists entirely of amortization expenses related to acquired customer relationship and trademark intangible assets. This line item excludes intangible asset amortization related to cost of revenue, which is defined as acquired developed technology and capitalized software intangible asset amortization.

We expect our intangible asset amortization expenses to increase in absolute dollars and as a percentage of revenue over the near-term as we expect to strategically acquire companies to aid in our near-term growth.

Other

Our other income/expense items include interest expense, amortization of deferred financing costs inand debt discount, gain/loss on divestitures, net and other income/expense, net.

Interest Expense

Interest expense relates primarily to interest payments on our outstanding borrowings under the pursuit$740.0 million credit facility with a syndicate of lenders, comprised of an initial $700.0 million term loan facility (which term loan facility was increased by way of a $53.0 million incremental facility on October 16, 2018) and a $40.0 million incremental facility on October 26, 2018 (such term loan facility as increased by the incremental facilities, the “Term Loan Facility”) and a $40.0 million revolving loan facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”, and together with the Term Loan Facility, the “Credit Facilities”) we entered into pursuant to the Credit Agreement dated November 30, 2017 (the “Credit Agreement”) by and between Cvent, Inc. as borrower, Papay Holdco, LLC, as Holdings, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent, the guarantors from time to time party thereto, and the lenders and other parties from time to time party thereto, as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Amortization of Deferred Financing Costs and Debt Discount

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount consists of the amortization of up-front fees paid at the inception of our initial business combination. We cannot assure you that our plansCredit Facilities.

Gain/(Loss) on Divestitures, net

Gain/(loss) on divestitures, net consists entirely of the loss incurred on the divestiture of a subsidiary of Cvent in 2020.

Other Income/(Expense), net

Other income/(expense), net consists primarily of interest income, foreign currency gains or losses, and import tax credits.

Provision for/(Benefit from) Income Taxes

Provision for/(benefit from) income taxes consists primarily of income taxes related to raise capital or to complete our initial business combination will be successful.U.S. federal and state income taxes and income taxes in foreign jurisdictions in which we conduct business.

Results of Operations

Comparison of the three months ended September 30, 2021 and Known Trends2020

The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations for the period indicated:

   Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
   2021   2020 
   (in thousands)     

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

    

Revenue:

    

Event cloud

  $92,484   $72,701 

Hospitality cloud

   41,574    45,806 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   134,058    118,507 

Cost of revenue

   50,635    39,888 

Gross profit

   83,423    78,619 

Operating expenses:

    

Sales and marketing

   37,161    29,004 

Research and development

   25,685    20,970 

General and administrative

   25,358    20,243 

Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue

   12,757    13,491 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   100,961    83,708 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations .

   (17,538   (5,089

Interest expense . .

   (7,546   (8,151

Amortization of deferred financial costs and debt discount

   (938   (948

Other income, net . .

   1,864    461 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (24,158   (13,727

Provision for income taxes

   1,968    648 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   (26,126   (14,375
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of total revenue for the period indicated:

   Three Months Ended
September 30,
 
   2021  2020 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

   

Revenue:

   

Event Cloud

   69.0  61.3

Hospitality Cloud

   31.0  38.7
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total revenue

   100.0  100.0

Cost of revenue

   37.8  33.7

Gross profit

   62.2  66.3

Operating expenses:

   

Sales and marketing

   27.7  24.5

Research and development

   19.2  17.7

General and administrative

   18.9  17.1

Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue

   9.5  11.4
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   75.3  70.6
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (13.1)%   (4.3)% 

Interest expense

   (5.6)%   (6.9)% 

Amortization of deferred financial costs and debt discount

   (0.7)%   (0.8)% 

Other income, net

   1.4  0.4
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (18.0)%   (11.6)% 

Provision for income taxes

   1.5  0.5
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

   (19.5)%   (12.1)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenue

   Three Months Ended
September 30, 2021
         
   2021   2020   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands)             

Revenue:

        

Event Cloud

  $92,484   $72,701   $19,783    27.2

Hospitality Cloud

   41,574    45,806    (4,232   (9.2)% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenue

  $134,058   $118,507   $15,551    13.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2021 was $134.1 million, an increase of $15.6 million, or Future Events13.1% compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020. Event Cloud revenue accounted for $92.5 million, or 69.0% of total revenue, and Hospitality Cloud revenue accounted for $41.6 million, or 31.0% of total revenue, for the three months ended September 30, 2021.

Event Cloud revenue increased $19.8 million, or 27.2%, during the three months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020. This increase was primarily due to a $13.7 million increase in revenue from our new virtual product, Attendee Hub, which we introduced as an integrated component of our Event Management platform at the end of August 2020 and a $9.5 million increase in our event management product. This increase was partially offset by the suspension of in-person meetings and events caused by the global COVID-19 pandemic, which began to significantly affect the Company in March 2020 and

affected our ability to attract new customers and retain current customers. Revenue from products that support the in-person meetings and event experience, such as Onsite Solutions and Mobile, were most negatively impacted, declining by $4.8 million during the three months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020.

Hospitality Cloud revenue decreased $4.2 million, or (9.2)%, during the three months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020 primarily due to the suspension of in-person meetings and events caused by the global COVID-19 pandemic, which began to significantly affect our business in March 2020. As discussed in the section “Factors Affecting our Operating Performance—Seasonality,” above, Hospitality Cloud sales are highly seasonal, and approximately 50% of annual sales are closed in the fourth quarter of each year. Given the high percentage of Hospitality Cloud sales that are closed in the fourth quarter and the ratable revenue recognition of those sales in the following year, the amount of Hospitality Cloud sales that are made in the fourth quarter of the year will significantly drive the revenue growth of the following year. Hospitality Cloud sales in the fourth quarter of 2020 were down relative the fourth quarter of the prior year, which drove the decline in Hospitality Cloud revenue during the three months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the prior year.

We have neither engagedgenerate the majority of our revenue from North America. Revenue from outside North America accounted for 13.9% and 12.7%, respectively, of total revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. In the near-term, in any operations nor generated any revenues to date. Our only activities since inception have been organizational activitiesabsolute dollars, we expect that total revenue from outside North America will increase at the same rate as the rest of our business, and those necessary to prepare for this offering. Following this offering,as such, we expect total revenue from outside of North America as proportion of total revenue will not generate any operating revenues until after completionsubstantially change.

Cost of Revenue

   Three Months Ended
September 30,
         
   2021   2020   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands)             

Cost of revenue

  $50,635   $39,888   $10,747    26.9

Cost of revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2021 was $50.6 million, an increase of $10.7 million, or 26.9%, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020. This increase in cost of revenue was driven by an increase in costs related to supporting virtual, in-person, and hybrid events. These costs include third-party costs, which increased $2.8 million, and credit card interchange fees related to our merchant services business, which increased $1.2 million. Additionally, employee expenses increased $3.5 million due to a 28.1% increase in average headcount, hosting expense increased $1.5 million and costs associated with our client conference, which was held in a hybrid manner with in-person and virtual delivery models this year, increased $1.0 million.

Operating Expenses

   Three Months Ended
September 30,
         
   2021   2020   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands)             

Sales and marketing

  $37,161   $29,004   $8,157    28.1

Research and development

   25,685    20,970    4,715    22.5

General and administrative

   25,358    20,243    5,115    25.3

Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue

   12,757    13,491    (734   -5.4
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

  $100,961   $83,708   $17,253    20.6
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2021 were $37.2 million, an increase of $8.2 million, or 28.1%, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020. This increase was driven primarily by a $3.3 million increase in marketing costs associated with our client conference, which was held in a hybrid manner with in-person and virtual delivery models this year, a $1.2 million increase in marketing program spend, higher employee expenses of $2.8 million due to a 5.2% increase in average headcount, and a $1.2 million increase in stock-based compensation.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2021 were $25.7 million, an increase of $4.7 million, or 22.5%, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020. This increase was driven primarily by higher employee expenses of $3.4 million due to a 9.9% increase in average headcount, $1.1 million in increased stock-based compensation and a $0.5 million increase in contracted services. These increases were partially offset by a $0.3 million decrease in depreciation expense.

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2021 were $25.4 million, an increase of $5.1 million, or 25.3%, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020. This increase was driven primarily by a $4.1 million increase in bad debt expense due to negotiated settlements with customers who were negatively impacted by COVID-19, higher employee expenses of $1.2 million due to a 11.5% increase in average headcount, a $0.8 million increase in contracted services primarily related to public company readiness, and a $1.0 million increase in stock-based compensation. Partially offsetting these increases were a $1.8 million decrease in restructuring costs associated with shuttering certain office spaces in the prior year.

Intangible Asset Amortization, Exclusive of Amounts Included in Cost of Revenue. Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2021 was $12.8 million, a decrease of $0.7 million, or 5.4%, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020. This decrease was driven primarily by the scheduled decline in the amortization of intangible assets acquired in past years and no significant business acquisitions occurring in 2021.

Interest Expense

   Three Months Ended
September 30,
         
   2021   2020   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands)             

Interest expense

   (7,546   (8,151   605    (7.4)% 

Interest expense for the three months ended September 30, 2021 was $7.5 million, a decrease of $0.6 million, or (7.4)%, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020. This decrease was driven primarily by a slightly lower variable rate, i.e., one-month LIBOR, on our outstanding long-term debt. In addition, there were outstanding revolving borrowings during the three months ended September 30, 2020 incurring interest whereas there were zero outstanding borrowings during the three months ended September 31, 2021. The Revolving Credit Facility was fully repaid in April 2021.

Amortization of Deferred Financing Costs and Debt Discount

   Three Months Ended
September 30,
         
   2021   2020   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands)             

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount

   (938   (948   10    (1.1)% 

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount for the three months ended September 30, 2021 was $0.9 million, which did not significantly change compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020.

Other Income, Net

   Three Months Ended
September 30,
         
   2021   2020   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands)             

Other income, net

   1,864    461    1,403    304.3

Other income, net for the three months ended September 30, 2021 was $1.9 million, an increase of $1.4 million, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020. This increase was primarily driven by realized foreign exchange gains of $0.6 million for the three months ended September 30, 2021, compared to $(0.9) million realized foreign exchange losses in the three months ended September 30, 2020.

Provision for Income Taxes

   Three Months Ended
September 30,
         
   2021   2020   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands)             

Provision for income taxes

   1,968    648    1,320    203.7

Provision for income taxes for the three months ended September 30, 2021 was $2.0 million, an increase of $1.3 million, compared to the three months ended September 30, 2020. The increase primarily resulted from the recording of higher pre-tax book income in foreign jurisdictions.

Comparison of the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations for the period indicated:

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   2021   2020 
   (in thousands)     

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

    

Revenue:

    

Event Cloud

  $259,207   $237,859 

Hospitality Cloud

   114,952    145,357 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   374,159    383,216 

Cost of revenue

   140,479    134,334 

Gross profit

   233,680    248,882 

Operating expenses:

    

Sales and marketing

   99,069    99,543 

Research and development

   72,016    68,992 

General and administrative

   63,711    63,881 

Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue

   38,721    40,416 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   273,517    272,832 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (39,837   (23,950

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   2021   2020 
   (in thousands)     

Interest expense

  $(22,717  $(27,695

Amortization of deferred financial costs and debt discount

   (2,823   (2,852

Loss on divestures, net

   —      (9,634

Other income, net

   6,135    1,919 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (59,242   (62,212

Provision for income taxes

   5,294    4,870 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   (64,536   (67,082
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of total revenue for the period indicated:

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   2021  2020 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

   

Revenue:

   

Event cloud

   69.3  62.1

Hospitality cloud

   30.7  37.9

Total revenue

   100.0  100.0

Cost of revenue

   37.5  35.1

Gross profit

   62.5  64.9

Operating expenses:

   

Sales and marketing

   26.5  26.0

Research and development

   19.2  18.0

General and administrative

   17.0  16.7

Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue

   10.3  10.5
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   73.1  71.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (10.6)%   (6.2)% 

Interest expense

   (6.1)%   (7.2)% 

Amortization of deferred financial costs and debt discount

   (0.8)%   (0.7)% 

Loss on divestures, net

   —     (2.5)% 

Other income, net

   1.6  0.5
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (15.8)%   (16.2)% 

Provision for income taxes

   1.4  1.3
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

   (17.2)%   (17.5)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenue

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
   

 

   

 

 
   2021   2020   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands)             

Revenue:

        

Event Cloud

  $259,207   $237,859   $21,348    9.0

Hospitality Cloud

   114,952    145,357    (30,405   (20.9)% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenue

  $374,159   $383,216   $(9,057   (2.4)% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $374.2 million, a decrease of $9.1 million, or (2.4)% compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. Event Cloud revenue accounted for $259.2 million, or 69.3% of total revenue, and Hospitality Cloud revenue accounted for $115.0 million, or 30.7% of total revenue, for the nine months ended September 30, 2021.

Event Cloud revenue increased $21.3 million, or 9.0%, during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. This increase was primarily due to a $48.9 million increase in revenue from our new virtual product, Attendee Hub, which we introduced as an integrated component of our initialEvent Management platform at the end of August 2020 and a $7.6 million increase in revenue from core event management product. This increase was partially offset by the suspension of in-person meetings and events caused by the global COVID-19 pandemic, which began to significantly affect the Company in March 2020 and impacted affected our ability to attract new customers and retain current customers. Revenue from products that support the in-person meetings and event experience, such as Onsite Solutions and Mobile, were most negatively impacted, declining by $36.8 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Hospitality Cloud revenue decreased $30.4 million, or (20.9)%, during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020 primarily due to the suspension of in-person meetings and events caused by the global COVID-19 pandemic, which began to significantly affect our business combination. We will generate non-operating incomein March 2020. As discussed in the formsection “Key Performance Indicators— Seasonality,” Hospitality Cloud sales are highly seasonal, and approximately 50% of interest income on cashannual sales are closed in the fourth quarter of each year. Given the high percentage of Hospitality Cloud sales that are closed in the fourth quarter and cash equivalents after this offering. There has been no significant changethe ratable revenue recognition of those sales in our financial or trading position and no material adverse change has occurred since the datefollowing year, the amount of Hospitality Cloud sales that are made in the fourth quarter of the year will significantly drive the revenue growth of the following year. Hospitality Cloud sales in the fourth quarter of 2020 were down relative to the fourth quarter of the prior year, which drove the decline in Hospitality Cloud revenue during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 compared to the prior year.

We generate the majority of our audited financial statements. After this offering,revenue from North America. Revenue from outside North America accounted for 13.6% and 12.2%, respectively, of total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. In the near-term, in absolute dollars, we expect that total revenue from outside North America will increase at the same rate as the rest of our business, and as such, we expect total revenue from outside of North America as proportion of total revenue will not substantially change.

Cost of Revenue

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
   

 

   

 

 
   2021   2020   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands)             

Cost of revenue

  $140,479   $134,334   $6,145    4.6

Cost of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $140.5 million, an increase of $6.1 million, or 4.6%, compared to incurthe nine months ended September 30, 2020. This increase in cost of revenue was driven by an increase in costs related to supporting virtual, in-person, and hybrid events. These costs include third-party costs, which increased expenses$2.0 million, and credit card interchange fees related to our merchant services business, which increased $0.9 million. Additionally, amortization of capitalized software development costs increased $2.8 million as a result of beingcontinued enhancement of our product platform, hosting expense increased $2.8 million, employee expenses increased $1.3 million due to a 1.1% increase in average headcount and costs associated with our client conference, which was held in a hybrid manner with in-person and virtual delivery models this year, increased $1.0 million. These cost increases were partially offset by a $1.5 million decline in depreciation expense, a $1.2 million decrease in restructuring expense, $1.0 million in wage subsidies received in 2021 pursuant to the Canada Emergency Wage Subsidy program, and a $0.8 million decline in intangible asset amortization.

Operating Expenses

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
         
   2021   2020   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands)             

Sales and marketing

  $99,069   $99,543   $(474   (0.5)% 

Research and development

   72,016    68,992    3,024    4.4

General and administrative

   63,711    63,881    (170   (0.3)% 

Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue

   38,721    40,416    (1,695   (4.2)% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

  $273,517   $272,832   $685    0.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 were $99.1 million, a decrease of $0.5 million, or (0.5%), compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. This decrease was driven primarily by a decline in employee expense of $2.2 million due to a (8.3%) decrease in average headcount, a $1.9 million decrease in facilities and depreciation costs, a $0.8 decrease in restructuring expense, and a $0.6 million decrease in travel related expenses. Partially offsetting these declines were a $3.3 million increase in marketing costs associated with our client conference, which was held in a hybrid manner with in-person and virtual delivery models this year, a $1.2 million increase in marketing program spend, and a $1.2 million increase in stock-based compensation.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 were $72.0 million, an increase of $3.0 million, or 4.4%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. This increase was driven primarily by higher employee expenses of $6.6 million due to a 1.3% increase in average headcount, $0.9 million in increased stock-based compensation and a $0.5 million increase in contracted services. These increases were partially offset by a $3.4 million wage subsidy received in 2021 pursuant to the Canada Emergency Wage Subsidy program, lower restructuring expense of $0.8 million, and a $0.7 million decrease in depreciation expense.

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 were $63.7 million, a decrease of $0.2 million, or (0.3%), compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. This decrease was driven primarily by a $1.6 million decrease in legal costs associated with prosecuting a trade secret misappropriation claim, a $0.7 million decrease in legal and consulting costs incurred to consider strategic alternatives, a $2.0 million decrease in restructure costs associated with shuttering certain office spaces in the prior year, a $1.2 million decrease in licenses and fees, and a $0.9 million decrease in travel related expenses. Partially offsetting these decreases were a $4.7 million increase in bad debt expense due to negotiated settlements with customers who were negatively impacted by COVID-19, and a $1.5 million increase in contracted services primarily related to public company (forreadiness.

Intangible Asset Amortization, Exclusive of Amounts Included in Cost of Revenue. Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $38.7 million, a decrease of $1.7 million, or 4.2%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. This decrease was driven primarily by the scheduled decline in the amortization of intangible assets acquired in past years and no business acquisitions occurring in 2020.

Interest Expense

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
         
   2021   2020   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands)             

Interest expense

  $(22,717  $(27,695  $4,978    (18.0%) 

Interest expense for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $22.7 million, a decrease of $5.0 million, or (18.0)%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. This decrease was driven primarily by a lower variable rate, i.e., one-month LIBOR on our outstanding long-term debt and revolving borrowings. The Revolving Credit Facility was fully repaid in April 2021 reducing interest expense in the nine months ended September 30, 2021 versus the nine months ended September 30, 2020 when there were significant revolving borrowings.

Amortization of Deferred Financing Costs and Debt Discount

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
         
   2021   2020   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands)             

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount

  $(2,823  $(2,852  $29    (1.0)% 

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $2.8 million, down (1.0)% compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

Loss on Divestitures, Net

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
         
   2021   2020   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands)             

Loss on divestitures, net

  $—     $(9,634  $9,634    (100.1)% 

Loss on divestitures, net for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $0 compared to a loss of $(9.6) million for the nine months ended September 30, 2020. This loss is result of the divestiture of Kapow Events in June 2020. There were no divestitures during the nine months ended September 30, 2021.

Other Income, Net

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
         
   2021   2020   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands)             

Other income, net

  $6,135   $1,919   $4,216    219.7

Other income, net for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $6.1 million, an increase of $4.2 million, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. This increase was primarily driven by a sales tax settlement received during the second quarter of 2021.

Provision for Income Taxes

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
         
   2021   2020   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands)             

Provision for income taxes

  $5,294   $4,870   $424    8.7

Provision for income taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $5.3 million, an increase of $0.4 million, or 8.7%, compared to the nine months ended September 30, 2020. The increase primarily resulted from the recording of higher pre-tax book income in foreign jurisdictions.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019

The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss data for the period indicated:

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2020   2019 
   (in thousands) 

Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss Data:

    

Revenue:

    

Event cloud

  $316,080   $379,216 

Hospitality cloud

   182,620    188,388 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   498,700    567,604 

Cost of revenue

   176,250    211,857 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   322,450    355,747 

Operating expenses:

    

Sales and marketing

   128,388    155,801 

Research and development

   87,866    96,012 

General and administrative

   80,564    92,018 

Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue

   53,844    57,685 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   350,662    401,516 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (28,212   (45,769

Interest expense

   (35,557   (47,875

Amortization of deferred financial costs and debt discount

   (3,798   (3,836

Loss on divestures, net

   (9,634   —   

Other income/(expense), net

   1,333    (294
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (75,868   (97,774

Provision for/(benefit from) income taxes

   7,865    (6,013
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(83,733  $(91,761
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of total revenue for the period indicated:

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2020  2019 

Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss Data:

   

Revenue:

   

Event cloud

   63.4  66.8

Hospitality cloud

   36.6  33.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total revenue

   100.0  100.0

Cost of revenue

   35.3  37.3
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   64.7  62.7

Operating expenses:

  

Sales and marketing

   25.7  27.4

Research and development

   17.6  16.9

General and administrative

   16.2  16.2

Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue

   10.8  10.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   70.3  70.7
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (5.7)%   (8.1)% 

Interest expense

   (7.1)%   (8.4)% 

Amortization of deferred financial costs and debt discount

   (0.8)%   (0.7)% 

Loss on divestures, net

   (1.9)%   —   

Other income/(expense), net

   0.3  (0.1)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (15.2)%   (17.2)% 

Provision for/(benefit from) income taxes

   1.6  (1.1)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

   (16.8)%   (16.2)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenue

   Year Ended December 31,         
   2020   2019   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands) 

Revenue:

        

Event cloud

  $316,080   $379,216   $(63,136   (16.6)% 

Hospitality cloud

   182,620    188,388    (5,768   (3.1)% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenue

  $498,700   $567,604   $(68,904   (12.1)% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $498.7 million, a decrease of $68.9 million, or (12.1)% compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. Event Cloud revenue accounted for $316.1 million, or 63.4% of total revenue, and Hospitality Cloud revenue accounted for $182.6 million, or 36.6% of total revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Event Cloud revenue decreased $63.1 million, or (16.6)%, during the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the prior year primarily due to the suspension of in-person meetings and events caused by the global COVID-19 pandemic, which began to significantly affect the Company in March 2020. Revenue from products

that support the in-person meetings and event experience, such as Onsite Solutions and Mobile, were most negatively impacted, declining by $61.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the prior year. These declines were partially offset by $7.7 million of revenue from our new virtual product, Attendee Hub, which we introduced as an integrated component of our Event Management platform at the end of August 2020.

Hospitality Cloud revenue decreased $5.8 million, or (3.1)%, during the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the prior year primarily due to the suspension of in-person meetings and events caused by the global COVID-19 pandemic, which began to significantly affect our business in March 2020. As discussed in the section “Key Performance Indicators—Seasonality,” Hospitality Cloud sales are highly seasonal, and approximately 50% of annual sales are closed in the fourth quarter of each year. Given the high percentage of Hospitality Cloud sales that are closed in the fourth quarter and the ratable revenue recognition of those sales in the following year, the amount of Hospitality Cloud sales that are made in the fourth quarter of the year will significantly drive the revenue growth of the following year. Hospitality Cloud sales in the fourth quarter of 2019 were strong in part due to increased prices for CSN contracts as a result of in-depth negotiations with our customers that identified the increased value of Cvent’s platform. These factors mitigated the amount of revenue decline of the Hospitality Cloud for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the prior year, which was also affected by the fact that revenue for Hospitality Cloud software products is recognized ratably over the term of the contract, most of which are for one or more years, and seasonality factors discussed in the section “Key Performance Indicators—Seasonality.”

We generate the majority of our revenue from North America. Revenue from outside North America accounted for 12.3% and 11.7%, respectively, of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. In the near-term, in absolute dollars, we expect that total revenue from outside North America will increase at the same rate as the rest of our business, and as such, we expect total revenue from outside of North America as proportion of total revenue will not substantially change.

Cost of Revenue

   Year Ended December 31,         
   2020   2019   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands) 

Cost of Revenue

  $176,250   $211,857   $(35,607   (16.8)% 

Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $176.3 million, a decrease of $35.6 million, or (16.8)%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease in cost of revenue was driven primarily by a decline in costs related to supporting in-person events, which were suspended in March 2020 due to the global COVID-19 pandemic. These costs include onsite third-party costs, which declined $18.3 million, credit card interchange fees related to our merchant services business, which declined $12.1 million, and employee expenses, which declined $11.0 million due to an 11.8% reduction in average headcount. This reduction in headcount was primarily the result of the global reduction in force in May 2020 in response to COVID-19. Additionally, costs associated with Cvent CONNECT declined $2.8 million as a result of the event being held virtually in 2020, and travel expenses declined $2.5 million as a result of corporate travel stopping in March 2020 due to the global COVID-19 pandemic. These cost declines were offset by a $10.8 million increase in amortization of capitalized software development costs as a result of continued enhancement of our product platform.

Operating Expenses

   Year Ended December 31,         
   2020   2019   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands) 

Operating Expenses:

        

Sales and marketing

  $128,388   $155,801   $(27,413   (17.6)% 

Research and development

   87,866    96,012    (8,146   (8.5)% 

General and administrative

   80,564    92,018    (11,454   (12.4)% 

Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue

   53,844    57,685    (3,841   (6.7)% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

  $350,662   $401,516   $(50,854   (12.7)% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $128.4 million, a decrease of $27.4 million, or (17.6)%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease was driven primarily by an $8.7 million reduction in marketing program spend, a $7.5 million decline in costs associated with Cvent CONNECT due to it being held virtually, a $4.5 million decline in travel, meals and entertainment costs as a result of corporate travel stopping in March 2020 due to the global COVID-19 pandemic and a $2.7 million fee incurred in connection with terminating an Australian reseller agreement to bring all Australian sales under our direct sales team incurred in 2019 that did not recur in 2020. The remaining decline was the result of a $1.4 million decrease in employee expenses due to a 5.9% reduction in average headcount partially lower headcount due to the global reduction in force completed in May 2020 and a $1.1 million decrease in contracted services.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $87.9 million, a decrease of $8.1 million, or (8.5)%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease was driven primarily by lower employee expenses of $6.3 million due to a 1.3% reduction in average headcount partially due to the global reduction in force completed in May 2020 and a $1.4 million wage subsidy received in 2021 pursuant to the Canada Emergency Wage Subsidy program, a $1.4 million decline in travel, meals and entertainment costs as a result of corporate travel stopping in March 2020 due to the global COVID-19 pandemic and lower contracted development services of $1.5 million. These reductions were partially offset by higher software license fees of $1.0 million.

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2020 were $80.6 million, a decrease of $11.5 million, or (12.4)%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease was driven primarily by a $4.7 million reduction in professional services fees, a $4.1 million decline in employee expenses due to a 7.3% reduction in average headcount partially due to the global reduction in force completed in May 2020, no acquisition costs in 2020, compared to 2019, during which $3.3 million in acquisition costs were incurred, and a $1.9 million decline in travel, meals and entertainment as a result of corporate travel stopping in March 2020 due to the global COVID-19 pandemic. Additionally, costs associated with lower computer hardware, recruiting, and charges associated with the winding up of one of our distribution channels contributed to the decline in costs. These cost declines were partially offset by $1.9 million of higher bad debt expense associated with an increase in the allowance for expected credit losses of certain accounts receivable due to the effect of the global COVID-19 pandemic on our client’s operations, $1.6 million of increased outside legal fees associated with prosecuting a trade secret misappropriation claim, a $1.6 million increase in restructuring expense associated with shuttering certain office spaces due to the shift to a remote work environment as a result of the global COVID-19 pandemic and $1.1 million in legal and consulting costs to consider strategic alternatives.

Intangible Asset Amortization, Exclusive of Amounts Included in Cost of Revenue. Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $53.8 million, a

decrease of $3.8 million, or (6.7)%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease was driven primarily by the scheduled decline in the amortization of intangible assets acquired in past years and no business acquisitions occurring in 2020.

Interest Expense

   Year Ended
December 31,
         
   2020   2019   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands) 

Interest expense

  $(35,557  $(47,875  $12,318    25.7

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $35.6 million, a decrease of $12.3 million, or (25.7)%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. This decrease was driven primarily by a lower variable rate, i.e., one-month LIBOR, which declined by approximately 170 basis points on average, on our outstanding long-term debt.

Amortization of Deferred Financing Costs and Debt Discount

   Year Ended
December 31,
         
   2020   2019   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands) 

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount

  $(3,798  $(3,836  $(38   (1.0)% 

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $3.8 million, which did not change compared to the year ended December 31, 2019.

Loss on Divestitures, Net

   Year Ended
December 31,
         
   2020   2019   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands) 

Loss on divestitures, net

  $(9,634  $—    $(9,634   (100.0)% 

Loss on divestitures, net for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $(9.6) million. This loss is result of the divestiture of Kapow Events in June 2020. There were no divestitures in 2019.

Other Income/(Expense), Net

   Year Ended
December 31,
         
   2020   2019   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands) 

Other income/(expense), net

  $1,333   $(294  $1,627    553.4

Other income/(expense), net for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $1.3 million, an increase of $1.6 million, or 553.0%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was driven primarily by proceeds from the sale of import tax credit certificates and interest income, partially offset by a decrease in foreign currency losses. This decrease in foreign currency losses was driven primarily by fluctuations in the British Pound, Euro and Canadian Dollar currencies.

Provision for/(Benefit from) Income Taxes

   Year Ended
December 31,
         
   2020   2019   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands) 

Provision for/(benefit from) income taxes

  $7,865   $(6,013  $13,878    230.8

Provision for/(benefit from) income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $7.9 million, an increase of $13.9 million, or 230.8%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2019. This increase was driven primarily by the impact of changes in pre-tax book income, changes in state effective tax rates and changes in the valuation allowance as a result of the reduction in deferred tax liabilities that could be used as a source of taxable income for the realization of deferred tax assets.

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2019 and 2018

The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss data for the period indicated:

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2019   2018 
   (in thousands) 

Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss Data:

    

Revenue:

    

Event cloud

  $379,216   $325,219 

Hospitality cloud

   188,388    154,796 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total revenue

   567,604    480,015 

Cost of revenue

   211,857    165,181 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   355,747    314,834 

Operating expenses:

    

Sales and marketing

   155,801    126,531 

Research and development

   96,012    78,447 

General and administrative

   92,018    76,155 

Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue

   57,685    60,494 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   401,516    341,627 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (45,769   (26,793

Interest expense

   (47,875   (42,259

Amortization of deferred financial costs and debt discount

   (3,836   (3,704

Other expense, net

   (294   (1,391
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (97,774   (74,147

Benefit from income taxes

   (6,013   (20,107
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(91,761  $(54,040
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations data expressed as a percentage of total revenue for the period indicated:

   Year Ended December 31, 
   2019  2018 

Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Loss Data:

   

Revenue:

   

Event cloud

   66.8  67.8

Hospitality cloud

   33.2  32.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total revenue

   100.0  100.0

Cost of revenue

   37.3  34.4
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   62.7  65.6

Operating expenses:

   

Sales and marketing

   27.4  26.4

Research and development

   16.9  16.3

General and administrative

   16.2  15.9

Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue

   10.2  12.6
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   70.7  71.2
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (8.1)%   (5.6)% 

Interest expense

   (8.4)%   (8.8)% 

Amortization of deferred financial costs and debt discount

   (0.7)%   (0.8)% 

Other expense, net

   (0.1)%   (0.3)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (17.2)%   (15.4)% 

Benefit from income taxes

   (1.1)%   (4.2)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

   (16.2)%   (11.3)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Revenue

   Year Ended December 31,         
   2019   2018   $ Change   % Change 

Revenue:

        

Event cloud

  $379,216   $325,219   $53,997    16.6

Hospitality cloud

   188,388    154,796    33.592    21.7
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenue

  $567,604   $480,015   $87,589    18.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $567.6 million, an increase of $87.6 million, or 18.2% compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. Event Cloud revenue accounted for $379.2 million, or 66.8% of total revenue, and Hospitality Cloud revenue accounted for $188.4 million, or 33.2% of total revenue, for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Event Cloud revenue increased $54.0 million, or 16.6%, during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the prior year primarily due to strong demand for our Event Management platform.

Hospitality Cloud revenue increased by $33.6 million, or 21.7%, during the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to the prior year primarily due strong demand for our CSN, Passkey and Business Transient products, in addition to incremental full-year revenue from Social Tables, which was acquired in October 2018.

We generate the majority of our revenue from North America. Revenue from outside North America accounted for 11.7% and 11.8%, respectively, of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. In the near-term, in absolute dollars, we expect that total revenue from outside North America will increase at the same rate as the rest of our business, and as such, we expect total revenue from outside of North America as proportion of total revenue will not substantially change.

Cost of Revenue

   Year Ended December 31,         
   2019   2018   $ Change   % Change 

Cost of revenue

  $211,857   $165,181   $46,676    28.3

Cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $211.9 million, an increase of $46.7 million, or 28.3%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The increase in cost of revenue was driven by an increase of $14.9 million in employee expense due to 26.6% growth in average headcount, a $13.2 million increase in amortization of capitalized software development costs as a result of continued enhancement of our product platform, a $7.5 million increase in hosting expense, a $5.0 million increase in onsite third-party costs, a $1.8 million increase in Cvent CONNECT, and a $1.5 million increase in credit card interchange fees related to our merchant services business.

Operating Expenses

   Year Ended December 31,         
   2019   2018   $ Change   % Change 

Operating Expenses:

        

Sales and marketing

  $155,801   $126,531   $29,270    23.1

Research and development

   96,012    78,447    17,565    22.4

General and administrative

   92.018    76,155    15,863    20.8

Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue

   57,685    60,494    (2,809   (4.6)% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

  $401,516   $341.627   $59,889    17.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Sales and Marketing. Sales and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $155.8 million, an increase of $29.3 million, or 23.1%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was driven primarily by a $18.3 million increase in employee expenses due to a 23.3% increase in average headcount, a $4.5 million increase in marketing program spend, a $1.1 million increase in costs associated with Cvent CONNECT, a $1.0 million increase in facility costs, which are allocated based upon headcount, and a $2.7 million fee incurred in connection with terminating an Australian reseller agreement to bring all Australian sales under our direct sales team.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $96.0 million, an increase of $17.6 million, or 22.4%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was driven primarily by a $15.2 million increase in employee expenses due to a 23.8% increase in average headcount, a $1.8 million increase in facility costs, which are allocated based on headcount, and a $0.5 million increase in licenses and fees.

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2019 were $92.0 million, an increase of $15.9 million, or 20.8%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was driven primarily by a $6.2 million increase in employee expenses due to 20.0% increase in average headcount, a $3.8 million increase in licenses and fees, a $1.7 million increase in contracted and professional

services, a $1.5 million increase in restructuring expense associated with shuttering certain office spaces, a $1.3 million increase in outside legal fees primarily associated with prosecuting a trade secret misappropriation claim, a $1.1 million charge associated with the winding up of one of our distribution channels, a $1.1 million increase in depreciation expense, a $1.0 million increase in telecom expense, a $0.9 million increase in acquisition-related costs, and increased bad debt expense, stock-based compensation, office supplies, facilities, and travel, meals and entertainment. These cost increases were partially offset by a $3.4 million decline in miscellaneous indirect taxes and a $1.6 million decline in integration consulting costs related to significant corporate system conversions that occurred in 2017 and 2018 and a $1.5 million decline in severance costs associated with acquisitions.

Intangible Asset Amortization, Exclusive of Amounts Included in Cost of Revenue. Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $57.7 million, a decrease of $2.8 million, or 4.6%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. This decrease was driven primarily by the scheduled decline in the amortization of intangible assets acquired in past years.

Interest Expense

   Year Ended
December 31,
         
   2019   2018   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands) 

Interest expense

  $(47,875  $(42,259  $(5,616   (13.3)% 

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $47.9 million, an increase of $5.6 million, or 13.3%, compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. This increase was driven primarily by the additional long-term debt taken on by the Company in October 2018 to finance the acquisition of Social Tables.

Amortization of Deferred Financing Costs and Debt Discount

   Year Ended
December 31,
         
   2019   2018   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands) 

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount

  $(3,836  $(3,704  $(132   (3.6)% 

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $3.8 million compared to $3.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2018.

Other Expense, Net

   Year Ended
December 31,
         
   2019   2018   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands) 

Other expense, net

  $(294  $(1,391  $1,097    78.9

Other expense, net for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $(0.3) million, a decline of $1.1 million or 78.9% compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. The decline was primarily driven by a decrease in foreign currency losses, an increase in interest income, and job grant subsidy received in 2018 that did not recur in 2019. This decrease in foreign currency losses was driven primarily by fluctuations in the British Pound, Euro and Canadian Dollar currencies.

Benefit from Income Taxes

   Year Ended
December 31,
         
   2019   2018   $ Change   % Change 
   (in thousands) 

Benefit from income taxes

  $(6,013  $(20,107  $14,094    70.1

Benefit from income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2019 declined by $14.1 million or 70.1% as compared to the year ended December 31, 2018. This decrease was driven primarily by the impact of changes in state effective tax rates and changes in the valuation allowance as a result of the reduction in deferred tax liabilities that could be used as a source of taxable income for the realization of deferred tax assets offset by changes in pre-tax book income.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we believe the non-GAAP measures of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are useful in evaluating our operating performance. We believe that non-GAAPfinancial reporting, accountinginformation, when taken collectively, may be helpful to investors because it provides consistency and auditing compliance)comparability with past financial performance and assists in comparisons with other companies, some of which use similar non-GAAP information to supplement their GAAP results. The non-GAAP financial information is presented for supplemental informational purposes only, and should not be considered a substitute for financial information presented in accordance with GAAP, and may be different from similarly-titled non-GAAP measures used by other companies. A reconciliation is provided below for each non-GAAP financial measure to the most directly comparable financial measure stated in accordance with GAAP. Investors are encouraged to review the related GAAP financial measures and the reconciliation of these non-GAAP financial measures to their most directly comparable GAAP financial measures.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are supplemental measures of operating performance monitored by management that are not defined under GAAP and that do not represent, and should not be considered as, an alternative to net loss or net loss margin, as determined by GAAP. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net loss adjusted for interest expense, amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount, gain/(loss) on divestitures, net, other income/(expense), net, provision for/(benefit from) income taxes, depreciation, amortization of software development costs, intangible asset amortization, stock-based compensation expense, restructuring expense, cost related to acquisitions, and other items. Adjusted EBITDA margin represents Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue. Cvent revised its definition of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA Margin to discontinue adjustments for acquired unearned revenue. As a result, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margins for fiscal years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 were updated in order to conform to current year presentation. We use Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends. We believe Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are helpful to investors, analysts, and other interested parties because it can assist in providing a more consistent and comparable overview of our operations across our historical financial periods.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin have limitations as wellanalytical tools, and you should not consider either in isolation or as a substitute for due diligence expenses. We expectanalysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because of these limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA alongside other financial performance measures, including net loss, net loss margin and our other GAAP results. In evaluating Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin, you should be aware that in the future we may incur expenses that are the same as or

similar to increase substantially aftersome of the closingadjustments in this presentation. Our presentation of this offering.Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin should not be construed to imply that our future results will be unaffected by the types of items excluded from the calculation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA margin are not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP and the use of the term varies from others in our industry.

A reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss and of Adjusted EBITDA margin to net loss margin (defined as net loss divided by revenue), the most directly comparable GAAP measure, respectively, is as follows:

   For the three months
ended September 30,
 
   2021  2020 

Adjusted EBITDA:

  

Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

  $(26,126 $(14,375

Adjustments

   

Interest expense

   7,546   8,151 

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

   938   948 

Other income, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

   (1,864  (461

Provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

   1,968   648 

Depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

   2,493   3,698 

Amortization of software development costs . . . . . . . .

   15,508   15,266 

Intangible asset amortization

   12,757   13,491 

Stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

   8,387   4,879 

Restructuring expense (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

   1,212   2,634 

Cost related to acquisitions (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

   60   112 

Other items (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

   547   1,162 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $23,426  $36,153 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin:

   

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

  $134,058  $118,507 

Net loss margin (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

   (19.5)%   (12.1)% 

Adjusted EBITDA margin (4)

   17.5  30.5

   For the nine months
ended September 30,
 
   2021   2020 

Adjusted EBITDA:

  

Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

  $(64,536  $(67,082

Adjustments

    

Interest expense

   22,717    27,695 

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

   2,823    2,852 

Loss on divestitures, net (5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

   —      9,634 

Other income, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

   (6,135   (1,919

Provision for income taxes

   5,294    4,870 

Depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

   8,478    11,966 

Amortization of software development costs . . . . . . . .

   45,917    43,860 

Intangible asset amortization

   38,721    40,416 

Stock-based compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

   16,811    14,557 

Restructuring expense (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

   1,777    6,568 

Cost related to acquisitions (2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

   1,245    788 

Other items (3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

   (2,255   4,442 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $70,857   $98,647 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

   For the nine months
ended September 30,
 
   2021  2020 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin:

   

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

  $374,159  $383,216 

Net loss margin (4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

   (17.2)%   (17.5)% 

Adjusted EBITDA margin (4)

   18.9  25.7

   For the Year Ended December 31, 
   2020  2019  2018 

Adjusted EBITDA:

    

Net loss

  $(83,733 $(91,761 $(54,040

Adjustments

    

Interest expense

   35,557   47,875   42,259 

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount

   3,798   3,836   3,704 

Loss on divestitures, net (5)

   9,634   —     —   

Other income/(expense), net

   (1,333  294   1,391 

Provision for/(benefit from) income taxes

   7,865   (6,013  (20,107

Depreciation

   15,141   16,163   14,664 

Amortization of software development costs

   58,606   48,572   40,250 

Intangible asset amortization

   53,844   55,815   53,900 

Stock-based compensation expense

   17,695   18,833   17,911 

Restructuring expense (1)

   7,400   3,230   3,538 

Cost related to acquisitions (2)

   877   4,164   2,914 

Other items (3)

   3,853   7,096   2,515 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $129,204  $108,104  $108,899 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA Margin:

    

Revenue

  $498,700  $567,604  $480,015 

Net loss margin (6)

   (16.8)%   (16.2)%   (11.3)% 

Adjusted EBITDA margin (6)

   25.9  19.0  22.7

(1)

Restructuring expense includes costs associated with severance related to the global reduction in force that took place in May 2020 in response to the global COVID-19 pandemic, severance to employees of acquired entities, retention bonuses to employees of acquired entities, costs to discontinue use of a back-office system and closing of office space.

(2)

Represents costs incurred in association with acquisition activity, including due diligence and post-acquisition earn out payments.

(3)

Includes other costs associated with litigation, private equity management fees, and credit facility fees, net of the gain from government subsidies related to global COVID-19 pandemic.

(4)

Net loss margin represents net loss divided by revenue and Adjusted EBITDA margin represents Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue.

(5)

Loss on divestitures, net is the result of the divestiture of Kapow Events in June 2020.

(6)

Net loss margin represents net loss divided by revenue and Adjusted EBITDA margin represents Adjusted EBITDA divided by revenue.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Our principal sources of liquidity needs have been satisfied prior to the completion of this offering through (i) $25,000 paid by our sponsor to cover certainare cash and cash equivalents, on-going collection of our offeringaccounts receivable and formation costsour Credit Facilities. Cash and cash equivalents may include holdings in exchange forbank demand deposits, money market instruments and certificates of deposit. We also periodically invest a portion of our excess cash in short-term investments with stated maturity dates between three months and one year from the issuance of the founder shares to our sponsorpurchase date.

Our U.S. entities held $64.6 million and (ii) the receipt of loans to us of up to $300,000 by our sponsor under an unsecured promissory note. As$26.0 million in cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, we had not borrowed any amountsrespectively. Our non-U.S. entities held $53.5 million and $39.2 million in cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

Due to the global COVID-19 pandemic, in March 2020, global economic activity slowed down. In anticipation of possible constraints on cash and working capital, the Company fully drew on its Revolving Credit Facility on March 20, 2020. We repaid portions of the outstanding Revolving Credit Facility balance in May, September, and December 2020, leaving $13.4 million drawn as of December 31, 2020. We repaid the remaining outstanding balance on our Revolving Credit Facility as of April 2021.

As previously discussed above, during the fourth quarter the Company completed our Business Combination with Dragoneer. Net proceeds from this transaction after deducting fees and expenses were approximately $523.0 million, $500.0 million of which was used to repay the outstanding principal indebtedness under the unsecured promissory note. our Term Loan Facility. The remaining net proceeds will be included in cash and cash equivalents on our consolidated balance sheet.

We estimatebelieve that existing cash and cash equivalents and short-term investments held by us, cash and cash equivalents anticipated to be generated by us (including the net proceeds generated from (i) the salefourth quarter Business Combination) and borrowing capacity under our revolving line of credit are sufficient to meet working capital requirements, anticipated capital expenditures, and contractual obligations for at least 12 months. We also believe that these financial resources will continue to allow us to manage the Class A ordinary sharesongoing impact of COVID-19 on our business operations for the foreseeable future, including mitigating potential reductions in this offering, after deducting estimated offering expensesrevenue and delays in payments from our customers and partners. Our future capital requirements will depend on several factors, including but not

limited to our obligation to repay any amounts outstanding under our Credit Facilities, our subscription growth rate, subscription renewal activity, billing frequency, the timing and extent of $1,000,000, underwriting commissionsspending to support development efforts, the expansion of $4,000,000,sales and marketing activities, the introduction of new and enhanced solutions and the continuing market adoption of our platform. In the future, we may enter into arrangements to acquire or $4,600,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercisedinvest in full (excluding deferred underwriting commissions of $7,000,000,complementary businesses, services and technologies, including intellectual property rights.

We may be required to seek additional equity or $8,050,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), and (ii) the sale of the private placement shares for a purchase price of $6,000,000 (or $6,600,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be $201,000,000 (or $231,000,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full). Of this amount, $200,000,000 (or $230,000,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be held in the trust account, which includes the deferred underwriting commissions described above. The proceeds held in the trust account may not be invested or bear interest until January 1, 2021, after which the proceeds will be invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. The remaining $1,000,000 will not be held in the trust account.debt financing. In the event that our offering expenses exceed our estimate of $1,000,000,additional financing is required from outside sources, we may fund such excess with funds not be able to be heldraise it on terms acceptable to us or at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital or generate cash flows necessary to expand our operations and invest in the trust account. In such case, the amountnew technologies, this could reduce our ability to compete successfully and harm our results of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would decrease byoperations.

Material Cash Requirements for Known Contractual and Other Obligations

The following is a corresponding amount. Conversely, in the event that the offering expenses are less than our estimatedescription of $1,000,000, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would increase by a corresponding amount.

We intend to use substantially all of the funds held in the trust account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the trust account (less taxes payable and deferred underwriting commissions) and the proceeds from the sale of the forward purchase shares, to complete our initial business combination. We may withdraw interest income (if any) to pay income taxes, if any. Our annual income tax obligations will depend on the amount of interestcommitments for capital expenditures and other income earned on the amounts held in the trust account.known and reasonably likely cash requirements as September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020. We expect the interest income earned on the amount in the trust account (if any) will be sufficientanticipate fulfilling such commitments with our existing cash and cash equivalents short-term investments and borrowing capacity under our Revolving Credit Facility, which amounted to pay our income taxes. To the extent that our equity or debt is used, in whole or in part,$39.6 million as consideration to complete our initial business combination, the remaining proceeds held in the trust account will be used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitionsSeptember 30, 2021 and pursue our growth strategies.

Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we will have available to us the $1,000,000 of proceeds held outside the trust account, as well as certain funds from loans from our sponsor, its affiliates orDecember 31, 2020.

membersIn the ordinary course of business, we enter into various purchase commitments primarily related to third-party cloud hosting, technology operations and data services. Total non-cancelable purchase commitments as of December 31, 2020 were approximately $33.0 million expiring at various dates through 2023. Total non-cancelable purchase commitments as of September 30, 2021 were approximately $14.6 million expiring at various dates through 2023. See Note 13b, Purchase Commitments of our management team. We will use these funds to primarily identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, and structure, negotiate and complete a business combination.audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

We do not believe we will need to raise additional funds following this offering in order to meetentered into the expenditures required for operating our business prior to our initial business combination, other than funds available from loans from our sponsor, its affiliates or members of our management team. However, if our estimatesCredit Facilities on November 30, 2017 and increased the amount of the costsTerm Loan Facility by way of identifyingincremental facilities on October 16, 2018 and October 26, 2018. A portion of the proceeds under the Term Loan Facility was used to repay borrowings outstanding under our then existing credit facilities, together with accrued interest, a target business, undertaking in-depth due diligenceprepayment premium and negotiating an initial business combination are less than the actual amount necessary to do so, we may have insufficient funds available to operate our business prior to our initial business combination. In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officersrelated expenses, and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete our initial business combination, we may repay such loaned amounts out of the proceeds of the trust account releasedincremental facilities were used to us.finance additional acquisitions or to refinance acquisition indebtedness. In April 2021, we amended and extended our Revolving Credit Facility through August 30, 2024. Due to the event that our initial business combination does not close,spread of COVID-19 in the beginning of 2020, the global economic activity slowed down and in anticipation of constraints on cash and working capital, we may use a portionfully drew on the Revolving Credit Facility on March 20, 2020. We paid off portions of the working capital held outsideRevolving Credit Facility in May, September, and December 2020 and repaid the trust accountremaining balance as of April 2021. Additionally, as noted above, we used net proceeds from the Business Combination in the fourth quarter to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from$500.0 million of principal under the Term Loan Facility. Further information regarding the Company’s debt issuances and payment commitments can be found in Note 12, Debt, of our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $2,000,000 of such loans may be convertible into shares ofconsolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Credit Facilities

Borrowings under the post-business combination entityCredit Facilities bear interest at a pricerate per annum, at our option, equal to an applicable margin, plus, (a) for alternative base rate borrowings, the highest of $10.00 per share at(i) the optionprime rate in effect on such day as determined by the administrative agent, (ii) the Federal Funds Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of the lender. The shares would be identical to the private placement shares. The terms of such loans, if any, have not been determined1.00% and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor, its affiliates or our management team as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

We expect our primary liquidity requirements during that period to include approximately $400,000 for legal, accounting, due diligence, travel and other expenses associated with structuring, negotiating and documenting successful business combinations; $125,000 for legal and accounting fees related to regulatory reporting obligations; $240,000 for office space, administrative and support services; $165,000 for continued listing fees; and $70,000 for general working capital that will be used for miscellaneous expenses and reserves.

These amounts are estimates and may differ materially from our actual expenses. In addition, we could use a portion of the funds not being placed in trust to pay commitment fees for financing, fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business or as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision (a provision designed to keep target businesses from “shopping” around for transactions with other companies or investors on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect(iii) LIBOR (subject to a particular proposed business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into an agreement where we paidfloor of 0.0%) plus 1.00% and (b) for eurocurrency borrowings, LIBOR for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business,relevant interest period divided by 1 minus the amount that would be used as a down payment or to fund a “no-shop” provision would be determined based on the terms of the specific business combination and the amount of our available funds at the time. Our forfeiture of such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise) could result in our not having sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conducting due diligence with respect to, prospective target businesses.

Moreover, we may need to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination, either because the transaction requires more cash than is available from the proceeds held in our trust account, or because we become obligated to redeem a significant number of our public shares upon completion of the business combination, in which case we may issue additional securities or incur debt in connection with such business combination. If we have not consummated our initial business combination within the required time period because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account.

Controls and Procedures

We are not currently required to maintain an effective system of internal controls as defined by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will be required to comply with the internal control requirements of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021. Only in the event that we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company would we be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on internal control over financial reporting. Further, for as long as we remain an emerging growth companyStatutory Reserves (if any) (each term as defined in the JOBS Act, we intendCredit Agreement) (subject to take advantagea floor of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are0.0%). The applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement.

Prior to the closing of this offering, we have not completed an assessment, nor have our auditors tested our systems, of our internal controls. We expect to assess the internal controls of our target business or businesses prior to the completion of our initial business combination and, if necessary, to implement and test additional controls as we may determine are necessary in order to state that we maintain an effective system of internal controls. A target business may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding the adequacy of internal controls. Many small and mid-sized target businesses we may considermargin for our initial business combination may have internal controls that need improvement in areas such as:

staffing for financial, accounting and external reporting areas, including segregation of duties;

reconciliation of accounts;

proper recording of expenses and liabilities in the period to which they relate;

evidence of internal review and approval of accounting transactions;

documentation of processes, assumptions and conclusions underlying significant estimates; and

documentation of accounting policies and procedures.

Because it will take time, management involvement and perhaps outside resources to determine what internal control improvements are necessary for us to meet regulatory requirements and market expectations for our operation of a target business, we may incur significant expenses in meeting our public reporting responsibilities, particularly in the areas of designing, enhancing, or remediating internal and disclosure controls. Doing so effectively may also take longer than we expect, thus increasing our exposure to financial fraud or erroneous financing reporting.

Once our management’s report on internal controls is complete, we will retain our independent auditors to audit and render an opinion on such report when required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. The independent auditors may identify additional issues concerning a target business’s internal controls while performing their audit of internal control over financial reporting.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares held in the trust account will be invested in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7borrowings under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposure to interest rate risk. However, if the interest rates of U.S. Treasury obligations become negative, we may have less interest income available to us for payment of taxes, and a decline in the value of the assets held in the trust account could reduce the principal below the amount initially deposited in the trust account.

Off-balance Sheet Arrangements; Commitments and Contractual Obligations; Quarterly Results

As of September 30, 2020, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of Regulation S-K and did not have any commitments or contractual obligations. No unaudited quarterly operating dataCredit Facilities is included in this prospectus as we have not conducted any operations to date.

JOBS Act

The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, relax certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. We will qualify as an “emerging growth company” and under the JOBS Act will be allowed to comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements based on the effective date for private (not publicly traded) companies. We are electing to delay the adoption of new or revised accounting standards, and as a result, we may not comply with new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for non-emerging growth companies. As a result, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with new or revised accounting pronouncements as of public company effective dates.

Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an “emerging growth company,” we choose to rely on such exemptions we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the PCAOB regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis) and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officer’s compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of our initial public offering or until we are no longer an “emerging growth company,” whichever is earlier.

PROPOSED BUSINESS

General

We are a newly organized blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities, which we refer to throughout this prospectus as our initial business combination. We have not selected any potential business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any potential business combination target.

Our sponsor is affiliated with Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC (“Dragoneer”), a registered investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, which was established in 2012 and had over $11 billion of assets under management as of September 30, 2020. Dragoneer’s primary business is providing discretionary investment advisory services to alternative investment funds for which Dragoneer acts as sponsor. Dragoneer provides investment advice(a) with respect to investments in both publicterm loan borrowings, 2.75% for alternate base rate borrowings and private companies,3.75% for eurocurrency borrowings, and its funds have demonstrated a history of what we believe to be strong performance based on realized returns.

We intend to pursue opportunities with private, high-quality growth companies. We will use our experience in sourcing transactions and portfolio company due diligence to seek to identify and negotiate a combination with an exceptional business. Our team focuses on software, internet, media, consumer/retail, healthcare IT and financial services/fintech sectors, and our expectation is that our ultimate target will be in one of those sectors, although we may consummate a transaction with a business in a different industry.

Dragoneer has a long track record of successfully identifying category and industry leaders. Some of Dragoneer’s prior investments in the private markets include: Alibaba (IPO 2014), Amwins, Appfolio (IPO 2015), Atlassian (IPO 2015), Datadog (IPO 2019), Dollar Shave Club (acquired 2016), Doordash, Klarna, Nubank, PointClickCare, Slack (direct list 2019), Snowflake (IPO 2020), Spotify (direct list 2018), Uber (IPO 2019), and UiPath. These investments and many more have helped us build a unique network of relationships and access to management teams, which we believe will be important in consummating a merger with a target.

We believe that now is a particularly attractive time to pursue a business combination. A great deal of uncertainty exists around the initial public offering (“IPO”) process. In addition, there is a great deal of expense, preparation and commitment of time and resources required by a management team to conduct a traditional IPO or direct listing. Given the extreme market volatility we have recently witnessed, these uncertainties and operational complexities are particularly challenging at this time, and could persist for an extended period. We also think that because of COVID-19, there are attractive businesses that may have additional capital needs over the next few years, which could further increase the pipeline of potential opportunities.

We believe our substantial committed capital and deep experience in the public markets will make us an attractive partner for companies seeking a clear and efficient path to listing their shares with a significant degree of funding certainty. There are a large number of companies that desire to have publicly-traded shares to provide liquidity to investors and employees, create a currency for mergers and acquisitions, or even as a way to garner additional attention from potential customers. We are open to combining with businesses owned by founders and minority investors, control private equity investors, and family-owned businesses, which means there is a wide universe of potential partners (which universe is continually expanding as earlier stage private companies reach maturity).

We believe that Dragoneer is particularly well-suited to take advantage of the conditions described above. Dragoneer has a long history of investing at the intersection of private and public markets. In addition to managing a portfolio of publicly-traded securities, Dragoneer has successfully executed a range of transactions

including private preferred stock, private common stock, private tender offers, private and public convertible securities, concurrent private placements, and anchoring IPOs both “on the cover” and off. Dragoneer has also helped many of its private portfolio investments go public, both via traditional IPOs as well as direct listings. We believe our understanding of private deal execution and public capital markets, and valuation dynamics in both markets, make us uniquely positioned to identify and execute a business combination with a growth orientation. We think that our anticipated goal of establishing a minority ownership position as a result of a business combination, where we are supporting a management team in executing their vision, while remaining involved as a shareholder through the forward purchase of shares by Dragoneer funds and potential ongoing board involvement, will resonate with a broad range of potential companies.

Our Management Team

Our management team will consist of Marc Stad, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Pat Robertson, our President and Chief Operating Officer, who will both be supported by the Dragoneer investment team, the broader Dragoneer organization, and our independent directors, as further described below.

Mr. Stad has spent virtually his entire professional career in the investment management industry, founding Dragoneer in 2012 and serving as its Chief Executive Officer and Managing Partner. Prior to founding Dragoneer, Mr. Stad was a Partner and Portfolio Manager at the Investment Group of Santa Barbara, a private investment firm that invests in public and private equities. Previously, he worked in TPG’s buyouts division and at McKinsey & Co. as a management consultant. Mr. Stad is responsible for Dragoneer’s investment strategy, and we believe his personal network, along with those of the other Dragoneer team members, can produce a differentiated opportunity for the company. We also believe his track record of investing in public and private markets, in particular his experience around the private to public transition for many companies, makes him ideally suited for a transaction of this type. He was featured on The Recode 100 list in 2017 and Fortune’s “40 Under 40” in 2018. Mr. Stad received his AB degree from Harvard University and his MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Mr. Robertson serves as our President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Robertson is the co-founding Partner, President, and Chief Operating Officer of Dragoneer. He is responsible for the operations of the firm, including strategy, human capital, legal, transaction execution, trading, accounting, capital formation, and portfolio and risk management. Mr. Robertson previously was a vice president at Hall Capital Partners in their research group, served in the investment banking division of Goldman Sachs in New York and San Francisco, and was an attorney at Kirkland & Ellis in New York working primarily on M&A transactions. He received his AB degree from Brown University, his JD degree from Harvard Law School, and is a CFA Charterholder.

In July 2020, Mr. Stad and Mr. Robertson founded Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. (“Dragoneer I”), a blank check company incorporated for substantially similar purposes as our company. Dragoneer I completed its initial public offering in August 2020, in which it sold 69,000,000 units, each consisting of one Dragoneer I Class A ordinary share and one warrant to purchase one-fifth of one Dragoneer I Class A ordinary share, for an offering price of $10.00 per unit, generating gross proceeds of $690,000,000. In connection with its initial public offering, Dragoneer I entered into a forward purchase agreement with Dragoneer Funding LLC providing for the purchase of 15,000,000 forward purchase units, consisting of one Class A Ordinary Share and one-fifth of one warrant to purchase one Class A ordinary share for $10.00 per unit, or $150,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the closing of the Company’s initial business combination. In addition, in connection with its initial public offering, Dragoneer I entered into a forward purchase agreement with Willett Advisors LLC providing for the purchase of 2,500,000 forward purchase units, consisting of one Class A Ordinary Share and one-fifth of one warrant to purchase one Class A Ordinary Share, for $10.00 per unit, or $25,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the closing of the Company’s initial business combination. Dragoneer I has not yet announced or completed its initial business combination. Mr. Stad serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and Mr. Robertson serves as President and Chief Operating Officer for Dragoneer I.

Mr. Stad, Mr. Robertson, and each other member of the Dragoneer investment team (the “investment team”) bring significant investment acumen as well as personal networks that encompass a wide array of sectors, industry participants, and intermediaries. We believe that our creative and entrepreneurial team will provide us an advantage in identifying and executing an initial business combination.

Our Investment Team

Dragoneer’s investment team includes 17 individuals, led by the following team members:

Daniel Gillespie is a Partner at Dragoneer. Prior to joining Dragoneer in 2014, Mr. Gillespie worked at Bain Capital’s private equity business and at McKinsey & Co. Mr. Gillespie received his BA degree in Applied Mathematics from Yale University.

Christian Jensen is a Partner at Dragoneer. Prior to joining Dragoneer in 2016, Mr. Jensen worked at Accel Partners’ growth business and at AEA Investors. Mr. Jensen received his BA degree in Political Science from Yale University and his MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

Eric Jones is a Partner at Dragoneer. Prior to joining Dragoneer in 2013, Mr. Jones worked in J.P. Morgan’s mergers and acquisitions group. Mr. Jones received his BA degree in Economics and International Studies from Yale University.

Jared Middleman is a Partner at Dragoneer. Prior to joining Dragoneer in 2015, Mr. Middleman worked in Bain Capital’s technology, media, and telecom private equity business. Mr. Middleman received his BA degree in Economics from Yale University.

Our Independent Director Nominees

Our efforts to seek a suitable business combination target will be complemented and augmented by the expertise and network of relationships of our directors, who each have extensive experience in business and financial matters.

Notwithstanding our Founders’ (including Dragoneer’s) and management team’s past experiences, past performance, including(b) with respect to Dragoneer I,revolving loans, 2.75% for alternate base rate borrowings and 3.75% for eurocurrency borrowings when our first lien leverage ratio is not a guaranteegreater than 4.00 to 1.00, with step downs to (i) that we will be able2.50% for alternate base rate borrowings and 3.50% for eurocurrency borrowings when our first lien leverage ratio is less than or equal to identify a suitable candidate for our initial business combination or (ii) that we will provide an attractive return4.00 to our shareholders from any business combination we may consummate. You should not rely on the historical record of our Founders’ (including Dragoneer’s) and management’s performance as indicative of our future performance. See “Risk Factors—Past performance of our Founders (including Dragoneer) and the other members of our management team, including investments and transactions in which they have participated and businesses with which they have been associated, may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in us, and we may be unable1.00 but greater than 3.50 to provide positive returns to shareholders.” For more information, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Management—Conflicts of Interest.”

Our Forward Purchase Agreement and Committed Capital

We believe our ability to complete our initial business combination will be enhanced by the certainty we bring by having entered into a forward purchase agreement with the forward purchase investor pursuant to which the forward purchase investor has agreed to purchase, in the aggregate, up to $50,000,000 of forward purchase shares at a purchase price of $10.00 per share that will be sold in a private placement concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination. We will determine in our sole discretion the specific number of forward purchase shares that we sell to Dragoneer Funding II, if any.

The terms of the forward purchase shares will generally be identical to the terms of the Class A ordinary shares being issued in this offering, except that the forward purchase shares will have certain registration rights, as described herein.

We believe our committed capital will make us more attractive to a potential business combination target.

Our Business Strategy

Our business strategy is to identify and complete a business combination that can create value for our shareholders over time. We believe our investment team’s prior experience and our network of relationships should allow us to identify a wide range of attractive opportunities for the company. Our networks include, among others, entrepreneurs, public and private company management teams (from early stage venture to the Fortune 500), venture capital and private equity investors, investment bankers, attorneys, and management consultants.

Dragoneer’s investment philosophy is rooted in several core tenets:

Sustainable competitive differentiation. Dragoneer believes that identifying and deeply dissecting the “moat” around a company is the most critical element of understanding that company, as true differentiation can provide years of durable, compounding growth and expanding margins.

Growth as primary driver of returns. Dragoneer’s underwriting is primarily predicated on the topline growth potential of a business – while maintaining an attractive financial model – as opposed to valuation arbitrage or financial leverage. It is not coincidental that Dragoneer’s investments have generally been in disruptive sectors such as internet, software, and financial services.

Superior economic model. Ultimately, a business must have the ability to generate high levels of cash-flow over time, even if it chooses to use that cash to re-invest for the future. Dragoneer spends significant time evaluating a company’s financial model and unit economics to seek to discern the trajectory of its margin profile in the coming years.

World-class management teams. Dragoneer seeks to partner with creative and ambitious management teams that have a track record of success to help them execute against their vision.

Analyzability. Dragoneer generally looks for businesses that are mature enough to have a wealth of financial and operating data which it can utilize to conduct thorough analyses and build high-fidelity forecasts. Ultimately, isolating and forecasting drivers of growth with a high degree of conviction allows Dragoneer to initiate large, concentrated investments. Early stage venture businesses typically do not fit this mold as there is insufficient information to complete the due diligence process, and there are even public companies Dragoneer does not believe are sufficiently analyzable yet. Dragoneer also generally avoids businesses with highly unpredictable elements such as broad macroeconomic cyclicality or binary technological or regulatory risk.

Large addressable market relative to current company size. Dragoneer has found success in broad “platform” businesses as well as dominant vertical players. Dragoneer has also historically found opportunities both in markets and segments that themselves are growing (for example, due to new consumer behavior or new technology), as well as with companies that are taking share in more stable markets. However, with both types of opportunities, we seek companies that we believe have a clear runway for sustained growth in their existing core businesses, well beyond Dragoneer’s expected investment horizon.

This philosophy is combined with Dragoneer’s approach to investing:

Opportunistic and flexible application of these principles. Dragoneer invests in both public and private markets in a range of sectors and geographies, with a rigorous focus on seeking to identify the highest quality businesses.

Global Orientation. Different markets are evolving on different timelines and in different ways, with some consumer trends and corporate behaviors showing maturity in some markets, while those same trends are more nascent in other markets. Or as William Gibson quipped, “The future is already here –

it’s just not evenly distributed.” Dragoneer is also seeing new companies being formed around the world (and particularly in China) that are going to compete more aggressively globally than they ever have before, and Dragoneer believes a broad lens is required to evaluate a given company’s competitive landscape and growth prospects.

Deep, fundamental analysis. Dragoneer’s investment team spends significant time conducting primary due diligence, availing itself of access to management when appropriate and a wide variety of third-party resources. Dragoneer’s goal is to be the foremost expert on the businesses in which it invests.

Long investment horizon. While staying closely attuned to a company’s development along the way, Dragoneer attempts to analyze its prospects for many years into the future. Dragoneer seeks to carefully analyze the extent to which a company’s “moat” will continue to deepen as it scales and what future product and financial implications that may have in the fullness of time. When Dragoneer invests, it is generally with a strong view that a business has a long and clear runway for compound growth.

Concentration. There are very few companies that meet Dragoneer’s selective criteria, and it attempts to maintain its discipline across market cycles. Dragoneer is also a believer that concentrated investments based in rigorous analysis are more likely to produce superior outcomes over time, compared to a portfolio approach with wide dispersion among winners and losers.

Preservation of capital. In addition to earning an attractive rate of return on Dragoneer’s investments, Dragoneer also seeks a significant margin of safety in each investment. Dragoneer is very focused on preservation of capital and pursues a nuanced evaluation of numerous downside scenarios. Its historical losses as a firm have been limited as a result.

We will consider companies in a variety of sectors but are guided by the tenets of our philosophy as articulated above. Ultimately, we believe there is a wide spectrum of companies, many of which fit into a “grey” area, and a few clearly exceptional ones. We do our best to only focus on the most exceptional businesses that fit most if not all of our criteria.

Following the initial business combination, we expect to help the post-business combination entity continue its growth trajectory for many years to come. We expect to collaborate with management on a number of initiatives, including, but not limited to, navigating the public markets, mergers and acquisitions, capital allocation decisions, talent acquisition, and broadening their network of potential partners and customers. We believe our track record of success and support of management teams will make us a partner of choice for a high-quality business.

Our Acquisition Criteria

Consistent with our investment philosophy and strategy, we plan to identify high-quality businesses run by exceptional teams pursuing large market opportunities. We expect to be guided by the criteria outlined above in evaluating opportunities, but we may decide to complete our initial business combination with a target business that does not meet some or all of these criteria.

The criteria set forth above are not intended to be exhaustive. Any evaluation relating to the merits of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelines as well as other considerations, factors and criteria that our management and our investment team may deem relevant.

Our Acquisition Process

In evaluating a potential target business, we expect to conduct a comprehensive due diligence review to seek to determine a company’s quality and its intrinsic value. That due diligence review may include, among other

things, financial statement analysis, detailed document reviews, multiple meetings with management, consultations with relevant industry experts, competitors, customers and suppliers, as well as a review of additional information that we will seek to obtain as part of our analysis of a target company.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, if required by applicable law or based upon the decision of our board of directors or a committee thereof, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or an independent accounting firm that our initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view.

Members of our and Dragoneer’s management teams, including our officers and directors, will directly or indirectly own our securities following this offering and, accordingly, may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target company is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Each of our officers and directors, as well as our and Dragoneer’s management teams, may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers, directors, and management team members was included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to such business combination.

We have not selected any specific business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions, directly or indirectly, with any business combination target.

Each of our directors, director nominees and officers presently has, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities (including Dragoneer I) pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations (including Dragoneer I), he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity. We do not believe, however, that the fiduciary duties or contractual obligations of our officers or directors will materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

In addition, our sponsor, officers and directors may participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other blank check company prior to completion of our initial business combination. As a result, our sponsor, officers or directors could have conflicts of interest in determining whether to present business combination opportunities to us or to any other blank check company with which they may become involved. In particular, affiliates of our sponsor are currently sponsoring one other blank check company, Dragoneer I. Dragoneer I may seek to complete a business combination in any location and is not focusing on any particular industry for business combinations. Further, Mr. Stad, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Robertson, our President and Chief Operating Officer, serves as President and Chief Operating Officer, for Dragoneer I, respectively. Any such companies, including Dragoneer I, may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target. However, we do not believe that any potential conflicts with Dragoneer I would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination, because while we expect that Dragoneer I will have priority over us with respect to acquisition opportunities until it completes its initial business combination, our management team has significant experience in identifying and executing multiple acquisition opportunities simultaneously and we are not limited by industry or geography in terms of the acquisition opportunities we can pursue. In addition, given Dragoneer I’s larger size, we expect that investment opportunities that may be appropriate for Dragoneer I may not be appropriate for us and vice versa.

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar

business activities or lines of business as us;1.00 and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity2.25% for any director or officer, on the one hand,alternate base rate borrowings and us, on the other.

Our Founders, sponsor, officers, and directors may sponsor, form or participate in other blank check companies similar to ours during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination. Any such companies may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target, particularly in the event there is overlap among investment mandates. For example, affiliates of3.25% for eurocurrency borrowings when our sponsor are currently sponsoring one other blank check company, Dragoneer I, incorporated for substantially similar purposes as our company. However, we do not currently expect that any such other blank check company would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. In addition, our Founders, sponsor, officers, and directors are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence.

Initial Business Combination

So long as our securities are then listed on Nasdaq, our initial business combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the trust account (excluding any deferred underwriters’ fees and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or an independent valuation or appraisal firm with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. While we consider it unlikely that our board will not be able to make an independent determination of the fair market value of a target business or businesses, it may be unable to do so if the boardfirst lien leverage ratio is less familiarthan or experienced with the target company’s business, there is a significant amount of uncertainty as to the value of the company’s assets or prospects, including if such company is at an early stage of development, operations or growth, or if the anticipated transaction involves a complex financial analysis or other specialized skills and the board determines that outside expertise would be helpful or necessary in conducting such analysis. Since any opinion, if obtained, would merely state that the fair market value of the target business meets the 80% of net assets threshold, unless such opinion includes material information regarding the valuation of a target business or the consideration to be provided, it is not anticipated that copies of such opinion would be distributed to our shareholders. However, if required under applicable law, any proxy statement that we deliver to shareholders and file with the SEC in connection with a proposed transaction will include such opinion.

We may, at our option, pursue an acquisition opportunity jointly with one or more entities affiliated with Dragoneer and/or one or more investors in funds managed by Dragoneer, which we refer to as an “Affiliated Joint Acquisition.” Any such parties may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by issuing to such parties a class of equity or equity-linked securities. We refer to this potential future issuance, or a similar issuance to other specified purchasers, as a “specified future issuance” throughout this prospectus. The amount and other terms and conditions of any such specified future issuance would be determined at the time thereof. We are not obligated to make any specified future issuance and may determine not to do so. This is not an offer for any specified future issuance. Pursuant to the anti-dilution provisions of our Class B ordinary shares, any such specified future issuance would result in an adjustment to the conversion ratio such that our initial shareholders and their permitted transferees, if any, would retain their aggregate percentage ownership at 20% of the sum of the total number of all ordinary shares outstanding upon completion of this offering plus all shares issued in the specified future issuance, unless the holders of a majority of the then-outstanding Class B ordinary shares agreed to waive such adjustment with respect to the specified future issuance at the time thereof. We cannot determine at this time whether a majority of the holders of our Class B ordinary shares at the time of any such specified future issuance would agree to waive such adjustment to the conversion ratio. If such adjustment is not waived, the specified future issuance would not reduce the percentage ownership of holders of our Class B ordinary shares,

but would reduce the percentage ownership of holders of our Class A ordinary shares. If such adjustment is waived, the specified future issuance would reduce the percentage ownership of holders of both classes of our ordinary shares.

We anticipate structuring our initial business combination so that the post-business combination company in which our public shareholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses. We may, however, structure our initial business combination such that the post-business combination company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or shareholders or for other reasons, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-business combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the Investment Company Act. Even if the post-business combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our shareholders prior to the business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock, shares or other equity interests of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our shareholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-business combination company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be valued for purposes of the 80% of net assets test. If the business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of net assets test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the target businesses. In addition, we have agreed not to enter into a definitive agreement regarding an initial business combination without the prior consent of our sponsor. If our securities are not then listed on Nasdaq for whatever reason, we would no longer be required to meet the foregoing 80% of net asset test.

To the extent we effect our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in such company or business. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial business combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which our initial business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination.

Other Considerations

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, Founders, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor or any of our Founders, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, if required by applicable law or based upon the decision of our board of directors or a committee thereof, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that such initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

We currently do not have any specific business combination under consideration. Our officers and directors have neither individually selected nor considered a specific target business nor have they had any substantive discussions with possible target businesses on our behalf. Our management team is regularly made aware of

potential business opportunities, one or more of which we may desire to pursue for a business combination, but we have not (nor has anyone on our behalf) contacted any prospective target business or had any substantive discussions, formal or otherwise, with respect to a business combination transaction with our company. Additionally, we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, taken any substantive action, directly or indirectly, with any suitable acquisition candidate for us, nor have we engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any such acquisition candidate.

In addition, certain of our Founders, officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary and contractual duties to other entities (including Dragoneer I). As a result, if any of our Founders, officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he, she or it has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations (including Dragoneer I), then, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law, he, she or it will need to honor such fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, before we can pursue such opportunity. If these other entities decide to pursue any such opportunity, we may be precluded from pursuing the same. However, we do not expect these duties to materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunity for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other.

In addition, we may, at our option, pursue an Affiliated Joint Acquisition opportunity with an entity to which an officer or director has a fiduciary or contractual obligation. Any such entity may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by making a specified future issuance to any such entity.

Our Founders, sponsor, officers and directors may sponsor, form or participate in other blank check companies similar to ours during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination. Any such companies may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target, particularly in the event there is overlap among investment mandates. However, we do not currently expect that any such other blank check company would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. In addition, our Founders, sponsor, officers and directors, are not required to commit any specified amount of time to our affairs, and, accordingly, will have conflicts of interest in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoring the related due diligence.

Status as a Public Company

We believe our structure will make us an attractive business combination partner to target businesses. As an existing public company, we offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination with us. In a business combination transaction with us, the owners of the target business may, for example, exchange their shares of stock, shares or other equity interests in the target business for our Class A ordinary shares (or shares of a new holding company) or for a combination of our Class A ordinary shares and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers. We believe target businesses will find this method a more expeditious and cost effective method to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. The typical initial public offering process takes a significantly longer period of time than the typical business combination transaction process, and there are significant expenses in the initial public offering process, including underwriting discounts and commissions, that may not be present to the same extent in connection with a business combination with us.

Furthermore, once a proposed business combination is completed, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriters’ ability to complete the

offering, as well as general market conditions, which could delay or prevent the offering from occurring or have negative valuation consequences. Once public, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital, an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with shareholders’ interests and the ability to use its shares as currency for acquisitions. Being a public company can offer further benefits by augmenting a company’s profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.

While we believe that our structure and our management team’s backgrounds will make us an attractive business partner, some potential target businesses may view our status as a blank check company, such as our lack of an operating history and our ability to seek shareholder approval of any proposed initial business combination, negatively.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved, If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

Financial Position

With funds available for a business combination initially in the amount of $243,000,000 (which includes amounts under the forward purchase agreement), after payment of the estimated expenses of this offering and $7,000,000 of deferred underwriters’ fees (or $271,950,000 (which includes amounts under the forward purchase agreement), after payment of the estimated expenses of this offering and $8,050,000 of deferred underwriters’ fees, if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), we offer a target business a variety of options such as creating a liquidity event for its owners, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt ratio. Because we are able to complete our initial business combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires. However, we have not taken any steps to secure third-party financing and there can be no assurance it will be available to us.

Effecting Our Initial Business Combination

General

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time following this offering. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of

this offering and the sale of the private placement shares and the forward purchase shares, our equity, debt or a combination of these as the consideration to be paid in our initial business combination. We may seek to complete our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.

If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt, or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination or used for redemptions of our Class A ordinary shares, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-business combination company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

We have not selected any business combination target and we have not, nor has anyone on our behalf, initiated any substantive discussions with any business combination target. Additionally, we have not engaged or retained any agent or other representative to identify or locate any suitable acquisition candidate, to conduct any research or take any measures, directly or indirectly, to locate or contact a target business, other than our officers and directors. Accordingly, there is no current basis for investors in this offering to evaluate the possible merits or risks of the target business with which we may ultimately complete our initial business combination. Although our management will assess the risks inherent in a particular target business with which we may combine, we cannot assure you that this assessment will result in our identifying all risks that a target business may encounter.

Furthermore, some of those risks may be outside of our control, meaning that we can do nothing to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely affect a target business.

In addition, we believe our ability to complete our initial business combination will be enhanced by our having entered into the forward purchase agreement pursuant to which the forward purchase investor has agreed to purchase an aggregate of up to 5,000,000 forward purchase shares for $10.00 per share, or up to $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination. We will determine in our sole discretion the specific number of forward purchase shares that we sell to Dragoneer Funding II, if any.

Sources of Target Businesses

We anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment market participants, private equity groups, investment banking firms, consultants, accounting firms and large business enterprises. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us through calls or mailings. These sources may also introduce us to target businesses in which they think we may be interested on an unsolicited basis, since some of these sources will have read this prospectus and know what types of businesses we are targeting. Our officers and directors, as well as their affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates that they become aware of through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions. In addition, we expect to receive a number of proprietary deal flow opportunities that would not otherwise necessarily be available to us as a result of the business relationships of our officers and directors. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, in which event we may pay a finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm’s length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. We will engage a finder only to the extent our management determines that the use of a finder may bring opportunities to us that may not otherwise be available to us or if finders approach us on an unsolicited basis with a potential transaction that our management determines is in our best interest to pursue. Payment of finder’s fees is customarily tied to completion of a transaction, in which case any such fee will be paid out of the funds held in the trust account. In no event, however, will our sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or their respective affiliates paid

by us any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). Some of our officers and directors may enter into employment or consulting agreements with the post-business combination company following our initial business combination. The presence or absence of any such fees or arrangements will not be used as a criterion in our selection process of an acquisition candidate.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, Founders, officers or directors. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor or any of our Founders, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, if required by applicable law or based upon the decision of our board of directors or a committee thereof, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that such initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

Each of our officers and directors presently has, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary or contractual obligations to other entities (including Dragoneer I), including entities that are affiliates of our sponsor, pursuant to which such officer or director is or will be required to present a business combination opportunity to such entity. Accordingly, if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations (including Dragoneer I), he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. See “Management—Conflicts of Interest.”

Evaluation of a Target Business and Structuring of Our Initial Business Combination

In evaluating a prospective target business, we expect to conduct an extensive due diligence review which may encompass, as applicable and among other things, meetings with incumbent management and employees, document reviews, interviews of customers and suppliers, inspection of facilities and a review of financial and other information about the target and its industry. We will also utilize our management team’s operational and capital planning experience. If we determine to move forward with a particular target, we will proceed to structure and negotiate the terms of the business combination transaction.

The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial business combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of, and negotiation with, a prospective target business with which our initial business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination. The company will not pay any consulting fees to members of our management team, or their respective affiliates, for services rendered to or in connection with our initial business combination. In addition, we have agreed not to enter into a definitive agreement regarding an initial business combination without the prior consent of our sponsor.

Lack of Business Diversification

For an indefinite period of time after the completion of our initial business combination, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete business combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of business. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

subject us to negative economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we operate after our initial business combination; and

cause us to depend on the marketing and sale of a single product or limited number of products or services.

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target’s Management Team

Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with that business, our assessment of the target business’s management may not prove to be correct. In addition, the future management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty. The determination as to whether any of the members of our management team will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination. While it is possible that one or more of our directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following our initial business combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to our initial business combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that members of our management team will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with the combined company. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

Following a business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that additional managers will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Shareholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our Initial Business Combination

We may conduct redemptions without a shareholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC subject to the provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. However, we will seek shareholder approval if it is required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement, or we may decide to seek shareholder approval for business or other reasons.

Under Nasdaq’s listing rules, shareholder approval would typically be required for our initial business combination if, for example:

We issue ordinary shares that will be equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of our ordinary shares then-outstanding (other than in a public offering);

Any of our directors, officers or substantial security holder (as defined by Nasdaq rules) has a 5% or greater interest (or such persons collectively have a 10% or greater interest), directly or indirectly, in the target business or assets3.50 to be acquired or otherwise and the present or potential issuance of ordinary shares could result in an increase in issued and outstanding ordinary shares or voting power of 5% or more; or

The issuance or potential issuance of ordinary shares will result in our undergoing a change of control.

The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination in those instances in which shareholder approval1.00. Our first lien leverage ratio is not required by law will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on business and reasons, which include a variety of factors, including, but not limited to:

the timing of the transaction, including in the event we determine shareholder approval would require additional time and there is either not enough time to seek shareholder approval or doing so would

place the company at a disadvantage in the transaction or result in other additional burdens on the company;

the expected cost of holding a shareholder vote;

the risk that the shareholders would fail to approve the proposed business combination;

other time and budget constraints of the company; and

additional legal complexities of a proposed business combination that would be time-consuming and burdensome to present to shareholders.

Permitted Purchases and Other Transactions with Respect to Our Securities

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase public shares in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination.

Additionally, at any time at or prior to our initial business combination, subject to applicable securities laws (including with respect to material nonpublic information), our sponsor, directors, executive officers, advisors or their affiliates may enter into transactions with investors and others to provide them with incentives to acquire public shares, vote their public shares in favor of our initial business combination or not redeem their public shares. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust account will be used to purchase public shares in such transactions. If they engage in such transactions, they will be restricted from making any such purchases when they are in possession of any material non-public information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

In the event that our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase shares in privately negotiated transactions from public shareholders who have already elected to exercise their redemption rights or submitted a proxy to vote against our initial business combination, such selling shareholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares and any proxy to vote against our initial business combination. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will be required to comply with such rules.

The purpose of any such transaction could be to (i) vote in favor of the business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining shareholder approval of the business combination or (ii) satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public “float” of our Class A ordinary shares may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

Our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates anticipate that they may identify the shareholders with whom our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates may pursue privately negotiated transactions by either the shareholders contacting us directly or by our receipt of redemption requests submitted by shareholders (in the case of Class A ordinary shares) following our mailing of tender offer or proxy materials in connection with our initial business combination. To the extent that our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates enter

into a private transaction, they would identify and contact only potential selling or redeeming shareholders who have expressed their election to redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the trust account or vote against our initial business combination, whether or not such shareholder has already submitted a proxy with respect to our initial business combination but only if such shares have not already been voted at the general meeting related to our initial business combination. Our sponsor, executive officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates will select which shareholders to purchase shares from based on the negotiated price and number of shares and any other factors that they may deem relevant, and will be restricted from purchasing shares if such purchases do not comply with Regulation M under the Exchange Act and the other federal securities laws.

Our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates will be restricted from making purchases of shares if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. We expect any such purchases would be reported by such person pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements.

Redemption Rights for Public Shareholders upon Completion of Our Initial Business Combination

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any, divided by the number of then-outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters. The redemption rights will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. Further, we will not proceed with redeeming our public shares, even if a public shareholder has properly elected to redeem its shares, if a business combination does not close. Our sponsor and each member of our management team have entered into an agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares, public shares and private placement shares held by them in connection with (i) the completion of our initial business combination, and (ii) a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering or during any Extension Period or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares.

Limitations on Redemptions

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 either prior to or upon consummation of an initial business combination (so that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). However, the proposed business combination may require: (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditionsdetermined in accordance with the terms of the proposed business combination. InCredit Facilities. The interest rate on our Term Loan Facility was 3.8% as of September 30, 2021 and 3.9% at December 31, 2020, and the eventinterest rate on our Revolving Credit Facility was 3.8% as of September 30, 2021 and 3.9% at December 31, 2020.

On November 18, 2021, the aggregate cash consideration we would be requiredCompany entered into the Second Amendment which, among other things, provide the Company the option to pay for all Class A ordinary shares that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuantreport to the terms oflenders financial statements at the proposed business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the business combination or redeem any shares, and all Class A ordinary shares submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof.consolidated parent level.

MannerCash Flows

The following table presents a summary of Conducting Redemptionsour consolidated cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020:

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   2021   2020 
   (in thousands) 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $121,558   $53,830 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (50,383   (35,269

Net cash (used in)/provided by financing activities

   (18,886   7,954 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

   (2,250   (1,471
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

   50,039    25,044 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of year

   65,470    72,721 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at September 30, 2021 and 2020

  $115,509   $97,765 

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities is significantly influenced by the amount of cash we invest in personnel and infrastructure to support the anticipated growth of our business and the amount and timing of customer payments. Cash provided by operations in the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 is primarily attributable to net loss adjusted for non-cash items. Cash provided by operations is also attributable to the change in accounts receivable and deferred revenue, which is driven by the seasonality of our business and our collections process. Our cash flows from operating activities are generally reflective of our ability to invoice annual subscription fees upfront with payments due 30 days after the customer’s receipt of the invoice. The first and fourth quarters historically include a higher level of cash collections, which is a result of higher levels of invoicing in the first and fourth quarters.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2021, net cash provided by operating activities was $121.6 million, which was primarily driven by a $64.5 million net loss adjusted for non-cash items including $93.1 million in depreciation and amortization, $21.6 million in amortization of capitalized commissions and $16.8 million in stock-based compensation as well as other working capital components including a $52.6 million decrease in accounts receivable partially offset by a $26.7 million increase in capitalized commissions, net and a $18.9 million increase in deferred revenue. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, net cash provided by operating activities was $53.8 million, which was primarily driven by a $67.1 million net loss adjusted for non-cash items including $96.2 million in depreciation and amortization, $22.1 million in amortization of capitalized commissions and $14.6 million in stock-based compensation as well as other working capital components including a $32.4 million decrease in accounts receivable, a $19.1 million decrease in deferred revenue partially offset by a $22.9 million increase in capitalized commissions, net and a $18.3 million increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities.

Investing Activities

Our investing activities have consisted primarily of costs related to software developed for internal use, purchases of computer equipment and leasehold improvements, purchases and sales of short-term investments, business acquisitions and proceeds from the divestiture of Kapow Events in 2020. As with other parts of our business, capital expenditures were significantly lower in 2021 and 2020 as a result of the global COVID-19 pandemic. As the impact of the pandemic lessens and our business grows, we expect our capital expenditures and our investment activity to increase.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2021, net cash used in investing activities was $50.4 million, reflecting $30.3 million in capitalized software development, $14.8 million for the acquisition of Shoflo, LLC, net of maturities, $2.8 million of purchases of property and equipment and $2.7 million of purchases of short-term investments. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, net cash used in investing activities was $35.3 million, reflecting $32.4 million in capitalized software development, , $1.4 million for the acquisition of SummitSync, $1.3 million of purchases of property and equipment and $0.6 million of purchases of short-term investments, net of maturities.

Financing Activities

Our financing activities have consisted primarily of proceeds from and principal payments on the Company’s Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facilities and proceeds from the exercise of stock options.

For the nine months ended September 30, 2021, net cash used by financing activities was $18.9 million, consisting of $13.4 million in repayments on the Company’s $40.0 million Revolving Credit Facility and $6.0 million of scheduled principal payments on the Company’s Term Loan Facility. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, net cash provided by financing activities was $8.0 million, consisting of $13.9 million in proceeds from drawing on the Company’s $40.0 million Revolving Credit Facility and $6.0 million of scheduled principal payments on the Company’s Term Loan Facility.

The following table presents a summary of our consolidated cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018:

   For the Year Ended December 31, 
   2020   2019   2018 
   (in thousands) 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $29,099   $48,029   $49,773 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (42,571   (73,754   (177,769

Net cash provided by financing activities

   5,528    20,352    86,202 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

   693    255    1,029 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

   (7,251   (5,118   (40,765

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at beginning of year

   72,721    77,839    118,604 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash at end of year

  $65,470   $72,721   $77,839 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

  $35,552   $47,856   $41,905 

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities is significantly influenced by the amount of cash we invest in personnel and infrastructure to support the anticipated growth of our business and the amount and timing of customer payments. Cash provided by operations in the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 is primarily attributable to net loss adjusted for non-cash items. Cash provided by operations is also attributable to the change in accounts receivable and deferred revenue, which is driven by the seasonality of our business and our collections process. Our cash flows from operating activities are generally reflective of our ability to invoice annual subscription fees upfront with payments due 30 days after the customer’s receipt of the invoice. We experience seasonality in our accounts receivable. The first and fourth quarters historically include a higher level of cash collections, which is a result of higher levels of invoicing in the first and fourth quarters.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash provided by operating activities was $29.1 million, which was primarily driven by net loss adjusted for non-cash items, partially offset by a $42.1 decline in client cash related to merchant services, and a $16.6 million decline in deferred revenue. The decline in client cash and deferred revenue were the result of the suspension of in-person events due to the global COVID-19 pandemic, which started to significantly affect our business in March 2020. For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash provided by operating activities was $48.0 million, which was primarily driven by a $42.4 million increase in deferred revenue and net loss adjusted for non-cash items. These items were partially offset by increased accounts receivable of $23.4 million. For the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash provided by operating activities was $49.8 million, which was primarily driven by a $36.0 million increase in deferred revenue and net loss adjusted for non-cash items. These items were partially offset by increased accounts receivable of $33.1 million.

Investing Activities

Our investing activities have consisted primarily of costs related to software developed for internal use, purchases of computer equipment and leasehold improvements, purchases and sales of short-term investments, business acquisitions and proceeds from the divestiture of Kapow Events in 2020. As with other parts of our business, capital expenditures were significantly lower in 2020 as a result of the global COVID-19 pandemic. As the impact of the pandemic lessens and our business grows, we expect our capital expenditures and our investment activity to increase.

For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash used in investing activities was $42.6 million, reflecting $40.6 million in capitalized software development, $2.1 million of purchases of property and equipment and $1.4 million for the acquisition of SummitSync. For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash used in investing activities was $73.8 million, reflecting $45.0 million in capitalized software development, $19.9 million of purchases of property and equipment, $7.9 million of maturities of short-term investments net of purchases and $16.7 million in contingent consideration payments related to past acquisitions and the acquisitions of Wedding Spot, LLC and DoubleDutch, Inc. For the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash used in investing activities was $178.1 million, reflecting $121.7 million for the acquisition of Social Tables, Kapow and QuickMobile, $36.6 million in capitalized software development, $12.1 million of purchases of property and equipment and $7.7 million in purchases of short-term investment net of maturities.

Financing Activities

Our financing activities have consisted primarily of proceeds from and principal payments on the Company’s Term Loan and Revolving Credit Facilities and proceeds from the exercise of stock options. For the year ended December 31, 2020, net cash provided by financing activities was $5.5 million, consisting of $14.4 million in proceeds from drawing on the Company’s $40.0 million Revolving Credit Facility, net of $7.9 million of scheduled principal payments on the Company’s Term Loan Facility. For the year ended December 31, 2019, net cash provided by financing activities was $20.4 million, consisting of $28.5 million in proceeds from the exercise of stock options by certain employees, net of $7.9 million of scheduled principal payments on the Company’s Term Loan Facility. For the year ended December 31, 2018, net cash provided by financing activities was $86.2 million, consisting of $91.7 million in proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt related to the Social Tables acquisition, net of $5.5 million of scheduled principal payments on the Company’s Term Loan Facility.

Commitments and Contingencies

See the information set forth in Note 14 (Commitments and Contingencies) to the annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We will providehave no obligations, assets or liabilities, which would be considered off-balance sheet arrangements as of September 30, 2021. We do not participate in transactions that create relationships with unconsolidated entities

or financial partnerships, often referred to as variable interest entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements. We have not entered into any off-balance sheet financing arrangements, established any special purpose entities, guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities, or purchased any non-financial assets.

Indemnification Agreements

In the ordinary course of business, we enter into agreements of varying scope and terms pursuant to which we agree to indemnify customers, vendors, lessors, business partners and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses related to breach of confidentiality and claims by third parties of intellectual property infringement, misappropriation or other violation. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry—Operational Risks—We have indemnity provisions under our public shareholderscontracts with our customers, channel partners and other third parties, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.” In addition, in connection with the opportunityconsummation of the Business Combination we entered into indemnification agreements with our directors and certain officers and employees that will require us, among other things, to redeemindemnify them against certain liabilities that may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers or employees. There are no claims that we are aware of that could have a material effect on our consolidated balance sheets, consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, or consolidated statements of cash flows.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses. We base our estimates on experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, and we evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from those estimates, impacting our reported results of operations and financial condition.

Our critical accounting estimates are those that involve a significant level of estimation uncertainty and have had or are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements or our results of operation. A thorough understanding of these critical accounting estimates is essential when reviewing our consolidated financial statements. We believe that the critical accounting estimates are the most difficult management decisions as they involve the use of significant estimates and assumptions as described above. Refer to “Note 2—Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more detailed information regarding our critical accounting estimates.

Business Combinations, Goodwill and Acquired Intangible Assets

We account for business acquisitions using the purchase method of accounting, in accordance with which assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective fair values at the acquisition date. We allocate the fair value of purchase consideration to the tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and intangible assets acquired based on their estimated fair values. Such valuations are subject to uncertainty as they require us to make significant estimates and assumptions, especially with respect to intangible assets. Significant estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include, but are not limited to, future expected cash flows from acquired users, acquired technology and trade names from a market participant perspective, useful lives and discount rates. We use the Multi-Period Excess Earnings Method, which is an income approach, to value the customer relationship intangible assets. We apply certain growth assumptions, related to price and volume increases, as well as expected customer churn and attrition levels to the forecasted revenue model. Our estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable and, as a result, actual results may differ from estimates. The estimates underlying such valuations have not materially changed in the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to December 31, 2019 or the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to December 31, 2018.

Goodwill represents the excess of the aggregate fair value of the consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of the assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized but the Company evaluates goodwill impairment of its single reporting unit annually in the fourth quarter, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate the goodwill may be impaired.

Sales Commissions

The adoption of Topic 606 resulted in the capitalization of incremental costs to obtain contracts with customers. Commissions earned by our sales personnel are considered incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer. Accordingly, sales commissions are capitalized when incurred and amortized on a straight-line basis over our average historical customer life, which is determined based on the underlying product line and ranges from one to four years. We determine the period of amortization by reviewing the average length of our customers contracts, changes in technology, expected contract renewals and customer retention, and other industry factors. We re-assess this calculation periodically.

Capitalized Software Development Costs

Costs incurred during the application development stage to develop software directly used in the delivery of revenue generating activities are capitalized and recorded as capitalized software development costs on the balance sheet. There is judgment involved in estimating cost incurred on a project-by-project basis in the application development stage. These costs are amortized on a project-by-project basis using the straight-line method over the estimated economic life of the application, which is generally two to seven years, beginning when the asset is ready for its intended use. Costs incurred during the preliminary development stage, as well as maintenance and training costs are expensed as incurred.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of the existing assets and liabilities, and their respective income tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company establishes a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of their Class A ordinary shares upon the completion of our initial business combination either (i) in connection with a general meeting called to approve the business combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer.deferred tax asset will not be realized. The decision as to whether we will seek shareholder approval of a proposed business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will beCompany accounts for uncertain tax positions based on a varietytwo-step process of factors such asevaluating recognition and measurement criteria. The first step assesses whether the timingtax position is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by the taxing authority, including resolution of any appeals or litigation, on the basis of the transaction and whether the termstechnical merits of the transaction would require us to seek shareholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement or whether we were deemed to be a foreign private issuer (which would require a tender offer rather than seeking shareholder approval under SEC rules). Asset acquisitions and share purchases would not typically require shareholder approval while direct mergers with our company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares or seek to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association would typically require shareholder approval. We currently intend to conduct redemptions in connection with a shareholder vote unless shareholder approval is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement or we choose to conduct redemptions pursuant toposition. If the tender offer rulestax position meets the more-likely-than-not criteria, the portion of the SEC for business or other reasons. So long as we obtain and maintaintax benefit that has a listing for our securities on Nasdaq, we will be required to comply with Nasdaq rules.

If we held a shareholder vote to approve our initial business combination, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articlesgreater than 50% likelihood of association:

conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules; and

file proxy materialsbeing realized upon settlement with the SEC.

Inrelevant tax authority is recognized in the event that we seek shareholder approvalconsolidated financial statements.

The Company is subject to tax on global intangible low-taxed income, or GILTI, earned by certain foreign subsidiaries. Entities can make an accounting policy election to either recognize deferred taxes for temporary basis differences expected to reverse as GILTI in future years or provide for the tax expense related to GILTI in the year the tax is incurred. The Company has elected to account for GILTI tax as a current period expense.

Stock-Based Compensation

Employee stock-based compensation is recognized as a cost in the consolidated statements of our initial business combination, we will distribute proxy materialsoperations and in connection therewith, provide our public shareholders withcomprehensive loss. For both equity-classified and liability-classified awards, such cost is measured at the redemption rights described above upon completion of the initial business combination.

If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if we obtain the approval of an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company. In such case, our sponsor and each member of our management team have agreed to vote any founder shares, public shares and private placement shares held by them in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to our initial purchaser’s founder shares, we would need 7,200,001, or 36% (assuming all issued and outstanding shares are voted and the over-allotment option is not exercised), or 800,001, or 4% (assuming only the minimum number of shares representing a quorum are voted and the over-allotment option is not exercised), of the 20,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to have our initial business combination approved. Each public shareholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction or vote at all. In addition, our sponsor and each member of our management team have entered into an agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares, public shares and private placement shares held by them in connection with (i) the completion of a business combination, and (ii) a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering or during any Extension Period or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares.grant

If we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rulesdate fair value of the SEC, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articlesaward. We estimate the grant date fair value for stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Black-Scholes pricing model requires the use of association:

conductsubjective assumptions including the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14Eexpected term of the Exchange Act,options, the price volatility of the underlying stock, dividend yield, and a discount for the lack of marketability. The expected dividend yield is zero, as we have not previously declared cash dividends and do not currently intend to declare cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, because we are privately-held, the Black-Scholes pricing inputs, including the grant date fair value of the underlying common stock, volatility of the underlying stock, and a discount for the lack of marketability, are estimated based on our peer group companies, which regulate issuer tender offers;are publicly-traded. Our peer group is established through consultation with our external valuation firm; our ultimate parent entity, an affiliate of Vista; and confirmed through the review of the performance and valuation attributes of our peer group to determine that our public-company peer group is a reasonable and fair proxy for our share performance, if our shares were publicly-traded. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the date of grant.

file tender offer documentsThe initial determination of compensation cost is based on the number of stock options or other awards granted, which is then amortized over the vesting period. Liability classified awards are remeasured to fair value at each reporting date with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantiallycorresponding change in value recorded in the same financialconsolidated statements of operations and other information aboutcomprehensive loss. We recognize expense over the initial business combination andrequisite service period on a straight-line basis. We record the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14Aimpact of forfeitures on stock compensation expense in the period the forfeitures occur.

The fair value of the Exchange Act,common stock underlying the stock options is determined by the board of directors, which regulatesintends all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the solicitationper share fair value of proxies.

Upon the public announcementcommon stock underlying those options on the date of our initial business combination, if we elect to conduct redemptions pursuant togrant. The valuations of the tender offer rules, we and our sponsor will terminate any plan establishedcommon stock were determined in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchase Class A ordinary sharesthe guidelines outlined in the open market,American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation and Internal Revenue Service Revenue Ruling 59-60. The assumptions used by us in order to complythe valuation model were based on future expectations combined with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.

management judgment. In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public shareholders not tendering more than the number of public shares we are permitted to redeem. If public shareholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete such initial business combination.

Limitation on Redemption upon Completion of Our Initial Business Combination If We Seek Shareholder Approval

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering, which we refer to as “Excess Shares,” without our prior consent. We believe this restriction will discourage shareholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed business combination as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public shareholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in this offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder’s shares are not purchased by us, our sponsor or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our shareholders’ ability to redeem no more than 15% of the shares sold in this offering without our prior consent, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of shareholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our initial business combination, particularly in connection with a business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash.

However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination.

Tendering Share Certificates in Connection with a Tender Offer or Redemption Rights

Public shareholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in “street name,” will be required to either tender their certificates (if any) to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, mailed to such holders, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using The Depository Trust Company’s DWAC (Deposit/

Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder’s option, in each case up to two business days prior to the initially scheduled vote to approve the business combination. The proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will indicate the applicable delivery requirements, which will include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. Accordingly, a public shareholder would have from the time we send out our tender offer materials until the close of the tender offer period, or up to two business days prior to the initially scheduled vote on the proposal to approve the business combination if we distribute proxy materials, as applicable, to tender its shares if it wishes to seek to exercise its redemption rights. Given the relatively short period in which to exercise redemption rights, it is advisable for shareholders to use electronic delivery of their public shares.

There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker a fee of approximately $80.00 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights to tender their shares. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated.

The foregoing is different from the procedures used by many blank check companies. In order to perfect redemption rights in connection with their business combinations, many blank check companies would distribute proxy materials for the shareholders’ vote on an initial business combination, and a holder could simply vote against a proposed business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to exercise his or her redemption rights. After the business combination was approved, the company would contact such shareholder to arrange for him or her to deliver his or her certificate to verify ownership. As a result, the shareholder then had an “option window” after the completion of the business combination during which he or she could monitor the price of the company’s shares in the market. If the price rose above the redemption price, he or she could sell his or her shares in the open market before actually delivering his or her shares to the company for cancellation. As a result, the redemption rights, to which shareholders were aware they needed to commit before the general meeting, would become “option” rights surviving past the completion of the business combination until the redeeming holder delivered its certificate. The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the meeting ensures that a redeeming shareholder’s election to redeem is irrevocable once the business combination is approved.

Any request to redeem such shares, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to two business days prior to the initially scheduled vote on the proposal to approve the business combination, unless otherwise agreed to by us. Furthermore, if a holderabsence of a public share delivered its certificate in connection with an election of redemption rights and subsequently decides prior totrading market, the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, such holder may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically). It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to holders of our public shares electing to redeem their shares will be distributed promptly after the completion of our initial business combination.

If our initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public shareholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights would not be entitled to redeem their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the trust account. In such case, we will promptly return any certificates delivered by public holders who elected to redeem their shares.

If our initial proposed business combination is not completed, we may continue to try to complete a business combination with a different target until 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering.

Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation If No Initial Business Combination

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that we will have only 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering to consummate an initial business

combination. If we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses) divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors liquidatewith input from management exercised significant judgment and dissolve, subject in each caseconsidered numerous objective and subjective factors to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors anddetermine the requirements of other applicable law. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, if we wind up for any other reason prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, we will follow the foregoing procedures with respect to the liquidationfair value of the trust account as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to applicable Cayman Islands law.

Our sponsor and each member of our management team have entered into an agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares and private placement shares they hold if we fail to consummate an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering or during any Extension Period (although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame).

Our sponsor, executive officers, directors and director nominees have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares, unless we provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any, divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares. However, we may not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 either prior to or upon consummation of an initial business combination (so that we do not then become subject to the SEC’s “penny stock” rules). If this optional redemption right is exercised with respect to an excessive number of public shares such that we cannot satisfy the net tangible asset requirement, we would not proceed with the amendment or the related redemption of our public shares at such time. This redemption right shall apply in the event of the approval of any such amendment, whether proposed by our sponsor, any executive officer, director or director nominee, or any other person.

We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts remaining out of the $1,000,000 held outside the trust account plus up to $100,000 of funds from the trust account available to us to pay dissolution expenses, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose.

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the per-share redemption amount received by shareholders upon our dissolution would be $10.00. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our public shareholders. We cannot assure you that the

actual per-share redemption amount received by shareholders will not be less than $10.00. While we intend to pay such amounts, if any, we cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors’ claims.

Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public shareholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account including, but not limited, to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third-party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third-party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third-party’s engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third-party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC will not execute an agreement with us waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. In order to protect the amounts held in the trust account, our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third-party for services rendered or products sold to us (other than our independent registered public accounting firm), or a prospective target business with which we have discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amounts in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust accountcommon stock as of the date of each option grant, including the liquidationfollowing factors:

contemporaneous independent valuations performed at periodic intervals by an unrelated third-party valuation specialist;

the nature of the trust account if less than $10.00 per public share due to reductionsbusiness and its history since inception;

the economic outlook in general and the condition and outlook of the specific industry;

the book value of the trust assets, in each case netstock and the financial condition of the interestbusiness;

the operating and financial performance and forecast;

whether or not we have goodwill or other intangible values;

marketability of the common stock;

the hiring of key personnel;

any corporate or asset acquisitions, or divestitures;

present value of estimated future cash flows;

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of the company, given prevailing market condition and the nature and history of the business;

illiquidity of stock-based awards involving securities in a private company;

the market performance of comparable publicly traded technology companies; and

the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

For a description of our recently adopted accounting pronouncements and recently issued accounting standards not yet adopted, see Note 2, Summary of Significant Accounting Policies—Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements, to our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may be withdrawnimpact our financial position due to payadverse changes in financial market prices and rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily a result of fluctuations in foreign currency rates, although we also have some exposure due to potential changes in inflation or interest rates. We do not hold financial instruments for trading purposes.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

Foreign currency exchange rates are subject to fluctuation and may cause us to recognize transaction gains and losses in our tax obligations, provided consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive loss. A portion of our business is conducted through our subsidiary in India whose functional currency is the U.S. Dollar. Our primary foreign currency exchange risk arises from subsidiaries operating in foreign countries where the functional currency is the local currency, including the U.K., Germany, and Canada. We report our foreign subsidiaries’ financial results upon the translation into USD. To the extent that such liability will not apply to any claimstransactions by a third-party or prospective target businessour foreign subsidiaries are denominated in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, we bear the risk that executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access tofluctuations in the trust account nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnityexchange rates of the underwriters of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities underU.S. Dollar in relation to other currencies could increase our costs and expenses. Realized foreign currency transaction (gains)/losses are included in net loss and were $2.0 million and $(2.2) million in the Securities Act. Inthree months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively; $2.3 million and $1.5 million in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third-party, our sponsor will not be responsible tonine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively; and $0.8 million, $1.5 million and $3.7 million in the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. However,years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

To date, we have not askedentered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our sponsorexposure to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor haveforeign currency exchange risk. While we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient fundsmay decide to satisfy its indemnity obligationsenter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedging transactions may be limited, and we believe that our sponsor’s only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor wouldmay not be able to satisfy those obligations. Nonesuccessfully hedge our exposure.

During the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2021 and the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, a hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency exchange rates applicable to our business would not have had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Interest Rate Risk

Our primary market risk exposure is changing LIBOR-based interest rates. Our Credit Facilities bear interest at a floating rate at our option of our officers or directors will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00a rate per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per public share dueannum equal to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay our income tax obligations, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related(a) LIBOR (subject to a particular claim,floor of 0.0%) plus an applicable margin of 3.75%, or (b) an alternative base rate plus an applicable margin of 2.75% (as described under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Facilities,” above). At December 31, 2020, we had outstanding principal balances of $771.6 million and $13.8 million (including $0.4 million in outstanding letters of credit) under our independent directorsTerm Loan Facility and Revolving Credit Facility, respectively. Based on the amounts outstanding, a 100-basis point increase or decrease in market interest rates over a twelve-month period would determine whetherresult in a change to take legal action againstinterest expense of $7.9 million. At September 30, 2021, we had outstanding principal balances of $765.7 million and $0.4 million (including $0.4 million in outstanding letters of credit) under our sponsorTerm Loan Facility and Revolving Credit Facility, respectively. Based on the amounts outstanding, a 100-basis point increase or decrease in market interest rates over a twelve-month period would result in a change to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so in any particular instance. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claimsinterest expense of creditors the actual value of the per-share redemption price will not be less than $10.00 per public share.$7.7 million.

We will seek to reduce the possibility thatAt December 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents, net of restricted cash of $65.3 million. At September 30, 2021, we had cash and cash equivalents, net of restricted cash of $115.4 million. Our cash equivalents primarily consist of money market funds backed by United States Treasury Bills and certificates of deposit. Our short-term investments primarily consist of bank certificates of deposit. The carrying amount of our sponsor will have to indemnify the trust accountcash equivalents and short-term investments reasonably approximates fair value, due to claimsthe short maturities of creditors by endeavoringthese instruments. The primary objectives of our investment activities are the preservation of capital, the fulfillment of liquidity needs and the fiduciary control of cash and investments. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our investments are exposed to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities withmarket risk due to a fluctuation in interest rates, which may affect our interest income and the fair market value of our investments. Due to the short-term nature of our investment portfolio and our tendency to hold investments to maturity, however, we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title,not believe an immediate increase or decrease in interest rates of as much as 10% would have a material effect on the fair market value of our portfolio. We therefore do not expect our operating results or claimcash flows to be materially affected by a sudden change in market interest rates.

We do not believe our cash equivalents or short-term investments have significant risk of any kind indefault or to monies heldilliquidity. While we believe our cash equivalents or short-term investments do not contain excessive risk, we cannot provide absolute assurance that in the trust account. Our sponsor will also not be liable as to any claims underfuture our indemnity of the underwriters of this offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. We will have access to up to $1,000,000 following this offering and the sale of the private placement shares with which to pay any such potential claims (including costs and expenses incurred in connection with our liquidation, currently estimated to be no more than approximately $100,000). In the event that we liquidate and it is subsequently determined that the reserve for claims and liabilities is insufficient, shareholders who received funds from our trust account could be liable for claims made by creditors, however such liabilityinvestments will not be greater than the amount of funds from our trust account received by any such shareholder. In the event that our offering expenses exceed our estimate of $1,000,000, we may fund such excess with funds from the funds not to be held in the trust account. In such case, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would decrease by a corresponding amount. Conversely, in the event that the offering expenses are less than our estimate of $1,000,000, the amount of funds we intend to be held outside the trust account would increase by a corresponding amount.

If we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcyadverse changes in market value. In addition, we maintain significant amounts of cash and cash equivalents at one or insolvency law, and maymore financial institutions that are in excess of federally insured limits. We cannot be included in our bankruptcy or insolvency estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our shareholders. To the extent any bankruptcy or insolvency claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure youassured that we will be able to return $10.00 per public share to our public shareholders. Additionally, if we file a bankruptcy or winding-up petition or an involuntary bankruptcy or winding-up petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by shareholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy or insolvency laws as either a “preferential transfer” or a “fraudulent conveyance.” As a result, a bankruptcy or insolvency court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our shareholders. Furthermore, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, and thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public shareholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us forexperience losses on these reasons.

Our public shareholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only (i) in the event of the redemption of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering, (ii) in connection with a shareholder vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares, or (iii) if they redeem their respective shares for cash upon the completion of the initial business combination. Public shareholders who redeem their Class A ordinary shares in connection with a shareholder vote described in clause (ii) in the preceding sentence shall not be entitled to funds from the trust account upon the subsequent completion of an initial business combination or liquidation if we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering, with respect to such Class A ordinary shares so redeemed. In no other circumstances will a shareholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account. In the event we seek shareholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, a shareholder’s voting in connection with the business combination alone will not result in a shareholder’s redeeming its shares to us for an applicable pro rata share of the trust account. Such shareholder must have also exercised its redemption rights described above. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, like all provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, may be amended with a shareholder vote.deposits.

ComparisonMANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Board of Redemption or Purchase Prices in Connection with Our Initial Business Combination and If We Fail to Complete Our Initial Business Combination.Directors

The following table compares the redemptionspersons serve as our executive officers and other permitted purchases of public shares that may take place in connection with the completion of our initial business combination and if we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering:

Redemptions in connection
with Our Initial Business
Combination

Other Permitted Purchases of
Public Shares by Our Affiliates

Redemption if We Fail to
Complete an Initial
Business Combination

Impact to remaining shareholders

The redemptions in connection with our initial business combination will reduce the book value per share for our remaining shareholders, who will bear the burden of the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable.If the permitted purchases described above are made, there would be no impact to our remaining shareholders because the purchase price would not be paid by us.The redemption of our public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination will reduce the book value per share for the shares held by our sponsor, who will be our only remaining shareholder after such redemptions.

Comparison of This Offering to Those of Blank Check Companies Subject to Rule 419

The following table compares the terms of this offering to the terms of an offering by a blank check company subject to the provisions of Rule 419. This comparison assumes that the gross proceeds, underwriting commissions and underwriting expenses of our offering would be identical to those of an offering undertaken by a company subject to Rule 419, and that the underwriters will not exercise their over-allotment option. None of the provisions of Rule 419 apply to our offering.directors:

 

Terms of Our Offering

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Escrow of offering proceedsNasdaq listing rules provide that at least 90% of the gross proceeds from this offering and the sale of the private placement shares be deposited in a trust account. $200,000,000 of the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares will be deposited into a trust account located in the United States with Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company acting as trustee.$170,100,000 of the offering proceeds, would be required to be deposited into either an escrow account with an insured depositary institution or in a separate bank account established by a broker-dealer in which the broker- dealer acts as trustee for persons having the beneficial interests in the account.
Investment of net proceeds$200,000,000 of the net proceeds of this offering and the sale of the private placement shares held in trust will be invested only in U.S. government treasury obligations with a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations.Proceeds could be invested only in specified securities such as a money market fund meeting conditions of the Investment Company Act or in securities that are direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed as to principal or interest by, the United States.

Terms of Our Offering

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Receipt of interest on escrowed funds

Interest income (if any) on proceeds from the trust account to be paid to shareholders is reduced by (i) any income taxes paid or payable and (ii) in the event of our liquidation for failure to complete our initial business combination within the allotted time, up to $100,000 of net interest that may be released to us should we have no or insufficient working capital to fund the costs and expenses of our dissolution and liquidation.Interest income on funds in escrow account would be held for the sole benefit of investors, unless and only after the funds held in escrow were released to us in connection with our completion of a business combination.

Limitation on fair value or net assets of target business

So long as our securities are then listed on Nasdaq, our initial business combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80%The fair value or net assets of a target business must represent at least 80% of the maximum offering proceeds.
of the value of the trust account (excluding any deferred underwriters’ fees and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination. If our securities are not then listed on Nasdaq for whatever reason, we would no longer be required to meet the foregoing 80% of net asset test.

Trading of securities issued

The public shares are expected to begin trading on or promptly after the date of this prospectus. We will file a Current Report on Form 8-K promptly after the closing of this offering. If the over-allotment option is exercised following the initial filing of such Current Report on Form 8-K, a second or amended Current Report on Form 8-K will be filed to provide updated financial information to reflect the exercise of the over-allotment option.
No trading of the Class A ordinary shares would be permitted until the completion of a business combination. During this period, the securities would be held in the escrow or trust account.
Election to remain an investorWe will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash at a per share price equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit inA prospectus containing information pertaining to the business combination required by the SEC would be sent to each investor. Each investor would be

Terms of Our Offering

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any, divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares, upon the completion of our initial business combination, subject to the limitations described herein. We may not be required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement to hold a shareholder vote. If we are not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirement and do not otherwise decide to hold a shareholder vote, we will, pursuant to our amended and restatedgiven the opportunity to notify the company in writing, within a period of no less than 20 business days and no more than 45 business days from the effective date of a post-effective amendment to the company’s registration statement, to decide if he, she or it elects to remain a shareholder of the company or require the return of his, her or its investment. If the company has not received the notification by the end of the 45th business day, funds and interest or dividends, if any, held in the trust or escrow account are automatically returned to the shareholder. Unless a sufficient number of investors elect to remain investors, all funds on deposit in the escrow account
memorandum and articles of association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC and file tender offer documents with the SEC which will contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. If, however, we hold a shareholder vote, we will, like many blank check companies, offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if we obtain the approval of an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company. Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction or vote at all.must be returned to all of the investors and none of the securities are issued.

Terms of Our Offering

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association require that at least five days’ notice will be given of any such general meeting.

Business combination deadline

If we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trustIf an acquisition has not been completed within 18 months after the effective date of the company’s registration statement, funds held in the trust or escrow account are returned to investors.
account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses) divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.
Release of fundsExcept for the withdrawal of interest income (if any) to pay our income taxes, if any, none of the funds held in trust will be released from the trust account until the earliest of:The proceeds held in the escrow account are not released until the earlier of the completion of a business combination or the failure to effect a business combination within the allotted time.

Terms of Our Offering

Terms Under a Rule 419 Offering

(i) the completion of our initial business combination,

(ii) the redemption of our public shares if we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering, subject to applicable law, and

(iii) the redemption of our public shares properly submitted in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or

timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our initial business combination, we may encounter intense competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other blank check companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, public companies, operating businesses seeking strategic acquisitions. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than us. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public shareholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed

favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination.

Facilities

We currently maintain our executive offices at One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite M500, San Francisco, California 94129. We consider our current office space adequate for our current operations.

Employees

We currently have two executive officers. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the stage of the business combination process we are in. We do not intend to have any full time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination.

Periodic Reporting and Financial Information

We will register our Class A ordinary shares under the Exchange Act and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with the requirements of the Exchange Act, our annual reports will contain financial statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accountants.

We will provide shareholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, sent to shareholders. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or reconciled to, GAAP, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances, and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame. We cannot assure you that any particular target business identified by us as a potential acquisition candidate will have financial statements prepared in accordance with the requirements outlined above, or that the potential target business will be able to prepare its financial statements in accordance with the requirements outlined above. To the extent that these requirements cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business. While this may limit the pool of potential acquisition candidates, we do not believe that this limitation will be material.

We will be required to evaluate our internal control procedures for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we not be required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement on our internal control over financial reporting. A target business may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

Prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will file a Registration Statement on Form 8-A with the SEC to voluntarily register our securities under Section 12 of the Exchange Act. As a result, we will be subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. We have no current intention of filing a Form 15 to suspend our reporting or other obligations under the Exchange Act prior or subsequent to the consummation of our initial business combination.

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company. Exempted companies are Cayman Islands companies conducting business mainly outside the Cayman Islands and, as such, are exempted from complying with certain provisions of the Companies Law. As an exempted company, we have applied for and received a tax exemption undertaking from the Cayman Islands government that, in accordance with Section 6 of the Tax Concessions Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, for a period of 20 years from the date of the undertaking, no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations will apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax will be payable (i) on or in respect of our shares, debentures or other obligations or (ii) by way of the withholding in whole or in part of a payment of dividend or other distribution of income or capital by us to our shareholders or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligation of us.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an “emerging growth company” can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an “emerging growth company” can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period.

We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A ordinary shares that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $250 million as of the prior June 30, or (2) our annual revenues exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30.

Legal Proceedings

There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any members of our management team in their capacity as such.

MANAGEMENT

Officers, Directors and Director Nominees

Our officers, directors and director nominees are as follows:

Name

  Age  

Position

Marc Stad

Rajeev K. Aggarwal
  4152  Chairman andFounder, Chief Executive Officer

Pat Robertson

41President, Chief Operating Officer and Director

Sarah J. Friar

Charles Ghoorah
  4752  Co-founder, President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing
David Quattrone48Co-founder, Chief Technology Officer
William J. Newman, III46Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Lawrence J. Samuelson52Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
Sanjeev Bansal56  Director Nominee

David D. Ossip

Breach
  5455  Director Nominee

Gokul Rajaram

Jim Frankola
  4557  Director Nominee

Jay Simons

Betty Hung
  4751  Director Nominee
Marcela Martin50Director
Sam Payton34Director
Maneet Saroya42Director
Nicolas Stahl35Director

Marc Stad serves as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II Mr. Stad also currently serves as Founder, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Investment Officer and Managing Partner at Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC (“Dragoneer”). Prior to founding Dragoneer, Mr. Stad was a Partner and Portfolio Manager at the Investment Group of Santa Barbara, a private investment firm that invests in public and private equities. Previously, he worked in TPG’s buyouts division and at McKinsey & Co. as a management consultant. Additionally, Mr. Stad has served as the Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Dragoneer I since its inception in July 2020. Mr. Stad received his AB degree from Harvard University and his MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business.

We believe Mr. Stad is well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his significant investment experience and vast network of relationships.Officers

Pat RobertsonRajeev K. Aggarwal serves asis the President, Chief Operating Officerfounder of Legacy Cvent and a Director of Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II Mr. Robertson also currently serves as President and Chief Operating Officer at Dragoneer. Prior to joining Dragoneer at its inception in April 2012, Mr. Robertson was a member of Hall Capital Partners’ research group in San Francisco. His prior experience includes Goldman Sachs & Co.’s investment banking division and the law firm of Kirkland & Ellis LLP. Additionally, Mr. Robertson has served as the President, Chief Operating Officer and a Director of Dragoneer I since its inception in July 2020. Mr. Robertson received his AB degree in Economics and History from Brown University and his JD from the Harvard Law School. Mr. Robertson is a CFA Charterholder.

We believe Mr. Robertson is well qualified to serve as a member of our board of directors due to his depth of investment experience and vast network of relationships.

Sarah Friar has agreed to serve on the board of directors of Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II. Ms. Friar has served as Chief Executive Officer at Nextdoor, Inc., a social network for neighborhoods since December 2018. From July 2012 to November 2018, Ms. Friar served as Chief Financial Officer at Square, Inc., a financial services and mobile payment company. From April 2011 to July 2012, Ms. Friar served as Senior Vice President, Finance and Strategy at salesforce.com, inc. Ms. Friar also serves as a member of the board of directors of Walmart Inc., a publicly-traded retail and wholesale operations company, and Slack Technologies, Inc., a publicly-traded channel-based messaging platform. From September 2012 to May 2015, Ms. Friar served as a member of the board of directors and Chief Executive Officer since September 1999. Mr. Aggarwal serves on the Cvent Board. From 1999 through November 2016, when Vista acquired Legacy Cvent, Mr. Aggarwal served as Chairman of Model N,the board of directors. Mr. Aggarwal received a Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Virginia, a juris doctor degree from Washington and Lee University and a Master of Laws degree from Georgetown University. Mr. Aggarwal is a leading voice in the meetings and events industry, and his knowledge of Cvent as its founder allows him to make valuable contributions to the board of directors.

Charles V. Ghoorah is a co-founder of Legacy Cvent. Since September 2014, he has served as our President of Worldwide Sales and Marketing. Mr. Ghoorah served from 2003 to 2014 as Executive Vice President of Sales and Marketing and from 1999 to 2002 as Senior Vice President of Sales and Marketing. Prior to joining Legacy Cvent, Mr. Ghoorah was an attorney at Hale & Dorr, an associate director at the Advisory Board Company and an attorney at Williams & Connolly. Mr. Ghoorah received Bachelor of Arts, Master of Arts and juris doctor degrees from Duke University.

David Quattrone is a co-founder of Legacy Cvent. Since 2008, he has served as the Chief Technology Officer. Mr. Quattrone served from 2003 to 2008 as Vice President of Product Development and from 1999 to 2002 as Director of Product Development. Prior to joining Legacy Cvent, Mr. Quattrone worked at First Consulting Group, E.J. Bell Systems and co-founded Network Resources Group. Mr. Quattrone received Bachelor of Science degrees in electrical engineering and economics from the University of Pennsylvania and a Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Maryland.

William J. Newman, III has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Legacy Cvent since September 2018, including on an interim basis from September 2018 to August 2020. From August 2014 to September 2018, he served as Vice President of Financial Planning and Analysis. Before joining Legacy Cvent in 2014, Mr. Newman was Vice President of Finance at Online Resources Corporation, a provider of online banking and full-service bill pay solutions, from August 2002 to June 2013. He began his career as a consultant in the Financial Advisory Services Group at PricewaterhouseCoopers. Mr. Newman received a Bachelor of Science degree in finance and accounting and a Master of Science degree in accounting from the University of Virginia.

Lawrence J. Samuelson has served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Legacy Cvent since June 2016. From June 2013 to June 2016, he served as Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. Prior to joining Legacy Cvent, Mr. Samuelson served as the Vice President, Deputy General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of NeuStar, Inc., an information services and analytics company, from January 2011 to May 2013. Mr. Samuelson previously was a publicly-tradedcorporate securities and mergers and acquisitions attorney at Fried Frank Harris Shriver and Jacobson. Mr. Samuelson received a Bachelor of Arts degree from Tufts University, a Master of International Affairs from Columbia University and a juris doctor degree from Boston University.

Directors

Sanjeev K. Bansal joined our board following the Business Combination. Mr. Bansal has served on the board of Papay Topco, Inc., the parent company providing revenue management cloud solutionsof Legacy Cvent, since November 1999. Since November 2013, Mr. Bansal has served as the co-founder and chief executive officer of Hunch Analytics, which develops data analytics products and services for life scienceshealthcare institutions. Prior to founding Hunch Analytics, Mr. Bansal served in various executive leadership positions with MicroStrategy Incorporated, a business intelligence and technology companies. From June 2014analytics company, from 1990 to April 2018, Ms. Friar2013. Mr. Bansal served as the vice chairman of the MicroStrategy Incorporated board of directors from November 2000 to November 2013. Mr. Bansal serves or has served as a member of the board of directors of New Relic,of: The Advisory Board Company, a research services company that was listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market; CSRA, Inc., a publicly-traded provider of real-time insights for software-driven businesses. Additionally, Ms. Friar has served as a Director of Dragoneer I since August 2020. Ms. Friar holds a Masters of Business Administration from Stanford University and a Masters of Engineering in Metallurgy, Economics, and Management from the University of Oxford.

We believe that Ms. Friar is well qualified to serve as a member of our board because of her experience as aformerly public company executive, her extensive finance background, her service asthat provides IT solutions and professional services to government customers; Perspecta, an NYSE-listed company that provides IT solutions and professional services to government customers; and Everquote, a current and former director of public companies, and her vast network of relationships.

David D. Ossip has agreed to servemarketing services firm listed on the board of directors of Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II. Mr. Ossip is the Chair of the Board and Chief Executive Officer of Ceridian HCM Holding Inc., positions he has held since August 2015 and July 2013, respectively. Mr. Ossip joined Ceridian following its acquisition of Dayforce Corporation in 2012, where he held the position of chief executive officer. Mr. Ossip is currently a director for Ossip Consulting Inc., OSDAC Corp., and 100 Wingarden Properties Ltd., each a private company. Additionally, Mr. Ossip has served as a Director of Dragoneer I since August 2020. Mr. Ossip holdsNasdaq Global Select Market. He received a bachelor’s degree in Econometrics and Quantitative Economicselectrical engineering from the University of Toronto and an M.B.A. from Harvard University.

We believe Mr. Ossip is well qualified to serve as a member of our board due to his strategic expertise, deep industry knowledge and vast network of relationships.

Gokul Rajaram has agreed to serve on the board of directors of Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II. He has served as a Director of Pinterest since February 2020, The Trade Desk since May 2018 and Course Hero since June 2008 and has served on the executive team at DoorDash since November 2019. Prior to DoorDash, he worked at Square as Product Engineering Lead from July 2013 to October 2019, where he led several product development teams and served on Square’s executive team. Prior to Square, he served as Product Director of Ads at Facebook from August 2010 to July 2013, where he helped Facebook transition its advertising business to become mobile-first. Earlier in his career, Mr. Rajaram served as a Product Management Director for Google AdSense, where he helped launch the product and grow it into a substantial portion of Google’s business. Additionally, Mr. Rajaram has served as a Director of Dragoneer I since August 2020. Mr. Rajaram holds a bachelor’s degree in Computer Science Engineering from the Indian Institute of Technology, Kanpur where he received the President’s Gold Medal for being class valedictorian. He also holds an M.B.A. from The Massachusetts Institute of Technology and a Mastermaster of Computer Sciencescience degree in computer science from Johns Hopkins University. Mr. Bansal’s experience in working with entrepreneurial companies and his particular familiarity with technology companies make him a valuable asset to the Cvent Board.

David Breach joined our board following the Business Combination. Mr. Breach has held several executive leadership positions with Vista. Mr. Breach has been President and Chief Operating Officer of Vista since August 2021, and was Chief Operating Officer and Chief Legal Officer from January 2015 to August 2021. Mr. Breach also sits on the boards of Datto Holding Corp., a provider of cloud-based software and security solutions; EagleView, a technology provider of aerial imagery, data analytics and geographic information system solutions; Jamf Holding Corp., a software company specializing in Apple infrastructure and security; Mediaocean, an advertising services and software company; Ping Identity Corporation, a software company specializing in identity management solutions; Solera Holdings, a provider of risk management and asset protection software and services to the automotive industry and property insurance marketplace; and Stats Perform, a sports data and analytics company. Before joining Vista, Mr. Breach was a Senior Corporate Partner at the law firm Kirkland & Ellis LLP. Mr. Breach received a J.D. magna cum laude from the University of TexasMichigan Law School and a B.B.A. in Marketing from Eastern Michigan University. Mr. Breach’s experience in corporate strategy, private equity and board leadership make him a valuable asset to the Cvent Board.

Jim Frankola joined our board following the Business Combination. Mr. Frankola was Chief Financial Officer of Cloudera, a company that provides a hybrid cloud platform for data, between October 2012 and October 2021. In this position, Mr. Frankola oversaw finance, accounting, data and information technology functions. Presently, Mr. Frankola remains a Strategic Advisor to Cloudera and has also been a Director of Ansys, a multiphysics engineering simulation software company, since March 2021. Prior to joining Cloudera, Mr. Frankola was Chief Financial Officer of Yodlee, a provider of cloud-based personal financial management solutions, from June 2010 to September 2012. Between 2006 and 2010, Mr. Frankola was a Director of Actividentity, an authentication and credential management company. Mr. Frankola also served as Chief Financial Officer at Austin,Ariba, a software and information technology services company, from 2001 to 2008. Mr. Frankola received an M.B.A. from New York University’s Stern School of Business and a B.S. in accounting from Penn State University. Mr. Frankola’s experience working as a financial executive with cloud-based technology and software companies make him a valuable asset to the Cvent Board.

Betty Hung joined the board of Legacy Cvent beginning in November 2016 and continued to serve on our Board following the Business Combination. Ms. Hung is a managing director at Vista. Ms. Hung joined Vista in January 2007, and during her tenure she has been an Operating Senior Vice President, served as Chief Financial Officer of SumTotal Systems, Inc. and was previously Chief Operating Officer of Vista Consulting Group. Prior to joining Vista, Ms. Hung was Chief Financial Officer of OSIsoft, Inc., a privately held software company from July 2003 to July 2006. Ms. Hung has also worked for Goldman Sachs & Co. as a Vice President in the High Technology Group, as well as High Technology Group as a business unit manager. Ms. Hung sits on the board of PowerSchool Holdings, Inc. (“PowerSchool”), an education technology software company. Ms. Hung earned a bachelor’s degree in economics and Chinese studies from Wellesley College and an M.P.P.M. with a concentration in finance from Yale University. Ms. Hung’s senior management experience as Chief Financial Officer of SumTotal Systems, Inc. and Chief Operating Officer of Vista Consulting Group, as well as her extensive experience in the areas of finance, financial accounting, business transactions and mergers and acquisitions, make her a valuable asset to the Cvent Board.

Marcela Martin joined our board following the Business Combination. Ms. Martin has been Chief Financial Officer of Squarespace, a website building and hosting company, since November 2020. Prior to joining Squarespace, Ms. Martin held several executive leadership positions. Ms. Martin was Chief Financial Officer for Booking.com, a digital travel company, from January 2019 to November 2020 where he receivedshe led the MCD University Fellowship.

We believe Mr. Rajaram is well qualified to servecompany’s finance function and oversaw finance operations, corporate development, and mergers and acquisitions. Between January 2016 and December 2018, Ms. Martin was Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of National Geographic. Between November of 1998 and December of 2015, Ms. Martin held positions with Fox International Channels, including Executive Vice President for Finance and Chief Financial Officer. In September 2021, Ms. Martin joined the board of Avalara, a provider of tax automation for businesses, and joined the board of Chegg, Inc., an education technology company, as a member of our boardthe Audit Committee. Ms. Martin received an M.B.A. from the University of directors due to his extensive industryLiverpool and an M.B.I. in international business from Universidad de Belgrano with thesis pending. Ms. Martin graduated from Universidad de Morón with expertise in accounting. Ms. Martin’s experience servingworking as an executive financial operations leader and board member of severalher skills related to emerging technology companies as well as his vast network of relationships.make her a valuable asset to the Cvent Board.

Jay SimonsSam Payton has agreedjoined our Board following the Business Combination. Mr. Payton joined Vista in 2015 and is currently a Vice President in Vista’s Flagship Fund. Mr. Payton currently serves on the boards of PlanSource Holdings, Inc. and EAB Global, Inc.; and is also actively involved with Vista’s investments in Xactly Corp., Alegeus Technologies, LLC, and Jio Platforms Ltd. Prior to joining Vista, Mr. Payton worked at Odyssey Investment Partners, where he researched middle-market companies across a range of sectors. Mr. Payton also worked at Bank of America Merrill Lynch earlier in his career as an associate in the Financial Sponsors Group. Mr. Payton earned a bachelor’s degree in economics from Duke University and an MBA from The Fuqua School of Business at Duke University. Mr. Payton’s experience in the areas of corporate strategy, technology, finance and private equity make him a valuable asset to the Cvent Board.

Maneet S. Saroya joined the board of Legacy Cvent beginning in November 2016 and continued to serve on our Board following the Business Combination. Mr. Saroya joined Vista in 2008. Mr. Saroya currently is a senior managing director of Vista and Co-Head of the Vista Flagship Fund, and sits on the Vista Flagship Funds’ Investment Committee. Prior to joining Vista, Mr. Saroya worked as a senior research analyst for JMP Securities, where he provided research for buy-side clients on public on-demand (SaaS) companies. Mr. Saroya previously worked as an associate for the enterprise software and applications team. Before his time with JMP, Mr. Saroya worked for Siebel Systems in a sales capacity for the CRM On Demand division. Prior to Siebel, Mr. Saroya worked for Cisco Systems in various operations roles. Mr. Saroya sits on the boards of Datto Holding Corp. and PowerSchool. Mr. Saroya received a bachelor’s degree from California Polytechnic State University. Mr. Saroya’s experience in the areas of corporate strategy, technology, finance and private equity make him a valuable asset to the Cvent Board.

Nicolas Stahl joined the board of Legacy Cvent beginning in May 2019 and continued to serve on our Board following the Business Combination. Mr. Stahl currently serves on the board of directors of Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II. From 2011 until June 2020,Advanced and is also

actively involved with Vista’s investment in PowerSchool. Mr. Simons served as president of Atlassian Corporation Plc. From 2008 to 2011,Stahl was previously involved with Vista’s investments in Active Network, MindBody, Numerator and SumTotal. Mr. Simons was vice president of sales and marketing at Atlassian. From October 2005 to May 2008, Mr. Simons served in various roles, including vice president, marketing, at BEA Systems, Inc. an enterprise software company, which was acquired by Oracle Corporation in 2008. From 1998 to 2005, Mr. Simons served in various roles, including vice president, product marketing and strategy, at Plumtree Software, Inc., a web software company, which was acquired by BEA Systems, Inc. in 2005. Additionally, Mr. Simons has served as a Director of Dragoneer I since August 2020. Mr. SimonsStahl is currently a director of Hubspot, Inc.vice president at Vista. Mr. Simons holdsStahl joined Vista in July 2012. Prior to joining Vista, Mr. Stahl worked in investment banking at Financial Technology Partners. Mr. Stahl earned a bachelor’s degree and a master’s degree in Political and Environmental Science fromfinance at Daniels College of Business at the University of Washington.Denver. Mr. Stahl is a CFA Charterholder. Mr. Stahl’s experience in the areas of corporate strategy, technology, finance and private equity make him a valuable asset to the Cvent Board.

We believe Mr. SimonsFAMILY RELATIONSHIPS

There are no family relationships between any of executive officers or directors of Cvent.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Board Composition and Director Independence

Cvent’s business and affairs is well qualified to serve as a membermanaged under the direction of our board due to his strategic expertise, deep industry knowledge and vast networkthe Cvent Board. Following completion of relationships.

Number and Termsthis Business Combination, the Cvent Board is composed of Officenine directors. The Certificate of Officers and Directors

Our boardIncorporation provides that the authorized number of directors ismay be changed only by resolution of the Cvent Board. The Certificate of Incorporation also provides that the Cvent Board shall be divided into three classes with only one class of directors, being appointedwith the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. Subject to any earlier resignation or removal, the Class I directors are Sanjeev Bansal, Betty Hung and Maneet Saroya, with terms expiring at the Company’s 2022 annual meeting of stockholders, the Class II directors are David Breach, Sam Payton and Nicolas Stahl, with terms expiring at the Company’s 2023 annual meeting of stockholders, and the Class III directors are Rajeev Aggarwal, Jim Frankola and Marcela Martin with terms expiring at the Company’s 2024 annual meeting of stockholders. In addition, the Certificate of Incorporation provides that the directors may be removed with cause by the affirmative vote of at least a majority of the voting power of Cvent’s outstanding shares of stock entitled to vote thereon.

Maneet Saroya is the Chair of the Cvent Board.

The listing standards of the Nasdaq require that, subject to specified exceptions, each year,member of a listed company’s audit, compensation and with each class (except for those directors appointed priornominating and governance committees be independent and that audit committee members also satisfy independence criteria set forth in Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act.

Prior to our first annual general meeting) servingcompletion of this Business Combination, the Cvent Board and the board of Dragoneer (the “Dragoneer Board”) determined that Sanjeev Bansal, Jim Frankola and Marcela Martin meet the requirements to be independent directors. In making this determination, the Cvent Board and the Dragoneer Board considered the relationships that each such non-employee director has with Dragoneer and the relationship they will have with Cvent and all other facts and circumstances that the Board and the Dragoneer Board, respectively, deemed relevant in determining their independence, including beneficial ownership of Dragoneer and Cvent Common Stock.

Controlled Company Status

Following the Business Combination, Vista Equity Partners Fund VI, L.P., Vista Equity Partners Fund VI-A, L.P., VEPF VI FAF, L.P., VEPF III AIV VI, L.P., VEPF III AIV VI-A, L.P., VEPF IV AIV VII, L.P., VEPF IV AIV VII-A, L.P., VFF I AIV IV, L.P. and VFF I AIV IV-A, L.P. (collectively, the “Vista Funds”) control a three-year term. In accordancemajority of outstanding Cvent Common Stock. As a result, Cvent is a “controlled company.” Under the Nasdaq rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain

Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an

annual general meeting untilincluding the requirements that, within one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on Nasdaq. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Marc Stad and Pat Robertson, will expire at our first annual general meeting. The term of officedate of the second classlisting of directors, consisting of Sarah J. Friar, will expire at our second annual general meeting. The term of office of common stock:

the third class of directors, consisting of David D. Ossip, Gokul Rajaram and Jay Simons, will expire at our third annual general meeting.

Prior to the completion of an initial business combination, any vacancy on thecompany has a board of directors may be filled by a nominee chosen by holdersthat is composed of a majority of our founder shares. In addition, prior to“independent directors,” as defined under the completionrules of an initial business combination, holderssuch exchange;

the company has a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and

the company has a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors.

Following the Closing, Cvent has relied on this exemption. As a result, Cvent may not have a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason.

Pursuant to an agreement to be entered into on or prior to the closing of this offering, our sponsor, upon and following consummation of an initial business combination, will be entitled to nominate three individuals for appointment to our board of directors, as long as the sponsor holds any securities covered by the registration and shareholder rights agreement.

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association as it deems appropriate. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that our officers may consist of one or more chairman of the board, chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, vice presidents, secretary, treasurer and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.

Director Independence

Nasdaq listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship with the company that, in the opinion of the company’s board of directors, could interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we expect to have “independent directors” as defined in the Nasdaq listing rules and applicable SEC rules. We expect a majority of our board of directors to be comprised of independent directors within 12 months from the date of listing to comply with the majority independent board requirement in Rule 5605(b) of the Nasdaq listing rules. Our board of directors has determined that Sarah J. Friar, David D. Ossip, Gokul Rajaram and Jay Simons are “independent directors” as defined in Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Executive Officer and Director Compensation

None of our executive officers or directors have received any cash compensation for services rendered to us. Our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or their respective affiliates will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made by us to our sponsor, executive officers or directors, or their affiliates. Any such payments prior to an initial business combination will be made using funds held outside the trust account. Other than quarterly audit committee review of such reimbursements, we do not expect to have any additional controls in place governing our reimbursement payments to our directors and executive officers for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with our activities on our behalf in connection with identifying and consummating an initial business combination. Other than these payments and reimbursements, no compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, will be paid by the company to our sponsor, executive officers and directors, or their respective affiliates, prior to completion of our initial business combination.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to shareholders, to the extent then known, in the proxy solicitation materials or tender offer materials furnished to our shareholders in connection with a proposed business combination. We have not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to our directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed business combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining executive officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our executive officers will be determined, or recommended to the board of directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our board of directors.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of our initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our executive officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after our initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management’s motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our executive officers and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.

CommitteesBoard. In addition, Cvent’s compensation committee of the Board (“Compensation and Nominating Committee”) may not consist entirely of Directors

Uponindependent directors or be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you may not have the effectivenesssame protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the registration statementNasdaq corporate governance requirements. See “Risk Factors — The Company is a ‘controlled company’ under Nasdaq rules, which exempts the Company from certain obligations to comply with certain corporate governance requirements” for more information.

Board Committees

Effective immediately after the First Effective Time, the standing committees of which this prospectus forms a part, our boardthe Board consist of directors will have two standing committees: an audit committee (the “Audit Committee”) and a compensationCompensation and Nominating Committee. Each of the committees reports to the Board.

AUDIT COMMITTEE

The Audit Committee is composed of Sanjeev Bansal, Jim Frankola and Marcela Martin, with Jim Frankola serving as chair of the committee. Subject to phase-in rulesThe Cvent Board determined that Sanjeev Bansal, Jim Frankola and a limited exception,Marcela Martin meet the rulesindependence requirements of Nasdaq and Rule 10A-3 ofunder the Exchange Act require thatand the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, the rules of Nasdaq require that the compensation committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors.

Audit Committee

Upon the effectivenessapplicable listing standards of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will establish an audit committee of the board of directors. David D. Ossip, Gokul Rajaram and Jay Simons will serve as members of our audit committee. Our board of directors hasNasdaq. The Cvent Board determined that each of David D. Ossip, Gokul Rajaram and Jay Simons are independent under Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Gokul Rajaram will serve as the Chairman of the audit committee. Under Nasdaq listing standards and applicable SEC rules, all the directors on the audit committee must be independent. Each member of the audit committeeJim Frankola is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that David D. Ossip, Gokul Rajaram and Jay Simons qualify as an “audit committee financial expert” as defined inwithin the meaning of SEC regulations and applicable SEC rules.

listing standards of the Nasdaq. The audit committee is responsible for:Audit Committee’s responsibilities include:

 

meeting with our independent registered public accounting firm regarding, among other issues, audits,appointing, approving the compensation of, and adequacyassessing the qualifications, performance and independence of our accounting and control systems;

monitoring the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

 

verifying the rotation of the lead (or coordinating) audit partner having primary responsibility for thepre-approving audit and the audit partner responsible for reviewing the audit as required by law;

inquiring and discussing with management our compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

pre-approving all audit services and permittedpermissible non-audit services, to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm, includingand the fees and terms of thesuch services, to be performed;

appointing or replacing theprovided by our independent registered public accounting firm;

 

determining the compensationreview our policies on risk assessment and oversight of the work ofrisk management;

reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm (including resolutionour annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;

reviewing the adequacy of disagreements betweenour internal control over financial reporting;

establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;

recommending, based upon the Audit Committee’s review and discussions with management and the independent auditor regarding financial reporting) for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or related work;

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints received by us regardingregistered public accounting internal accounting controls or reports which raise material issues regardingfirm, whether our audited financial statements or accounting policies;shall be included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;

 

monitoring compliance on a quarterly basis with the terms of this offering and, if any noncompliance is identified, immediately taking all action necessary to rectify such noncompliance or otherwise causingour compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;

preparing the termsAudit Committee report required by the rules of this offering;the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement;

reviewing all related party transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions; and

 

reviewing and approving all payments made todiscussing with management and our existing shareholders, executive officers or directorsindependent registered public accounting firm our earnings releases.

COMPENSATION AND NOMINATING COMMITTEE

The Compensation and their respective affiliates. Any payments made to membersNominating Committee is composed of our audit committee will be reviewedBetty Hung, Maneet Saroya and approved by our board of directors,Nicolas Stahl, with the interested director or directors abstaining from such review and approval.

Compensation Committee

Upon the effectivenessBetty Hung serving as chair of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will establish a compensation committee of our board of directors.committee. The members of our compensation committee will be Sarah J. FriarCompensation and Jay Simons, and Jay Simons will serve as chairman of the compensation committee.

Under Nasdaq listing standards, we are required to have a compensation committee composed entirely of independent directors. Our board of directors has determined that each of Sarah J. Friar and Jay Simons are independent. We will adopt a compensation committee charter, which will detail the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:Nominating Committee’s responsibilities include:

 

annually reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer’s compensation, chief executive officer;

evaluating the performance of our Chief Executive Officer’s performancechief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any)compensation of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;chief executive officer;

 

reviewing and approving the compensation of all of our other Section 16 executive officers;

 

appointing, compensating and overseeing the work of any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the Compensation and Nominating Committee;

conducting the independence assessment outlined in the Nasdaq rules with respect to any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the Compensation and Nominating Committee;

annually reviewing and reassessing the adequacy of the committee charter in its compliance with the listing requirements of the Nasdaq;

reviewing and establishing our executiveoverall management compensation, policiesphilosophy and policy;

overseeing and administering our compensation and similar plans;

 

implementingreviewing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;making recommendations to the Cvent Board with respect to director compensation;

 

assistingreviewing and discussing with management in complying with our proxy statementthe compensation discussion and annual report disclosure requirements;

approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our executive officers and employees;

producing a report on executive compensationanalysis to be included in our annual proxy statement;statement or Annual Report on Form 10-K;

developing and recommending to the Cvent Board criteria for board and committee membership;

identifying and recommending to the Cvent Board the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of our board committees;

developing and recommending to the Cvent Board best practices and corporate governance principles;

developing and recommending to the Cvent Board a set of corporate governance guidelines;

 

reviewing evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

The charter will also provide thatCvent Board the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviserfunctions, duties and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversightcompositions of the workcommittees of any such adviser.the Board;

reviewing and making recommendations to the Cvent Board with respect to Environmental, Social and Governance (“ESG”) strategy, policies and procedures (including the Sustainability Policy) and emergent ESG-related trends and issues (including climate change and human capital management) in connection with Cvent’s business activities, to encourage long-term sustainable performance, manage ESG risks, and effectively communicate ESG initiatives to stakeholders, including ESG ratings agencies;

reviewing and discussing with management ESG reports by management and ESG efforts that management has implemented to monitor and address Cvent’s impact on ESG issues; and

However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser,reviewing and assessing shareholder proposals submitted to Cvent for inclusion in Cvent’s proxy statement, including an assessment of the compensation committee will considerrelevance and significance of the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by Nasdaq and the SEC.proposal.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider ParticipationCOMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

None of our executive officers currently serves, andor in the past fiscal year has not served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors.directors or Compensation and Nominating Committee.

Director NominationsCODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

We do not have a standing nominating committee, though we intend to form a corporate governance and nominating committee as and when required to do so by applicable law or stock exchange rules. In accordance with Nasdaq listing rules, a majorityFollowing the consummation of the independent directors may recommend a director nominee for selection by the board of directors. The board of directors believes that the independent directors can satisfactorily carry out the responsibility of properly selecting or approving director nominees without the formation of a standing nominating committee. In accordance with Nasdaq listing rules, all such directors are independent. As there is no standing nominating committee, we do not have a nominating committee charter in place.

Prior to our initial business combination, the board of directors will also consider director candidates recommended for nomination by our shareholders during such times as they are seeking proposed nominees to stand for election at an annual meeting of shareholders (or, if applicable, a special meeting of shareholders). Our shareholders that wish to nominate a director for election to the Board should follow the procedures set forth in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our shareholders.

Code of Ethics

Upon the effectiveness of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, we will haveBusiness Combination, Cvent adopted a Codecode of Ethics applicablebusiness conduct and ethics that applies to our directors,all of its employees, officers and employees. A copydirectors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. The code of the Codebusiness conduct and ethics is available on our investor relations website at www.investors.cvent.com. The information contained on this website is not part of Ethics will be provided without charge upon request from us. We intend to disclosethis prospectus. If Cvent makes any substantive amendments to, or grant any waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Ethics in a Current Report on Form 8-K.

Conflicts of Interest

Under Cayman Islands law, directors and officers owefrom, the following fiduciary duties:

duty to act in good faith in what the director or officer believes to be in the best interests of the company as a whole;

duty to exercise powers for the purposes for which those powers were conferred and not for a collateral purpose;

directors should not improperly fetter the exercise of future discretion;

duty to exercise powers fairly as between different sections of shareholders;

duty not to put themselves in a position in which there is a conflict between their duty to the company and their personal interests; and

duty to exercise independent judgment.

In addition to the above, directors also owe a duty of care which is not fiduciary in nature. This duty has been defined as a requirement to act as a reasonably diligent person having both the general knowledge, skill and experience that may reasonably be expected of a person carrying out the same functions as are carried out by that director in relation to the company and the general knowledge skill and experience of that director.

As set out above, directors have a duty not to put themselves in a position of conflict and this includes a duty not to engage in self-dealing, or to otherwise benefit as a result of their position. However, in some instances what would otherwise be a breach of this duty can be forgiven and/or authorized in advance by the shareholders provided that there is full disclosure by the directors. This can be done by way of permission granted in the amended and restated memorandum and articles of association or alternatively by shareholder approval at general meetings.

Certain of our Founders, officers and directors presently have, and any of them in the future may have, additional fiduciary and contractual duties to other entities (including Dragoneer I). As a result, if any of our Founders, officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity which is suitable for an entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations (including Dragoneer I), then, subject to their fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law, he or she will need to honor such fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such entity, before we can pursue such opportunity. If these other entities decide to pursue any such opportunity, we may be precluded from pursuing the same. However, we do not expect these duties to materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law: (i) no individual serving as a director or an officer shall have any duty, except and to the extent expressly assumed by contract, to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us; and (ii) we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any potential transaction or matter which may be a corporate opportunitycode for any director or officer, on the one hand, and us, on the other.

In addition, our sponsor, officers and directors may participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director, Cvent will disclose the nature of any other blank check company priorsuch amendment or waiver on our website.

ESG OVERSIGHT

The Cvent Board oversees its approach to completionESG matters, including: its governance and privacy-related policies and practices; its systems of risk management and controls; its human capital strategy; the manner in which it serves customers and supports communities; and how it approaches sustainability in businesses and operations. Cvent believes that its long-term success requires a continued focus on these evolving topics and a commitment to regularly evaluating how we are doing and challenging ourselves to improve.

Cvent believes that its impact on the environment; how it protects and process personal data; how it builds relationships and interact with employees, suppliers, customers and the communities where it operates; and the accountability of its leadership to its stockholders is critically important to the business. Cvent has undertaken a number of strategies to further these goals, including strategies to measure our greenhouse gas footprint, energy efficiency, and natural resource usage; commit to the Science Based Targets initiative (“SBTi”) and develop emissions reduction targets that are in line with the SBTi’s criteria; invest in data security; increase employee diversity; and ensure a respectful workplace and connect with its communities. To support these initiatives, it has several employee led-groups with C-level support that devote time to Cvent’s ERG-related programs. See “Business—Employees and Human Capital Resources” for a more detailed discussion of our initial business combination. As a result, our sponsor, officers or directors could have conflictssocial initiatives.

Cvent maintains several ESG policies, including Sustainability, Code of interestBusiness Conduct and Ethics, Anti-Discrimination and Harassment, and Anti-Corruption policies. Cvent is also in determining whether to present business combination opportunities to us or to any other blank check company with which they may become involved. In particular, affiliatesthe process of our sponsor are currently sponsoring one other blank check company, Dragoneer I. Dragoneer I may seek to complete a business combination in any location and is not focusing on any particular industry for business combinations. Further, Mr. Stad, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, and Mr. Robertson, our President and Chief Operating Officer, serves as President and Chief Operating Officer, for Dragoneer I, respectively. Any such companies, including Dragoneer I, may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target. However, we do not believe that any potential conflicts with Dragoneer I would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination, because while we expect that Dragoneer I will have priority over ussetting goals with respect to acquisition opportunities until it completesenvironmental impact, diversity, equity and inclusion, community engagement, corporate social responsibility, data privacy, cyber security, employee engagement and health and wellness. Finally, with respect to its initial business combination, our management team has significant experience in identifyingservices, Cvent believes its products help achieve a positive social and executing multiple acquisition opportunities simultaneouslyenvironmental impact by helping reduce paper waste at live events and we are not limited by industry or geography in terms ofhelping reduce the acquisition opportunities we can pursue. In addition, given Dragoneer I’s larger size, we expect that investment opportunities that may be appropriateneed for Dragoneer I may not be appropriate for ustravel thanks to its virtual event offerings. Cvent also helps train planners on hosting green events and vice versa.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, we may, at our option, pursue an Affiliated Joint Acquisition opportunity with any such fund or other investment vehicle. Such entity may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceedsits CSN allows customers to complete the acquisition by making a specified future issuance to any such fund or vehicle.identify environmentally friendly venues.

BelowSELLING SECURITYHOLDERS

This prospectus relates to the resale by the Selling Stockholders from time to time of up to 513,892,605 shares of Common Stock. The Selling Stockholders may from time to time offer and sell any or all of the Common Stock set forth below pursuant to this prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement. When we refer to the “Selling Stockholders” in this prospectus, we mean the persons listed in the table below, and the pledgees, donees, transferees, assignees, successors, designees and others who later come to hold any of the Selling Stockholders’ interest in the Common Stock other than through a public sale.

The following table sets forth, as of the date of this prospectus, the names of the Selling Stockholders, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that the Selling Stockholders may offer pursuant to this prospectus and the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the Selling Stockholders after the sale of the securities offered hereby. We have based percentage ownership on 481,121,695 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of December 17, 2021.

We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC and the information is anot necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Unless otherwise indicated below, to our knowledge, the persons and entities named in the table summarizinghave sole voting and sole investment power with respect to all securities that they beneficially own, subject to community property laws where applicable.

We cannot advise you as to whether the entitiesSelling Stockholders will in fact sell any or all of such Common Stock. In addition, the Selling Stockholders may sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of, at any time and from time to which our executive officerstime, the Common Stock in transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act after the date of this prospectus. For purposes of this table, we have assumed that the Selling Stockholders will have sold all of the securities covered by this prospectus upon the completion of the offering.

Selling Stockholder information for each additional Selling Stockholder, if any, will be set forth by prospectus supplement to the extent required prior to the time of any offer or sale of such Selling Stockholder’s shares pursuant to this prospectus. Any prospectus supplement may add, update, substitute, or change the information contained in this prospectus, including the identity of each Selling Stockholder and directors currently have fiduciary duties, contractual obligationsthe number of shares registered on its behalf. A Selling Stockholder may sell or other material management relationships:otherwise transfer all, some or none of such shares in this offering. See “Plan of Distribution.”

 

Individual

Entity

Entity’s Business

Affiliation

Marc Stad

Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC(1)Asset ManagementFounder, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Investment Officer and Managing Partner
Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp.(2)Special Purpose Acquisition CompanyChairman and Chief Executive Officer
Bragg Live Food Products, LLCHealth and Wellness ProductsDirector
AmWINS Group, Inc.InsuranceDirector

Pat Robertson

Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC(1)Asset ManagementPresident and Chief Operating Officer
Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp.(2)Special Purpose Acquisition CompanyPresident, Chief Operating Officer and Director

Sarah J. Friar

Nextdoor, Inc.Social networkChief Executive Officer
Walmart Inc.Retail and Wholesale OperationsDirector
Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp.(2)Special Purpose Acquisition CompanyDirector

David D. Ossip

Ceridian HCM Holding Inc.SoftwareChairman and Chief Executive Officer
Ossip Consulting Inc.Consulting CompanyDirector
Osaldac Corp.Holding CompanyVice President
OsFund Inc.Holding CompanyVice Chairman and Director
100 Wingarden Properties Ltd.Real EstateDirector
Sunnybrook Health Sciences CentreHospitalDirector
Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp.(2)Special Purpose Acquisition CompanyDirector

Gokul Rajaram

Pinterest IncSocial NetworkDirector
The Trade Desk IncDigital Advertising PlatformDirector
Course Hero, Inc.Online Learning PlatformDirector
Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp.(2)Special Purpose Acquisition CompanyDirector

Jay Simons

Hubspot, Inc.Enterprise SoftwareDirector
Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp.(2)Special Purpose Acquisition CompanyDirector
  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to the
Offering
  Unvested
Option
Shares
  Shares
Being
Offered
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After the
Offering
 

Name of Selling Stockholder

 Shares       %         Shares      %   

Rajeev K. Aggarwal

  18,612,745(1)   3.8  —     18,612,745   —     * 

Altimeter Partners Fund, L.P. (2)

  800,000   *   —     800,000   —     * 

Sanjeev K. Bansal

  2,266,292(3)   *   40,842   2,307,134   —     * 

Bharet Malhotra Family Trust (2020) (4)

  —     *   531,857   531,857   —     * 

Blackstone Multi-Asset Direct Holdings – AD (US Centric) L.P. (5)

  3,000,000   *   —     3,000,000   —     * 

Brian A. Ludwig Irrevocable Trust (2018) (6)

  1,022,419(7)   *   —     1,022,419   —     * 

Charles Vijendra Ghoorah Revocable Trust (2013) (8)

  954,348   *   —     954,348   —     * 

Charles V. Ghoorah Irrevocable Trust (2013) (9)

  952,079(10)   *   1,215,285   2,167,364   —     * 

Entities advised by Capital Research and Management Company (11)

  10,000,000   *   —     10,000,000   —     * 

David C. Quattrone Irrevocable Trust (2013) (12)

  1,089,581(13)   *   —     1,089,581   —     * 

  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to the
Offering
 ��Unvested
Option
Shares
  Shares
Being
Offered
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After the
Offering
 

Name of Selling Stockholder

 Shares       %         Shares      %   

Dragoneer Funding II-A LLC (14)

  12,552,000   2.6  —     12,552,000   —     * 

Fidelity Advisor Series I: Fidelity Advisor Balanced Fund - Information Technology Sub (15)

  122,436   *   —     122,436   —     * 

Fidelity Puritan Trust: Fidelity Balanced Fund - Information Technology Sub (15)

  788,735   *   —     788,735   —     * 

Fidelity Puritan Trust: Fidelity Balanced K6 Fund - Information Technology Sub-portfolio (15)

  16,168   *   —     16,168   —     * 

Fidelity Select Portfolios: Select Technology Portfolio (15)

  1,099,667   *   —     1,099,667   —     * 

Pete Floros

  1,881,468(16)   *   373,026   2,254,494   —     * 

Sarah J. Friar

  75,000   *   —     75,000   —     * 

Charles V. Ghoorah

  4,092,852(17)   *   —     4,092,852   —     * 

Hedosophia Public Investments Limited(18)

  6,000,000   1.2  —     6,000,000   —     * 

Lead Edge Capital V, LP (19)

  315,000   *   —     315,000   —     * 

Lead Edge Public Fund, LP (19)

  185,000   *   —     185,000   —     * 

Brian Ludwig

  1,295,154(20)   *   531,857   1,827,011   —     * 

Bharet Malhotra

  2,207,752(21)   *   —     2,207,752   —     * 

Nitin Malhotra

  1,169,904(22)   *   309,493   1,479,397   —     * 

Pradeep Mannakkara

  518,243(23)   *   185,605   703,848   —     * 

MMF LT, LLC (24)

  500,000   *   —     500,000   —     * 

William J. Newman, III

  379,379(25)   *   272,281   651,660   —     * 

OCM VEF Cvent Holdings PT, L.P. (26)

  2,500,000   *   —     2,500,000   —     * 

OCM VOF Cvent Holdings PT, L.P. (27)

  2,500,000   *   —     2,500,000   —     * 

David D. Ossip

  75,000   *   —     75,000   —     * 

Anil Punyapu

  858,594(28)   *   245,053   1,103,647   —     * 

Rohit Sharma

  188,782(29)   *   108,005   296,787   —     * 

David C. Quattrone

  5,319,029(30)   1.1  1,215,285   6,534,314   —     * 

Gokul Rajaram

  75,000   *   —     75,000   —     * 

Reggie and Dharini Aggarwal Irrevocable Trust (2011) (31)

  2,249,957   *   4,051,556   6,301,513   —     * 

Lawrence J. Samuelson

  763,751(32)   *   270,466   1,034,217   —     * 

Senator Global Opportunity Master Fund LP (33)

  700,000   *   —     700,000   —     * 

Senvest Master Fund, LP (34)

  900,000   *   —     900,000   —     * 

Senvest Technology Partners Master Fund, LP (35)

  100,000   *   —     100,000   —     * 

Jay Simons

  75,000   *   —     75,000   —     * 

Southpoint Capital Advisors LP (36)

  3,032,062   *   —     3,000,000   32,062   * 

Strategic Advisers Fidelity U.S. Total Stock Fund - FIAM Sector Managed - Technology Sub by FIAM LLC as Investment Manager (15)

  267,744   *   —     267,744   —     * 

Strategic Advisers Large Cap Fund - FIAM Sector Managed Technology Sub by FIAM LLC as Investment Manager (15)

  88,079   *   —     88,079   —     * 

Roland Tanner

  19,059   *   —     19,059   —     * 

  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior to the
Offering
  Unvested
Option
Shares
  Shares
Being
Offered
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After the
Offering
 

Name of Selling Stockholder

 Shares        %         Shares      %   

TDM Growth Partners Pty Ltd (37)

  3,000,000    *   —     3,000,000   —     * 

Topia Ventures, LLC (38)

  500,000    *   —     500,000   —     * 

Todd E. Tyler

  58,540    *   —     58,540   —     * 

Variable Insurance Products Fund III: VIP Balance Portfolio - Information Technology Sub (15)

  117,171    *   —     117,171   —     * 

Vista Funds (39)

  397,745,049    82.7  —     397,745,049   —     * 

Washington Harbour Capital Master Fund, LP (40)

  952,500    *   —     952,500   —     * 

Washington Harbour Capital Long Only Master Fund, LP (40)

  47,500    *   —     47,500   —     * 

Yo Cherry, LLC (41)

  545,017    *   —     545,017   —     * 

Zoom Video Communications, Inc. (42)

  10,000,000    2.1  —     10,000,000   —     * 

 

(1)

Includes Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC and certain of its funds, affiliates, and other related entities, including certain portfolio companies in which the funds and other related entities invest.9,217,654 shares underlying vested options.

(2)

This entity’s amendedVoting and restated memorandum and articlesdispositive power with respect to the securities held by the selling stockholder is exercised by Brad Gerstner, its General Partner.

(3)

Includes 44,926 shares underlying vested options.

(4)

The trustee of association contains a waiverthis trust is Shagun Malhotra.

(5)

Reflects shares held directly by Blackstone Multi-Asset Direct Holdings—AD (US Centric) L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Multi-Asset Direct Holdings—AD (US Centric) L.P. is Blackstone Multi-Asset GP L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Multi-Asset GP L.P. is BTO AD GP L.L.C. The sole member of BTO AD GP L.L.C. is Blackstone Holdings III L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III L.P. is Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. The general partner of Blackstone Holdings III GP L.P. is Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. The sole member of Blackstone Holdings III GP Management L.L.C. is Blackstone Inc. The sole holder of the corporate opportunity doctrine.Series II preferred stock of Blackstone Inc. is Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. Blackstone Group Management L.L.C. is wholly owned by Blackstone’s senior managing directors and controlled by its founder, Stephen A. Schwarzman. Each of the Blackstone entities described in this footnote and Stephen A. Schwarzman (other than to the extent it or he directly holds securities as described herein) may be deemed to beneficially own the securities directly or indirectly controlled by such Blackstone entities or him, but each disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities. The address of each of such Blackstone entities and Mr. Schwarzman is c/o Blackstone Inc., 345 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10154.

(6)

The trustee of this trust is Rindi Ludwig.

(7)

Represents 1,022,419 shares underlying vested options.

(8)

Charles V. Ghoorah is trustee of this trust.

(9)

Karen Ghoorah and Robert R. Ghoorah are co-trustees of this trust.

(10)

Includes 815,938 shares underlying vested options.

(11)

Consists of (i) 9,655,200 shares of common stock held by SMALLCAP World Fund, Inc. (“SCWF”) and (ii) 344,800 shares of common stock held by American Funds Insurance Series—Global Small Capitalization Fund (“VISC” and, together with SCWF, the “CRMC Stockholders”). Capital Research and Management Company (“CRMC”) is the investment adviser for each CRMC Stockholder. For purposes of the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, CRMC or Capital Research Global Investors (“CRGI”) may be deemed to be the beneficial owner of the shares of common stock held by each CRMC Stockholder; however, each of CRMC and CRGI expressly disclaims that it is, in fact, the beneficial owner of such securities. Brady L. Enright, Julian N. Abdey, Jonathan Knowles, Gregory W. Wendt, Peter Eliot, Bradford F. Freer, Leo Hee, Roz Hongsaranagon, Harold H. La, Dimitrije Mitrinovic, Aidan O’Connell, Samir Parekh, Andraz Razen, Renaud H. Samyn, Arun Swaminathan, Thatcher Thompson, Michael Beckwith, and Shlok Melwani, as portfolio managers, have voting and investment powers over the shares held by SCWF. Renaud H. Samyn,

Michael Beckwith, Bradford F. Freer, Harold H. La, Aidan O’Connell, and Gregory W. Wendt, as portfolio managers, have voting and investment powers over the shares held by VISC. The address for each of the CRMC Stockholders is c/o Capital Research and Management Company, 333 S. Hope St., 50th Floor, Los Angeles, California 90071. Each of the CRMC Stockholders acquired the securities being registered hereby in the ordinary course of its business.
(12)

Robyn C. Quattrone is trustee of this trust.

(13)

Includes 680,705 shares underlying vested options.

(14)

Mr. Marc Stad is the sole member of the ultimate managing member of Dragoneer Global GP II, LLC, which is the general partner of Dragoneer Global Fund II, L.P., which is the manager of Dragoneer Funding II-A LLC. As a result of the foregoing relationships, Mr. Stad may be deemed to beneficially own securities held by Dragoneer Funding II-A LLC. The business address of Dragoneer Funding II-A LLC and Mr. Stad is c/o Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC, One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite M500, San Francisco, California.

(15)

These accounts are managed by direct or indirect subsidiaries of FMR LLC. Abigail P. Johnson is a Director, the Chairman, the Chief Executive Officer and the President of FMR LLC. Members of the Johnson family, including Abigail P. Johnson, are the predominant owners, directly or through trusts, of Series B voting common shares of FMR LLC, representing 49% of the voting power of FMR LLC. The Johnson family group and all other Series B shareholders have entered into a shareholders’ voting agreement under which all Series B voting common shares will be voted in accordance with the majority vote of Series B voting common shares. Accordingly, therethrough their ownership of voting common shares and the execution of the shareholders’ voting agreement, members of the Johnson family may be deemed, under the Investment Company Act of 1940, to form a controlling group with respect to FMR LLC. Neither FMR LLC nor Abigail P. Johnson has the sole power to vote or direct the voting of the shares owned directly by the various investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act (“Fidelity Funds”) advised by Fidelity Management & Research Company (“FMR Co”), a wholly owned subsidiary of FMR LLC, which power resides with the Fidelity Funds’ Boards of Trustees. Fidelity Management & Research Company carries out the voting of the shares under written guidelines established by the Fidelity Funds’ Boards of Trustees.

(16)

Includes 1,772,556 shares underlying vested options.

(17)

Represents 4,092,852 shares underlying vested options.

(18)

The board of directors of Hedosophia Public Investments Limited comprises Ian Osborne, Iain Stokes, Rob King and Trina Le Noury and each director has shared voting and dispositive power with respect to the securities held by Hedosophia Public Investments Limited. Each of them disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities held by Hedosophia Public Investments Limited. The address of Hedosophia Public Investments Limited is no conflicting obligationTrafalgar Court, Les Banques, St Peter Port, Guernsey GY1 3QL.

(19)

Voting and dispositive power with respect to bring opportunitiesthe securities held by the selling stockholder is exercised by Mitchell Green, Nimay Mehta Brian Neider, as members of Lead Edge Capital Management, LLC.

(20)

Includes 1,022,872 shares underlying vested options.

(21)

Includes 2,045,291 shares underlying vested options.

(22)

Includes 1,063,715 shares underlying vested options.

(23)

Includes 477,401 shares underlying vested options.

(24)

Moore Capital Management, LP, the investment manager of MMF LT, LLC, has voting and investment control of the shares held by MMF LT, LLC. Mr. Louis M. Bacon controls the general partner of Moore Capital Management, LP and may be deemed the beneficial owner of the shares of the Company held by MMF LT, LLC. Mr. Bacon also is the indirect majority owner of MMF LT, LLC. The address of MMF LT, LLC, Moore Capital Management, LP and Mr. Bacon is 11 Times Square, New York, New York 10036.

(25)

Represents 379,379 shares underlying vested options.

(26)

OCM VEF Cvent Holdings PT, L.P. (“VEF Cvent Holdings”) is beneficially owned by Oaktree Value Equity Fund, L.P. (“VEF Fund”). VEF Fund is controlled by its general partner, Oaktree Value Equity Fund GP, L.P. (“VEF GP”), and VEF GP’s general partner, which is Oaktree Value Equity Fund GP Ltd. (“VEF Ultimate GP”). VEF GP and VEF Ultimate GP are each in turn an affiliate of Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. (“OCM”), which is the investment manager of VEF Fund and is the director of VEF Ultimate GP. As a

result, VEF Fund and OCM may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares owned by VEF Cvent Holdings. OCM’s asset management business is indirectly controlled by Oaktree Capital Group, LLC (“OCG”) and Atlas OCM Holdings LLC (“Atlas OCM”). As of September 30, 2021, approximately 62% of OCM’s business is indirectly owned by Brookfield Asset Management, Inc. (“Brookfield”) and the remaining approximately 38% is ultimately owned by current and former OCM executives and employees. Brookfield’s ownership interest in OCM’s business is held through OCG, Atlas OCM and other holding entities. BAM Partners Trust is the sole owner of Class B Limited Voting Shares of Brookfield. The current and former OCM executives and employees hold their interests through a separate entity, Oaktree Capital Group Holdings, L.P, . (“OCGH LP”). The board of directors of OCG and of Atlas OCM is currently comprised of: (i) five Oaktree senior executives, Howard S. Marks, Bruce A. Karsh, Jay S. Wintrob, John B. Frank, and Sheldon M. Stone; (ii) three independent directors, Stephen J. Gilbert, D. Richard Masson, and Marna C. Whittington; and (iii) two Brookfield senior executives, Justin B. Beber and J. Bruce Flatt. Each of foregoing entities and individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.
(27)

OCM VOF Cvent Holdings PT, L.P. (“VOF Cvent Holdings”) is beneficially owned by Oaktree Value Opportunites Fund, L.P. (“VOF Fund”). VOF Fund is controlled by its general partner, Oaktree Value Opportunities Fund GP, L.P. (“VOF GP”), and VOF GP’s general partner, which is Oaktree Value Opportunities Fund GP Ltd. (“VOF Ultimate GP”). VOF GP and VOF Ultimate GP are each in turn an affiliate of Oaktree Capital Management, L.P. (“OCM”), which is the investment manager of VOF Fund and is the director of VOF Ultimate GP. As a result, VOF Fund and OCM may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares owned by VOF Cvent Holdings. OCM’s asset management business is indirectly controlled by Oaktree Capital Group, LLC (“OCG”) and Atlas OCM Holdings LLC (“Atlas OCM”). As of September 30, 2021, approximately 62% of OCM’s business is indirectly owned by Brookfield Asset Management, Inc. (“Brookfield”) and the remaining approximately 38% is ultimately owned by current and former OCM executives and employees. Brookfield’s ownership interest in OCM’s business is held through OCG, Atlas OCM and other holding entities. BAM Partners Trust is the sole owner of Class B Limited Voting Shares of Brookfield. The current and former OCM executives and employees hold their interests through a separate entity, Oaktree Capital Group Holdings, L.P, . (“OCGH LP”). The board of directors of OCG and of Atlas OCM is currently comprised of: (i) five Oaktree senior executives, Howard S. Marks, Bruce A. Karsh, Jay S. Wintrob, John B. Frank, and Sheldon M. Stone; (ii) three independent directors, Stephen J. Gilbert, D. Richard Masson, and Marna C. Whittington; and (iii) two Brookfield senior executives, Justin B. Beber and J. Bruce Flatt. Each of foregoing entities and individuals disclaims beneficial ownership of the securities, except to the extent of their pecuniary interest therein.

(28)

Includes 543,656 shares held by Padmavati Enterprises, Inc. and beneficially owned by Mr. Punyapu and 247,322 shares underlying vested options.

(29)

Includes 163,823 shares underlying vested options.

(30)

Includes 4,228,086 shares underlying vested options.

(31)

Dharini Aggarwal and Sanjeev Aggarwal are co-trustees of this entity beforetrust.

(32)

Represents 763,751 shares underlying vested options.

(33)

Senator Investment Group LP, or Senator, is investment manager of the Company.selling security holder and may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares. The general partner of Senator is Senator Management LLC (the “Senator GP”). Douglas Silverman controls Senator GP, and, accordingly, may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by this selling security holder. Mr. Silverman disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the selling security holder.

(34)

Voting and dispositive power with respect to the securities held by the selling stockholder is exercised by Senvest Management, LLC on behalf of its advisory client Senvest Master Fund, LP.

(35)

Voting and dispositive power with respect to the securities held by the selling stockholder is exercised by Senvest Management, LLC on behalf of its advisory client Senvest Technology Partners Master Fund, LP.

(36)

Voting and dispositive power with respect to the securities held by the selling stockholder is exercised by John S. Clark II. Amount includes 32,062 previously registered shares of Common Stock.

(37)

Voting and dispositive power with respect to the securities held by the selling stockholders is exercised by Tom Cowan, Hamish Corlett and Ben Gisz as directors of TDM Growth Partners Pty Ltd.

(38)

Consists of 500,000 shares of common stock held by Topia Ventures, LLC. Topia Ventures Management, LLC is the managing member of Topia Ventures, LLC. Mr. David Broser is the managing member of Topia Ventures Management, LLC. The address for Topia Ventures, LLC is c/o Topia Ventures Management, LLC, 104 W. 40th Street, 19th Floor, New York, NY 10018.

(39)

Represents 181,049,399 shares held directly by Vista Equity Partners Fund VI, L.P., or VEPF VI, 109,372,061 shares held directly by Vista Equity Partners Fund VI-A, L.P., or VEPF VI-A, and 2,203,215 shares held directly by VEPF VI FAF, L.P., or VEPF VI FAF. Vista Equity Partners Fund VI GP, L.P., or VEPF VI GP, is the sole general partner of each of VEPF VI, VEPF VI-A and VEPF VI FAF. VEPF VI GP’s sole general partner is VEPF VI GP, Ltd., or VEPF VI UGP. Robert F. Smith is the Sole Director of VEPF VI UGP, as well as one of its 11 Members. VEPF Management, L.P., or VEPF Management, is the sole management company of each of VEPF VI, VEPF VI-A and VEPF VI FAF. VEPF Management’s sole general partner is VEP Group, LLC, or VEP Group, and VEPF Management’s sole limited partner is Vista Equity Partners Management, LLC, or VEPM. VEP Group is the Senior Managing Member of VEPM. Additionally represents 51,185,845 shares held directly by VEPF IV AIV VII, L.P., or VEPF IV, and 19,637,433 shares held directly by VEPF IV AIV VII-A, L.P., or VEPF IV-A. Vista Equity Partners Fund IV GP, LLC, or VEPF IV GP, is the sole general partner of each of VEPF IV and VEPF IV-A. VEPF IV GP’s sole senior managing member is VEP Group. Additionally represents 18,693,976 shares held directly by VEPF III AIV VI, L.P., or VEPF III, and 3,427,576 shares held directly by VEPF III AIV VI-A, L.P., or VEPF III-A. Vista Equity Partners Fund III GP, LLC, or VEPF III GP is the sole general partner of each of VEPF III and VEPF III-A. VEPF III GP’s sole senior managing member is VEP Group. Additionally represents 6,552,013 shares held directly by VFF I AIV IV, L.P., or VFF I, and 5,623,531 shares held directly by VFF I AIV IV-A, L.P., or VFF I-A, and collectively with VEPF VI, VEPF VI-A, VEPF VI FAF, VEPF IV, VEPF IV-A, VEPF III, VEPF III-A and VFF I, the Vista Funds. Vista Foundation Fund I GP, LLC, or VFF I GP, is the sole general partner of each of VFF I and VFF I-A. VFF I GP’s sole senior managing member is VEP Group. Robert F. Smith is the sole Managing Member of VEP Group. Consequently, Mr. Smith, VEPF VI UGP and VEP Group may be deemed the beneficial owners of the shares held by VEPF VI, VEPF VI-A and VEPF VI FAF, and Mr. Smith and VEP Group may be deemed the beneficial owners of the shares held by VEPF IV, VEPF IV-A, VEPF III, VEPF III-A, VFF I and VFF I-A. Each of the Vista Funds, VEPF VI UGP, VEP Group and Mr. Smith expressly disclaim beneficial ownership of any shares not held directly. The principal business address of each of the Vista Funds, VEPF VI UGP, VEPF Management and VEP Group is c/o Vista Equity Partners, 4 Embarcadero Center, 20th Fl., San Francisco, California 94111. The principal business address of Mr. Smith is c/o Vista Equity Partners, 401 Congress Drive, Suite 3100, Austin, Texas 78701.

(40)

Voting and dispositive power with respect to the securities held by the selling stockholder is exercised by Washington Harbour Partners, LP, whose underlying owner is Mina Faltas.

(41)

Represents 545,017 shares held by Yo Cherry, LLC. Voting and dispositive power with respect to the securities held by the selling stockholder is exercised by Tait Sye, trustee to the SYE 2019 Charitable Remainder Trust.

(42)

Voting/dispositive decisions with respect to the shares are made by Zoom’s Board of Directors.

Potential investors should alsoDESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

The following summary of certain provisions of Cvent securities does not purport to be awarecomplete and is subject to the Certificate of Incorporation, the Bylaws and the provisions of applicable law.

Authorized Capitalization

General

Cvent’s authorized capital stock consists of 1,500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Preferred Stock”). As of December 17, 2021, Cvent had 481,121,695 shares of Cvent Common Stock outstanding (not including shares of Cvent Common Stock underlying options issued to current optionholders of Legacy Cvent), and has no shares of preferred stock outstanding. The following description of capital stock is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and to the applicable provisions of the following other potential conflictsDGCL.

Cvent Common Stock

Dividend Rights

Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of interest:

Our executive officersCvent Preferred Stock outstanding at the time, holders of outstanding shares of Cvent Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available at the times and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their fullin the amounts as the Cvent Board may determine from time to our affairs,time.

Voting Rights

Each outstanding share of Cvent Common Stock is entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. Holders of shares of Cvent Common Stock shall have no cumulative voting rights.

Preemptive Rights

Cvent Common Stock is not entitled to preemptive or other similar subscription rights to purchase any of Cvent’s securities.

Conversion or Redemption Rights

Cvent Common Stock is neither convertible nor redeemable.

Liquidation Rights

Upon Cvent’s liquidation, the holders of Cvent Common Stock are entitled to receive pro rata Cvent’s assets that are legally available for distribution, after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of Cvent Preferred Stock then outstanding.

Preferred Stock

The Cvent Board may, without further action by its shareholders, from time to time, direct the issuance of shares of Cvent Preferred Stock in series and may, at the time of issuance, determine the designations, powers, preferences, privileges, and relative participating, optional or special rights as well as the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may result in a conflictbe greater than the rights of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our searchthe Cvent Common Stock. Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding shares of Cvent Preferred Stock would reduce the amount

of funds available for a business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completionpayment of our initial business combination. Eachdividends on shares of our executive officers is engaged in several other business endeavors for which heCvent Common Stock. Holders of shares of Cvent Preferred Stock may be entitled to substantial compensation, and our executive officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs nor are they prohibited from sponsoring, or otherwise becoming involved with, any other blank check companies prior to us completing our initial business combination. See “Risk Factors—Our executive officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could havereceive a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.”

Our sponsor subscribed for founder shares prior to the date of this prospectus and will purchase private placement shares in a transaction that will close simultaneously with the closing of this offering.

We have entered into a forward purchase agreement with Dragoneer Funding II, which is an affiliate of our sponsor.

Our sponsor and each member of our management team have entered into an agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares, public shares and private placement shares held by them in connection with (i) the completion of our initial business combination, and (ii) a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering or during any Extension Period or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares. Additionally, our sponsor has agreed to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to its founder shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame. If we do not complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame, the private placement shares will expire worthless. Except as described herein, our sponsor and our directors and executive officers have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares until the earliest of (A) one year after the completion of our initial business combination and (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, (x) if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share subdivisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 120 days after our initial business combination, or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. Except as described herein, the private placement shares will not be transferable until 30 days following the completion of our initial business combination. Because each of our executive officers and director nominees will own ordinary shares directly or indirectly, they may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors is included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination. In addition, our Founders, sponsor, officers and directors may sponsor, form or participate in other blank check companies similar to ours during the period in which we are seeking an initial business combination. Any such companies may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target, particularlypreference payment in the event thereof liquidation before any payment is overlap among investment mandates.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination withmade to the holders of shares of Cvent Common Stock. Under certain circumstances, the issuance of shares of Cvent Preferred Stock may render more difficult or tend to discourage a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, Founders, officersmerger, tender offer or directors. Inproxy contest, the event we seek to complete our initial business combination withassumption of control by a company that is affiliated with our sponsorholder of a large block of Cvent’s securities or anythe removal of our Founders, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors, if required by applicable law or based upon the decision of our board of directors or a committee thereof, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that such initial business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

Furthermore, in no event will our sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or their respective affiliates, be paid by us any finder’s fee, consulting fee or other compensation prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our initial business combination. Our sponsor has agreed to provide us office space and general administrative services at no cost.

We cannot assure you that any of the above mentioned conflicts will be resolved in our favor.

If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if we obtain the approval of an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requiresincumbent management. Upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office, the Cvent Board, without shareholder approval, may issue shares of Cvent Preferred Stock with voting and conversion rights which could adversely affect the holders of shares of Cvent Common Stock and the market value of Cvent’s Common Stock.

ANTI-TAKEOVER EFFECTS OF THE CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND THE BYLAWS

The Certificate of Incorporation, Bylaws and the DGCL contain provisions, which are summarized in the following paragraphs that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the Cvent Board. These provisions are intended to avoid costly takeover battles, reduce vulnerability to a hostile change of control and enhance the ability of the Cvent Board to maximize shareholder value in connection with any unsolicited offer to acquire us. However, these provisions may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, deter or prevent a merger or acquisition of Cvent by means of a tender offer, a proxy contest or other takeover attempt that a shareholder might consider in its best interest, including those attempts that might result in a premium over the prevailing market price for the shares of Cvent Common Stock held by shareholders.

These provisions include:

Classified Board

The Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Cvent Board will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible, and with the directors serving three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of the Cvent Board will be elected each year. The classification of directors has the effect of making it more difficult for shareholders to change the composition of the Cvent Board. The Certificate of Incorporation also provides that, subject to any rights of holders of Cvent Preferred Stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances and subject to the Investor Rights Agreement, the number of directors will be fixed exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by its board of directors. Currently, the Cvent Board has nine members.

Shareholder Action by Written Consent

The Certificate of Incorporation precludes shareholder action by written consent.

Special Meetings of Shareholders

The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that, except as required by law, special meetings of the Cvent shareholders may be called at any time only by or at the direction of the Cvent Board or the chairman of the Cvent Board. The Bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting. These provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of Cvent.

Advance Notice Procedures

The Bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for shareholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our shareholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to our board of directors. Shareholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Cvent Board or by a shareholder who attend andwas a

shareholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given the Cvent Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the shareholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the Bylaws do not give the Cvent Board the power to approve or disapprove shareholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the Bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of Cvent.

Removal of Directors; Vacancies

The Certificate of Incorporation provides that, subject to the Investor Rights Agreement, directors may only be removed for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority in voting power of all the then-outstanding shares of stock of Cvent entitled to vote thereon, voting together as a single class. In addition, the Certificate of Incorporation provides that, subject to the rights granted to one or more series of Cvent Preferred Stock then outstanding, any newly created directorship on the Cvent Board that results from an increase in the number of directors and any vacancies on the Cvent Board will be filled only by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even if less than a quorum, by a sole remaining director.

The combination of the classification of the Cvent Board and the lack of cumulative voting will make it more difficult for our existing shareholders to replace the Cvent Board as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing the Cvent Board. Because the Cvent Board has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing shareholders or another party to effect a change in management.

Authorized but Unissued Shares

The authorized but unissued shares of Cvent Common Stock and Cvent Preferred Stock are available for future issuance without shareholder approval, subject to stock exchange rules. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. One of the effects of the existence of authorized but unissued Cvent Common Stock or Cvent Preferred Stock may be to enable the Cvent Board to issue shares to persons friendly to current management, which issuance could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of Cvent by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby protect the continuity of Cvent’s management and possibly deprive Cvent’s shareholders of opportunities to sell their shares of Cvent Common Stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.

Business Combinations

The Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws provide that Cvent is not be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a “business combination” with an “interested shareholder” for a three-year period following the time that the person becomes an interested shareholder, unless the business combination is approved in a prescribed manner. A “business combination” includes, among other things, a merger, asset or stock sale or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested shareholder. An “interested shareholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or did own within three years prior to the determination of interested shareholder status, 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock.

Under Section 203, a business combination between a corporation and an interested shareholder is prohibited unless it satisfies one of the following conditions: (1) before the shareholder became an interested shareholder, the board of directors approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder; (2) upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the shareholder becoming an interested shareholder, the interested shareholder owned at least 85% of the voting

stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers, and employee stock plans, in some instances; or (3) at or after the time the shareholder became an interested shareholder, the business combination was approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of the company. Inshareholders by the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested shareholder.

A Delaware corporation may “opt out” of these provisions with an express provision in its original certificate of incorporation or an express provision in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws resulting from a shareholders’ amendment approved by at least a majority of the outstanding voting shares.

Cvent has opted out of Section 203 in the Certificate of Incorporation.

DISSENTERS’ RIGHTS OF APPRAISAL AND PAYMENT

Under the DGCL, with certain exceptions, Cvent’s shareholders will have appraisal rights in connection with a merger or consolidation of us. Pursuant to the DGCL, shareholders who properly request and perfect appraisal rights in connection with such case, our sponsor and each membermerger or consolidation will have the right to receive payment of our management team have agreedthe fair value of their shares as determined by the Delaware Court of Chancery.

SHAREHOLDERS’ DERIVATIVE ACTIONS

Under the DGCL, any of Cvent’s shareholders may bring an action in Cvent’s name to procure a judgment in Cvent’s favor, also known as a derivative action, provided that the shareholder bringing the action is a holder of Cvent’s shares at the time of the transaction to which the action relates or such shareholder’s stock thereafter devolved by operation of law.

AMENDMENT TO CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION AND BYLAWS

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote their any founder shares, public shareson amendments to a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws is required to approve such amendment.

The Certificate of Incorporation and private placement shares heldBylaws provide that, subject to the terms of the Investor Rights Agreement, each may be amended by themthe affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote thereon.

EXCLUSIVE FORUM

The Certificate of Incorporation provides that, unless it consents in favorwriting to the selection of our initial business combination.

Limitation on Liability and Indemnificationan alternative forum, the Court of Officers and Directors

Cayman Islands lawChancery of the State of Delaware (or, if the Court of Chancery does not limithave jurisdiction, the extentUnited States District Court for the District of Delaware) will be the sole and exclusive forum for any state court action for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on Cvent’s behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of Cvent’s directors, officers or other employees to Cvent or Cvent’s shareholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against Cvent or any director or officer of Cvent arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, Cvent’s certificate of incorporation or Cvent’s bylaws or (4) any other action asserting a claim against Cvent or any director or officer of Cvent that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine; provided that for the avoidance of doubt, the forum selection provision that identifies the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the exclusive forum for certain litigation, including any “derivative action,” will not apply to suits to enforce a duty or liability created by the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any other claim for which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, exceptthe federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. Unless Cvent consents in writing to the extentselection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States shall be the exclusive forum for the

resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of Cvent’s capital stock will be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of Cvent’s certificate of incorporation described above; provided, however, that stockholders will not be deemed to have waived compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. These provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against Cvent or its directors and officers. Additionally, the forum selection clause in Cvent’s certificate of incorporation may limit its stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a forum that they find favorable for disputes with it or its directors, officers, employees, or agents, which may discourage such provisionlawsuits against it and its directors, officers, employees, and agents even though an action, if successful, might benefit stockholders. The Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware may also reach different judgments or results than would other courts, including courts where a stockholder considering an action may be heldlocated or would otherwise choose to bring the action, and such judgments may be more or less favorable to Cvent than its stockholders.

Moreover, Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for federal and state courts over all claims brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against willful default, willful neglect, civil fraudSecurities Act or the consequencesrules and regulations thereunder and Cvent’s bylaws provide that the federal district courts of committingthe United States of America will, unless consented to in writing and to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for resolving any complaint asserting a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articlescause of association provide for indemnificationaction arising under the Securities Act.

CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

Delaware law permits corporations to adopt provisions renouncing any interest or expectancy in certain opportunities that are presented to the corporation or its officers, directors or shareholders. Cvent’s Certificate of our officers and directorsIncorporation, to the maximum extent permitted from time to time by Delaware law, renounces any interest or expectancy that Cvent has in, or right to be offered an opportunity to participate in, specified business opportunities that are from time to time presented to certain of its officers, directors or shareholders or their respective affiliates, other than those officers, directors, shareholders or affiliates who are Cvent or its subsidiaries’ employees. Cvent’s certificate of incorporation provides that, to the fullest extent permitted by law, includingno director who is not employed by Cvent (including any non-employee director who serves as one of Cvent’s officers in both his director and officer capacities) or his or her affiliates has any duty to refrain from (1) engaging in a corporate opportunity in the same or similar lines of business in which Cvent or its affiliates now engage or propose to engage or (2) otherwise competing with Cvent or its affiliates. In addition, to the fullest extent permitted by law, in the event that any non-employee director acquires knowledge of a potential transaction or other business opportunity which may be a corporate opportunity for itself or himself or its or his affiliates or for Cvent or its affiliates, such person has no duty to communicate or offer such transaction or business opportunity to Cvent or any of its affiliates and they may take any such opportunity for themselves or offer it to another person or entity. The Certificate of Incorporation does not renounce its interest in any business opportunity that is expressly offered to a non-employee director solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of Cvent. To the fullest extent permitted by law, no business opportunity will be deemed to be a potential corporate opportunity for Cvent unless it would be permitted to undertake the opportunity under Cvent’s Certificate of Incorporation, it has sufficient financial resources to undertake the opportunity, and the opportunity would be in line with its business.

LIMITATIONS ON LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors’ fiduciary duties, subject to certain exceptions. Cvent’s Certificate of Incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except to the extent such exemption from liability incurredor limitation thereof is not permitted under the DGCL. The effect of these provisions will be to eliminate the rights of Cvent and its shareholders, through shareholders’ derivative suits on its behalf, to recover monetary damages from a director for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, including breaches

resulting from grossly negligent behavior. However, exculpation will not apply to any director if the director has acted in their capacitiesbad faith, knowingly or intentionally violated the law, authorized illegal dividends or redemptions or derived an improper benefit from his or her actions as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect. We will enter into agreements with oura director.

The Bylaws provide that Cvent must indemnify and advance expenses to its directors and officers to provide contractual indemnification in additionthe fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. Cvent also is expressly authorized to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. We expect to purchase a policy ofcarry directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures ourproviding indemnification for Cvent’s directors, officers and directors against the costcertain employees for some liabilities.

The limitation of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstancesliability, indemnification and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.

Our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any moniesadvancement provisions that are included in the trust account,Certificate of Incorporation and have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any services provided to us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever (except to the extent they are entitled to funds from the trust account due to their ownership of public shares). Accordingly, any indemnification provided will only be able to be satisfied by us if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination.

Our indemnification obligationsBylaws may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breachbreaches of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against ourdirectors and officers, and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and ourCvent or its shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’sIn addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we payCvent pays the costs of settlement and damage awards against ourdirectors and officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

We believe that these provisions, the insurance and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experiencedThere is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of Cvent’s directors, officers and directors.

or employees for which indemnification is sought.

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERSTRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus,transfer agent and as adjustedregistrar for Cvent Common Stock is Continental. The transfer agent’s address is 1 State Street 30th Floor, New York, New York 10004 and its phone number is 212-845-3287.

RULE 144

Pursuant to reflect the sale of our Class A ordinary shares offered by this prospectus, and assuming no purchase of public shares in this offering, by:

each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares;

each of our executive officers, directors and director nominees that beneficially owns ordinary shares; and

all our executive officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all of our ordinary shares beneficially owned by them.

On September 29, 2020, the sponsor paid $25,000, or approximately $0.0087 per share, to cover certain of our offering and formation costs in consideration of 2,875,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001. On October 22, 2020, the Company effected a share dividend, resulting in 5,750,000 founder shares outstanding. On October 29, 2020, our sponsor transferred 75,000 Class B ordinary shares to each of our independent directors. These 300,000 shares shall not be subject to forfeiture in the event the underwriters’ overallotment option is not exercised. Prior to the initial investment in the company of $25,000 by the sponsor, the company had no assets, tangible or intangible. The per share price of the founder shares was determined by dividing the amount contributed to the company by the number of founder shares issued. The post-offering percentages in the following table assume that the underwriters does not exercise their over-allotment option and that there are 25,600,000 ordinary shares issued and outstanding after this offering.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)

  Number of
Shares Beneficially
Owned(2)
  Approximate Percentage of
Issued and Outstanding
Ordinary Shares
 
 Before
Offering
  After
Offering
 

Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Holdings II (our sponsor)

   5,450,000(3)(4)   94.8  19

Marc Stad

   5,450,000(3)(4)   94.8  19

Pat Robertson

   —  (5)   —     —   

Sarah J. Friar

   75,000   *   * 

David D. Ossip

   75,000   *   * 

Gokul Rajaram

   75,000   *   * 

Jay Simons

   75,000   *   * 

All officers, directors and director nominees as a group (six individuals)

   5,750,000   100  20.0

*

Less than one percent.

(1)

Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of our shareholders is One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite M500, San Francisco, California 94129.

(2)

Interests shown consist solely of founder shares, classified as Class B ordinary shares, and private placement shares. The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holders thereof as described in the section entitled “Description of Securities.” Excludes Class A ordinary shares issuable pursuant to the forward purchase agreement, as such shares will only be issued, if at all, at the time of our initial business combination.

(3)

The shares reported above are held in the name of our sponsor. Our sponsor is controlled by Mr. Stad.

(4)

Includes up to 750,000 founder shares that will be surrendered to us for no consideration by our sponsor depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised.

(5)

Does not include any shares indirectly owned by this individual as a result of his membership interest in our sponsor.

Immediately after this offering, our sponsor will beneficially own 20% of the then issued and outstanding ordinary shares (excluding the private placement shares) and will have the right to appoint all of our directors prior to our initial business combination. Holders of our public shares will not have the right to appoint any directors to our board of directors prior to our initial business combination. Because of this ownership block, our sponsor may be able to effectively influence the outcome of all other matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including amendments to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approval of significant corporate transactions including our initial business combination. If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a share capitalization or a share surrender redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in such amount as to maintain the number of founder shares, on an as-converted basis, at 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (excluding the private placement shares) upon the consummation of this offering.

Our sponsor has agreed (a) to vote any founder shares, private placement shares and public shares held by it in favor of any proposed business combination and (b) not to redeem any founder shares, private placement shares or public shares held by it in connection with a shareholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination.

We have entered into a forward purchase agreement pursuant to which Dragoneer Funding II, which has received commitments from one or more funds affiliated with Dragoneer, has agreed to subscribe for an aggregate of up to 5,000,000 forward purchase shares for $10.00 per share, or up to $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination. We will determine in our sole discretion the specific number of forward purchase shares that we sell to Dragoneer Funding II, if any. If the sale of the forward purchase shares fails to close, for any reason, we may lack sufficient funds to consummate our initial business combination. The forward purchase agreement also provides that the forward purchase investor is entitled to registration rights with respect to the forward purchase shares and any other Class A ordinary shares acquired by the forward purchase investor, including any acquired after we complete our initial business combination. Please see “Description of Securities—Registration Rights” for additional information.

Our sponsor, Dragoneer Funding II and our officers and directors are deemed to be our “promoters” as such term is defined under the federal securities laws.

Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares

The founder shares and private placement shares are each subject to transfer restrictions pursuant to lock-up provisions in the agreement entered into by our sponsor and management team. Our sponsor and each member of our management team have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell (i) any of their founder shares until the earliest of (a) one year after the completion of our initial business combination and (b) subsequent to our initial business combination, (x) if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share subdivisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 120 days after our initial business combination or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property, and (ii) any of their private placement shares until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. The foregoing restrictions are not applicable to transfers (a) to our officers or directors, any affiliates or family members of any of our officers or directors, any members of our sponsor, or any affiliates of our sponsor, including to funds affiliated with Dragoneer, and to limited partners of funds affiliated with Dragoneer; (b) in the case of an individual, by gift to a member of one of the individual’s immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of the individual’s immediate family, an affiliate of such person or to a charitable organization; (c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of

descent and distribution upon death of the individual; (d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (e) by private sales or transfers made in connection with the consummation of a business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the founder shares or private placement shares, as applicable, were originally purchased; (f) by virtue of our sponsor’s organizational documents upon liquidation or dissolution of our sponsor; (g) to the Company for no value for cancellation in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination; (h) in the event of our liquidation prior to the completion of our initial business combination; or (i) in the event of our completion of a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction which results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination; provided, however, that in the case of clauses (a) through (e) these permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement agreeing to be bound by these transfer restrictions and the other restrictions contained in the letter agreement.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

On September 29, 2020, the sponsor paid $25,000, or approximately $0.0087 per share, to cover certain of our offering and formation costs in consideration of 2,875,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001. On October 22, 2020, the Company effected a share dividend, resulting in 5,750,000 founder shares outstanding. On October 29, 2020, our sponsor transferred 75,000 Class B ordinary shares to each of our independent directors. These 300,000 shares shall not be subject to forfeiture in the event the underwriters’ overallotment option is not exercised. The number of founder shares issued was determined based on the expectation that such founder shares would represent 20% of the issued and outstanding shares upon completion of this offering (excluding the private placement shares). If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a share capitalization or a share surrender or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in such amount as to maintain the number of founder shares, on an as-converted basis, at 20% of the issued and outstanding ordinary shares (excluding the private placement shares) upon the consummation of this offering. Up to 750,000 founder shares are subject to forfeiture by our sponsor depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised. The founder shares (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon exercise thereof) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holder.

Our sponsor has committed, pursuant to a written agreement, to purchase an aggregate of 600,000 private placement shares (or 660,000 private placement shares if the over-allotment option is exercised in full) for a purchase price of $10.00 per share in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the closing of this offering. As such, our sponsor’s interest in this transaction is valued at between $6,000,000 and $6,600,000, depending on the number of private placement shares purchased. The private placement shares may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holder.

We have entered into a forward purchase agreement pursuant to which Dragoneer Funding II, which has received commitments from one or more funds affiliated with Dragoneer, has agreed to subscribe for an aggregate of up to 5,000,000 forward purchase shares for $10.00 per share, or up to $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination. We will determine in our sole discretion the specific number of forward purchase shares that we sell to Dragoneer Funding II, if any. The forward purchase agreement also provides that the forward purchase investor is entitled to registration rights with respect to the forward purchase shares and any other Class A ordinary shares acquired by the forward purchase investor, including any acquired after we complete our initial business combination. Please see “Description of Securities—Registration Rights” for additional information.

As more fully discussed in the section of this prospectus entitled “Management—Conflicts of Interest,” if any of our officers or directors becomes aware of a business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such opportunity to such entity. Our officers and directors currently have certain relevant fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may take priority over their duties to us. We may, at our option, pursue an Affiliated Joint Acquisition opportunity with an entity to which an officer or director has a fiduciary or contractual obligation. Any such entity may co-invest with us in the target business at the time of our initial business combination, or we could raise additional proceeds to complete the acquisition by making a specified future issuance to any such entity.

We currently maintain our executive offices at One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite M500, San Francisco, California 94129. Our sponsor has agreed to provide us office space and general administrative services at no cost.

No compensation of any kind, including finder’s and consulting fees, will be paid to our sponsor, officers and directors, or their respective affiliates, for services rendered prior to or in connection with the completion of an initial business combination. However, these individuals will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all

payments that were made by us to our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates and will determine which expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed. There is no cap or ceiling on the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such persons in connection with activities on our behalf.

Our sponsor has agreed to loan us up to $300,000 to be used for a portion of the expenses of this offering. These loans are non-interest bearing, unsecured and are due at the earlier of February 28, 2021, and the closing of this offering. The loan will be repaid upon the closing of this offering out of the offering proceeds not held in the trust account.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete an initial business combination, we may repay such loaned amounts out of the proceeds of the trust account released to us. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $2,000,000 of such loans may be convertible into shares at a price of $10.00 per share at the option of the lender. The shares would be identical to the private placement shares. The terms of such loans by our officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor, its affiliates or our management team as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our shareholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, furnished to our shareholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a general meeting held to consider our initial business combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

We will enter into a registration and shareholder rights agreement pursuant to which our sponsor will be entitled to certain registration rights with respect to the private placement shares, including the private placement shares issuable upon conversion of working capital loans (if any) and the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of the founder shares, and, upon consummation of our initial business combination, to nominate three individuals for appointment to our board of directors, as long as the sponsor holds any securities covered by the registration and shareholder rights agreement, which is described under the section of this prospectus entitled “Description of Securities—Registration and Shareholder Rights.” In addition, pursuant to the forward purchase agreement, we agreed that we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to (i) within 30 days after the closing of the initial business combination, file a registration statement with the SEC for a secondary offering of the forward purchase shares and any other Class A ordinary shares acquired by the forward purchase investor, including any acquired after we complete our initial business combination, (ii) cause such registration statement to be declared effective promptly thereafter, but in no event later than 90 days after the closing of the initial business combination and (iii) maintain the effectiveness of such registration statement and to ensure the registration statement does not contain a material omission or misstatement, including by way of amendment or other update, as required, until the earlier of (A) the date on which the forward purchase investor ceases to hold the securities covered thereby and (B) the date all of the securities covered thereby can be sold publicly without restriction or limitation under Rule 144 under the Securities Act and without the requirement to be in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) under the Securities Act, subject to certain conditions and limitations set forth in the forward purchase agreement. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Policy for Approval of Related Party Transactions

The audit committee of our board of directors will adopt a charter, providing for the review, approval and/or ratification of “related party transactions,” which are those transactions required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K as promulgated by the SEC, by the audit committee. At its meetings, the audit committee shall be provided with the details of each new, existing, or proposed related party transaction, including the terms of the transaction, any contractual restrictions that the company has already committed to, the business purpose of the transaction, and the benefits of the transaction to the company and to the relevant related party. Any member of the committee who has an interest in the related party transaction under review by the committee shall abstain from voting on the approval of the related party transaction, but may, if so requested by the chairman of the committee, participate in some or all of the committee’s discussions of the related party transaction. Upon completion of its review of the related party transaction, the committee may determine to permit or to prohibit the related party transaction.

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company and our affairs will be governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Law and the common law of the Cayman Islands. Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, which will be adopted prior to the consummation of this offering, we will be authorized to issue 200,000,000 Class A ordinary shares and 20,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, as well as 1,000,000 preference shares, $0.0001 par value each. The following description summarizes the material terms of our shares as set out more particularly in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. Because it is only a summary, it may not contain all the information that is important to you.

Ordinary Shares

Prior to the date of this prospectus, there were 5,750,000 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding, all of which were held of record by our sponsor, so that our sponsor will own 20% of our issued and outstanding shares after this offering (excluding the private placement shares and assuming our sponsor does not purchase any public shares in this offering). Upon the closing of this offering, 25,600,000 of our ordinary shares will be outstanding (assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option) including:

20,000,000 Class A ordinary shares issued as part of this offering;

600,000 private placement shares issued simultaneously with the closing of this offering; and

5,000,000 Class B ordinary shares held by our sponsor.

If we increase or decrease the size of this offering, we will effect a share capitalization or a compulsory redemption or redemption or other appropriate mechanism, as applicable, with respect to our Class B ordinary shares immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in such amount as to maintain the number of founder shares, on an as-converted basis, at 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (excluding the private placement shares) upon the consummation of this offering.

Ordinary shareholders of record are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters to be voted on by shareholders. Except as described below, holders of Class A ordinary shares and holders of Class B ordinary shares will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of our shareholders except as required by law. Unless specified in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, or as required by applicable provisions of the Companies Law or applicable stock exchange rules, the affirmative vote of a majority of our ordinary shares that are voted is required to approve any such matter voted on by our shareholders. Approval of certain actions will require a special resolution under Cayman Islands law, being the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds of our ordinary shares that are voted, and pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association; such actions include amending our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and approving a statutory merger or consolidation with another company. Our board of directors is divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being appointed in each year. There is no cumulative voting with respect to the appointment of directors, with the result that the holders of more than 50% of the shares voted for the appointment of directors can appoint all of the directors. Our shareholders are entitled to receive ratable dividends when, as and if declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor. Prior to our initial business combination, only holders of our founder shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. Holders of our public shares and private placement shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason. In addition, in a vote to continue the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (which requires the approval of at least two thirds of the votes of all ordinary shares), holders of our Class B ordinary shares will have ten votes for every Class B ordinary share and holders of our Class A ordinary shares will have one vote for

every Class A ordinary share. The provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association governing the appointment or removal of directors prior to our initial business combination and our continuation in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands prior to our initial business combination may only be amended by a special resolution passed by not less than two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at our general meeting which shall include the affirmative vote of a simple majority of our Class B ordinary shares.

Because our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorize the issuance of up to 200,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, if we were to enter into a business combination, we may (depending on the terms of such a business combination) be required to increase the number of Class A ordinary shares which we will be authorized to issue at the same time as our shareholders vote on the business combination to the extent we seek shareholder approval in connection with our initial business combination.

Our board of directors is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being appointed in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual general meeting) serving a three-year term. In accordance with Nasdaq corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual general meeting until one year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on Nasdaq. There is no requirement under the Companies Law for us to hold annual or general meetings to appoint directors. We may not hold an annual general meeting to appoint new directors prior to the consummation of our initial business combination. Prior to the completion of an initial business combination, any vacancy on the board of directors may be filled by a nominee chosen by holders of a majority of our founder shares. In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason.

We will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their public shares upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any, divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account is initially anticipated to be $10.00 per public share. The per share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters. The redemption rights will include the requirement that a beneficial owner must identify itself in order to valid redeem its shares. Our sponsor and each member of our management team have entered into an agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares, public shares and private placement shares held by them in connection with (i) the completion of our initial business combination, and (ii) a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering or during any Extension Period or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares. Unlike many blank check companies that hold shareholder votes and conduct proxy solicitations in conjunction with their initial business combinations and provide for related redemptions of public shares for cash upon completion of such initial business combinations even when a vote is not required by law, if a shareholder vote is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements, if a shareholder vote is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC, and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association require these tender offer documents to contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under the SEC’s proxy rules. If, however, a shareholder approval of the transaction is required by applicable law

or stock exchange listing requirements, or we decide to obtain shareholder approval for business or other reasons, we will, like many blank check companies, offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if we obtain the approval of an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company. However, the participation of our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates in privately-negotiated transactions (as described in this prospectus), if any, could result in the approval of our initial business combination even if a majority of our public shareholders vote, or indicate their intention to vote, against such initial business combination. For purposes of seeking approval of the majority of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares, non-votes will have no effect on the approval of our initial business combination once a quorum is obtained. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association require that at least five days’ notice will be given of any general meeting.

If we seek shareholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that a public shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to Excess Shares, without our prior consent. However, we would not be restricting our shareholders’ ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. Our shareholders’ inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce their influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination, and such shareholders could suffer a material loss in their investment if they sell such Excess Shares on the open market. Additionally, such shareholders will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial business combination. And, as a result, such shareholders will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose such shares would be required to sell their shares in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if we obtain the approval of an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company. In such case, our sponsor and each member of our management team have agreed to vote any founder shares, public shares and private placement shares held by them in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to our initial shareholders’ founder shares, we would need 7,200,001, or 36% (assuming all issued and outstanding shares are voted and the over-allotment option is not exercised), or 800,001, or 4% (assuming only the minimum number of shares representing a quorum are voted and the over-allotment option is not exercised), of the 20,000,000 public shares sold in this offering to be voted in favor of an initial business combination in order to have our initial business combination approved. Additionally, each public shareholder may elect to redeem their public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction or vote at all.

Pursuant to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, if we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses) divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case of to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Our sponsor and each member of our management team have entered into an agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust

account with respect to any founder shares and private placement shares they hold if we fail to consummate an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering or during any Extension Period (although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame). Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that, if we wind up for any other reason prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, we will follow the foregoing procedures with respect to the liquidation of the trust account as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, subject to applicable Cayman Islands law.

In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the company after a business combination, our shareholders are entitled to share ratably in all assets remaining available for distribution to them after payment of liabilities and after provision is made for each class of shares, if any, having preference over the ordinary shares. Our shareholders have no preemptive or other subscription rights. There are no sinking fund provisions applicable to the ordinary shares, except that we will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash at a per share price equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any, divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares, upon the completion of our initial business combination, subject to the limitations described herein.

Private Placement Shares

The private placement shares will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination (except pursuant to limited exceptions as described under “Principal Shareholders—Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares,” to our officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with our sponsor). Holders of our private placement shares are entitled to certain registration rights. If we do not consummate an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering, the proceeds from the sale of the private placement shares held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the private placement shares will be worthless. Further, if we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the ordinary shares, represented in person or by proxy and entitled to vote thereon, voted at a shareholder meeting are voted in favor of the business combination. In such case, our sponsor and each member of our management team have agreed to vote any founder shares, public shares and private placement shares held by them in favor of our initial business combination. Otherwise, the private placement shares are identical to the Class A ordinary shares sold in this offering.

Our sponsor and our management team have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their private placement shares until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination, except, among other limited exceptions as described under the section of this prospectus entitled “Principal Shareholders—Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares,” to our officers and directors and other persons or entities affiliated with our sponsor.

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. Up to $2,000,000 of such loans may be convertible into shares of the post business combination entity at a price of $10.00 per share at the option of the lender. Such shares would be identical to the private placement shares.

Founder Shares

The founder shares are designated as Class B ordinary shares and, except as described below, are identical to the Class A ordinary shares being sold in this offering, and holders of founder shares have the same shareholder rights as public shareholders, except that: (a) prior to our initial business combination, only holders

of the founder shares have the right to vote on the appointment of directors and holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason; (b) the founder shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions, as described in more detail below; (c) in a vote to continue the company in a jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (which requires the approval of at least two thirds of the votes of all ordinary shares), holders of our founder shares will have ten votes for every founder share and holders of our Class A ordinary shares will have one vote for every Class A ordinary share; (d) our sponsor and each member of our management team have entered into an agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to (i) waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares (ii) to waive their redemption rights with respect to their founder shares and public shares in connection with a shareholder vote to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares; and (iii) waive their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares and private placement shares they hold if we fail to consummate an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering or during any Extension Period (although they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any public shares they hold if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame); (e) the founder shares will automatically convert into our Class A ordinary shares at the time of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holders thereof as described herein; and (f) the founder shares are entitled to registration rights. If we seek shareholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if we obtain the approval of an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company. In such case, our sponsor and each member of our management team have agreed to vote any founder shares, public shares and private placement shares held by them in favor of our initial business combination.

The founder shares are designated as Class B ordinary shares and will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares (which such Class A ordinary shares delivered upon conversion will not have redemption rights or be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account if we do not consummate an initial business combination) at the time of our initial business combination or earlier at the option of the holders thereof at a ratio such that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of (i) the total number of ordinary shares issued and outstanding upon completion of this offering, plus (ii) the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of the initial business combination, excluding any forward purchase shares and any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, deemed issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the initial business combination and any private placement shares issued to our sponsor, its affiliates or any member of our management team, including upon conversion of working capital loans. In no event will the Class B ordinary shares convert into Class A ordinary shares at a rate of less than one-to-one.

Except as described herein, our sponsor and our directors and executive officers have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares until earliest of (A) one year after the completion of our initial business combination and (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, (x) if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 120 days after our initial business combination, or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. We refer to such transfer restrictions throughout this prospectus as the lock-up. Any permitted transferees would be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of our sponsor and our directors and executive officers with respect to any founder shares and private placement shares.

Prior to our initial business combination, only holders of our founder shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. Holders of our public shares and private placement shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason. These provisions of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may only be amended by a special resolution passed by not less than two-thirds of our ordinary shares who attend and vote at our general meeting which shall include the affirmative vote of a simple majority of our Class B ordinary shares. With respect to any other matter submitted to a vote of our shareholders, including any vote in connection with our initial business combination, except as required by law, holders of our founder shares and holders of our public shares will vote together as a single class, with each share entitling the holder to one vote.

Register of Members

Under Cayman Islands law, we must keep a register of members and there will be entered therein:

the names and addresses of the members, a statement of the shares held by each member, and of the amount paid or agreed to be considered as paid, on the shares of each member and the voting rights of shares of each member;

whether voting rights are attached to the share in issue;

the date on which the name of any person was entered on the register as a member; and

the date on which any person ceased to be a member.

Under Cayman Islands law, the register of members of our company is prima facie evidence of the matters set out therein (i.e., the register of members will raise a presumption of fact on the matters referred to above unless rebutted) and a member registered in the register of members will be deemed as a matter of Cayman Islands law to have legal title to the shares as set against its name in the register of members. Upon the closing of this public offering, the register of members will be immediately updated to reflect the issue of shares by us. Once our register of members has been updated, the shareholders recorded in the register of members will be deemed to have legal title to the shares set against their name. However, there are certain limited circumstances where an application may be made to a Cayman Islands court for a determination on whether the register of members reflects the correct legal position. Further, the Cayman Islands court has the power to order that the register of members maintained by a company should be rectified where it considers that the register of members does not reflect the correct legal position. If an application for an order for rectification of the register of members were made in respect of our ordinary shares, then the validity of such shares may be subject to re-examination by a Cayman Islands court.

Preference Shares

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorize 1,000,000 preference shares and provide that preference shares may be issued from time to time in one or more series. Our board of directors will be authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. Our board of directors will be able to, without shareholder approval, issue preference shares with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the ordinary shares and could have anti-takeover effects. The ability of our board of directors to issue preference shares without shareholder approval could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of us or the removal of existing management. We have no preference shares issued and outstanding at the date hereof. Although we do not currently intend to issue any preference shares, we cannot assure you that we will not do so in the future. No preference shares are being issued or registered in this offering.

Forward Purchase Shares

We have entered into a forward purchase agreement pursuant to which Dragoneer Funding II, which has received commitments from one or more funds affiliated with Dragoneer, has agreed to subscribe for an aggregate of up to 5,000,000 forward purchase shares for $10.00 per share, or up to $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the closing of our initial business combination. We will determine in our sole discretion the specific number of forward purchase shares that we sell to Dragoneer Funding II, if any. The allocation of the forward purchase shares among the ultimate Dragoneer funds that will be funding the forward purchase will be determined by Dragoneer, in its sole discretion, at the time of our initial business combination. If the sale of the forward purchase shares fails to close, for any reason, we may lack sufficient funds to consummate our initial business combination. The forward purchase shares will be identical to the Class A ordinary shares, except that they will be subject to certain registration rights, as described herein.

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares to date and do not intend to pay cash dividends prior to the completion of our initial business combination. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition subsequent to completion of our initial business combination. The payment of any cash dividends subsequent to our initial business combination will be within the discretion of our board of directors at such time. If we increase the size of this offering, we will effect a share capitalization or other appropriate mechanism immediately prior to the consummation of this offering in such amount as to maintain the number of founder shares, on an as-converted basis, at 20% of our issued and outstanding ordinary shares (excluding the private placement shares) upon the consummation of this offering. Further, if we incur any indebtedness in connection with a business combination, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

Our Transfer Agent

The transfer agent for our ordinary shares is Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company. We have agreed to indemnify Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company in its roles as transfer agent, its agents and each of its shareholders, directors, officers and employees against all claims and losses that may arise out of acts performed or omitted for its activities in that capacity, except for any claims and losses due to any gross negligence or intentional misconduct of the indemnified person or entity.

Certain Differences in Corporate Law

Cayman Islands companies are governed by the Companies Law. The Companies Law is modeled on English Law but does not follow recent English Law statutory enactments, and differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the material differences between the provisions of the Companies Law applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.

Mergers and Similar Arrangements. In certain circumstances, the Companies Law allows for mergers or consolidations between two Cayman Islands companies, or between a Cayman Islands exempted company and a company incorporated in another jurisdiction (provided that is facilitated by the laws of that other jurisdiction).

Where the merger or consolidation is between two Cayman Islands companies, the directors of each company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation containing certain prescribed information. That plan or merger or consolidation must then be authorized by either (a) a special resolution (usually a majority of 66 2/3% in value of the voting shares voted at a general meeting) of the shareholders of each company; or (b) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. No shareholder resolution is required for a merger between a parent company (i.e., a company that owns at least 90% of the issued shares of each class in a subsidiary company) and its subsidiary company. The consent of each

holder of a fixed or floating security interest of a constituent company must be obtained, unless the court waives such requirement. If the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies is satisfied that the requirements of the Companies Law (which includes certain other formalities) have been complied with, the Registrar of Companies will register the plan of merger or consolidation.

Where the merger or consolidation involves a foreign company, the procedure is similar, save that with respect to the foreign company, the directors of the Cayman Islands exempted company are required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due enquiry, they are of the opinion that the requirements set out below have been met: (i) that the merger or consolidation is permitted or not prohibited by the constitutional documents of the foreign company and by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the foreign company is incorporated, and that those laws and any requirements of those constitutional documents have been or will be complied with; (ii) that no petition or other similar proceeding has been filed and remains outstanding or order made or resolution adopted to wind up or liquidate the foreign company in any jurisdictions; (iii) that no receiver, trustee, administrator or other similar person has been appointed in any jurisdiction and is acting in respect of the foreign company, its affairs or its property or any part thereof; and (iv) that no scheme, order, compromise or other similar arrangement has been entered into or made in any jurisdiction whereby the rights of creditors of the foreign company are and continue to be suspended or restricted.

Where the surviving company is the Cayman Islands exempted company, the directors of the Cayman Islands exempted company are further required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due enquiry, they are of the opinion that the requirements set out below have been met: (i) that the foreign company is able to pay its debts as they fall due and that the merger or consolidated is bona fide and not intended to defraud unsecured creditors of the foreign company; (ii) that in respect of the transfer of any security interest granted by the foreign company to the surviving or consolidated company (a) consent or approval to the transfer has been obtained, released or waived; (b) the transfer is permitted by and has been approved in accordance with the constitutional documents of the foreign company; and (c) the laws of the jurisdiction of the foreign company with respect to the transfer have been or will be complied with; (iii) that the foreign company will, upon the merger or consolidation becoming effective, cease to be incorporated, registered or exist under the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction; and (iv) that there is no other reason why it would be against the public interest to permit the merger or consolidation.

Where the above procedures are adopted, the Companies Law provides for a right of dissenting shareholders to be paid a payment of the fair value of his shares upon their dissenting to the merger or consolidation if they follow a prescribed procedure. In essence, that procedure is as follows: (a) the shareholder must give his written objection to the merger or consolidation to the constituent company before the vote on the merger or consolidation, including a statement that the shareholder proposes to demand payment for his shares if the merger or consolidation is authorized by the vote; (b) within 20 days following the date on which the merger or consolidation is approved by the shareholders, the constituent company must give written notice to each shareholder who made a written objection; (c) a shareholder must within 20 days following receipt of such notice from the constituent company, give the constituent company a written notice of his intention to dissent including, among other details, a demand for payment of the fair value of his shares; (d) within seven days following the date of the expiration of the period set out in paragraph (b) above or seven days following the date on which the plan of merger or consolidation is filed, whichever is later, the constituent company, the surviving company or the consolidated company must make a written offer to each dissenting shareholder to purchase his shares at a price that the company determines is the fair value and if the company and the shareholder agree the price within 30 days following the date on which the offer was made, the company must pay the shareholder such amount; and (e) if the company and the shareholder fail to agree a price within such 30 day period, within 20 days following the date on which such 30 day period expires, the company (and any dissenting shareholder) must file a petition with the Cayman Islands Grand Court to determine the fair value and such petition must be accompanied by a list of the names and addresses of the dissenting shareholders with whom agreements as to the fair value of their shares have not been reached by the company. At the hearing of that petition, the court has the power to determine the fair value of the shares together with a fair rate of interest, if any, to be paid by the

company upon the amount determined to be the fair value. Any dissenting shareholder whose name appears on the list filed by the company may participate fully in all proceedings until the determination of fair value is reached. These rights of a dissenting shareholder are not available in certain circumstances, for example, to dissenters holding shares of any class in respect of which an open market exists on a recognized stock exchange or recognized interdealer quotation system at the relevant date or where the consideration for such shares to be contributed are shares of any company listed on a national securities exchange or shares of the surviving or consolidated company.

Moreover, Cayman Islands law has separate statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction or amalgamation of companies in certain circumstances, schemes of arrangement will generally be more suited for complex mergers or other transactions involving widely held companies, commonly referred to in the Cayman Islands as a “scheme of arrangement” which may be tantamount to a merger. In the event that a merger was sought pursuant to a scheme of arrangement (the procedures for which are more rigorous and take longer to complete than the procedures typically required to consummate a merger in the United States), the arrangement in question must be approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meeting summoned for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the terms of the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder would have the right to express to the court the view that the transaction should not be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it satisfies itself that:

we are not proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of our corporate authority and the statutory provisions as to majority vote have been complied with;

the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question;

the arrangement is such as a businessman would reasonably approve; and

the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Law or that would amount to a “fraud on the minority.”

If a scheme of arrangement or takeover offer (as described below) is approved, any dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights (providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares), which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of United States corporations.

Squeeze-out Provisions. When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares to whom the offer relates within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith, collusion or inequitable treatment of the shareholders.

Further, transactions similar to a merger, reconstruction and/or an amalgamation may in some circumstances be achieved through means other than these statutory provisions, such as a share capital exchange, asset acquisition or control, or through contractual arrangements of an operating business.

Shareholders’ Suits. Maples and Calder, our Cayman Islands legal counsel, is not aware of any reported class action having been brought in a Cayman Islands court.

Derivative actions have been brought in the Cayman Islands courts, and the Cayman Islands courts have confirmed the availability for such actions. In most cases, we will be the proper plaintiff in any claim based on a breach of duty owed to us, and a claim against (for example) our officers or directors usually may not be brought by a shareholder. However, based both on Cayman Islands authorities and on English authorities, which would in

all likelihood be of persuasive authority and be applied by a court in the Cayman Islands, exceptions to the foregoing principle apply in circumstances in which:

a company is acting, or proposing to act, illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;

the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of the authority, could be effected if duly authorized by more than the number of votes which have actually been obtained; or

those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”

A shareholder may have a direct right of action against us where the individual rights of that shareholder have been infringed or are about to be infringed.

Enforcement of Civil Liabilities. The Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides less protection to investors. Additionally, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the Federal courts of the United States.

We have been advised by Maples and Calder, our Cayman Islands legal counsel, that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. In those circumstances, although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, and or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.

Special Considerations for Exempted Companies. We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Companies Law. The Companies Law distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except for the exemptions and privileges listed below:

an exempted company does not have to file an annual return on its shareholders with the Registrar of Companies;

an exempted company’s register of members is not open to inspection;

an exempted company does not have to hold an annual general meeting;

an exempted company may issue shares with no par value;

an exempted company may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);

an exempted company may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;

an exempted company may register as a limited duration company; and

an exempted company may register as a segregated portfolio company.

“Limited liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on the shares of the company (except in exceptional circumstances, such as involving fraud, the establishment of an agency relationship or an illegal or improper purpose or other circumstances in which a court may be prepared to pierce or lift the corporate veil).

Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association contain provisions designed to provide certain rights and protections relating to this offering that will apply to us until the completion of our initial business combination. These provisions cannot be amended without a special resolution under Cayman Islands law. As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a resolution is deemed to be a special resolution where it has been approved by either (i) the affirmative vote of at least two-thirds (or any higher threshold specified in a company’s articles of association) of a company’s shareholders entitled to vote and so voting at a general meeting for which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a special resolution has been given; or (ii) if so authorized by a company’s articles of association, by a unanimous written resolution of all of the company’s shareholders. Other than as described above, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that special resolutions must be approved either by at least two-thirds of our shareholders who attend and vote at a general meeting of the company (i.e., the lowest threshold permissible under Cayman Islands law), or by a unanimous written resolution of all of our shareholders.

Our sponsor and its permitted transferees, if any, who will collectively beneficially own 20% of our ordinary shares upon the closing of this offering (excluding the private placement shares and assuming they do not purchase any public shares in this offering), will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. Specifically, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide, among other things, that:

If we have not consummated an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering, we will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up; (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but no more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes that were paid by us or are payable by us, if any (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses) divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public shareholders’ rights as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidation distributions, if any); and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining shareholders and our board of directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to our obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law;

Prior to or in connection with our initial business combination, we may not issue additional securities that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote as a class with our public shares (a) on our initial business combination or on any other proposal presented to shareholders prior to or in connection with the completion of an initial business combination or (b) to approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association to (x) extend the time we have to consummate a business combination beyond 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering or (y) amend the foregoing provisions;

Although we do not intend to enter into a business combination with a target business that is affiliated with our sponsor, Founders, our directors or our officers, we are not prohibited from doing so. In the event we enter into such a transaction, we, or a committee of independent directors, if required by applicable law or based upon the decision of our board of directors or a committee thereof, will obtain an opinion from independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly

renders valuation opinions that such a business combination is fair to our company from a financial point of view;

If a shareholder vote on our initial business combination is not required by applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements and we do not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other reasons, we will offer to redeem our public shares pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, and will file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about our initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act;

So long as our securities are then listed on Nasdaq, our initial business combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the trust account (excluding any deferred underwriters’ fees and taxes payable on the income earned on the trust account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination;

If our shareholders approve an amendment to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (A) that would modify the substance or timing of our obligation to provide holders of our Class A ordinary shares the right to have their shares redeemed in connection with our initial business combination or to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to the rights of holders of our Class A ordinary shares, we will provide our public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their ordinary shares upon such approval at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our income taxes, if any, divided by the number of the then-outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein; and

We will not effectuate our initial business combination solely with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

In addition, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that under no circumstances will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001.

The Companies Law permits a company incorporated in the Cayman Islands to amend its memorandum and articles of association with the approval of a special resolution which requires the approval of the holders of at least two-thirds of such company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares who attend and vote at a general meeting or by way of unanimous written resolution. A company’s articles of association may specify that the approval of a higher majority is required but, provided the approval of the required majority is obtained, any Cayman Islands exempted company may amend its memorandum and articles of association regardless of whether its memorandum and articles of association provide otherwise.

Accordingly, although we could amend any of the provisions relating to our proposed offering, structure and business plan which are contained in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, we view all of these provisions as binding obligations to our shareholders and neither we, nor our officers or directors, will take any action to amend or waive any of these provisions unless we provide dissenting public shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares.

Anti-Money Laundering—Cayman Islands

If any person in the Cayman Islands knows or suspects or has reasonable grounds for knowing or suspecting that another person is engaged in criminal conduct or money laundering or is involved with terrorism or terrorist financing and property and the information for that knowledge or suspicion came to their attention in the course

of business in the regulated sector or other trade, profession, business or employment, the person will be required to report such knowledge or suspicion to (i) the Financial Reporting Authority of the Cayman Islands, pursuant to the Proceeds of Crime Law (2020 Revision) of the Cayman Islands if the disclosure relates to criminal conduct or money laundering or (ii) a police officer of the rank of constable or higher, or the Financial Reporting Authority, pursuant to the Terrorism Law (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, if the disclosure relates to involvement with terrorism or terrorist financing and property. Such a report shall not be treated as a breach of confidence or of any restriction upon the disclosure of information imposed by any enactment or otherwise.

Data Protection—Cayman Islands

We have certain duties under the Data Protection Law, 2017 of the Cayman Islands (the “DPL”) based on internationally accepted principles of data privacy.

Privacy Notice

Introduction

This privacy notice puts our shareholders on notice that through your investment in the Company you will provide us with certain personal information which constitutes personal data within the meaning of the DPL (“personal data”). In the following discussion, the “company” refers to us and our affiliates and/or delegates, except where the context requires otherwise.

Investor Data

We will collect, use, disclose, retain and secure personal data to the extent reasonably required only and within the parameters that could be reasonably expected during the normal course of business. We will only process, disclose, transfer or retain personal data to the extent legitimately required to conduct our activities of on an ongoing basis or to comply with legal and regulatory obligations to which we are subject. We will only transfer personal data in accordance with the requirements of the DPL, and will apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of the personal data and against the accidental loss, destruction or damage to the personal data.

In our use of this personal data, we will be characterized as a “data controller” for the purposes of the DPL, while our affiliates and service providers who may receive this personal data from us in the conduct of our activities may either act as our “data processors” for the purposes of the DPL or may process personal information for their own lawful purposes in connection with services provided to us.

We may also obtain personal data from other public sources. Personal data includes, without limitation, the following information relating to a shareholder and/or any individuals connected with a shareholder as an investor: name, residential address, email address, contact details, corporate contact information, signature, nationality, place of birth, date of birth, tax identification, credit history, correspondence records, passport number, bank account details, source of funds details and details relating to the shareholder’s investment activity.

Who this Affects

If you are a natural person, this will affect you directly. If you are a corporate investor (including, for these purposes, legal arrangements such as trusts or exempted limited partnerships) that provides us with personal data on individuals connected to you for any reason in relation your investment in the company, this will be relevant for those individuals and you should transmit the content of this Privacy Notice to such individuals or otherwise advise them of its content.

How the Company May Use a Shareholder’s Personal Data

The company, as the data controller, may collect, store and use personal data for lawful purposes, including, in particular:

(a)

where this is necessary for the performance of our rights and obligations under any purchase agreements;

(b)

where this is necessary for compliance with a legal and regulatory obligation to which we are subject (such as compliance with anti-money laundering and FATCA/CRS requirements); and/or

(c)

where this is necessary for the purposes of our legitimate interests and such interests are not overridden by your interests, fundamental rights or freedoms.

Should we wish to use personal data for other specific purposes (including, if applicable, any purpose that requires your consent), we will contact you.

Why We May Transfer Your Personal Data

In certain circumstances we may be legally obliged to share personal data and other information with respect to your shareholding with the relevant regulatory authorities such as the Cayman Islands Monetary Authority or the Tax Information Authority. They, in turn, may exchange this information with foreign authorities, including tax authorities.

We anticipates disclosing personal data to persons who provide services to us and their respective affiliates (which may include certain entities located outside the United States, the Cayman Islands or the European Economic Area), who will process your personal data on our behalf.

The Data Protection Measures We Take

Any transfer of personal data by us or our duly authorized affiliates and/or delegates outside of the Cayman Islands shall be in accordance with the requirements of the DPL.

We and our duly authorized affiliates and/or delegates shall apply appropriate technical and organizational information security measures designed to protect against unauthorized or unlawful processing of personal data, and against accidental loss or destruction of, or damage to, personal data.

We shall notify you of any personal data breach that is reasonably likely to result in a risk to your interests, fundamental rights or freedoms or those data subjects to whom the relevant personal data relates.

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of our Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association

Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association provide that our board of directors will be classified into three classes of directors. As a result, in most circumstances, a person can gain control of our board only by successfully engaging in a proxy contest at two or more annual general meetings.

Our authorized but unissued Class A ordinary shares and preference shares will be available for future issuances without shareholder approval and could be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future offerings to raise additional capital, acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued and unreserved Class A ordinary shares and preference shares could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Securities Eligible for Future Sale

Immediately after this offering, we will have 25,600,000 Class A ordinary shares (or 29,410,000 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) issued and outstanding on an as-converted basis. Of these shares, the Class A ordinary shares sold in this offering (20,000,000 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised and 23,000,000 Class A ordinary shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any Class A ordinary shares purchased by one of our affiliates within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. All of the outstanding founder shares (5,000,000 founder shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised and 5,750,000 founder shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) and all of the outstanding private placement shares (600,000 private placement shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is not exercised and 660,000 private placement shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) will be restricted securities under Rule 144, in that they were issued in private transactions not involving a public offering. Upon the closing of the sale of the forward purchase shares, all of the forward purchase shares will be restricted securities under Rule 144.

Rule 144

Pursuant to Rule 144,”), a person who has beneficially owned restricted sharesCvent Common Stock for at least six months would be entitled to sell their securities provided that (i) such person is not deemed to have been onean affiliate of our affiliatesCvent at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and (ii) we areCvent is subject to the Exchange Act periodic reporting requirements for at least three months before the sale and have filed all required reports under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the twelve months (or such shorter period as we wereCvent was required to file reports) preceding the sale.

Persons who have beneficially owned restricted Cvent Common Stock shares for at least six months but who are our affiliates of Cvent at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only a number of securities that does not exceed the greater of:

 

1% of the total number of ordinary shares then-outstanding, which will equal 256,000 shares immediately after this offering (or 294,100 shares if the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full);Cvent Common Stock then outstanding; or

 

the average weekly reported trading volume of the Class A ordinary sharesCvent Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales by our affiliates of Cvent under Rule 144 are also limited by manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.Cvent.

Restrictions on the Use of Rule 144 by Shell Companies or Former Shell Companies

Rule 144 is not available for the resale of securities initially issued by shell companies (other than business combination related shell companies) or issuers that have been at any time previously a shell company. However, Rule 144 also includes an important exception to this prohibition if the following conditions are met:

 

the issuer of the securities that was formerly a shell company has ceased to be a shell company;

the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

the issuer of the securities is subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

 

the issuer of the securities has filed all Exchange Act reports and material required to be filed, as applicable, during the preceding twelve months (or such shorter period that the issuer was required to file such reports and materials), other than Form 8-K reports; and.and

 

at least one year has elapsed from the time that the issuer filed current Form 10 type information with the SEC reflecting its status as an entity that is not a shell companycompany.

As a result, our sponsorInitial Shareholders will be able to sell its foundertheir Class B ordinary shares and private placement shares, as applicable, pursuant to Rule 144 without registration one year after we have completed our initial business combination.

RegistrationFollowing the consummation of the Business Combination, Cvent is no longer a shell company, and Shareholder Rightsso, once the conditions set forth in the exceptions listed above are satisfied, Rule 144 will become available for the resale of the above noted restricted securities.

LISTING

Cvent’s Common Stock is listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “CVT.”

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

The holdersSelling Stockholders, which, as used herein, includes their permitted transferees, may, from time to time, sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of any or all of their shares of Common Stock on Nasdaq or any other stock exchange, market or trading facility on which such securities are traded or in private transactions. These dispositions may be at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at prices related to the prevailing market price, at varying prices determined at the time of sale or at negotiated prices.

The Selling Stockholders may use any one or more of the following methods when disposing of their shares of our Common Stock:

ordinary brokerage transactions and transactions in which the broker-dealer solicits purchasers;

block trades in which the broker-dealer will attempt to sell the shares as agent, but may position and resell a portion of the block as principal to facilitate the transaction;

purchases by a broker-dealer as principal and resale by the broker-dealer for its account;

an exchange distribution in accordance with the rules of the applicable exchange;

privately negotiated transactions;

in underwritten transactions;

short sales;

through the writing or settlement of options or other hedging transactions, whether through an options exchange or otherwise;

broker-dealers may agree with the Selling Stockholders to sell a specified number of such shares at a stipulated price;

distribution to members, limited partners or stockholders of Selling Stockholders;

“at the market” or through market makers or into an existing market for the shares;

a combination of any such methods of sale; and

any other method permitted pursuant to applicable law.

The Selling Stockholders may, from time to time, pledge or grant a security interest in some or all of the shares of our Common Stock owned by them and, if they default in the performance of their secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell their shares, from time to time, under this prospectus, or under an amendment to this prospectus under Rule 424(b) or other applicable provision of the Securities Act amending the list of Selling Stockholders to include the pledgee, transferee or other successors in interest as Selling Stockholders under this prospectus. The Selling Stockholders also may transfer their shares in other circumstances, in which case the transferees, pledgees or other successors in interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of this prospectus.

In connection with the sale of our Common Stock or interests therein, the Selling Stockholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions, which may in turn engage in short sales of our securities in the course of hedging the positions they assume. The Selling Stockholders may also sell their securities short and deliver these securities to close out their short positions, or loan or pledge such securities to broker-dealers that in turn may sell these securities. The Selling Stockholders may also enter into option or other transactions with broker-dealers or other financial institutions or the creation of one or more derivative securities which require the delivery to such broker-dealer or other financial institution of the shares offered by this prospectus, which shares such broker-dealer or other financial institution may resell pursuant to this prospectus (as supplemented or amended to reflect such transaction).

The aggregate proceeds to the Selling Stockholders from the sale of our Common Stock offered by them will be the purchase price of our Common Stock less discounts or commissions, if any. The Selling Stockholders

reserve the right to accept and, together with their agents from time to time, to reject, in whole or in part, any proposed purchase of our Common Stock to be made directly or through agents. We will not receive any of the proceeds from any offering by the Selling Stockholders.

The Selling Stockholders also may in the future resell a portion of our Common Stock in open market transactions in reliance upon Rule 144 under the Securities Act, provided that they meet the criteria and conform to the requirements of that rule, or pursuant to other available exemptions from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

The Selling Stockholders and any underwriters, broker-dealers or agents that participate in the sale of our Common Stock or interests therein may be “underwriters” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act. Any discounts, commissions, concessions or profit they earn on any resale of our Common Stock may be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. If any selling security holder is an “underwriter” within the meaning of Section 2(11) of the Securities Act, then the selling security holder will be subject to the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act. Underwriters and their controlling persons, dealers and agents may be entitled, under agreements entered into with us and the Selling Stockholders, to indemnification against and contribution toward specific civil liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

To the extent required, our Common Stock to be sold, the respective purchase prices and public offering prices, the names of any agent, dealer or underwriter, and any applicable discounts, commissions, concessions or other compensation with respect to a particular offer will be set forth in an accompanying prospectus supplement or, if appropriate, a post-effective amendment to the registration statement that includes this prospectus.

To facilitate an offering of the securities, certain persons participating in the offering may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain, or otherwise affect the price of the securities. This may include over-allotments or short sales of the securities, which involves the sale by persons participating in the offering of more securities than we sold to them. In these circumstances, these persons would cover the over-allotments or short positions by making purchases in the open market or by exercising their over-allotment option. In addition, these persons may stabilize or maintain the price of the securities by bidding for or purchasing securities in the open market or by imposing penalty bids, whereby selling concessions allowed to dealers participating in the offering may be reclaimed if securities sold by them are repurchased in connection with stabilization transactions. The effect of these transactions may be to stabilize or maintain the market price of the securities at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. These transactions may be discontinued at any time.

We have agreed to maintain the effectiveness of this registration statement until all such securities have been sold under this registration statement or Rule 144 under the Securities Act or are no longer outstanding. We are required to pay all fees and expenses incident to the registration of the shares of our Common Stock to be offered and sold pursuant to this prospectus. The Selling Stockholders will bear all commissions and discounts, if any, attributable to their sale of shares of our Common Stock.

The Selling Stockholders may use this prospectus in connection with resales of our Common Stock. This prospectus and any accompanying prospectus supplement will identify the Selling Stockholders, the terms of our Common Stock and any material relationships between us and the Selling Stockholders. The Selling Stockholders may be deemed to be underwriters under the Securities Act in connection with our Common Stock they resell and any profits on the sales may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Unless otherwise set forth in a prospectus supplement, the Selling Stockholders will receive all the net proceeds from the resale of our Common Stock.

A Selling Stockholder that is an entity may elect to make an in-kind distribution of Common Stock to its members, partners or stockholders pursuant to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part by delivering a prospectus. To the extent that such members, partners or stockholders are not affiliates of ours, such members, partners or stockholders would thereby receive freely tradable Common Stock pursuant to the distribution through a registration statement.

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP OF SECURITIES

The following table sets forth information known to the Company regarding the beneficial ownership of Common Stock as of December 8, 2021 by:

each person who is known by the Company to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Common Stock;

each current named executive officer and director of the Company; and

all current executive officers and directors of the Company, as a group.

The beneficial ownership percentages set forth in the table below are based on 481,121,695 shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding as of the Closing Date. Under those rules, beneficial ownership includes securities that the individual or entity has the right to acquire, such as through the exercise of stock options, within 60 days of December 8, 2021. Shares subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of December 8, 2021 are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such shares, options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as noted by footnote, and subject to community property laws where applicable, based on the information provided to the Company, the Company believes that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)

  Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership(2)
   Approximate
Percentage
of
Outstanding
Shares of
Common
Stock
 

Directors and Executive Officers Post-Business combination:

    

Rajeev K. Aggarwal(3)

   20,862,702    4.3

Charles Ghoorah(4)

   5,999,279    1.2

David Quattrone(5)

   6,408,610    1.3

Lawrence Samuelson(6)

   763,751    * 

William J. Newman, III(6)

   379,379    * 

Sanjeev K. Bansal(7)

   2,266,292    * 

David Breach

   —      —   

Jim Frankola

   —      —   

Betty Hung

   —      —   

Marcela Martin

   —      —   

Sam Payton

   —      —   

Maneet Saroya

   —      —   

Nicolas Stahl

   —      —   

All directors and executive officers post-business combination as a group (thirteen individuals)(8)

   36,680,013    7.6

Five Percent Holders:

    

Vista Funds(9)

   397,745,049    82.7

*

Less than one percent.

(1)

Unless otherwise noted, the business address of those listed in the table above is 1765 Greensboro Station Place, 7th Floor, Tysons, Virginia, 22102.

(2)

The beneficial ownership of Common Stock immediately upon consummation of the Business Combination is based on 481,121,695 shares of Common Stock outstanding as of such date, and consists of (i) 4,286,667 Class A ordinary shares that converted into a like number of shares of Common Stock, (ii) 6,900,000

Class B ordinary shares that converted into a like number of shares of Common Stock, (iii) 416,483,028 shares of Common Stock that were issued to the holders of shares of common stock of Legacy Cvent, (iv) 5,000,000 Class A ordinary shares that were issued in connection with the Forward Purchase Agreement substantially concurrently with the consummation of the Business Combination, (v) 47,500,000 shares of Common Stock that were issued in the PIPE Financing, (vi) 752,000 private placement shares held by Sponsor and (vii) 200,000 Class A ordinary shares that were issued upon conversion of the principal amount of a working capital loan provided by Sponsor.
(3)

Includes 9,217,654 options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days from December 8, 2021.

(4)

Includes 4,908,790 options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days from December 8, 2021.

(5)

Includes 4,908,791 options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days from December 8, 2021.

(6)

Represents options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days from December 8, 2021.

(7)

Includes 44,926 options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days from December 8, 2021.

(8)

Includes 20,222,384 options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days from December 8, 2021.

(9)

Represents 181,049,399 shares held directly by Vista Equity Partners Fund VI, L.P., or VEPF VI, 109,372,061 shares held directly by Vista Equity Partners Fund VI-A, L.P., or VEPF VI-A, and 2,203,215 shares held directly by VEPF VI FAF, L.P., or VEPF VI FAF. Vista Equity Partners Fund VI GP, L.P., or VEPF VI GP, is the sole general partner of each of VEPF VI, VEPF VI-A and VEPF VI FAF. VEPF VI GP’s sole general partner is VEPF VI GP, Ltd., or VEPF VI UGP. Robert F. Smith is the Sole Director of VEPF VI UGP, as well as one of its 11 Members. VEPF    Management, L.P., or VEPF Management, is the sole management company of each of VEPF VI, VEPF VI-A and VEPF VI FAF. VEPF Management’s sole general partner is VEP Group, LLC, or VEP Group, and VEPF Management’s sole limited partner is Vista Equity Partners Management, LLC, or VEPM. VEP Group is the Senior Managing Member of VEPM.

Additionally represents 51,185,845 shares held directly by VEPF IV AIV VII, L.P., or VEPF IV, and 19,637,433 shares held directly by VEPF IV AIV VII-A, L.P., or VEPF IV-A. Vista Equity Partners Fund IV GP, LLC, or VEPF IV GP, is the sole general partner of each of VEPF IV and VEPF IV-A. VEPF IV GP’s sole senior managing member is VEP Group.

Additionally represents 18,693,976 shares held directly by VEPF III AIV VI, L.P., or VEPF III, and 3,427,576 shares held directly by VEPF III AIV VI-A, L.P., or VEPF III-A. Vista Equity Partners Fund III GP, LLC, or VEPF III GP is the sole general partner of each of VEPF III and VEPF III-A. VEPF III GP’s sole senior managing member is VEP Group.

Additionally represents 6,552,013 shares held directly by VFF I AIV IV, L.P., or VFF I, and 5,623,531 shares held directly by VFF I AIV IV-A, L.P., or VFF I-A, and collectively with VEPF VI, VEPF VI-A, VEPF VI FAF, VEPF IV, VEPF IV-A, VEPF III, VEPF III-A and VFF I, the Vista

Funds. Vista Foundation Fund I GP, LLC, or VFF I GP, is the sole general partner of each of VFF I and VFF I-A. VFF I GP’s sole senior managing member is VEP Group.

Robert F. Smith is the sole Managing Member of VEP Group. Consequently, Mr. Smith, VEPF VI UGP and VEP Group may be deemed the beneficial owners of the shares held by VEPF VI, VEPF VI-A and VEPF VI FAF, and Mr. Smith and VEP Group may be deemed the beneficial owners of the shares held by VEPF IV, VEPF IV-A, VEPF III, VEPF III-A, VFF I and VFF I-A. Each of the Vista Funds, VEPF VI UGP, VEP Group and Mr. Smith expressly disclaim beneficial ownership of any shares not held directly. The principal business address of each of the Vista Funds, VEPF VI UGP, VEPF Management and VEP Group is c/o Vista Equity Partners, 4 Embarcadero Center, 20th Fl., San Francisco, California 94111. The principal business address of Mr. Smith is c/o Vista Equity Partners, 401 Congress Drive, Suite 3100, Austin, Texas 78701.

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PERSON TRANSACTIONS

Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions—Dragoneer

On September 29, 2020, Dragoneer’s Sponsor paid $25,000, or approximately $0.0087 per share, to cover certain of Dragoneer’s offering and formation costs in consideration of 2,875,000 Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.0001. On October 22, 2020, Dragoneer effected a share dividend, resulting in 5,750,000 founder shares and private placementoutstanding. On November 16, 2020, Dragoneer effected a share dividend, resulting in 6,900,000 founder shares including any private placementoutstanding. On October 29, 2020, Dragoneer’s Sponsor transferred 75,000 Class B ordinary shares that may be issued upon conversionto each of working capital loans and anyDragoneer’s independent directors. The founder shares (including the Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversionexercise thereof) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holder.

Dragoneer’s Sponsor purchased an aggregate of founder752,000 private placement shares willfor a purchase price of $10.00 per whole share, or $7,520,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement that occurred simultaneously with the closing of our Initial Public Offering. The private placement shares may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be entitled to registration rightstransferred, assigned or sold by the holder.

Dragoneer entered into the Forward Purchase Agreement pursuant to which the Forward Purchaser, which has received commitments from one or more funds affiliated with Dragoneer, agreed to subscribe for an aggregate of up to 5,000,000 Class A ordinary shares for $10.00 per share, or up to $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in a registration and shareholder rights agreementprivate placement to be signedclose substantially concurrently with the closing of Dragoneer’s initial Business Combination. Immediately prior to or on the effective dateFirst Effective Time, but following the Domestication, Dragoneer issued to Dragoneer Funding II LLC an aggregate of this offering. 5,000,000 Class A ordinary shares for a purchase price of $10.00 per share.

The holders of these securities areForward Purchase Agreement also provides that the Forward Purchaser is entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that we register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination. However,(A) the registrationForward Purchase Shares and shareholder rights agreement provides that we will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lockup period, which occurs (i) in the case of the founder shares, as described in the following paragraph, and (ii) in the case of the private placement shares, 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. We will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Pursuant to the forward purchase agreement, we have agreed that we will use our commercially reasonable efforts to (i) within 30 days after the closing of the initial business combination, file a registration statement with the SEC for a secondary offering of the forward purchase shares and(B) any other Class A ordinary shares acquired by the forward purchase investor,Forward Purchaser, including any acquiredtime after we complete ourDragoneer completes its initial business combination, (ii) cause such registration statementcombination.

Dragoneer currently maintains its executive offices at One Letterman Drive, Building D, Suite M500, San Francisco, California 94129. Dragoneer’s Sponsor has agreed to provide it office space and general administrative services at no cost.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with the Business Combination Agreement, Dragoneer executed a promissory note pursuant to which its Sponsor provided it with an interest-free working capital loan of $2,000,000. The Sponsor intends to elect to have the $2,000,000 balance of a working capital loan provided to Dragoneer converted, in whole or in part, upon the consummation of the Business Combination, into Class A ordinary shares substantially identical to the private placements shares, at a price of $10.00 per share. The shares would be declared effective promptly thereafter, but in no event later than 90 days afteridentical to the private placement shares, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period.

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement

Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, at the closing of the initial business combinationBusiness Combination, Cvent, the Sponsor, certain of the investment funds advised by affiliates of Vista Equity Partners Management, LLC (the “Vista Holders”) and (iii) maintaincertain other parties (collectively, the effectiveness“Registration Rights Investors”) entered into the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement (the “A&R Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Registration Rights Investors agreed to only effect a sale or distribution of suchshares of Cvent Common Stock pursuant to certain transfer restrictions and were granted certain customary registration rights. The A&R Registration Rights Agreement supersedes the Registration Rights Agreements entered into by (i) Legacy Cvent and certain of its stockholders, dated November 29, 2016 and (ii) Dragoneer and certain of its stockholders, dated November 16, 2020. Under the A&R Registration Rights Agreement, the Vista Holders will be entitled to request that Cvent register the Vista Holders’ shares on a long-form or short-form registration

statement on one or more occasions in the future, which registrations may be “shelf registrations,” subject to certain conditions outlined in the A&R Registration Rights Agreement. The A&R Registration Rights Agreement requires that Cvent file a resale registration statement for certain registrable securities, including registrable securities held by Dragoneer, within thirty days of Closing. The Registration Rights Investors, including the Vista Holders, are also entitled to participate in certain of Cvent’s registered offerings, subject to the restrictions in the A&R Registration Rights Agreement. Under certain circumstances, Cvent will pay Registration Rights Investors’ (including the Vista Holders’) expenses in connection with the exercise of these rights.

PIPE Financing

Pursuant to the subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) entered into on July 23, 2021, by and among Dragoneer and certain investors (collectively, the “PIPE Investors”), the PIPE Investors agreed to ensuresubscribe for and purchase, and Dragoneer agreed to issue and sell to the registration statement doesPIPE Investors, an aggregate of 47,500,000 shares of Cvent Common Stock at a price of $10.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $475,000,000 (the “PIPE Financing”). The shares of Cvent Common Stock issued pursuant to the Subscription Agreements have not contain a material omission or misstatement, including by way of amendment or other update, as required, until the earlier of (A) the date on which the forward purchase investor ceases to hold the securities covered thereby and (B) the date all of the securities covered thereby can be sold publicly without restriction or limitation under Rule 144been registered under the Securities Act and withoutof 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) in reliance upon the requirement to beexemption provided in compliance with Rule 144(c)(1) underSection 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, subject toAct. Dragoneer also granted the PIPE Investors certain conditionsregistration rights in connection with the PIPE Financing. The PIPE Financing was contingent upon, among other things, the substantially concurrent closing of the Business Combination.

Certain Relationships and limitations set forth in the forward purchase agreement. We will bear the cost of registering these securities.Related Person Transactions—Cvent

Except as described herein, our sponsor and our directors and executive officers have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell their founder shares until the earliest of (A) one year afterUpon the completion of our initial business combination and (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, (x) if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 120 days after our initial business combination, or (y) the date on which we completeBusiness Combination, Cvent adopted a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property. Any permitted transferees will be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of our sponsorpolicy with respect to any founder sharesthe review, approval and private placement shares. We refer to such transfer restrictions throughout this prospectus asratification of related party transactions. Under the lock-up.

policy, Cvent’s Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving related person transactions. In addition, pursuant to the registration and shareholder rights agreement, our sponsor, upon and following consummation of an initial business combination, will be entitled to nominate three individuals for appointment to our board of directors, as long as the sponsor holds any securities covered by the registration and shareholder rights agreement.

Listing of Securities

We have applied to have our Class A ordinary shares listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “DGNS” on or promptly after the date of this prospectus.

TAXATION

The following summary of certain Cayman Islands and U.S. federal income tax consequences of an investment in our Class A ordinary shares, which we also refer to as our securities, is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This summary does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our Class A ordinary shares, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws.

Prospective investors should consult their advisors on the possible tax consequences of investing in our securities under the laws of their country of citizenship, residence or domicile.

Cayman Islands Tax Considerations

The following is a discussion on certain Cayman Islands income tax consequences of an investment in the securities of the Company. The discussion is a general summary of present law, which is subject to prospective and retroactive change. It is not intended to be tax advice, does not consider any investor’s particular circumstances, and does not consider tax consequences other than those arising under Cayman Islands law.

Under Existing Cayman Islands Laws

Payments of dividends and capital in respect of our securities will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of a dividend or capital to any holder of the securities nor will gains derived from the disposal of the securities be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporate tax. The Cayman Islands currently has no income, corporate or capital gains tax and no estate duty, inheritance tax or gift tax.

No stamp duty is payable in respect of the issue of our Class A ordinary shares or on an instrument of transfer in respect of such shares.

The Company has been incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands as an exempted company with limited liability and, as such, has applied for and received an undertaking from the Financial Secretary of the Cayman Islands in the following form:

The Tax Concessions Law

(2018 Revision)

Undertaking as to Tax Concessions

In accordance with the provision of Section 6 of The Tax Concessions Law (2018 Revision), the Financial Secretary undertakes with Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II (the “Company”):

1.

That no law which is hereafter enacted in the Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations shall apply to the Company or its operations; and

2.

In addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax shall be payable:

2.1

On or in respect of the shares, debentures or other obligations of the Company; or

2.2

by way of the withholding in whole or part, of any relevant payment as defined in Section 6(3) of the Tax Concessions Law (2018 Revision).

These concessions shall be for a period of 20 years from the date hereof.

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

General

The following discussion summarizes certain U.S. federal income tax considerations generally applicable to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A ordinary shares, other than private placement shares, that are purchased in this offering by U.S. Holders (as defined below) and Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below).

This discussion is limited to certain U.S. federal income tax considerations to beneficial owners of our Class A ordinary shares who are initial purchasers of a Class A ordinary share (other than a private placement share) pursuant to this offering and hold the Class A ordinary share as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). This discussion assumes that any distributions made (or deemed made) by us on our Class A ordinary shares and any consideration received (or deemed received) by a holder in consideration for the sale or other disposition of our securities will be in U.S. dollars. This discussion is a summary only and does not consider all aspects of U.S. federal income taxation that may be relevant to the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A ordinary shares by a prospective investor in lightcourse of its review and approval of related party transactions, the Audit Committee considers the relevant facts and circumstances to decide whether to approve such transactions. In particular, circumstances, including:this policy requires the Audit Committee to consider, among other factors it deems appropriate:

 

our sponsor, Founders, officers or directors;the related person’s relationship to us and interest in the transaction;

 

the forward purchase investor;

banks, financial institutions or financial services entities;

broker-dealers;

taxpayers that are subject to the mark-to-market accounting rules;

tax-exempt entities;

S-corporations;

governments or agencies or instrumentalities thereof;

insurance companies;

regulated investment companies;

real estate investment trusts;

expatriates or former long-term residentsmaterial facts of the United States;

persons that actually or constructively own five percent or moreproposed transaction, including the proposed aggregate value of our shares by vote or value;

persons that acquired our securities pursuant to an exercise of employee share options, in connection with employee share incentive plans or otherwise as compensation or in connection with services;

persons that hold our securities as part of a straddle, constructive sale, hedging, conversion or other integrated or similarthe transaction;

 

U.S. Holders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar;

controlled foreign corporations; or

passive foreign investment companies.

Moreover, the discussion below is based upon the provisions of the Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof. Those authorities may be repealed, revoked, modified or subject to differing interpretations, possiblyimpact on a retroactive basis, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. Furthermore, this discussion does not address any aspect of U.S. federal non-income tax laws, such as gift, estate or Medicare contribution tax laws, or state, local or non-U.S. tax laws.

We have not sought, and will not seek, a ruling from the IRS as to any U.S. federal income tax consequence described herein. The IRS may disagree with the discussion herein, and its determination may be upheld by a court. Moreover, there can be no assurance that future legislation, regulations, administrative rulings or court decisions will not adversely affect the accuracy of the statements in this discussion.

As used herein, the term “U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of Class A ordinary shares that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

an individual citizen or resident of the United States;

a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is created or organized (or treated as created or organized) in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

a trust if (A) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (B) it has in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations a valid election to be treated as a U.S. person.

This discussion does not consider the tax treatment of partnerships or other pass-through entities or persons who hold our securities through such entities. If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) is the beneficial owner of our Class A ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership (or a member of another pass-through entity) holding our Class A ordinary shares, we urge you to consult your own tax advisor.

THIS DISCUSSION IS FOR INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY, IS ONLY A SUMMARY OF CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS ASSOCIATED WITH THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR CLASS A ORDINARY SHARES, AND IS NOT A SUBSTITUTE FOR CAREFUL TAX PLANNING. EACH PROSPECTIVE INVESTOR IN OUR SECURITIES IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS TAX ADVISOR WITH RESPECT TO THE PARTICULAR TAX CONSEQUENCES TO SUCH INVESTOR OF THE ACQUISITION, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR SECURITIES, INCLUDING THE APPLICABILITY AND EFFECT OF U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL, AND NON-UNITED STATES TAX LAWS, AS WELL AS UNDER ANY APPLICABLE TAX TREATY.

U.S. Holders

Taxation of Distributions

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will be required to include in gross income as dividends the amount of any distribution paid on our Class A ordinary shares to the extent the distribution is paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). Such dividends paid by us will be taxable to a corporate U.S. Holder at regular rates and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to domestic corporations in respect of dividends received from other domestic corporations. Subject to the PFIC rules described below, distributions in excess of such earnings and profits generally will be applied against and reduce the U.S. Holder’s basis in its Class A ordinary shares (but not below zero) and, to the extent in excess of such basis, will be treated as gain from the sale or exchange of such Class A ordinary shares (see “—Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares” below).

With respect to non-corporate U.S. Holders, under tax laws currently in effect and subject to certain exceptions (including, but not limited to, dividends treated as investment income for purposes of investment interest deduction limitations), dividends generally will be taxed at the lower applicable long-term capital gains rate (see “—Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares” below) only if our Class A ordinary shares are readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States, the Company is not treated as a PFIC at the time the dividend was paid or in the preceding year and provided certain holding period

requirements are met. It is unclear, however, whether certain redemption rights described in this prospectus may suspend the running of the applicable holding period for this purpose. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of such lower rate for any dividends paid with respect to our Class A ordinary shares.

Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. Holder generally will recognize capital gain or loss on the sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A ordinary shares (including on our dissolution and liquidation if we do not complete our initial business combination within the required time period). Any such capital gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder’s holding period for such Class A ordinary shares exceeds one year. It is unclear, however, whether certain redemption rights described in this prospectus may suspend the running of the applicable holding period for this purpose. If the running of the holding period for the Class A ordinary shares is suspended, then non-corporate U.S. Holders may not be able to satisfy the one-year holding period requirement for long-term capital gain treatment, in which case any gain on a sale or other taxable disposition of the Class A ordinary shares would be subject to short-term capital gain treatment and would be taxed at regular ordinary income tax rates.

The amount of gain or loss recognized by a U.S. Holder on a sale or other taxable disposition generally will be equal to the difference between (i) the sum of the amount of cash and the fair market value of any property received in such disposition and (ii) the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A ordinary shares so disposed of. A U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its Class A ordinary shares generally will equal the U.S. Holder’s acquisition cost reduced by any prior distributions treated as a return of capital. Long-term capital gain realized by a non-corporate U.S. Holder is currently eligible to be taxed at reduced rates. The deduction of capital losses is subject to certain limitations.

Redemption of Class A Ordinary Shares

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below,director’s independence in the event thatthe related person is a U.S. Holder’s Class A ordinary shares are redeemed pursuant to the redemption provisions described in this prospectus under “Description of Securities—Ordinary Shares”director or if we purchase a U.S. Holder’s Class A ordinary shares in an open market transaction (referred to herein as a “redemption”), the treatmentimmediate family member of the redemption for U.S. federal income tax purposes will depend on whether the redemption qualifies as a sale of the Class A ordinary shares under Section 302 of the Code. If the redemption qualifies as a sale of Class A ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder will be treated as described under “—Gain or Loss on Sale, Taxable Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Class A Ordinary Shares” above. If the redemption does not qualify as a sale of Class A ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder will be treated as receiving a corporate distribution with the tax consequences described above under “—Taxation of Distributions.” Whether a redemption qualifies for sale treatment will depend largely on the total number of our shares treated as held by the U.S. Holder (including any shares constructively owned by the U.S. Holder described in the following paragraph) relative to all of our shares outstanding both before and after such redemption. The redemption of Class A ordinary shares generally will be treated as a sale of the Class A ordinary shares (rather than as a corporate distribution) if such redemption (i) is “substantially disproportionate” with respect to the U.S. Holder, (ii) results in a “complete termination” of the U.S. Holder’s interest in us or (iii) is “not essentially equivalent to a dividend” with respect to the U.S. Holder. These tests are explained more fully below.

In determining whether any of the foregoing tests are satisfied, a U.S. Holder takes into account not only our Class A ordinary shares actually owned by the U.S. Holder, but also our shares that are constructively owned by such U.S. Holder for this purpose. A U.S. Holder may constructively own, in addition to shares owned directly, shares owned by certain related individuals and entities in which the U.S. Holder has an interest or that have an interest in such U.S. Holder, as well as any shares the U.S. Holder has a right to acquire by exercise of an option. In order to meet the substantially disproportionate test, the percentage of our outstanding voting shares actually and constructively owned by the U.S. Holder immediately following the redemption of Class A ordinary shares

must, among other requirements, be less than 80 percent of the percentage of our outstanding voting shares actually and constructively owned by the U.S. Holder immediately before the redemption. Prior to our initial business combination, the Class A ordinary shares may not be treated as voting shares for this purpose and, consequently, this substantially disproportionate test may not be applicable. There will be a complete termination of a U.S. Holder’s interest if either (i) all of our shares actually and constructively owned by the U.S. Holder are redeemed or (ii) all of our shares actually owned by the U.S. Holder are redeemed and the U.S. Holder is eligible to waive, and effectively waives in accordance with specific rules, the attribution of shares owned by certain family members and the U.S. Holder does not constructively own any other shares of ours. The redemption of the Class A ordinary shares will not be essentially equivalent to a dividend with respect to a U.S. Holder if it results in a “meaningful reduction” of the U.S. Holder’s proportionate interest in us. Whether the redemption will result in a meaningful reduction in a U.S. Holder’s proportionate interest in us will depend on the particular facts and circumstances. However, the IRS has indicated in a published ruling that even a small reduction in the proportionate interest of a small minority shareholder in a publicly held corporation who exercises no control over corporate affairs may constitute such a “meaningful reduction.” A U.S. Holder should consult with its tax advisors as to the tax consequences of a redemption.

If none of the foregoing tests are satisfied, then the redemption will be treated as a corporate distribution and the tax effects will be as described under “—Taxation of Distributions” above. After the application of those rules, any remaining tax basis of the U.S. Holder in the redeemed Class A ordinary shares will be added to the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in its remaining shares, or, if it has none, possibly to the U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in other shares constructively owned by such U.S. Holder.

U.S. holders who actually or constructively own five percent (or, if our Class A ordinary shares are not then publicly traded, one percent) or more of our shares (by vote or value) may be subject to special reporting requirements with respect to a redemption of Class A ordinary shares, and such holders are urged to consult with their own tax advisors with respect to their reporting requirements.

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

A foreign (i.e., non-U.S.) corporation will be classified as a PFIC for U.S. federal income tax purposes if either (i) at least 75% of its gross income in a taxable year, including its pro rata share of the gross income of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, is passive income or (ii) at least 50% of its assets in a taxable year (ordinarily determined based on fair market value and averaged quarterly over the year), including its pro rata share of the assets of any corporation in which it is considered to own at least 25% of the shares by value, are held for the production of, or produce, passive income. Passive income generally includes dividends, interest, rents and royalties (other than rents or royalties derived from the active conduct of a trade or business) and gains from the disposition of passive assets.

Because we are a blank check company, with no current active business, we believe that it is likely that we will meet the PFIC asset or income test for our first taxable year in which we have gross income. However, pursuant to a start-up exception, a corporation will not be a PFIC for the first taxable year the corporation has gross income (the “start-up year”), if (1) no predecessor of the corporation was a PFIC; (2) the corporation satisfies the IRS that it will not be a PFIC for either of the two taxable years following the start-up year; and (3) the corporation is not in fact a PFIC for either of those years. The applicability of the start-up exception to us is uncertain and will not be known until after the close of our current taxable year (or possibly not until after the close of the first two taxable years following our start-up year, as described under the start-up exception). After the acquisition of a company or assets in a business combination, we may still meet one of the PFIC tests depending on the timing of the acquisition and the amount of our passive income and assets as well as the passive income and assets of the acquired business. If the company that we acquire in a business combination is a PFIC, then we will likely not qualify for the start-up exception and will be a PFIC for our current taxable year. Our actual PFIC status for our current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year, however, will not be determinable until after the end of such taxable year. Accordingly, there can be no assurance with respect to our status as a PFIC for our current taxable year or any future taxable year.

Although our PFIC status is determined annually, an initial determination that our company is a PFIC will generally apply for subsequent years to a U.S. Holder who held (or is deemed to have held) Class A ordinary shares while we were a PFIC, whether or not we meet the test for PFIC status in those subsequent years. If we are determined to be a PFIC for any taxable year (or portion thereof) that is included in the holding period of a U.S. Holder of our Class A ordinary shares and, in the case of our Class A ordinary shares, the U.S. Holder did not make either a timely and valid qualified electing fund (“QEF”) election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder held (or was deemed to hold) Class A ordinary shares, a QEF election along with a purging election, or a mark-to-market election, each as described below, such U.S. Holder generally will be subject to special rules with respect to (i) any gain recognized by the U.S. Holder on the sale or other disposition of its Class A ordinary shares (which may include gain realized by reason of transfers of Class A ordinary shares that would otherwise qualify as nonrecognition transactions for U.S. federal income tax purposes) and (ii) any “excess distribution” made to the U.S. Holder (generally, any distributions to such U.S. Holder during a taxable year of the U.S. Holder that are greater than 125% of the average annual distributions received by such U.S. Holder in respect of the Class A ordinary shares during the three preceding taxable years of such U.S. Holder or, if shorter, such U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Class A ordinary shares).

Under these rules:

the U.S. Holder’s gain or excess distribution will be allocated ratably over the U.S. Holder’s holding period for the Class A ordinary shares;director;

 

the amount allocatedbenefits to Cvent of the U.S. Holder’s taxable year in which the U.S. Holder recognized the gain or received the excess distribution, or to the period in the U.S. Holder’s holding period before the first day of our first taxable year in which we are a PFIC, will be taxed as ordinary income;proposed transaction;

 

if applicable, the amount allocated toavailability of other taxable years (or portions thereof)sources of the U.S. Holder and included in its holding period will be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for that year and applicable to the U.S. Holder;comparable products or services; and

 

an additional tax equalassessment of whether the proposed transaction is on terms that are comparable to the interest charge generally applicableterms available to underpaymentsan unrelated third party or to employees generally.

The Audit Committee may only approve those transactions that are in, or are not inconsistent with, Cvent’s best interests and those of tax willits shareholders, as the Audit Committee determines in good faith.

In addition, under Cvent’s code of business conduct and ethics, Cvent’s employees and directors have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be imposed onexpected to give rise to a conflict of interest.

All of the U.S. Holder with respecttransactions described below were entered into prior to the tax attributableadoption of Cvent’s written related party transactions policy, but all were approved by the Cvent Board considering similar factors to each such other taxable year of the U.S. Holder.

In general, if we are determined to be a PFIC, a U.S. Holder may avoid the PFIC tax consequencesthose described above in respect of our Class A ordinary shares by making a timely and valid QEF election (if eligible to do so) to include in income its pro rata share of our net capital gains (as long-term capital gain) and other earnings and profits (as ordinary income), on a current basis, in each case whether or not distributed, in the taxable year of the U.S. Holder in which or with which our taxable year ends. A U.S. Holder generally may make a separate election to defer the payment of taxes on undistributed income inclusions under the QEF rules, but if deferred, any such taxes will be subject to an interest charge.

The QEF election is made on a shareholder-by-shareholder basis and, once made, can be revoked only with the consent of the IRS. A U.S. Holder generally makes a QEF election by attaching a completed IRS Form 8621 (Information Return by a Shareholder of a Passive Foreign Investment Company or Qualified Electing Fund), including the information provided in a PFIC Annual Information Statement, to a timely filed U.S. federal income tax return for the tax year to which the election relates. Retroactive QEF elections generally may be made only by filing a protective statement with such return and if certain other conditions are met or with the consent of the IRS. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a retroactive QEF election under their particular circumstances.

In order to comply with the requirements of a QEF election, a U.S. Holder must receive a PFIC Annual Information Statement from us. If we determine we are a PFIC for any taxable year, upon written request, we will endeavor to provide to a U.S. Holder such information as the IRS may require, including a PFIC Annual Information Statement, in order to enable the U.S. Holder to make and maintain a QEF election, but there is noabove.

assurance that weRelated Party Transactions

Other than compensation arrangements for Cvent’s directors and named executive officers, which are described in the section entitled “Executive Compensation”, below Cvent describes transactions since January 1, 2018 to which it was a participant or will timely provide such required information. There is also no assurance that webe a participant, in which:

the amounts involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000; and

any of its directors, executive officers, or holders of more than 5% of Company capital stock, or any member of the immediate family of, or person sharing the household with, the foregoing persons, had or will have timely knowledgea direct or indirect material interest.

Indemnification of our status as a PFIC in the future orOfficers and Directors

Upon completion of the required informationBusiness Combination, on the Closing Date, Cvent entered into indemnification agreements with each of its directors and executive officers. The indemnification agreements provide the executive officers and directors with contractual rights to indemnification, expense advancement and reimbursement, to the fullest extent permitted under the DGCL. Additionally, Cvent may enter into indemnification agreements with any new directors or officers that may be provided.broader in scope than the specific indemnification provisions contained in Delaware law.

If a U.S. Holder has made a QEF election with respect to our Class A ordinary shares,Term Loan Facility

In October 2018, Cvent, Inc. and Papay Holdco, LLC, (“Papay Holdco”), each of which are wholly-owned subsidiaries of Cvent, entered into two incremental facilities, which increased the excess distribution rules discussed above do not apply to such shares (because of a timely QEF election for our first taxable year as a PFIC in which the U.S. Holder holds (or is deemed to hold) such shares or a purgebalance of the PFIC taint pursuant toTerm Loan Facility by an aggregate of $93.0 million. Vista Private Equity provided a purging election, as described above), any gain recognizedshareholder loan of $40.0 million for Cvent’s acquisition of Social Tables, Inc. on October 16, 2018, which was repaid in full, including accrued interest, on October 26, 2018. Vista Credit Partners provided the salefunding for the financing of our Class A ordinary shares generally will be taxable as capital gain and no additional tax or interest charge will be imposed under the PFIC rules. As discussed above, if we are a PFIC for any taxable year, a U.S. Holder of our Class A ordinary shares that has made a QEF election will be currently taxed on$53.0 million bringing its pro ratatotal share of our earnings and profits, whether or not distributed for such year. A subsequent distribution of such earnings and profits that were previously included in income generally should not be taxable when distributed to such U.S. Holder. The tax basis of a U.S. Holder’s shares in a QEF will be increased by amounts that are included in income, and decreased by amounts distributed but not taxed as dividends, under the above rules. In addition, if we are not a PFIC for any taxable year, such U.S. Holder will not be subject to the QEF inclusion regime with respect to our Class A ordinary shares for such taxable year.

Alternatively, if we are a PFIC and our Class A ordinary shares constitute “marketable stock,” a U.S. Holder may avoid the adverse PFIC tax consequences discussed above if such U.S. Holder, at the close of the first taxable yearlien loan to $62.8 million as of December 31, 2018. Vista Credit Partners has a balance of $55.3 million, $51.5 million and $49.3 million in which it holds (or is deemed to hold) our Class A ordinary shares, makes a mark-to-market election with respect to such shares for such taxable year. Such U.S. Holder generally will include for eachthe Term Loan Facility as of its taxable years as ordinary income the excess, if any, of the fair market value of its Class A ordinary shares at the end of such year over its adjusted basis in its Class A ordinary shares. The U.S. Holder also will recognize an ordinary loss in respect of the excess, if any, of its adjusted basis of its Class A ordinary shares over the fair market value of its Class A ordinary shares at the end of its taxable year (but only to the extent of the net amount of previously included income as a result of the mark-to-market election). The U.S. Holder’s basis in its Class A ordinary shares will be adjusted to reflect any such income or loss amounts,September 30, 2021, December 31, 2020 and any further gain recognized on a sale or2019, respectively. There are no other taxable disposition of its Class A ordinary shares will be treated as ordinary income.

The mark-to-market election is available only for “marketable stock,” generally, stockrelated parties that is regularly traded on a national securities exchange that is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Nasdaq (on which we intend to list the Class A ordinary shares), or on a foreign exchange or market that the IRS determines has rules sufficient to ensure that the market price represents a legitimate and sound fair market value. If made, a mark-to-market election would be effective for the taxable year for which the election was made and for all subsequent taxable years unless the ordinary shares ceased to qualify as “marketable stock” for purposes of the PFIC rules or the IRS consented to the revocation of the election. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisors regarding the availability and tax consequences of a mark-to-market election with respect to our Class A ordinary shares under their particular circumstances.

If we are a PFIC and, at any time, have a foreign subsidiaryposition in the Term Loan Facility.

Relationship with Vista

For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, Cvent and its subsidiaries incurred $0.1 million, $0.4 million and $0.4 million for consulting fees from the Vista Investors which is recorded in general and administrative expenses. For the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, Cvent incurred less than $0.1 million for consulting fees from Vista which is recorded in general and administrative expenses. For the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, Cvent incurred $0.1 million for consulting fees from Vista which is recorded in general and administrative expenses. As of December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 and as of September 30, 2021 and September 30, 2020, respectively, less than $0.1 million was included in accrued expenses in Cvent’s consolidated balance sheet.

Arrangements with Companies Controlled by Vista

On November 29, 2016, Papay Holdco entered into an agreement with Active Network, LLC, (“Active”), an affiliate of Lanyon Solutions, Inc., (“Lanyon”), to purchase certain services that is classified as a PFIC, U.S. Holders generally would be deemedhad been shared when Cvent, Inc. and Lanyon were under common control by the Vista Investors. Certain of these agreements continued to own a portion of the shares of such lower-tier PFIC, and generally could incur liabilityremain in force for the deferred tax and interest charge described above if we receive a distribution from, or dispose of all or part of our interest in,2018 and 2019, and Cvent incurred expenses to Active of $0.04 million and $0.07 million for the lower-tier PFIC or the U.S. Holders otherwise were deemed to have disposedyears ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Such arrangement ended as of an interest in the lower-tier PFIC. We will endeavor to cause any lower-tier PFIC to provide to a U.S. Holder the information that may be required to make or maintain a QEF election with respect to the lower-tier PFIC. There can be no assurance that we will have timely knowledge of the status of any such lower-tier PFIC. December 31, 2019.

In addition, we may not hold a controlling interest in any such lower-tier PFICCvent and thus there can be no assurance we will be ableits subsidiaries entered into transactions to causesell services to other Vista Investor controlled entities during 2021, 2020, 2019 and 2018. For the lower-tier PFIC to provide such required information. U.S. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the tax issues raised by lower-tier PFICs.

A U.S. Holder that owns (or is deemed to own) shares in a PFIC during any taxable year of the U.S. Holder, may have to file an IRS Form 8621 (whether or not a QEF or market-to-market election is made)years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and such other2018

information as may be required byrespectively, Cvent recognized $1.4 million, $0.9 million and $1.2 million in revenue related to these transactions. For the U.S. Treasury Department. Failurethree months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, Cvent recognized $0.4 million and $0.1 million in revenue related to do so, if required, will extendthese transactions. For the statute of limitations until such required information is furnishednine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, Cvent recognized $0.7 million and $1.1 million in revenue related to these transactions. Cvent also purchased software subscription and other services from Vista Investor affiliates. The total expenses incurred were $1.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively. For the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, Cvent recognized $0.5 million and $0.2 million in expenses related to these transactions. For the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, Cvent recognized $1.4 million and $0.7 million in expenses related to these transactions.

Investor Rights Agreement

Pursuant to the IRS.

The rules dealing with PFICs and withBusiness Combination Agreement, at the QEF and mark-to-market elections are very complex and are affected by various factors in addition to those described above. Accordingly, U.S. HoldersClosing, Cvent, the Sponsor, other former holders of our Class AB ordinary shares should consult their own tax advisors concerning the application(“Other Class B Holders”) and certain of the PFIC rulesVista Holders entered into an investor rights agreement (the “Investor Rights Agreement”) pursuant to our securities under their particular circumstances.

Tax Reporting

Certain U.S. Holders may be required to file an IRS Form 926 (Return by a U.S. Transferorwhich, among other things, (i) the parties agreed that the board of Property to a Foreign Corporation) to report a transferdirectors of property (including cash) to us. Substantial penalties may be imposed on a U.S. Holder that fails to comply with this reporting requirement and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxesCvent immediately following Closing will be extendeddivided into three classes of directors, with each class serving for staggered three-year terms, (ii) from and after the closing, the Vista Holders party thereto will now have the right to nominate a number of designees equal to the product of (x) the Total Number of directors multiplied by (y) the Vista Ownership Percentage, rounded up to the nearest whole number (as such terms are defined in the event of a failure to comply. Furthermore, certain U.S. Holders who are individuals and certain entities will be required to report information with respect to such U.S. Holder’s investment in “specified foreign financial assets” on IRS Form 8938 (Statement of Specified Foreign Financial Assets)Investor Rights Agreement), subject to certain exceptions. An interest in the Company constitutes a specified foreign financial asset for these purposes. Persons who are required to report specified foreign financial assets and fail to do so may be subject to substantial penalties and the period of limitations on assessment and collection of U.S. federal income taxes will be extended in the event of a failure to comply. Potential investors are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the foreign financial asset and other reporting obligations and their application to an investment in our Class A ordinary shares.

Non-U.S. Holders

This section applies to you if you are a “Non-U.S. Holder.” As used herein, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our Class A ordinary shares (other than a partnership or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) who or that is for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

a non-resident alien individual (other than certain former citizens and residents of the United States subject to U.S. tax as expatriates);

a foreign corporation; or

an estate or trust that is not a U.S. Holder;

but generally does not include an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition. If you are such an individual, you should consult your tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax consequences of the sale or other disposition of our securities.

Dividends (including constructive dividends) paid or deemed paid to a Non-U.S. Holder in respect of our Class A ordinary shares generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, unless the dividends are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States). In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain attributable to a sale or other taxable disposition of our Class A ordinary shares unless such gain is effectively connected with its conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base that such holder maintains in the United States).

Dividends (including constructive dividends) and gains that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S. Holder’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base in the United States) generally will be subject to U.S.

federal income tax at the same regular U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to a comparable U.S. Holder and, in the case of a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, also may be subject to an additional branch profits tax at a 30% rate or a lower applicable tax treaty rate.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

Dividend payments with respect to our Class A ordinary shares and proceeds from the sale, exchange or redemption of our Class A ordinary shares may be subject to information reporting to the IRS and possible United States backup withholding. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a U.S. Holder who furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number and makes other required certifications, or who is otherwise exempt from backup withholding and establishes such exempt status. U.S. Holders who are required to establish their exempt status may be required to provide such certification on IRS Form W-9. A Non-U.S. Holder generally will eliminate the requirement for information reporting and backup withholding by providing certification of its foreign status, under penalties of perjury, on a duly executed applicable IRS Form W-8 or by otherwise establishing an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Amounts withheld as backup withholding may be credited against a holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, and a holder generally may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules by timely filing the appropriate claim for refund with the IRS and furnishing any required information.

The U.S. federal income tax discussion set forth above is included for general information only and may not be applicable depending upon a holder’s particular situation. Holders are urged to consult their tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences to them of the acquisition, ownership and disposition of our Class A ordinary shares, including the tax consequences under state, local, estate, foreign and other tax laws and tax treaties and the possible effects of changes in U.S. or other tax laws.

UNDERWRITING

Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in an underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters named below the following respective numbers of Class A ordinary shares:

Underwriters

Number of
Shares

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

Total

20,000,000

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated to purchase all the public shares in this offering if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below.

We have granted to the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase on a pro rata basis up to 3,000,000 additional Class A ordinary shares at the initial public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions. The option may be exercised only to cover any over-allotments of shares.

The underwriters propose to offer the Class A ordinary shares initially at the public offering price on the cover page of this prospectus and to selling group members at that price less a selling concession of $                 per share.

The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that we are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option. $0.35 per Class A ordinary share, or $7,000,000 (or $8,050,000 if the over-allotment option is exercised in full), of deferred underwriting commissions will be paid to the underwriters upon the completion of our initial business combination.

   Paid By Dragoneer Growth
Opportunities Corp. II
 
   No Exercise   Full Exercise 

Per Class A ordinary share(1)

  $0.55   $0.55 

Total(1)

  $11,000,000   $12,650,000 

(1)

Includes $0.35 per Class A ordinary share, or $7,000,000 in the aggregate (or $8,050,000 in the aggregate if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), payable to the underwriters for deferred underwriting commissions to be placed in a trust account located in the United States as described herein and released to the underwriters only upon the consummation of an initial business combination.

We estimate that our out-of-pocket expenses for this offering will be approximately $1,000,000. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain of their expenses in an amount up to $25,000.

The underwriters have informed us that the underwriters do not intend to make sales to discretionary accounts.

We, our sponsor and our officers and directors have agreed that we will not offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, without the prior written consent of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, any Class A ordinary shares or any other securities convertible into, or exercisable, or exchangeable for, Class A ordinary shares; provided, however, that we may (1) issue and sell the private placement shares; (2) issue and sell the additional Class A ordinary shares to cover our underwriters’

over-allotment option (if any); (3) issue and sell the forward purchase shares; (4) register with the SEC pursuant to an agreement to be entered into concurrently with the issuance and sale of the securities in this offering or the forward purchase agreement, as applicable, the resale of the founder shares, the private placement shares, shares that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans and the forward purchase shares, as the case may be; and (5) issue securities in connection with our initial business combination. However, the foregoing shall not apply to the forfeiture of any founder shares pursuant to their terms or any transfer of founder shares to any current or future independent director of the Company (as long as such current or future independent director is subject to the terms of the letter agreement, filed herewith, at the time of such transfer; and as long as,conditions set forth therein, (iii) Cvent will use its reasonable best efforts to the extent any Section 16 reporting obligation is triggered as a result of such transfer, any related Section 16 filing includes a practical explanation as to the nature of the transfer). Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC in their sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice.

Our sponsor and our directors and executive officers have agreed not to transfer, assign or sell any of their founder shares until the earliest of (A) one year after the completion of our initial business combination and (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, (x) if the closing price of our Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share sub-divisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 120 days after our initial business combination, or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transactionensure that results in all of our public shareholders having the right to exchange their ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property (except pursuant to limited exceptions as described under “Principal Shareholders—Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares”). Any permitted transferees would be subject to the same restrictions and other agreements of our sponsor and our directors and executive officers with respect to any founder shares and private placement shares.

The private placement shares will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination (except pursuant to limited exceptions as described under “Principal Shareholders—Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares”).

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

We have applied to have our Class A ordinary shares listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “DGNS” on or promptly after the date of this prospectus.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our Class A ordinary shares. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the public shares was determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters.

The determination of our per share offering price was more arbitrary than would typically be the case if we were an operating company. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were the history and prospects of companies whose principal business is the acquisition of other companies, prior offerings of those companies, our management, our capital structure, and currently prevailing general conditions in equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company. We cannot assure you, however, that the price at which the Class A ordinary shares will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our Class A ordinary shares will develop and continue after this offering.

The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission held in the trust account in the event we do not consummate an initial business combination within 24 months (or 27 months, as applicable) from the closing of this offering or during any Extension Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the funds held in the trust account that will be available to fund the redemption of our public shares.

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act.

Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of Class A ordinary shares in excess of the number of Class A ordinary shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of Class A ordinary shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of Class A ordinary shares that they may purchase in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of Class A ordinary shares involved is greater than the number of Class A ordinary shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their over-allotment option and/or purchasing Class A ordinary shares in the open market.

Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of the Class A ordinary shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of Class A ordinary shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of Class A ordinary shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase Class A ordinary shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more Class A ordinary shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying Class A ordinary shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the Class A ordinary shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering.

Penalty bids permit the representative to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the Class A ordinary shares originally sold by the syndicate member are purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our Class A ordinary shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Class A ordinary shares. As a result, the price of our Class A ordinary shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. These transactions may be effected on Nasdaq or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

We are not under any contractual obligation to engage the underwriters to provide any services for us after this offering and have no present intent to do so. However, the underwriters may introduce us to potential target businesses or assist us in raising additional capital in the future. If the underwriters provide services to us after this offering, we may pay the underwriters fair and reasonable fees that would be determined at that time in an arm’s length negotiation; provided that no agreement will be entered into with the underwriters and no fees for such services will be paid to the underwriters prior to the date that the Vista Ownership Percentage is 90 days from the date of this prospectus, unless FINRA determines that such payment would not be deemed underwriters’ compensation in connection with this offering, and we may pay the underwriters of this offering or any entity with which they are affiliated, a finder’s fee or other compensation for services rendered to us in connection with the completion of a business combination.

The underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.

In addition, in the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by the underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering and the underwriters participating in this offering may distribute prospectuses electronically. The underwriters may allocate a number of Class A ordinary shares for sale to its online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the underwriters that will make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

The Class A ordinary shares are offered for sale in the United States and other jurisdictions where it is lawful to make such offers.

The underwriters have represented and agreed that they have not offered, sold or delivered and will not offer, sell or deliver any of the Class A ordinary shares directly or indirectly, or distribute this prospectus or any other offering material relating to the Class A ordinary shares, in or from any jurisdiction except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable laws and regulations thereof and that will not impose any obligations on us except as set forth in the underwriting agreement.

European Economic Area and the United Kingdom

In relation toless than 5%, each Member State of the European Economic Area and the United Kingdom which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”) an offer to the public of our ordinary shares may not be made in that Relevant Member State, except that an offer to the public in that Relevant Member State of our ordinary shares may be made at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Directive:

(a)

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

(b)

to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the Representative for any such offer; or

(c)

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of our ordinary shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by us or any underwriters of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to our ordinary shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and our ordinary shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase our ordinary shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (as amended), including by Directive 2010/73/EU, and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State.

This European Economic Area selling restriction is in addition to any other selling restrictions set out below.

Notice to Investors in the United Kingdom

The underwriters severally represent, warrant and agree as follows:

(a)

it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of section 21 of FSMA) to persons who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling with Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 or in circumstances in which section 21 of FSMA does not apply to the company; and

(b)

it has complied with, and will comply with all applicable provisions of FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the securities in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

Notice to Residents of Japan

The underwriters will not offer or sell any of our securities directly or indirectly in Japan or to, or for the benefit of any Japanese person or to others, for re-offering or re-sale directly or indirectly in Japan or to any Japanese person, except in each case pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Securities and Exchange Law of Japan and any other applicable laws and regulations of Japan. For purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese person” means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

Notice to Residents of Hong Kong

The underwriters and each of their affiliates have not (1) offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, in Hong Kong, by means of any document, our securities other than (A) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance or (B) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32 of Hong Kong) or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance or (2) issued or had in its possession for the purposes of issue, and will not issue or have in its possession for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere any advertisement, invitation or document relating to our securities which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to our securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance. The contents of this document have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this document, you should obtain independent professional advice.

Notice to Residents of Singapore

This prospectus or any other offering material relating to our securities has not been and will not be registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore, and the securities will be offered in Singapore pursuant to exemptions under Section 274 and Section 275 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “Securities and Futures Act”). Accordingly our securities may not be offered or sold, or be the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material relating to our securities be circulated or distributed, whether directly or indirectly, to the public or any member of the public in Singapore other than (a) to an institutional investor or other person specified in Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, (b) to a sophisticated investor, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the Securities and Futures Act or (c) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the Securities and Futures Act.

Notification under Section 309B(1)(c) of the Securities and Futures Act: Solely for the purposes of its obligations pursuant to sections 309B(1)(a) and 309B(1)(c) of the Securities and Futures Act and the Securities and Futures (Capital Markets Products) Regulations 2018 of Singapore (the “CMP Regulations 2018”), the Issuer has determined, and hereby notifies all relevant persons (as defined in Section 309A of the SFA) that the notes are (A) prescribed capital markets productsVista Director (as defined in the CMP Regulations 2018) and (B) Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).

Notice to Residents of Germany

Each person who is in possession of this prospectus is aware that no German sales prospectus (Verkaufsprospekt) within the meaning of the Securities Sales Prospectus Act (Wertpapier-Verkaufsprospektgesetz, the “Act”) of the Federal Republic of Germany has been orInvestor Rights Agreement) will be published with respectincluded in the Board’s slate of nominees to our securities. Inthe stockholders for director elections of such class, and each Vista Director to a particular class of directors will be included in the underwriters have represented that they have not engaged and have agreed that they will not engage in a public offering (offentliches Angebot) within the meaning of the Act with respect to any of our securities otherwise then in accordance with the Act and all other applicable legal and regulatory requirements.

Notice to Residents of France

The securities are being issued and sold outside the Republic of France and that,proxy statement in connection with their initial distribution, it hassoliciting proxies for meetings of stockholders, (iv) from the Closing until such time as the Vista Ownership Percentage is less than 5%, there shall be a number of Vista Directors on each committee of the Board not offered or soldless than the nearest whole number greater than the product obtained by multiplying the Vista Ownership Percentage by the number of positions, including any vacancies, on the applicable committee, and will(v) (A) certain investors party thereto (other than the Sponsor and the investors party thereto who held Class B ordinary shares of Dragoneer that converted into Cvent Common Stock), including the Vista Holders party thereto, have agreed to not offer or sell, directly or indirectly,transfer any shares of Cvent Common Stock for 180 days following the securitiesClosing, subject to certain terms, conditions and exceptions, including a potential early release of 33% of such shares upon the achievement of certain trading conditions after Closing (but no such release may occur prior to the public in90th day after Closing) and (B) the RepublicSponsor and the Other Class B Holders agreed to not transfer any shares of France,Cvent Common Stock for one year after the closing, subject to certain terms, conditions and that it has not distributed and will not distribute or cause to be distributedexceptions, including a potential early release upon the achievement of certain trading conditions after 120 days. The investors party to the public in the Republic of France this prospectusInvestor Rights Agreement agreed to only effect a sale or any other offering material relating to the securities, and that such offers, sales and distributions have been and will be made in the Republic of France only to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) in accordance with Article L.411-2 of the Monetary and Financial Code and decrét no. 98-880 dated October 1, 1998.

Notice to Residents of the Netherlands

Our securities may not be offered, sold, transferred or delivered in or from the Netherlands as part of their initial distribution or at any time thereafter, directly or indirectly, other than to, individuals or legal entities situated in The Netherlands who or which trade or invest in securities in the conduct of a business or profession (which includes banks, securities intermediaries (including dealers and brokers), insurance companies, pension funds, collective investment institution, central governments, large international and supranational organizations, other institutional investors and other parties, including treasury departments of commercial enterprises, which as an ancillary activity regularly invest in securities; hereinafter, “Professional Investors”); provided that in the offer, prospectus and in any other documents or advertisements in which a forthcoming offering of our securities is publicly announced (whether electronically or otherwise) in The Netherlands it is stated that such offer is and will be exclusively made to such Professional Investors. Individual or legal entities who are not Professional Investors may not participate in the offering of our securities, and this prospectus or any other offering material relating to our securities may not be considered an offer or the prospect of an offer to sell or exchange our securities.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Cayman Islands

No offer or invitation, whether directly or indirectly, may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands to subscribe for our securities.

Notice to Canadian Residents

Resale Restrictions

The distribution of theCvent equity securities in Canada is being made only in the provinces of Ontario, Quebec, Alberta and British Columbia on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of these securities are made. Any resale of the securities in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which may vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resalespursuant to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the securities.

Representations of Canadian Purchasers

By purchasing the securities in Canada and accepting delivery of a purchase confirmation, a purchaser is representing to us and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:

the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the securities without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws as it is an “accredited investor” as defined under National Instrument 45-106—Prospectus Exemptions;

the purchaser is a “permitted client” as defined in National Instrument 31-103—Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations;

where required by law, the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent; and

the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions.

Conflicts of Interest

Canadian purchasers are hereby notified that Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC are relying on the exemption set out in section 3A.3 or 3A.4, if applicable, of National Instrument 33-105—Underwriting Conflicts from having to provide certain conflict of interest disclosure in this document.

Statutory Rights of Action

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if the prospectus (including any amendment thereto) such as this document contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser of these securities in Canada should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

Enforcement of Legal Rights

All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

Canadian purchasers of the securities should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the securities in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the securities for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.transfer restrictions.

LEGAL MATTERS

Ropes & Gray LLP is acting as United States counsel in connection with the registration of our ordinary shares under the Securities Act. Maples and Calder will pass upon theThe validity of the securities offered inby this prospectus with respect to the ordinary shares and matters of Cayman Islands law. In connection with this offering, Lathamhave been passed upon for us by Kirkland & WatkinsEllis LLP, advised the underwriters in connection with the offering of the securities.Chicago, Illinois.

EXPERTS

The financial statements of Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II (formerly known as Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Beta Corp.) as of September 30,December 31, 2020 and for the period from September 25, 2020 (inception) through September 30,December 31, 2020 appearing in this prospectus have been audited by WithumSmith+Brown, PC, independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in their report thereon, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus,herein, and are included in reliance upon such report given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of Papay Topco, Inc. as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONALMORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the securities we are offering by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information included in the registration statement. For further information about us and our securities, you should refer to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed with the registration statement. Whenever we make reference in this prospectus to any of our contracts, agreements or other documents, the references are materially complete but may not include a description of all aspects of such contracts, agreements or other documents, and you should refer to the exhibits attached to the registration statement for copies of the actual contract, agreement or other document.

Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information requirements of the Exchange Act and will file annual, quarterly and current event reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.SEC as required by the Exchange Act. You can read ourthe Company’s SEC filings, including the registration statement,this prospectus, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

If you would like additional copies of this prospectus, you should contact us by telephone or in writing:

Cvent Holding Corp.

Attn: Investor Relations

1765 Greensboro Station Place, 7th Floor

Tysons, Virginia 22102

Telephone: (703) 226-3500

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP. II

(FORMERLY KNOWN AS DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES BETA CORP.)

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

   Page 
Audited Financial Statements of Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   F-2 
Financial Statements:

Balance Sheet as of September 30,December 31, 2020

   F-3 

Statement of Operations for the periodPeriod from September 25, 2020 (inception)(Inception) through September 30,December 31, 2020

   F-4 

Statement of Changes in Shareholder’sStockholders’ Equity for the periodPeriod from September 25, 2020 (inception)(Inception) through September 30,December 31, 2020

   F-5 

Statement of Cash Flows for the periodPeriod from September 25, 2020 (inception)(Inception) through September 30,December 31, 2020

   F-6 

Notes to Financial Statementsfinancial statements (December 31, 2020)

   F-7
Unaudited Financial Statements of Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II

Unaudited Condensed Balance Sheets as of September  30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

F-16

Unaudited Condensed Statements of Operations for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021

F-17

Unaudited Statement of Changes in Shareholders’ Deficit for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021

F-18

Unaudited Condensed Statement of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021

F-20

Notes to unaudited financial statements

F-21
Audited Financial Statements of Papay Topco, Inc.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

F-32

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2020 and 2019

F-34

Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018

F-35

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018

F-36

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December  31, 2020, 2019 and 2018

F-37

Notes to audited consolidated financial statements

F-38
Unaudited Financial Statements of Papay Topco, Inc.

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September  30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

F-75

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

F-76

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity for the Three and Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

F-77

Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021 and 2020

F-78

Notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

F-79 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the ShareholderShareholders and the Board of Directors of

Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II

(formerly known as Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Beta Corp.)

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying balance sheet of Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II (formerly known as Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Beta Corp.)II. (the “Company”), as of September 30,December 31, 2020, and the related statements of operations, changes in shareholder’sshareholders’ equity and cash flows for the period from September 25, 2020 (inception) through September 30,December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of September 30,December 31, 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the period from September 25, 2020 (inception) through September 30,December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (the “PCAOB”(“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audit included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements,statement, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audit also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ WithumSmith+Brown, PC

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

New York, New York

October 30, 2020March 31, 2021

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP. II

(FORMERLY KNOWN AS DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES BETA CORP.)

BALANCE SHEET

SEPTEMBER 30,DECEMBER 31, 2020

 

ASSETS

  

Deferred offering costs

  $48,000 
  

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

  $48,000 
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY

  

Current liability—Accrued offering costs

  $28,000 
  

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

  $28,000 
  

 

 

 

Commitments and Contingencies

  

Shareholder’s Equity

  

Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding

  

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding

   —   

Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 5,750,000 shares issued and outstanding (1)

   575 

Additional paid-in capital

   24,425 

Accumulated deficit

   (5,000
  

 

 

 

Total Shareholder’s Equity

  $20,000 
  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY

  $48,000 
  

 

 

 

ASSETS

  

Current assets

  

Cash

  $90,095 

Prepaid expenses

   1,188,660 
  

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

   1,278,755 

Cash held in Trust Account

   276,000,000 
  

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

  $277,278,755 
  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  

Current liabilities - accrued expenses

  $25,296 

Deferred underwriting fee payable

   9,660,000 
  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   9,685,296 
  

 

 

 

Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption, 26,259,345 shares at $10.00 per share

   262,593,450 

Shareholders’ Equity

  

Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding

   —   

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 2,092,655 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 26,259,345 shares subject to possible redemption)

   209 

Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 6,900,000 shares issued and outstanding

   690 

Additional paid-in capital

   5,096,874 

Accumulated deficit

   (97,764
  

 

 

 

Total Shareholders’ Equity

   5,000,009 
  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

  $277,278,755 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP. II

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM SEPTEMBER 25, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020

 

(1)

Includes an aggregate of up to 750,000 Class B ordinary shares that are subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised (see Note 5). On October 22, 2020, the Company effected a share dividend, resulting in 5,750,000 Class B ordinary shares outstanding (see Note 5).

Formation and operational costs

  $97,764 
  

 

 

 

Net Loss

  $(97,764
  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A redeemable ordinary shares

   27,600,000 
  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net income per ordinary share, Class A

  $0.00 

Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A and B non-redeemable ordinary shares

   7,236,000 
  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share, Class A and B

  $(0.01
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP. II

(FORMERLY KNOWN AS DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES BETA CORP.)

STATEMENT OF OPERATIONSCHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE PERIOD FROM SEPTEMBER 25, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30,DECEMBER 31, 2020

 

Formation and operating costs

  $5,000 
  

 

 

 

Net Loss

  $(5,000
  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted (1)

   5,000,000 
  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share

  $(0.00
  

 

 

 
   Class A
Ordinary Shares
  Class B
Ordinary Shares
   Additional
Paid in
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total
Shareholders’
Equity
 
   Shares  Amount  Shares   Amount 

Balance — September 25, 2020 (inception)

   —    $—    —     $—    $—   $—   $—  

Issuance of Class B ordinary shares to Sponsor

   —     —     6,900,000    690    24,310   —     25,000 

Sale of 27,600,000 Public Shares, net of underwriting discounts and offering costs

   27,600,000   2,760   —      —      260,143,463   —     260,146,223 

Sale of 752,000 Private Placement Shares

   752,000   75   —      —      7,519,925   —     7,520,000 

Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption

   (26,259,345  (2,626  —      —      (262,590,824  —     (262,593,450

Net loss

   —     —     —      —      —     (97,764  (97,764
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance — December 31, 2020

   2,092,655  $209   6,900,000   $690   $5,096,874  $(97,764 $5,000,009 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP. II

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM SEPTEMBER 25, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020

 

(1)

Excludes an aggregate of up to 750,000 Class B ordinary shares that are subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised (see Note 5). On October 22, 2020, the Company effected a share dividend, resulting in 5,750,000 Class B ordinary shares outstanding (see Note 5).

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

  

Net loss

  $(97,764

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

  

Payment of formation costs through issuance of Class B ordinary shares

   5,000 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

  

Prepaid expenses

   (1,188,660

Accrued expenses

   25,296 
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

   (1,256,128
  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

  

Investment of cash in Trust Account

   (276,000,000
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (276,000,000
  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

  

Proceeds from sale of Public Shares, net of underwriting discounts paid

   270,480,000 

Proceeds from sale of Private Placement Shares

   7,520,000 

Repayment of promissory note – related party

   (104,462

Payments of offering costs

   (549,315
  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

   277,346,223 
  

 

 

 

Net Change in Cash

   90,095 

Cash – Beginning

   —   
  

 

 

 

Cash – Ending

  $90,095 
  

 

 

 

Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:

  

Initial classification of Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption

  $262,686,220 
  

 

 

 

Change in value of Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption

  $(92,770
  

 

 

 

Deferred underwriting fee payable

  $9,660,000 
  

 

 

 

Offering costs paid directly by Sponsor in consideration for the issuance of Class B ordinary shares

  $20,000 
  

 

 

 

Payment of offering costs through promissory note – related party

  $104,462 
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP. II

(FORMERLY KNOWN AS DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES BETA CORP.)

STATEMENTNOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

NOTE 1—ORGANIZATION AND PLAN OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY

FOR THE PERIOD FROM SEPTEMBER 25, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

   Class B
Ordinary Shares
   Additional
Paid-in
Capital
   Accumulated
Deficit
  Total
Shareholder’s
Equity
 
   Shares   Amount            

Balance—September 25, 2020 (inception)

   —     $—     $—     $—    $—   

Issuance of Class B ordinary shares to Sponsor (1)

   5,750,000    575    24,425    —     25,000 

Net loss

   —      —      —      (5,000  (5,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance—September 30, 2020

   5,750,000   $575   $24,425   $(5,000 $20,000 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)

Includes an aggregate of up to 750,000 Class B ordinary shares that are subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised (see Note 5). On October 22, 2020, the Company effected a share dividend, resulting in 5,750,000 Class B ordinary shares outstanding (see Note 5).

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP. II

(FORMERLY KNOWN AS DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES BETA CORP.)

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM SEPTEMBER 25, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

  

Net loss

  $(5,000

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Payment of formation costs through issuance of Class B ordinary shares

   5,000 
  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

   —   
  

 

 

 

Net Change in Cash

   —   

Cash—Beginning of period

   —   
  

 

 

 

Cash—End of period

  $—   
  

 

 

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

  

Deferred offering costs included in accrued offering costs

  $28,000 
  

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs paid by Sponsor in exchange for the issuance of Class B ordinary shares

  $20,000 
  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.

Note 1—Organization and Plan of Business OperationsBUSINESS OPERATIONS

Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II (the “Company”) is a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company on September 25, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities (a “Business Combination”).

The Company is not limited to a particular industry or sector for purposes of consummating a Business Combination. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

As of September 30,December 31, 2020, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from September 25, 2020 (inception) through September 30,December 31, 2020 relates to the Company’s formation and the proposed initial public offering (“ProposedInitial Public Offering”), which is described below. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of a Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the ProposedInitial Public Offering. The Company has selected December 31 as its fiscal year end.

The registration statement for the Company’s ability to commence operations is contingent upon obtaining adequate financial resources through a ProposedInitial Public Offering was declared effective on November 16, 2020. On November 19, 2020, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 20,000,00027,600,000 Class A ordinary shares (the “Public Shares”), which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option in the amount of 3,600,000 Public Shares, at $10.00 per Public Share, (or 23,000,000 Public Shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full),generating gross proceeds of $276,000,000 which is discusseddescribed in Note 3, and3.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 600,000752,000 private placement shares (or 660,000 private placement shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) (the “Private Placement Shares”) at a price of $10.00 per Private Placement Share in a private placement to the Company’s sponsor, Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Holdings II (an affiliate of Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC) (the “Sponsor”), that will close simultaneously withgenerating gross proceeds of $7,520,000, which is described in Note 4.

Transaction costs amounted to $15,853,777, consisting of $5,520,000 of underwriting fees, $9,660,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $673,777 of other offering costs.

Following the Proposedclosing of the Initial Public Offering.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific applicationOffering on November 19, 2020, an amount of $276,000,000 ($10.00 per share) from the net proceeds of the Proposedsale of the Public Shares in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Shares although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. Exchange listing rules require that the Business Combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the Trust Account (as defined below) (excluding any deferred underwriters’ fees and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial business combination. The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-Business Combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination. Upon the closing of the Proposed Public Offering, management has agreed that $10.00 per Public Share sold in the Proposed Public Offering, including proceeds of the sale of the Private Placement Shares, will be heldwas placed in a trust account (“Trust(the “Trust Account”) and, which the Company expects will not earn interest or be invested until January 1, 2021, after which the proceeds will be invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 185 days or less, or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund investing solely in U.S. Treasuries and meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earliest of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds in the Trust Account to the Company’s shareholders, as described below.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Shares, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. Exchange listing rules require that the Business Combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the Trust Account (excluding any deferred underwriters’ fees and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to

enter into the initial Business Combination. The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-Business Combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination.

The Company will provide the holders of the public shares (the “Public Shareholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of the Business Combination, either (i) in connection with a general meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The Public Shareholders will be entitled to

redeem their Public Shares, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination (initially anticipated to be $10.00 per Public Share), including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, subject to certain limitations as described in the prospectus. The per-share amount to be distributed to the Public Shareholders who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriters (as discussed in Note 6). The Class A ordinary shares will be recorded at redemption value and classified as temporary equity upon the completion of the Proposed Public Offering, in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.”

The Company will proceed with a Business Combination only if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 and, if the Company seeks shareholder approval, it receives an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law approving a Business Combination, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who attend and vote in person or by proxy at a general meeting of the Company. If a shareholder vote is not required and the Company does not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and file tender offer documents containing substantially the same information as would be included in a proxy statement with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Company’s Sponsor has agreed to vote its Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the ProposedInitial Public Offering in favor of approving a Business Combination. Additionally, each Public Shareholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares, without voting, and if they do vote, irrespective of whether they vote for or against a proposed Business Combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company seeks shareholder approval of the Business Combination and the Company does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, a Public Shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the Public Shares without the Company’s prior written consent.

The Sponsor has agreed (a) to waive its redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and Public Shares held by it in connection with the completion of a Business Combination and (b) not to propose an amendment to the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (i) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with the Company’s initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period (as defined below) or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial business combinationBusiness Combination activity, unless the Company provides the Public Shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding Public Shares.

The Company will have 24 months from the closing of the Proposed Public Offeringuntil November 19, 2022 (or 27 months from the closing of Proposed Public OfferingFebruary 19, 2023 if the Company has executed a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for a Business Combination within 24 months from the closing of Proposed Public Offeringby November 19, 2022 but has

not completed a Business Combination within such 24 month period)by November 19, 2022) to consummate a Business Combination (the “Combination Period”). However, if the Company has not completed a Business Combination within the Combination Period as may be extended from time to time by the Company as a result of a shareholder vote to amend its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (an “Extension Period”), the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the Public Shares, at a

per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish the rights of the Public Shareholders as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining Public Shareholders and its Board of Directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

The Sponsor has agreed to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period. However, if the Sponsor or any of its respective affiliates acquire Public Shares, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period, and in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than the ProposedInitial Public Offering price per UnitShare ($10.00).

In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than the Company’s independent auditors)registered public accounting firm) for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (1) $10.00 per Public Share and (2) the actual amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account if less than $10.00 per Public Shares due to reductions in the value of trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business that executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account nor will it apply to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the ProposedInitial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (other than the Company’s independent auditors)registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

NoteNOTE 2—Significant Accounting PoliciesSIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been preparedare presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

The Company does not have sufficient liquidity to meet its anticipated obligations over the next year from the date of issuance of these financial statements. In connection with the Company’s assessment of going concern considerations in accordance with Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2014-15, “Disclosures of Uncertainties about an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern,” management has determined that the Company has access to funds from the Sponsor that are sufficient to fund the working capital needs of the Company until the earlier of the consummation of the Proposed Public Offering and one year from the date of issuance of these financial statements.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Deferred Cash Held in Trust Account

At December 31, 2020, the assets held in the Trust Account were held in cash.

Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption

The Company accounts for its Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Class A ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption are classified as a liability instrument and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. The Company’s ordinary shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at December 31, 2020, Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption are presented as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheet.

Offering Costs

Deferred offeringOffering costs consist of legal, accounting, underwriting fees and other expensescosts incurred through the balance sheet dateInitial Public Offering that are directly related to the ProposedInitial Public Offering. Offering and that will becosts amounting to $15,853,777 were charged to shareholder’sshareholders’ equity upon the completion of the ProposedInitial Public Offering. Should the Proposed Public Offering prove to be unsuccessful, these deferred costs, as well as additional expenses incurred, will be charged to operations.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” which prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statementstatements recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company’s management determined that the Cayman Islands is the Company’s major tax jurisdiction. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. As of September 30,December 31, 2020, there were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.

The Company is considered to be a Cayman Islands exempted company with no connection to any other taxable jurisdiction and is presently not subject to income taxes or income tax filing requirements in the Cayman Islands or the United States. As such, as of December 31, 2020, the Company’s taxCompany has no provision was zero for the period presented.income taxes.

Net Loss Per Ordinary Share

Net loss per ordinary share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of ordinary shares issued and outstanding during the period, excluding ordinary shares subject to forfeiture. Weighted average shares were reduced for the effect of an aggregate of 750,000 Class B ordinary shares that are subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised (see Note 6).period. At September 30,December 31, 2020, the Company did not have any dilutive securities and other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into ordinary shares and then share in the earnings of the Company. As a result, diluted loss per ordinary share is the same as basic loss per ordinary share for the period presented.

The Company’s statement of operations includes a presentation of loss per share for ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of loss per share. Net income per share, basic and diluted, for Class A redeemable ordinary shares is calculated by dividing the interest income earned on the Trust Account, by the weighted average number of Class A redeemable ordinary shares outstanding since original issuance. Net loss per share, basic and diluted, for Class A and B non-redeemable ordinary shares is calculated by dividing the net loss, adjusted for income attributable to Class A redeemable ordinary shares, by the weighted average number of Class A and B non-redeemable ordinary shares outstanding for the period. Class A and B non-redeemable ordinary shares includes the Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares as these shares do not have any redemption features and do not participate in the income earned on the Trust Account.

The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share (in dollars, except per share amounts):

   For the Period
from
September 25,
2020
(inception)
Through
December 31,
2020
 

Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares

  

Numerator: Earnings allocable to Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares

  

Interest Income

  $
  

 

 

 

Net Earnings

  $

Denominator: Weighted Average Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares

  

Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares, Basic and Diluted

   27,600,000 

Earnings/Basic and Diluted Redeemable Class A Ordinary Shares

  $0.00 

Non-Redeemable Class A and B Ordinary Shares

  

Numerator: Net Loss minus Redeemable Net Earnings

  

Net Loss

  $(97,764

Redeemable Net Earnings

  $
  

 

 

 

Non-Redeemable Net Loss

  $(97,764

Denominator: Weighted Average Non-Redeemable Class A and B Ordinary Shares

  

Non-Redeemable Class A and B Ordinary Shares, Basic and Diluted (1)

   7,236,000 

Loss/Basic and Diluted Non-Redeemable Class A and B Ordinary Shares

  $(0.01
  

 

 

 

Note: As of December 31, 2020, basic and diluted shares are the same as there are no non-redeemable securities that are dilutive to the shareholders.

(1)

The weighted average non-redeemable ordinary shares for the period from September 25, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 includes the effect of 752,000 Private Placement Shares, which were issued in conjunction with the Initial Public Offering on November 19, 2020.

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Coverage of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on this account and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximatesapproximate the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying balance sheet, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Recent Accounting PronouncementsStandards

Management does not believe that any recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting pronouncements,standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

NoteNOTE 3—Proposed Public OfferingINITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

Pursuant to the ProposedInitial Public Offering, the Company will offer for sale up to 20,000,000sold 27,600,000 Public Shares, (or 23,000,000which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option in the amount of 3,600,000 Public Shares, if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) at a purchase price of $10.00 per Public Share.

NoteNOTE 4—Private PlacementPRIVATE PLACEMENT

TheSimultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor has committed to purchasepurchased an aggregate of 600,000752,000 Private Placement Shares, (or 660,000 Private Placement Shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) at a price of $10.00 per Private Placement Share, for an aggregate purchase price of $6,000,000 (or $6,600,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), in a private placement that will occur simultaneously with the closing of the Proposed Public Offering.$7,520,000. A portion of the proceeds from the Private Placement Shares will bewere added to the proceeds from the ProposedInitial Public Offering to be held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Shares will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Shares will be worthless.

NoteNOTE 5—Related Party TransactionsRELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

During the period endedIn September 30, 2020, the Sponsor paid $25,000 to cover certain offering and formation costs of the Company in consideration for 2,875,000 Class B ordinary shares (the “Founder Shares”). On October 29, 2020, the Sponsor transferred 75,000 Founder Shares to each of the Company’s four independent directors. On October 22, 2020 and on November 16, 2020, the Company effected a share dividend,dividends, resulting in 5,750,0006,900,000 Founder Shares outstanding. All share and per-share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the share dividend. The Founder Shares includeincluded an aggregate of up to 750,000900,000 shares that arewere subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option iswas exercised, so that the number of Founder Shares willwould equal, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares after the ProposedInitial Public Offering (assuming the Sponsor does not purchase any Public Shares in the Proposed Public Offering and excluding(excluding the Private Placement Shares). As a result of the underwriter’s election to fully exercise their over-allotment option, 900,000 Founder Shares are no longer subject to forfeiture.

The Sponsor has agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of its Founder Shares until the earliest of: (A) one year after the completion of a Business Combination and (B) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x) if the closing price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share subdivisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 120 days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Public Shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

Promissory Note—Related Party

On September 29, 2020, the Company issued an unsecured promissory note (the “Promissory Note”) to the Sponsor, pursuant to which the Company may borrow up to an aggregate principal amount of $300,000. The Promissory Note iswas non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of (i) February 28, 2021 andor (ii) the completion of the ProposedInitial Public Offering. As of September 30, 2020, there were no borrowingsThe outstanding balance under the Promissory Note.Note of $104,462 was repaid upon the consummation of the Initial Public Offering on November 19, 2020.

Related Party Loans

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). Such Working Capital Loans would be evidenced by

promissory notes. The notes may be repaid upon completion of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $2,000,000 of notes may be converted upon completion of a Business Combination into shares at a price of $10.00 per share. Such shares would be identical to the Private Placement Shares. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. As of September 30,December 31, 2020, the Company had no outstanding borrowings under the Working Capital Loans.

NoteNOTE 6—Commitments and ContingenciesCOMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Risks and Uncertainties

Management is currently evaluatingcontinues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the industry and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position results of its operations, close of the Proposed Public Offering and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of thesethe financial statements. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Registration and Shareholder Rights

ThePursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into on November 16, 2020, the holders of the Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares, including any Private Placement Shares that may be issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loans and any Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of Founder Shares, will be entitled to registration rights pursuant to a registration and shareholder rights agreement to be signed prior to or on the effective date of the Proposed Public Offering.rights. The holders of these securities will be entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination. However, the registration and shareholder rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lock-up period. The registration and shareholder rights agreement does not contain liquidating damages or other cash settlement provisions resulting from delays in registering the Company’s securities. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The Company will grant the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to 3,000,000 additional Public Shares to cover over-allotments at the Proposed Public Offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

The underwriters will be entitled to a cash underwriting discount of $0.20 per Public Share, or $4,000,000 in the aggregate (or $4,600,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), payable upon the closing of the Proposed Public Offering. In addition, the underwriters will beare entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Public Share, or $7,000,000$9,660,000 in the aggregate (or $8,050,000 in the aggregate if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full).aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

NoteForward Purchase Agreement

On October 29, 2020, the Company entered into a forward purchase agreement pursuant to which an affiliate of the Sponsor agreed to purchase an aggregate of up to 5,000,000 forward purchase shares for $10.00 per share, or up to $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the initial Business Combination. The Company will determine in its sole discretion the specific number of forward purchase shares that it sells to the purchaser, if any. The funds from the sale of forward purchase shares may be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in the initial Business Combination, expenses in connection with the initial Business Combination or for working capital in the post transaction company. The obligations under the forward purchase agreement do not depend on whether any public shareholders elect to redeem their shares and provide the Company with a minimum funding level for the initial Business Combination.

NOTE 7—Shareholder’s EquitySHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preference Shares—The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 preference shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share, with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. At September 30,December 31, 2020, there were no preference shares issued or outstanding.

Class A Ordinary Shares—The Company is authorized to issue 200,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. At September 30,December 31, 2020, there were no2,092,655 Class A ordinary shares issued or outstanding.and outstanding, excluding 26,259,345 Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption.

Class B Ordinary Shares—The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of the Class B ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. At September 30,December 31, 2020, there were 5,750,0006,900,000 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding, of which an aggregate of up to 750,000 shares are subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised, so that the number of Class B ordinary shares will equal 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares after the Proposed Public Offering.outstanding.

Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, except as required by law. Prior to the Business Combination, only holders of the Founder Shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. Holders of the Public Shares and Private Placement Shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. In addition, prior to the completion of a Business Combination, holders of a majority of the Founder Shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason.

In a vote to continue the company in jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (which required the approval of at least two thirds of the votes of all ordinary shares), holders of the Founder Shares will have ten votes for every Founder Share and holders of the Class A ordinary shares will have one vote for every Class A ordinary share.

The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of a Business Combination or earlier at the option of the holders thereof at a ratio such that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Founder Shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of (i) the total number of ordinary shares issued and outstanding upon completion of the ProposedInitial Public Offering, plus (ii) the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of a Business Combination, excluding any forward purchase shares and any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, deemed issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination and any Private Placement Shares issued to the Sponsor, its affiliates or any member of the Company’s management team, including upon conversion of Working Capital Loans. In no event will the Class B ordinary shares convert into Class A ordinary shares at a rate of less than one-to-one.

NoteNOTE 8—Subsequent EventsSUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to October 30, 2020, the date that the financial statements were available to bewas issued. Based upon this review, other than as described below, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

On October 22, 2020,January 19, 2021, the Company effectedentered into a share dividend, resulting in 5,750,000 Founder Shares outstanding. All share and per-share amounts have been retroactively restatedconvertible promissory note with Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Holdings II (the “Sponsor”) pursuant to reflectwhich the share dividend.

On October 27, 2020,Sponsor agreed to loan the Company effectedup to an aggregate principal amount of $2,000,000 (the “Note”). The Note is non-interest bearing and due on the date on which the Company consummates a name changeBusiness Combination. If the Company does not consummate a Business Combination, the Company may use a portion of any funds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Note;

however, no proceeds from the Trust Account may be used for such repayment. If such funds are insufficient to repay the Note, the unpaid amounts would be forgiven. Up to $2,000,000 of the registrantNote may be converted into shares at a price of $10.00 per share at the option of the Sponsor. The shares would be identical to the Private Placement Shares.

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP. II

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEETS

   September 30,
2021
  December 31,
2020
 
   (Unaudited)    

ASSETS

   

Current assets

   

Cash

  $1,170,715  $90,095 

Prepaid expenses

   729,047   1,188,660 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Current Assets

   1,899,762   1,278,755 

Investment held in Trust Account

   276,014,450   276,000,000 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

  $277,914,212  $277,278,755 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

   

Current liabilities

   

Accrued expenses

  $2,677,479  $25,296 

Advance from related party

   13,362   —   

Convertible note - related party

   2,000,000   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Current Liabilities

   4,690,841   25,296 

Deferred underwriting fee payable

   9,660,000   9,660,000 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Liabilities

   14,350,841   9,685,296 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

   

Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption 27,600,000 at $10.00 per share redemption value as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

   276,000,000   276,000,000 

Shareholders’ Deficit

   

Preference shares, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding

   —     —   

Class A ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; 752,000 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 27,600,000 shares subject to possible redemption) as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

   75   75 

Class B ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; 6,900,000 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020

   690   690 

Additional paid-in capital

   —     —   

Accumulated deficit

   (12,437,394  (8,407,306
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Shareholders’ Deficit

   (12,436,629  (8,406,541
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

  $277,914,212  $277,278,755 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed financial statements.

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP. II

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(UNAUDITED)

   Three Months
Ended
September 30,
2021
  Nine Months
Ended
September 30,
2021
  September 25,
2020
(Inception)
Through
September 30,
2020
 

General and administrative expenses

  $2,264,621  $4,044,538  $5,000 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (2,264,621  (4,044,538  (5,000
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other income

    

Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account

   5,672   14,450   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(2,258,949 $(4,030,088 $(5,000
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A redeemable ordinary shares

   27,600,000   27,600,000   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted income per share, Class A redeemable ordinary shares

  $(0.06 $(0.11 $(0.00
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding of Class A and Class B non-redeemable ordinary shares

   7,652,000   7,652,000   6,000,000 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class A and Class B non-redeemable ordinary shares

  $(0.06 $(0.11 $(0.00
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed financial statements.

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP. II

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

THREE AND NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021

(UNAUDITED)

   Class A
Ordinary Shares
   Class B
Ordinary Shares
   Additional
Paid-in
   Accumulated  Total
Shareholders’
 
   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Capital   Deficit  Deficit 

Balance - January 1, 2021

   752,000   $75    6,900,000   $690   $     $(8,407,306 $(8,406,541

Net loss

   —      —      —      —      —      (371,642  (371,642
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance - March 31, 2021 (unaudited)

   752,000   $75    6,900,000   $690   $     $(8,778,948 $(8,778,183

Net loss

   —      —      —      —      —      (1,399,497  (1,399,497
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance - June 30, 2021 (unaudited)

   752,000   $75    6,900,000   $690   $     $(10,178,445 $(10,177,680

Net loss

   —      —      —      —      —      (2,258,949  (2,258,949
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance - September 30, 2021 (unaudited)

   752,000   $75    6,900,000   $690   $     $(12,437,394 $(12,436,629
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed financial statements.

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP. II

CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDER’S EQUITY

FOR THE PERIOD FROM SEPTEMBER 25, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, 2020

   Class A
Ordinary Shares
   Class B
Ordinary Shares
   Additional
Paid-in
   Accumulated  Total
Shareholders’
 
   Shares   Amount   Shares   Amount   Capital   Deficit  Deficit 

Balance - September 25, 2020 (inception)

                    $     $     $    $   

Issuance of Class B Ordinary shares to Sponsor (1)

               5,750,000   $575   $24,425   $    $25,000 

Net loss

   —      —      —      —      —      (5,000  (5,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance - September 30, 2020 (unaudited)

        $      5,750,000   $575   $24,425   $(5,000 $(20,000
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)

Includes an aggregate of up to 750,000 Class B ordinary shares that are subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised. On October 22, 2020, the Company effected a share dividend, resulting in 5,750,000 Class B ordinary shares outstanding.

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP. II

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2021 and from September 25, 2020 (inception) to September 30, 2020

(UNAUDITED)

   September 30,
2021
  September 25,
2020
(inception)
to
September 30,
2020
 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

   

Net loss

  $(4,030,088)  $(5,000) 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

   

Payment of formation costs through issuance of Class B ordinary shares

   —     5,000 

Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account

   (14,450  —   

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

   

Prepaid expenses

   459,613   —   

Accrued expenses

   2,652,183   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in operating activities

  $(932,742 $   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

   

Advances from related party

   38,064   —   

Repayment of advances from related party

   (24,702  —   

Proceeds from working capital loan - related party

   2,000,000   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

  $2,013,362  $   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Change in Cash

   1,080,620      

Cash - Beginning of period

   90,095   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash - End of period

  $1,170,715  $   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Non-cash investing and financing activities:

   

Deferred offering costs included in accrued offering costs

  $—    $28,000 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deferred offering costs paid by Sponsor in exchange for the issuance of Class B ordinary shares

  $—    $20,000 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the unaudited condensed financial statements.

DRAGONEER GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES CORP. II

NOTES TO CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SEPTEMBER 30, 2021

(Unaudited)

NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II.II (the “Company”) is a blank check company incorporated as a Cayman Islands exempted company on September 25, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, share exchange, asset acquisition, share purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses or entities (a “Business Combination”).

SubsequentThe Company is not limited to a particular industry or sector for purposes of consummating a Business Combination. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

As of September 30, 2021, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from September 25, 2020 (inception) through September 30, 2021 relates to the Company’s formation, the initial public offering (“Initial Public Offering”), which is described below, and subsequent to the Initial Public Offering, identifying a target company for a Business Combination. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of a Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generate non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived from the Initial Public Offering.

The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effective on November 16, 2020. On November 19, 2020, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 27,600,000 Class A ordinary shares (the “Public Shares”), which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option in the amount of 3,600,000 Public Shares, at $10.00 per Public Share, generating gross proceeds of $276,000,000 which is described in Note 3.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 752,000 private placement shares (the “Private Placement Shares”) at a price of $10.00 per Private Placement Share in a private placement to the Company’s sponsor, Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Holdings II (an affiliate of Dragoneer Investment Group, LLC), generating gross proceeds of $7,520,000, which is described in Note 4.

Transaction costs amounted to $15,853,777, consisting of $5,520,000 of underwriting fees, $9,660,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $673,777 of other offering costs.

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on November 19, 2020, an amount of $276,000,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Public Shares in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Shares was placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”), which, subsequent to January 1, 2021, was invested in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), with a maturity of 185 days or less, or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund investing solely in U.S. Treasuries and meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earliest of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) the distribution of the funds in the Trust Account to the Company’s shareholders, as described below.

The Company’s management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Shares, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. Exchange listing rules require that the Business Combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the Trust Account (excluding any deferred

underwriters’ fees and taxes payable on the income earned on the Trust Account) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial Business Combination. The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-Business Combination company owns or acquires 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target business sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully effect a Business Combination.

The Company will provide the holders of the public shares (the “Public Shareholders”) with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of the Business Combination, either (i) in connection with a general meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek shareholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The Public Shareholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, calculated as of two business days prior to the consummation of the Business Combination (initially $10.00 per Public Share), including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding public shares, subject to certain limitations as described in the prospectus. The per-share amount to be distributed to the Public Shareholders who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriters (as discussed in Note 7).

The Company will proceed with a Business Combination only if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 and, if the Company seeks shareholder approval, it receives an ordinary resolution under Cayman Islands law approving a Business Combination, which requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders who attend and vote in person or by proxy at a general meeting of the Company. If a shareholder vote is not required and the Company does not decide to hold a shareholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association, conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), and file tender offer documents containing substantially the same information as would be included in a proxy statement with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If the Company seeks shareholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Company’s Sponsor has agreed to vote its Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of approving a Business Combination. Additionally, each Public Shareholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares, without voting, and if they do vote, irrespective of whether they vote for or against a proposed Business Combination.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company seeks shareholder approval of the Business Combination and the Company does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, a Public Shareholder, together with any affiliate of such shareholder or any other person with whom such shareholder is acting in concert or as a “group” (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the Public Shares without the Company’s prior written consent.

The Sponsor has agreed (a) to waive its redemption rights with respect to any Founder Shares and Public Shares held by it in connection with the completion of a Business Combination and (b) not to propose an amendment to the Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (i) to modify the substance or timing of the Company’s obligation to allow redemption in connection with the Company’s initial Business Combination or to redeem 100% of the Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period (as defined below) or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to shareholders’ rights or pre-initial Business Combination activity, unless the Company provides the Public Shareholders with the opportunity to redeem their Public Shares upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding Public Shares.

The Company will have until November 19, 2022 (or February 19, 2023 if the Company has executed a letter of intent, agreement in principle or definitive agreement for a Business Combination by November 19, 2022 but has not completed a Business Combination by November 19, 2022) to consummate a Business Combination (the “Combination Period”). However, if the Company has not completed a Business Combination within the Combination Period as may be extended from time to time by the Company as a result of a shareholder vote to amend its Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association (an “Extension Period”), the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem 100% of the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account, including interest (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses and which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then issued and outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish the rights of the Public Shareholders as shareholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company’s remaining Public Shareholders and its Board of Directors, liquidate and dissolve, subject in each case to the Company’s obligations under Cayman Islands law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law.

The Sponsor has agreed to waive its rights to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period. However, if the Sponsor or any of its respective affiliates acquire Public Shares, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period, and in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than the Initial Public Offering price per Share ($10.00).

In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party (other than the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm) for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has discussed entering into a transaction agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (1) $10.00 per Public Share and (2) the actual amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the date of the liquidation of the Trust Account if less than $10.00 per Public Shares due to reductions in the value of trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business that executed a waiver of any and all rights to seek access to the Trust Account nor will it apply to any claims under the Company’s indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (other than the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) for interim financial information and in

accordance with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 8 of Regulation S-X of the SEC. Certain information or footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted, pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC for interim financial reporting. Accordingly, they do not include all the information and footnotes necessary for a complete presentation of financial position, results of operations, or cash flows. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements include all adjustments, consisting of a normal recurring nature, which are necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position, operating results and cash flows for the periods presented.

The accompanying unaudited condensed financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2020, as filed with the SEC on March 31, 2021. The interim results for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the year ending December 31, 2021 or for any future periods.

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the condensed financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

Marketable Securities Held in Trust Account

At September 30, 2021, the assets held in the Trust Account were held in money market funds, which are invested primarily in U.S. Treasury Securities.

Offering Costs

Offering costs consist of legal, accounting, underwriting fees and other costs incurred through the Initial Public Offering that are directly related to the Initial Public Offering. Offering costs amounting to $15,853,777 were charged to shareholders’ equity upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering.

Class A Ordinary Shares Subject to Possible Redemption

The Company accounts for its Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Class A ordinary shares subject to mandatory redemption are classified as a liability instrument and are measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable ordinary shares (including ordinary shares that feature redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) are classified as temporary equity. At all other times, ordinary shares are classified as shareholders’ equity. The Company’s Public Class A ordinary shares feature certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption are presented as temporary equity, outside of the shareholders’ equity section of the Company’s balance sheet.

The Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and adjusts the carrying value of redeemable Class A ordinary shares to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Increases or decreases in the carrying amount of redeemable ordinary shares is affected by charges against additional paid in capital and accumulated deficit.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes under ASC Topic 740, “Income Taxes,” which prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company’s management determined that the Cayman Islands is the Company’s major tax jurisdiction. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were no unrecognized tax benefits and no amounts accrued for interest and penalties. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position.

The Company is considered to be a Cayman Islands exempted company with no connection to any other taxable jurisdiction and is presently not subject to income taxes or income tax filing requirements in the Cayman Islands or the United States. As such, as of September 30, 2021, the Company has no provision for income taxes. The Company’s management does not expect that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will materially change over the next twelve months.

Net Income (Loss) per Ordinary Share

The Company complies with accounting and disclosure requirements of FASB ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share.” The Company has two classes of shares, which are referred to as Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares. Income and losses are shared pro rata between the two classes of shares. Net income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net income (loss) by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the period. Accretion associated with the redeemable Class A ordinary shares is excluded from earnings per share as the redemption value approximates fair value.

The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss) per ordinary share (in dollars, except per share amounts):

   Three Months Ended
September 31, 2021
   Nine Months Ended
September 31, 2021
 
   Class A
Ordinary
Shares
   Class A and
B
Ordinary
Shares
   Class A
Ordinary
Shares
   Class A and
B
Ordinary
Shares
 

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per
common stock

        

Numerator:

        

Allocation of net income (loss)

   (1,768,609   (490,340   (3,155,294   (874,794

Denominator

        

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding

   27,600,000    7,652,000    27,600,000    7,652,000 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Basic and diluted net income (loss) per common stock

  $(0.06  $(0.06  $(0.11  $(0.11
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of cash accounts in a financial institution, which, at times may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance Corporation coverage limit of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on these accounts and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying condensed balance sheets, primarily due to their short-term nature.

Recent Accounting Standards

In August 2020, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2020-06, Debt - Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging - Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40) (“ASU 2020-06”) to simplify accounting for certain financial instruments. ASU 2020-06 eliminates the current models that require separation of beneficial conversion and cash conversion features from convertible instruments and simplifies the derivative scope exception guidance pertaining to equity classification of contracts in an entity’s own equity. The new standard also introduces additional disclosures for convertible debt and freestanding instruments that are indexed to and settled in an entity’s own equity. ASU 2020-06 amends the diluted earnings per share guidance, including the requirement to use the if-converted method for all convertible instruments. ASU 2020-06 is effective January 1,

2022 and should be applied on a full or modified retrospective basis, with early adoption permitted beginning on January 1, 2021. The Company adopted ASU 2020-06 effective January 1, 2021. The adoption of ASU 2020-06 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s condensed financial statements.

NOTE 3. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering, the Company sold 27,600,000 Public Shares, which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option in the amount of 3,600,000 Public Shares, at a purchase price of $10.00 per Public Share.

NOTE 4. PRIVATE PLACEMENT

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 752,000 Private Placement Shares, at a price of $10.00 per Private Placement Share, for an aggregate purchase price of $7,520,000. A portion of the proceeds from the Private Placement Shares were added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period or any Extension Period, the proceeds from the sale of the Private Placement Shares will be used to fund the redemption of the Public Shares (subject to the requirements of applicable law) and the Private Placement Shares will be worthless.

NOTE 5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Advances from Related Party

As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, the Company had outstanding advances from related party of $13,362 and $0, respectively.

Founder Shares

In September 2020, the Sponsor paid $25,000 to cover certain offering and formation costs of the Company in consideration for 2,875,000 Class B ordinary shares (the “Founder Shares”). On October 29, 2020, the Sponsor transferred 75,000 Founder Shares to each of the Company’s four independent director nominees.

Subsequent to September 30,directors. On October 22, 2020 and on November 16, 2020, the Company borrowed $5,000effected share dividends, resulting in 6,900,000 Founder Shares outstanding. The Founder Shares included an aggregate of up to 900,000 shares that were subject to forfeiture depending on the extent to which the underwriters’ over-allotment option was exercised, so that the number of Founder Shares would equal, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the Company’s issued and outstanding ordinary shares after the Initial Public Offering (excluding the Private Placement Shares). As a result of the underwriter’s election to fully exercise their over-allotment option, 900,000 Founder Shares are no longer subject to forfeiture.

The Sponsor has agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of its Founder Shares until the earliest of: (A) one year after the completion of a Business Combination and (B) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x) if the closing price of the Class A ordinary shares equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for share subdivisions, share capitalizations, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 120 days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, share exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Public Shareholders having the right to exchange their Class A ordinary shares for cash, securities or other property.

Promissory Note - Related Party

On September 29, 2020, the Company issued an unsecured promissory note (the “Promissory Note”) to the Sponsor, pursuant to which the Company may borrow up to an aggregate principal amount of $300,000. The Promissory Note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of (i) February 28, 2021 or (ii) the completion of the Initial Public Offering. The outstanding balance under the Promissory Note.Note of $104,462 was repaid upon the consummation of the Initial Public Offering on November 19, 2020. As of September 30, 2021, the promissory note has expired and is no longer available to the Company.

Related Party Loans

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor or an affiliate of the Sponsor, or certain of the Company’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required (“Working Capital Loans”). Such Working Capital Loans would be evidenced by promissory notes. The notes may be repaid upon completion of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender’s discretion, up to $2,000,000 of notes may be converted upon completion of a Business Combination into shares at a price of $10.00 per share. Such shares would be identical to the Private Placement Shares. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans.

On January 19, 2021, the Company entered into a Working Capital Loan with the Sponsor pursuant to which the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company up to an aggregate principal amount of $2,000,000. The Working Capital Loan is non-interest bearing and due on the date on which the Company consummates a Business Combination. The outstanding balance under the Working Capital Loan amounted to $2,000,000 as of September 30, 2021.

The Company assessed the provisions of the Working Capital Loan under ASC 815-15 and ASU 2020-06, which addresses equity versus liability treatment and classification of equity-linked financial instruments, including convertible debt, and states that an instrument may be classified as a component of equity only if, among other things, the instrument is indexed to the issuer’s ordinary shares. ASU 2020-06 states that if the fair value option is not elected, the conversion option is not required to be bifurcated and the convertible debt was not issued with a substantial premium, the convertible debt will be accounted for as a single unit of account and should be accounted for as a liability in its entirety. The Company determined that the conversion option met the scope exception of a contract being indexed to the Company’s ordinary shares and, therefore, should not be bifurcated. Accordingly, the Working Capital Loan is accounted for as a single unit of account, with no allocation of the proceeds to the conversion feature.

NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Risks and Uncertainties

Management continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position, results of its operations and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these condensed financial statements. The condensed financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Registration and Shareholder Rights

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into on November 16, 2020, the holders of the Founder Shares and Private Placement Shares, including any Private Placement Shares that may be issued upon conversion of the Working Capital Loans and any Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of Founder Shares, will be entitled to registration rights. The holders of these securities will be entitled to make up to three demands,

excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain “piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination. However, the registration and shareholder rights agreement provides that the Company will not permit any registration statement filed under the Securities Act to become effective until termination of the applicable lock-up period. The registration and shareholder rights agreement does not contain liquidating damages or other cash settlement provisions resulting from delays in registering the Company’s securities. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

Underwriting Agreement

The underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Public Share, or $9,660,000 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will become payable to the underwriters from the amounts held in the Trust Account solely in the event that the Company completes a Business Combination, subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement.

Forward Purchase Agreement

On October 29, 2020, the Company entered into a forward purchase agreement pursuant to which an affiliate of the Sponsor agreed to purchase an aggregate of up to 5,000,000 forward purchase shares for $10.00 per share, or up to $50,000,000 in the aggregate, in a private placement to close substantially concurrently with the initial business combination.Business Combination. The Company will determine in its sole discretion the specific number of forward purchase shares that it sells to the purchaser, if any. The funds from the sale of forward purchase shares may be used as part of the consideration to the sellers in the initial business combination,Business Combination, expenses in connection with the initial business combinationBusiness Combination or for working capital in the post transaction company. The obligations under the forward purchase agreement do not depend on whether any public shareholders elect to redeem their shares and provide the Company with a minimum funding level for the initial Business Combination.

Business Combination Agreement

On July 23, 2021, the Company entered into a Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) by and among the Company, Redwood Opportunity Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Merger Sub I”), Redwood Merger Sub LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“Merger Sub II”), and Papay Topco, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Cvent”), which is the owner of Cvent, Inc. The Domestication, the Merger and other transactions contemplated by the Business Combination Agreement are hereinafter referred to as the “Business Combination”.

The Business Combination Agreement provides for, among other things, the following transactions on the closing date: (i) the Company will become a Delaware corporation (the “Domestication”) and, in connection with the Domestication, (A) the Company’s name will be changed to Cvent Holding Corp. (“New Cvent”), (B) each outstanding Class A ordinary share of the Company and each outstanding Class B ordinary share of the Company will become one share of common stock of New Cvent; and (ii) following the Domestication, Merger Sub I will merge with and into Cvent, with Cvent as the surviving company in the merger, after which the surviving company will merge with and into Merger Sub II, and, after giving effect to such second merger, continuing as a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Merger”).

Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, the Company entered into Subscription Agreements with certain investors, which agreements provide for binding subscriptions to purchase an aggregate of 47,500,000 shares of New Cvent common stock for a purchase price of $10.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $475,000,000.

NOTE 7. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Preference Shares- The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 preference shares with a par value of $0.0001 per share, with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company’s board of directors. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were no preference shares issued or outstanding.

Class A Ordinary Shares - The Company is authorized to issue 200,000,000 Class A ordinary shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class A ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were 752,000 Class A ordinary shares issued and outstanding, excluding 27,600,000 Class A ordinary shares subject to possible redemption.

Class B Ordinary Shares - The Company is authorized to issue 20,000,000 Class B ordinary shares, with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of the Class B ordinary shares are entitled to one vote for each share. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were 6,900,000 Class B ordinary shares issued and outstanding.

Holders of Class A ordinary shares and Class B ordinary shares will vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders, except as required by law. Prior to the Business Combination, only holders of the Founder Shares will have the right to vote on the appointment of directors. Holders of the Public Shares and Private Placement Shares will not be entitled to vote on the appointment of directors during such time. In addition, prior to the completion of a Business Combination, holders of a majority of the Founder Shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason.

In a vote to continue the company in jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands (which required the approval of at least two thirds of the votes of all ordinary shares), holders of the Founder Shares will have ten votes for every Founder Share and holders of the Class A ordinary shares will have one vote for every Class A ordinary share.

The Class B ordinary shares will automatically convert into Class A ordinary shares at the time of a Business Combination or earlier at the option of the holders thereof at a ratio such that the number of Class A ordinary shares issuable upon conversion of all Founder Shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of (i) the total number of ordinary shares issued and outstanding upon completion of the Initial Public Offering, plus (ii) the total number of Class A ordinary shares issued or deemed issued or issuable upon conversion or exercise of any equity-linked securities or rights issued or deemed issued, by the Company in connection with or in relation to the consummation of a Business Combination, excluding any forward purchase shares and any Class A ordinary shares or equity-linked securities exercisable for or convertible into Class A ordinary shares issued, deemed issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination and any Private Placement Shares issued to the Sponsor, its affiliates or any member of the Company’s management team, including upon conversion of Working Capital Loans. In no event will the Class B ordinary shares convert into Class A ordinary shares at a rate of less than one-to-one.

NOTE 8. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:

Level 1:

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

Level 2:

Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

Level 3:

Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

At September 30, 2021, assets held in the Trust Account were comprised of $276,014,450 in money market funds, which are invested primarily in U.S. Treasury Securities. Through September 30, 2021, the Company had $14,450 of interest earned from the Trust. At December 31, 2020, the assets held in the Trust Account were held in cash.

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at September 30, 2021 and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value:

Description

  Level   September 30,
2021
 

Assets:

    

Marketable securities held in Trust Account - Money Market Funds

   1   $276,014,450 

Transfers to/from Levels 1, 2, and 3 are recognized at the end of the reporting period. There were no transfers between levels in the three and nine month periods ended September 30, 2021.

NOTE 9. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the September 30, 2021 balance sheet date, up to November 15, 2021, the date that the condensed financial statements were issued. Based upon this review, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Papay Topco, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Papay Topco, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, of changes in stockholders’ equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2020 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Changes in Accounting Principles

As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for leases in 2019 and the manner in which it accounts for revenue from contracts with customers in 2018.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

Capitalized software development costs – capitalized costs

As described in Notes 2 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s consolidated capitalized software development costs, net was $124.0 million as of December 31, 2020. Costs incurred by the Company during the application development stage to develop software directly used in the delivery of revenue generating activities are capitalized. There is judgment involved in estimating cost incurred on a project-by-project basis in the application development stage.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to capitalized software development costs, specifically the estimate of costs eligible for capitalization, is a critical audit matter are the significant judgments by management when developing their estimate, which in turn led to a high degree of auditor judgment, subjectivity and effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence related to management’s determination of costs incurred during the application development stage.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included, among others (i) testing management’s process for determining costs eligible for capitalization in the current year, (ii) evaluating whether the costs were eligible for capitalization, (iii) testing the underlying data used in management’s estimate of eligible costs, and (iv) evaluating the reasonableness of management’s estimate of eligible costs. Evaluating the reasonableness of management’s estimate of eligible costs involved comparing management’s determination of costs incurred during the application development stage to supporting documentation as well as performing inquiries with management.

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Arlington, Virginia

August 20, 2021

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2017.

PAPAY TOPCO, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

   December 31, 
   2020  2019 

Assets

   

Current assets:

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $65,265  $72,315 

Restricted cash

   205   406 

Short-term investments

   —     982 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $3.3 million and $1.9 million, respectively

   141,113   144,711 

Capitalized commissions, net

   22,000   22,284 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   12,415   12,452 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

   240,998   253,150 

Property and equipment, net

   21,715   35,708 

Capitalized software development costs, net

   124,030   143,575 

Intangible assets, net

   272,416   325,082 

Goodwill

   1,605,628   1,614,157 

Operating lease right-of-use assets

   38,922   47,164 

Capitalized commissions, net, non-current

   20,427   18,179 

Deferred tax assets, non-current

   2,036   2,163 

Other assets, non-current, net

   5,479   5,838 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

  $2,331,651  $2,445,016 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   

Current liabilities:

   

Current portion of long-term debt

  $17,920  $4,484 

Accounts payable

   4,078   5,889 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   81,939   72,776 

Fees payable to customers

   16,872   58,928 

Operating lease liabilities, current

   15,910   15,511 

Deferred revenue

   207,622   225,131 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   344,341   382,719 

Deferred tax liabilities, non-current

   16,950   15,062 

Long-term debt, net

   753,953   758,473 

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

   40,317   49,015 

Other liabilities, non-current

   5,239   3,966 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   1,160,800   1,209,235 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

   

Stockholders’ equity:

   

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 1,100,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2020 and 2019; 917,365 and 917,085 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively

   1   1 

Additional paid-in capital

   1,936,447   1,918,809 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (69  (1,234

Accumulated deficit

   (765,528  (681,795
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   1,170,851   1,235,781 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $2,331,651  $2,445,016 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

PAPAY TOPCO, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

   Year ended December 31, 
   2020  2019  2018 

Revenue

  $498,700  $567,604  $480,015 

Cost of revenue

   176,250   211,857   165,181 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   322,450   355,747   314,834 

Operating expenses:

    

Sales and marketing

   128,388   155,801   126,531 

Research and development

   87,866   96,012   78,447 

General and administrative

   80,564   92,018   76,155 

Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue

   53,844   57,685   60,494 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   350,662   401,516   341,627 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss from operations

   (28,212  (45,769  (26,793

Interest expense

   (35,557  (47,875  (42,259

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount

   (3,798  (3,836  (3,704

Loss on divestitures, net

   (9,634  —     —   

Other income/(expense), net

   1,333   (294  (1,391
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (75,868  (97,774  (74,147

Provision for/(benefit from) income taxes

   7,865   (6,013  (20,107
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(83,733 $(91,761 $(54,040
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income/(loss):

    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation gain/(loss)

   1,165   1,376   (307
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

  $(82,568 $(90,385 $(54,347
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted net loss per common share

  $(91.30 $(100.81 $(60.04
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding

   917,109   910,263   900,003 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

PAPAY TOPCO, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except share data)

  Common Stock  Amount  Accumulated
deficit
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income / (loss)
  Total
stockholders’
equity
 
  Shares  Amount  Additional
paid-in
capital
 

Balance as of January 1, 2018

  900,000  $1  $1,853,065  $(558,743 $(2,303 $1,292,020 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cumulative effect from adoption of ASC 606

  —     —     —     22,588   —     22,588 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted balance as of January 1, 2018

  900,000  $1  $1,853,065  $(536,155 $(2,303 $1,314,608 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

  —     —     18,609   —     —     18,609 

Net loss

  —     —     —     (54,040  —     (54,040

Exercise of stock options

  28   —     26   —      26 

Foreign currency translation gain/(loss)

  —     —     —     —     (307  (307
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2018

  900,028  $1  $1,871,700  $(590,195 $(2,610 $1,278,896 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cumulative effect from adoption of ASC 842

     4    4 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Adjusted balance as of January 1, 2019

  900,028  $1  $1,871,700  $(590,191 $(2,610 $1,278,900 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

  —     —     18,833   —     —     18,833 

Net loss

  —     —     —     (91,761  —     (91,761

Exercise of stock options

  17,251   —     28,539   —     —     28,539 

Repurchase of stock options

  (194  —     (253  —     —     (253

Other activity

  —     —     (10  157   —     147 

Foreign currency translation gain/(loss)

  —     —     —     —     1,376   1,376 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

  917,085  $1  $1,918,809  $(681,795 $(1,234 $1,235,781 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

  —     —     17,695   —     —     17,695 

Net loss

  —     —     —     (83,733  —     (83,733

Exercise of stock options

  1,103   —     72   —     —     72 

Repurchase of stock options

  (823  —     (129  —     —     (129

Foreign currency translation gain/(loss)

  —     —     —     —     1,165   1,165 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

  917,365  $1  $1,936,447  $(765,528 $(69 $1,170,851 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

PAPAY TOPCO, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

  Year ended December 31, 
  2020  2019  2018 

Operating activities:

   

Net loss

 $(83,733 $(91,761  (54,040

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

   

Depreciation and amortization

  127,723   120,912   108,574 

Amortization of the right-of-use assets

  10,380   8,207   —   

Allowance for expected credit losses

  3,280   1,407   490 

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount

  3,798   3,836   3,704 

Amortization of capitalized commission

  29,119   25,641   22,644 

Unrealized foreign currency transaction gain

  67   39   522 

Loss on divestitures, net

  9,634   —     —   

Stock-based compensation

  17,695   18,833   17,911 

Change in deferred taxes

  2,016   (12,299  (26,134

Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquired assets and liabilities:

   

Accounts receivable

  786   (23,412  (33,122

Prepaid expenses and other assets

  3,563   (2,002  3,389 

Capitalized commissions, net

  (30,604  (31,278  (26,470

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

  (36,433  (2,452  (3,646

Operating lease liabilities

  (11,601  (10,002  —   

Deferred revenue

  (16,591  42,360   35,951 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  29,099   48,029   49,773 

Investing activities:

   

Purchase of property and equipment

  (2,081  (19,851  (12,084

Capitalized software development costs

  (40,572  (45,042  (36,616

Purchase of short-term investments

  (26,919  (27,759  (28,375

Maturities of short-term investments

  27,901   35,627   20,995 

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

  (1,400  (16,729  (121,689

Proceeds from divestiture

  500   —     —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

  (42,571  (73,754  (177,769

Financing activities:

   

Short-term related party financing received

  —     —     40,000 

Short-term related party financing payment

  —     —     (40,000

Issuance of long-term debt, net

  —     —     91,660 

Principal repayments on first lien term loan

  (7,935  (7,935  (5,484

Principal repayments of revolving credit facility

  (26,600  —     —   

Proceeds from revolving credit facility

  40,000   —     —   

Repurchase of stock

  (10  (253  —   

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

  73   28,540   26 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

  5,528   20,352   86,202 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

  693   255   1,029 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

  (7,251  (5,118  (40,765

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, beginning of year

  72,721   77,839   118,604 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of year

 $65,470  $72,721   77,839 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

   

Interest paid

 $35,552  $47,856   41,905 

Income taxes paid

 $6,193  $7,092   3,746 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

   

Outstanding payments for purchase of property and equipment at year end

 $413  $622   1,829 

Outstanding payments for capitalized software development costs at year end

 $356  $701   311 
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements

PAPAY TOPCO, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018

1. Description of Business

Papay Topco, Inc. (the “Company”) is the indirect parent company of Cvent, Inc. (“Cvent”). The ultimate parent of the Company is Vista Private Equity Funds.

The Company provides a cloud-based enterprise event marketing and management platform with solutions for both sides of the meetings and events value ecosystem: (i) for marketers and meeting and event planners, through its Event Cloud offering and (ii) for hoteliers and venues, through its Hospitality Cloud. The Company’s integrated event marketing and management platform powers the entire event lifecycle by enabling marketers and event planners to automate and streamline the entire process of creating, promoting, managing, and measuring events for organizations of all sizes. Cvent solutions empower customers to deliver and maximize live engagement across their event programs helping to forge deeper relationships with attendees, build brand advocacy and increase demand for their products and services. It also helps organizations more efficiently manage critical event processes, control spend and reduce meetings costs. The Company’s Hospitality Cloud provides hoteliers and venues with an integrated platform that enables properties to increase group and business transient revenue through a combination of cloud-based software products and targeted advertising to organizations that run events while they are in the process of sourcing their events. Hospitality Cloud solutions also improve purchasing intelligence through innovative demand management and business intelligence. By connecting event organizers to venues, the Company powers an entire ecosystem that increases Cvent’s “stickiness” and drives sales of our software offerings across our Event and Hospitality Cloud businesses.

Response to COVID-19

The Company believes there is sufficient cash flow to meets its business obligations, working capital needs, and remain in financial compliance with covenants for the next 12 months from the date of financial statement issuance. Nonetheless, in order to better enable the Company to weather the extraordinary business challenges brought about by the global COVID-19 pandemic, to protect the safety and welfare of its employees, itself financially, maintain cash reserves, and ensure its long-term solvency, the Company instituted certain temporary measures during 2020 that continue into 2021. These measures, including undertaking restructuring actions to manage costs and headcount, provided the Company the financial flexibility needed to manage a wide array of outcomes that may result from the pandemic.

The global COVID-19 pandemic has created, and may continue to create, significant uncertainty in macroeconomic conditions, and the extent of its impact on the Company’s operational and financial performance will depend on continuously evolving factors including, but not limited to the duration and spread of the outbreak, the speed and degree of the anticipated economic recovery, and the impact on the Company’s customers. The Company considered the impact of COVID-19 on the estimates and assumptions and determined that there were no material adverse impacts on the consolidated financial statements for the period ended December 31, 2020. As events continue to evolve and additional information becomes available, the Company’s estimates and assumptions may change materially in future periods.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. These consolidated financial

statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”).

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates and assumptions made by management include estimated useful lives of property and equipment, capitalized software development costs, the valuation of goodwill and intangibles, allowances for doubtful accounts, valuation of deferred tax assets, certain assumptions related to stock-based compensation, including the estimated value of the Company’s common stock and, income taxes. As of the date the financial statements were available for issuance, we are not aware of any specific events or circumstances that would require us to update our estimates, judgments, or to revise the carrying values of our assets or liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Highly liquid financial instruments purchased with original maturities of 90 days or less at the date of purchase are reported as cash equivalents. Cash equivalents are recorded at cost, which approximates fair value due to their short-term maturities.

Included in cash and cash equivalents are funds representing amounts reserved for registration fees processed on behalf of customers. While these cash accounts are not restricted as to their use, a liability for amounts due to customers under these arrangements has been recorded in Fees payable to customers in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Fees payable to customers of $16.9 million and $58.9 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents amounts required to be held as collateral in a money market account for treasury management service agreements. The Company held $0.2 million and $0.4 million of restricted cash as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The following table presents the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash by category in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands):

   Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2020   2019 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $65,265   $72,315 

Restricted cash

   205    406 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

  $65,470   $72,721 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Short-term Investments

All highly liquid investments with stated maturity dates between three months and one year from the purchase date are classified as short-term investments. The Company determines the appropriate classification of its short-term investments at the time of purchase. The Company’s short-term investments consist of highly liquid financial instruments, which are comprised of certificates-of-deposit, and are considered Level 2 investments.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable includes billed and unbilled receivables, net of allowance for credit losses. Accounts receivable are recorded at the amount invoiced to customers and do not bear interest. The Company estimates the allowance for expected credit loss based on collectability of accounts receivable and unbilled receivables by considering various factors, including the age of the accounts receivable balances, historical write-off experience, the collection history of customers, current economic conditions, reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions, and any other factors that may affect the Company’s ability to collect from customers. The Company assesses collectability by reviewing accounts receivable by group based on similar characteristics and review individual customer when specific issues are identified. The allowance for expected credit losses are recorded as part of Accounts Receivable, net, in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The change in the Company’s allowance for expected credit losses is as follows (in thousands):

   Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2020   2019   2018 

Allowance for expected credit losses, beginning of period

  $1,912   $3,379   $3,326 

Credit loss expense

   3,280    1,407    490 

Write-offs and adjustments

   (1,905   (2,874   (437
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for expected credit losses, end of period

  $3,287   $1,912   $3,379 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Credit loss expense during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 was $3.3 million, $1.4 million, and $0.5 million, respectively. The allowance for expected credit losses is consistent with actual historical write-offs; however, higher than expected credit losses may result in the future if write-offs are greater than the Company’s estimates, particularly due to COVID-19. As a result of the volatility in global markets and economies and the financial difficulties faced by many of its customers, the Company has increased the allowance for expected credit losses. The Company does not have any off-balance-sheet credit exposure related to its customers.

Revenue Recognition

Effective January 1, 2018, the Company’s revenue recognition policy follows guidance from Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606). The Company derives revenue from two primary sources: Event Cloud subscription-based solutions and Hospitality Cloud marketing and subscription-based solutions. Subscription services revenue consists primarily of fees to provide the Company’s customers with access to its cloud-based platform. Subscription service contracts do not provide customers with the right to take possession of the software, are non-cancellable, and do not contain rights of return. Hospitality Cloud marketing solutions primarily relate to digital advertising on the Company’s hosted venue sourcing networks. Revenue is recognized when control of these services is transferred to a customer. A time-elapsed method is used to measure progress for subscription contracts because control is transferred evenly over the contract term. The Company recognizes approximately 91.4% of its revenue from services transferred to the customer over time, with the remaining 8.6% of revenue recognized at a point in time upon delivery, generally when an event has occurred. The Company’s services are generally provided under annual and multi-year contracts with invoicing occurring in annual or quarterly installments at the beginning of each year, or quarter, in the contract period. Revenue is presented net of sales and other taxes the Company collects on behalf of governmental authorities.

Certain contracts may include multiple distinct performance obligations which may consist of some or all of subscription services, marketing packages, and professional services. When an arrangement includes multiple performance obligations relating to SaaS subscriptions, which are concurrently delivered and have the same

pattern of transfer to the customer (the services transfer to the customer ratably over the contract period), the entire contract value is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract term. When an arrangement includes multiple performance obligations that do not have the same pattern of transfer to the customer, revenue is recognized at each performance obligation’s respective standalone selling price (“SSP”), when the performance obligations are satisfied. The SSP is the price at which the Company would sell a promised good or service separately to a customer. The Company estimates SSP based on internal margin analysis, competitor data, and other industry standards for SaaS-based companies.

Event Cloud Revenue

Event Management

The Company generates the majority of its Event Cloud revenue through four primary sources: 1) Software-as-a-Service (“SaaS”) subscriptions to the event and conference management platform for in-person, virtual, and hybrid events, 2) SaaS subscriptions for access to mobile apps and tools to create custom mobile apps, 3) Attendee Hub, and 4) Onsite Event Solutions. Pricing for SaaS subscriptions is based on the features and functionality selected by the customer and, with the exception of professional services that can also be purchased, are available for use by the client for the full duration of the contract. The Company’s SaaS subscriptions to its cloud-based platform are considered a service arrangement and recognized to revenue over time, on a straight-line basis over the term of the subscription arrangement. Professional services revenue is recognized over time, primarily using an input method based on the hours incurred for the related project.

Event and Conference Management Platform

SaaS subscriptions to the event and conference management platforms may include functionality that enables customers to manage the registration of people that plan to attend the customer’s event or events. At any time during the subscription term, customers may elect to purchase blocks of additional registrations (“reg blocks”) and other features or functionality (“non-reg”), which are referred to as subscription up-sells. Reg blocks are not considered distinct and are treated as a single performance obligation with the accompanying feature set of the base event management platform. The purchase of a reg block up-sell is considered a contract modification that adjusts only the transaction price of the original contract. Accordingly, a cumulative revenue catch-up is recognized from the start of the original contract with the remaining amount recognized on a straight-line basis over the duration of the contract term. Non-reg block features are considered distinct and the purchase of a non-reg up-sell is considered a contract modification that adjusts the scope and transaction price of the original contract. Accordingly, the modification is accounted for as a separate contract and the revenue is recognized over the subscription period. No portion of the subscription fee is refundable regardless of the actual number of registrations that occur, or the extent to which other features and functionality are used.

Attendee Hub and Mobile Apps

Subscription-based solutions also include the sale of mobile event apps for in-person, virtual, or hybrid events. The Company introduced a new product, the Attendee Hub to provide fully-branded event experiences for virtual and hybrid events and to automate key aspects of the meeting planning process from registration, appointments, and qualifying leads throughout the event lifecycle. The Attendee Hub works in concert with Cvent’s Mobile Apps to drive live engagement throughout an event to capture more intelligence on attendee interests. The revenue for mobile event apps solutions and Attendee Hub is recognized over time on a straight-line basis over the life of the contract. At any time during the subscription term, customers may elect to purchase access to additional mobile event apps, additional events within an existing mobile event app, or additional Attendee Hub events, which are referred to as up-sells. Revenue for these up-sells is recognized prospectively over the remaining contract term. No portion of the subscription fee is refundable.

Onsite Event Solutions

Event specific onsite solutions include the rental of equipment and consultants needed to successfully manage and execute a complex event, along with the SaaS to manage appointments, exhibitors, speakers, and lead capture and to aggregate all of this information to understand attendee interests. Revenue related to rental of equipment and consultants is recognized based on the contractual stated value, which approximates its relative standalone selling price, and is generally recognized at a point in time as the services are performed and the performance obligations are satisfied. Revenue related to the Company’s SaaS subscriptions to its onsite solutions are considered a service arrangement and recognized to revenue over time, on a straight-line basis over the term of the subscription arrangement.

Hospitality Cloud Revenue

The Hospitality Cloud offers cloud-based SaaS solutions to drive increased demand across the hotel group sales lifecycle from advertising to lead management tools.

Group Marketing Solutions

Group marketing solutions revenue is generated through the delivery of various forms of advertising sold through annual or multi-year contracts to hotels and venues. Advertising is sold as a stand ready obligation to deliver advertising, and accordingly revenue is recognized over time on a straight-line basis as the performance obligation is satisfied and the advertisement is displayed. Such solutions include prominent display of a customer’s venue within the Cvent Supplier Network to find and book physical event space. Pricing for the advertisements is based on the term of the advertisement, targeted geography, market tier, number of advertisements and prominence of the ad placement.

Cloud-Based SaaS Solutions

The Hospitality Cloud also offers a variety of cloud-based SaaS solutions such as 1) Passkey, which allows hotels, convention and visitor bureaus and meeting management companies to streamline and automate hotel room blocks; hotels also use Passkey to create upsell opportunities with group guests, who in turn gain a simpler way to make and manage their hotel reservations. 2) Business Transient, which simplifies how hotels attract, manage and win corporate travel business, publish data to Global Distribution Systems and online travel agency websites, and 3) Event Diagramming, a collaborative SaaS tool that empowers event planners and venues to work together to design the optimal venue layout before an event occurs. This technology enables meeting spaces to be viewed in a three-dimensional rendering which facilitates designing the optimal room layout to scale that includes tables, chairs, stages, and other structures used for events. Revenue for Passkey, Business Transient and Event Diagramming is generated through the delivery of SaaS subscriptions to the respective cloud-based platform. The entire subscription fee is recognized over time on a straight-line basis over the term of the subscription arrangement as the performance obligation is satisfied.

Business Combinations

The Company allocates the purchase price of acquired companies to the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition date based upon their estimated fair values. This allocation and valuation requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions, specifically with respect to long-lived and intangible assets.

Critical estimates in valuing intangible assets include, but are not limited to, estimates regarding: future expected cash flows from customer contracts, customer lists, discount rates, distribution agreements, developed proprietary technology including acquired software platforms and non-competition agreements and assumptions about the period of time these assets will benefit the Company. The Company’s estimates of fair value are based upon assumptions the Company believes to be reasonable, but which are inherently uncertain and unpredictable.

In addition, uncertain tax positions and tax-related valuation allowances assumed in connection with a business combination are initially estimated as of the acquisition date. Transaction costs related to acquisitions are expensed as incurred.

Leases

The Company adopted Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842) (“ASC 842”) as of January 1, 2019 using a modified retrospective approach. Reported financial information for the historical comparable periods prior to the adoption of ASC 842 was not revised and continues to be reported under the accounting standards in effect during the historical periods. See Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements note for the impact of the adoption on the Company’s financial statements.

Under ASC 842, the Company determines whether an arrangement is or contains a lease at contract inception, and arrangements meeting the definition of a lease are classified as operating or financing leases at the lease commencement date. For leases with an original term longer than twelve months, lease liabilities are initially recognized on the lease commencement date based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term. A corresponding right-of-use asset is initially recognized equal to the lease liability adjusted for any lease prepayments, initial direct costs and lease incentives. The discount rates used in determining the present value of leases represent the Company’s collateralized borrowing rate considering lease term and currency of payment. The lease term includes the non-cancellable period for which the Company has the right to use the underlying asset, together with renewal option periods when the exercise of the renewal option is reasonably certain. Lease expense is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term and included in General and administrative expense in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss. Variable lease payments are expensed as incurred. The Company excludes short-term leases having initial terms of 12 months or less as an accounting policy election, and instead recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue consists of contractual billings made for which the contract start date has passed or where payments have been received in advance of revenue recognition from Event Cloud solutions or Hospitality Cloud solutions. The Company generally invoices customers in annual or quarterly installments. Customer invoices are generally due 30 days from the time of invoicing. The Company does not have significant financing components in its contracts as the Company expects to receive full payment for its services within one year from the date of transfer of services to customers.

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue primarily consists of employee-related expenses, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation, related to providing support and hosting our applications, costs of cloud-based data center capacity, software license fees, costs to support our onsite solutions and virtual products, interchange fees related to merchant services and amortization expense associated with capitalized software. In addition, we allocate a portion of overhead, such as rent and depreciation and amortization to cost of revenue based on headcount.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Improvements and replacements of property and equipment are capitalized. Maintenance and repairs that do not improve or extend the lives of property and equipment are charged to expense as incurred. When assets are sold or retired, their cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the ledger and any gain or loss is reported in operating loss in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. Depreciation is

computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets. The estimated useful life of computer equipment and purchased software is three years while the estimated useful lives of furniture and equipment is seven years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life of the asset.

Capitalized Software Development Costs

Costs incurred during the application development stage to develop software directly used in the delivery of revenue generating activities are capitalized and recorded as capitalized software development costs on the consolidated balance sheet in accordance with the provisions of FASB ASC Subtopic 350-40,Intangibles – Goodwill and Other Subtopic 40 Internal-Use Software. There is judgment involved in estimating cost incurred on a project-by-project basis in the application development stage. These costs are amortized on a project-by-project basis using the straight-line method over the estimated economic life of the application, which is generally two to seven years, beginning when the asset is ready for its intended use. Costs incurred during the preliminary development stage, as well as maintenance and training costs are expensed as incurred.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for possible impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. If such review indicates that the carrying amount of long-lived assets is not recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows, the carrying amount of such assets is reduced to the lower of the carrying value or fair value.

In addition to the recoverability assessment, the Company routinely reviews the remaining estimated lives of its long-lived assets. Any reduction in the useful life assumption will result in increased depreciation and amortization expense in the period when such determinations are made, as well as in subsequent periods. There was no change to the useful lives of long-lived assets for the years-ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of: (i) the aggregate of the fair value of consideration transferred in a business combination, over (ii) the fair value of assets acquired, net of liabilities assumed. Goodwill is not amortized but is subject to annual impairment tests. The Company adopted Accounting Standards Update No 2017-04,Intangibles – Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment in 2018, which eliminated the second step of the impairment assessment and allows for companies to recognize as an impairment charge, the excess of the reporting unit’s carrying value over the fair value, subject to certain limitations.

The Company performs an annual impairment review of goodwill, or when a triggering event occurs between annual impairment tests. The Company operates as one reporting unit. The Company’s test for goodwill impairment starts with a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is necessary to perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test. If qualitative factors indicate that the fair value of the reporting unit is more likely than not less than its carrying amount, then a quantitative goodwill impairment test is performed. Under the quantitative impairment test, if the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, then an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess, not to exceed the total amount of goodwill. During the 2020 qualitative assessment of goodwill, management concluded that it was more likely than not that the fair value of the Company’s reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, resulting in no indication of impairment as of December 31, 2020.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses consist primarily of personnel and related expenses for our research and development staff, including salaries, benefits, bonuses and stock-based compensation and the cost of third-party

contractors. Research and development expenses, other than software development costs that qualify for capitalization, are expensed as incurred. In addition, we allocate a portion of overhead, such as rent and depreciation to research and development based on headcount.

Sales Commissions

The adoption of Topic 606 resulted in the capitalization of incremental costs to obtain contracts with customers. Commissions earned by the Company’s sales personnel are considered incremental costs of obtaining a contract with a customer. Accordingly, sales commissions are capitalized when incurred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the Company’s average historical customer life, which is determined based on the underlying product line and ranges from one to four years. The Company determined the period of amortization by reviewing the average length of its customers contracts, changes in technology, expected contract renewals and customer retention, and other industry factors. The Company re-assesses this calculation at each reporting period. The amortization of capitalized commissions is recorded as a component of sales and marketing expense. Commissions incurred, but not paid, are included in accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. In the event a customer contract is canceled in proportion to the remaining contract period at the date of cancellation, sales commissions are clawed back and recorded in sales and marketing expense. Commissions subject to claw back features are capitalized as the Company has concluded that all parties are committed to perform their respective obligations and collection is probable. Amounts clawed back to date have not been material to the Company’s results of operations.

The current portion of capitalized commissions, net was $22.0 million and $22.3 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The noncurrent portion of capitalized commissions, net was $20.4 million and $18.2 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, $29.1 million, $25.6 million, and $22.6 million, respectively, of capitalized commissions were amortized to sales and marketing expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of the existing assets and liabilities, and their respective income tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

The Company establishes a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The Company accounts for uncertain tax positions based on a two-step process of evaluating recognition and measurement criteria. The first step assesses whether the tax position is more-likely-than-not to be sustained upon examination by the taxing authority, including resolution of any appeals or litigation, on the basis of the technical merits of the position. If the tax position meets the more-likely-than-not criteria, the portion of the tax benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement with the relevant tax authority is recognized in the consolidated financial statements.

The Company is subject to tax on global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”) earned by certain foreign subsidiaries. Entities can make an accounting policy election to either recognize deferred taxes for temporary basis differences expected to reverse as GILTI in future years or provide for the tax expense related to GILTI in the year the tax is incurred. The Company has elected to account for GILTI tax as a current period expense.

Stock-Based Compensation

Employee stock-based compensation is recognized as a cost in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. For both equity-classified and liability-classified awards, such cost is measured at the grant date fair value of the award. The Company estimates the grant date fair value for stock options using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Fair value of the common stock is further discussed in Note 10. The Black-Scholes pricing model requires the use of subjective assumptions including the expected term of the options, the price volatility of the underlying stock, dividend yield, and a discount for the lack of marketability. The expected dividend yield is zero, as the Company has not previously declared cash dividends and does not currently intend to declare cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, because the Company is privately-held, the Black-Scholes pricing inputs, including the grant date fair value of the underlying common stock, volatility of the underlying stock, and a discount for the lack of marketability, are estimated based on its peer group companies, which are publicly-traded. The Company’s peer group is established through consultation with its external valuation firm; its ultimate parent, Vista Private Equity; and confirmed through the review of the performance and valuation attributes of its peer group to determine that its public-company peer group is a reasonable and fair proxy for the Company’s share performance, if its shares were publicly-traded. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the date of grant.

The initial determination of compensation cost is based on the number of stock options or other awards granted, which is then amortized over the vesting period. Liability classified awards are remeasured to fair value at each reporting date with the corresponding change in value recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss. The Company recognizes expense over the requisite service period on a straight-line basis. The Company records the impact of forfeitures on stock compensation expense in the period the forfeitures occur.

Comprehensive Loss

Comprehensive loss comprises net loss and foreign currency translation gains for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.

Foreign Currency

The Company’s foreign subsidiary in India designates the U.S. dollar as its functional currency. For this subsidiary, assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are remeasured into U.S. dollars at current exchange rates for monetary assets and liabilities and historical exchange rates for non-monetary assets and liabilities. Foreign currency gains and losses associated with this remeasurement are included as a component of other income/(expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss.

The functional currency for certain of the Company’s other foreign subsidiaries is the local currency. For those subsidiaries, the assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect as of the balance sheet date. Revenue and expense items are translated based on average exchange rates for the period.

Foreign currency losses associated with realized transactions and remeasurement, recorded in other income/(expense), net, were $0.8 million, $1.5 million, and $3.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 respectively.

Non-Monetary Transactions

The Company occasionally participates in non-monetary transactions with its customers in exchange for marketing and other services. Non-monetary transactions with commercial substance are recorded at the estimated fair value of the services received from or provided to the counter-party, whichever value is more

clearly evident. In certain periods there are timing differences between the revenue and the related expense, due to the timing of delivery and receipt of services. Non-monetary transaction revenue totaled $2.6 million, $4.2 million, and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. Non-monetary transaction expense totaled $1.4 million, $4.2 million, and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value represents the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is based on the following three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last one is considered unobservable:

Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to the reporting entity at the measurement date.

Level 2 Inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs that require the Company to use present value and other valuation techniques in the determination of fair value.

The Company’s financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The carrying value of these financial instruments on the consolidated balance sheets approximate their fair value based on their short-term maturities.

Debt Issuance Costs

Costs incurred with lenders and other third parties that are specific and incremental costs required to obtain debt are amortized as interest expense over the life of the debt using the effective interest method. Unamortized debt issuance costs are presented as a direct reduction of the carrying value of the related debt.

Segment and Geographic Data

Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which separate financial information is available and that is regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources to an individual segment and in assessing performance. The Company’s CODM is its Chief Executive Officer. The Company has determined that it operates in one operating segment and one reportable segment, as the CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions, allocating resources, and evaluating financial performance.

Property and equipment in non-North America geographic locations represented 21.8% and 18.5% of total property and equipment, net as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and are located primarily in India. The composition of the Company’s property and equipment between North America and locations outside of North America is set forth below (in thousands):

   Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2020   2019 

North America

  $16,976   $29,093 

Non-North America

   4,739    6,615 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $21,715   $35,708 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss per Share of Common Stock

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period.

Diluted earnings per share adjusts basic earnings per share for the potentially dilutive impact of stock options. As the Company has reported losses for all periods presented, all potentially dilutive securities including stock options, are antidilutive and accordingly, basic net loss per share equals diluted net loss per share.

81,595, 83,543, and 99,024 stock options as of December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share of common stock because including them would have been antidilutive.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

The Company adopted Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), effective January 1, 2018 utilizing the modified retrospective method. The reported results for the year ended December 31, 2018 reflect the application of Topic 606.

The primary impact of adopting the new revenue standard related to Subtopic 340-40 and the deferral of incremental commission costs to obtain contracts with customers. Prior to adoption, the Company did not defer any commission costs. Under the new revenue standard, the Company capitalizes direct and incremental commissions associated with an executed contract with a customer.

The following table summarizes the cumulative impact of adoption of the new revenue standard for revenue recognition on financial statement line items within the Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands):

   As of January 1, 2018 
   Prior to
adoption of
the new
standard
   Adjustments
for the new
revenue
standard
   As adjusted 

Assets

      

Accounts receivable, net

  $87,531   $92   $87,623 

Capitalized commission, net

   —      15,693    15,693 

Capitalized commission, net, non-current

   —      14,210    14,210 

Other assets, non-current, net

   2,672    (103   2,569 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

      

Deferred revenue, current portion

   130,586    (1,304   129,282 

Deferred tax liability, non-current

   39,433    8,608    48,041 

Accumulated deficit

   (558,743   22,588    (536,155

The following table summarizes the effects of the new revenue standard on financial statement line items within the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss (in thousands):

   Year ended December 31, 2018 
   Prior to
adoption of
the new
standard
   Adjustments
for the new
revenue
standard
   As
adjusted
 

Revenue

  $479,009   $1,006   $480,015 

Cost of revenue

   165,270    (89   165,181 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Gross profit

   313,739    1,095    314,834 

Operating expenses:

      

Sales and marketing

   131,127    (4,596   126,531 

General and administrative

   76,160    (5   76,155 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Research and development

   78,455    (8   78,447 

Provision for income taxes

   28,038    (7,931   20,107 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net loss

   (67,675   13,635    (54,040
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table summarizes the effects of the new revenue standard for revenue recognition on financial statement line items within the Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands):

   As of December 31, 2018 
   Prior to
adoption of
the new
standard
   Adjustments
for the new
revenue
standard
   As
adjusted
 

Assets

      

Accounts receivable, net

  $121,901   $118   $122,019 

Capitalized commission, net

   —      17,948    17,948 

Capitalized commission, net, non-current

   —      16,343    16,343 

Other assets, non-current, net

   1,548    (131   1,417 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

      

Deferred revenue, current portion

   182,372    (2,276   180,096 

Deferred tax liability, non-current

   26,000    614    26,614 

Accumulated deficit

   (626,418   36,223    (590,195

Other comprehensive income

   (2,327   (283   (2,610

Under ASC 842, lessees are required to record most leases on their balance sheets but expense recognition remained largely the same, with the exception of sublease income, which is required to be disclosed separately from rent expenses. The updated guidance also eliminated certain real estate-specific provisions and changes the guidance on sale-leaseback transactions, initial direct costs and lease executory costs for all entities. All entities will classify leases to determine how to recognize lease-related revenue and expense. The Company adopted ASC 842 effective January 1, 2019 utilizing the modified retrospective transition approach. Accordingly, reported financial information for historical comparable periods prior to the adoption of ASC 842 are not revised and continue to be reported under the accounting standards in effect during those historical periods. The Company elected the practical expedients provided under ASC 842 regarding identification of leases, lease classification, indirect costs, and the combination of lease and non-lease components for all classes of assets. In addition, the Company made an accounting policy election to not record leases with terms of twelve months or less on the balance sheet and will recognize those lease payments on a straight-line basis over the lease term. The adoption of ASC 842 resulted in the recognition of operating right-of-use assets of $ 51.5 million and operating lease liabilities of $69.7 million. The adoption of ASC 842 did not materially affect the Company’s consolidated results of operations or statement of cash flows.

In June 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No 2016-13,Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). ASU 2016-13 requires certain types of financial instruments, including trade receivables, to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected based on historical events, current conditions, and forward-looking information. The Company adopted ASU 2016-13, utilizing the modified retrospective transition approach, as of January 1, 2020 and the adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows. Under ASU 2016-13, the Company applies a current expected credit loss (“CECL”) impairment model to its trade accounts receivable, in which lifetime expected credit losses on such financial assets are measured and recognized at each reporting date based on historical, current, and forecasted information. Under the CECL model, trade accounts receivable with similar risk characteristics are analyzed on a collective (pooled) basis.

In August 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No 2018-13,Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820)—Disclosure Framework—Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement (“ASU 2018-13”). ASU 2018-13 modifies the disclosure requirements for fair value measurements for certain types of investments by removing, modifying, or adding certain disclosures using the prospective method. The Company adopted this standard as of January 1, 2020. The adoption did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

In August 2018, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No 2018-15,Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350-40): Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract: A consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force (“ASU 2018-15”). ASU 2018-15 requires customers in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract to follow existing internal-use software guidance to determine which implementation costs to capitalize and which costs to expense. Customers are required to amortize the capitalized implementation costs over the term of the hosting arrangement, which might extend beyond the noncancelable period. Financial statement presentation under ASU 2018-15 requires: (i) capitalized implementation costs be classified in the same balance sheet line item as the amounts prepaid for the related hosting arrangement; (ii) amortization of capitalized implementation costs be presented in the same income statement line item as the service fees for the related hosting arrangement; and (iii) cash flows related to capitalized implementation costs be presented within the same category of cash flow activity as the cash flows for the related hosting arrangement (i.e. operating activity). The Company adopted ASU 2018-15 prospectively as of January 1, 2020 and the adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows. As of December 31, 2020, the Company did not have any material capitalized implementation costs related to cloud computing arrangements that are service contracts.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2019, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No 2019-12,Income Taxes (Topic 740)—Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU 2019-12”). ASU 2019-12 simplifies certain aspects of accounting for income taxes by removing (i) the exception to the incremental approach for intraperiod tax allocation when there is a loss from continuing operations and income or a gain from other items, (ii) the exception to recognize a deferred tax liability for equity method investments when a foreign subsidiary becomes an equity method investment, and (iii) the exception to the general methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period when a year-to-date loss exceeds the anticipated loss for the year. The Company adopted ASU 2019-12 prospectively as of January 1, 2021 and the adoption did not have a material impact on its consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

3. Revenue

Disaggregation of Revenue

The Company derives revenue from two primary sources: Event Cloud subscription-based solutions and Hospitality Cloud marketing and subscription-based solutions. They are principally generated from

North America, which comprises of the United States and Canada, with Canada representing 2.5%, 2.4%, and 2.5% of total revenue in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. Revenue from sources outside North America represented 12.3%, 11.7%, and 11.8% of total revenue in 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. The Company’s disaggregation of revenue primary geographic region is as follows (in thousands):

   Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2020   2019   2018 

North America

  $437,191   $501,332   $423,202 

Non-North America

   61,509    66,272    56,813 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue

  $498,700   $567,604   $480,015 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s disaggregation of revenue by major business activity is as follows (in thousands):

   Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2020   2019   2018 

Event Cloud

  $316,080   $379,216   $325,219 

Hospitality Cloud

   182,620    188,388    154,796 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue

  $498,700   $567,604   $480,015 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue represents billings under signed contracts before the related products or services are transferred to customers. The portion of deferred revenue that is expected to be recognized as revenue during the subsequent 12-month period is recorded as deferred revenue in current liabilities and the remaining portion is recorded as other liabilities, non-current, which is not material. Deferred revenue was $207.6 million and $225.1 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, the Company recognized $211.4 million, $176.7 million, and $127.1 million, respectively, of revenue that was included in the deferred revenue balance at the beginning of each period.

Remaining Performance Obligations

For multiple-year agreements for either Event Cloud or Hospitality Cloud, we typically invoice the amount for the first year of the contract at signing followed by subsequent annual invoices at the anniversary of each year. Since we bill most of our customers in advance, there can be amounts that we have not yet been contractually able to invoice. Until such time as these amounts are invoiced or recognized in revenue, they are considered by us to be unbilled contract value, and together with deferred revenue, remaining performance obligations. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, our total current deferred revenue was $207.6 million and $225.1 million, respectively, which amount does not include unbilled contract value for contracts not yet billed of approximately $576.1 million and $424.5 million, respectively. We expect that the amount of unbilled contract value relative to the total value of our contracts will change from year to year for several reasons, including the amount of cash collected early in the contract term, the specific timing and duration of customer agreements, varying invoicing cycles of agreements, the specific timing of customer renewal, changes in customer financial circumstances and foreign currency fluctuations. We expect to recognize 70.0% of our remaining performance obligations as revenue over the subsequent 24 months, and the remainder thereafter.

4. Business Combinations

Acquisitions

SummitSync

On February 20, 2020, the Company acquired certain assets of SummitSync, Inc. (“SummitSync”) for total cash consideration of $1.4 million. SummitSync provides appointments solutions for booking 1:1 meetings at trade shows and conferences. The Company completed this acquisition for strategic and competitive advantage. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination.

The $1.4 million purchase price was allocated to the assets and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair value at the time of close. The table below outlines the allocation of the purchase price between the net assets assumed and intangible asset (in thousands):

Customer relationships

  $1,501 

Non-current assets

   5 

Current liabilities

   (106
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

  $1,400 
  

 

 

 

The estimated fair values of the intangible asset were primarily determined through discounted cash flow analyses. Customer relationships represent the fair value of the underlying relationships and agreements with SummitSync customers and were stratified between the value to be realized contracting for the acquired technology and the value from upselling and cross-selling the Company’s products and services into the acquired customer base. The following table summarizes the identifiable intangible asset acquired as of the acquisition date and its useful life (in thousands, except for useful life):

   Fair value
acquired
   Useful life
(years)
 

Customer relationships

  $1,501    7 
  

 

 

   

Total intangible assets

  $1,501   
  

 

 

   

The intangible asset is deductible for tax purposes; accordingly, no deferred tax asset or liability been established for the identified intangible asset.

Acquisition-related costs, including transaction costs such as legal and accounting fees, were immaterial and expensed as incurred and have been included in the general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Wedding Spot

On May 21, 2019, the Company acquired certain assets of Wedding Spot, LLC (“Wedding Spot”) from HoneyBook, Inc. for total consideration of $7.0 million, with no cash acquired. Wedding Spot is a venue sourcing network focused on couples looking for a wedding venue. Venues can increase the prominence of their listing on search landing pages by purchasing digital advertising for a contracted period of time. The Company completed this acquisition for strategic and competitive advantage. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination.

The $7.0 million purchase price was allocated to the assets and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair value at the time of close. The table below outlines the allocation of the purchase price between the net assets assumed, intangible assets and goodwill (in thousands):

Other current assets

  $104 

Non-current assets

   10 

Current liabilities

   (191

Non-current liabilities

   (2

Trademarks

   1,005 

Customer relationships

   1,520 

Developed technology

   3,477 

Goodwill

   1,077 
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

  $7,000 
  

 

 

 

The estimated fair values of intangible assets were primarily determined through discounted cash flow analyses. Trademarks represent the estimated fair value of Wedding Spot’s existing trademarks. Developed technology represents the estimated fair value of Wedding Spot’s developed venue sourcing platform. Customer relationships represent the fair value of the underlying relationships and agreements with Wedding Spot customers and were stratified between the value to be realized contracting for the acquired technology and the value from upselling and cross-selling the Company’s products and services into the acquired customer base. The following table summarizes the identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the acquisition date and their useful lives (in thousands, except for useful life):

   Fair value
acquired
   Useful life
(years)
 

Trademarks

  $1,005    7 

Customer relationships

   1,520    10 

Developed technology

   3,477    5 
  

 

 

   

Total intangible assets

  $6,002   
  

 

 

   

The excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired of $1.1 million was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill balance is attributed to the assembled workforce and expanded market opportunities when integrating Wedding Spot’s business into the Company’s technology. The acquired intangibles are deductible for tax purposes; accordingly, no deferred tax asset or liability has been established for the intangibles.

Acquisition-related costs of $0.3 million, including transaction costs such as legal and accounting fees, were expensed as incurred and have been included in the general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

DoubleDutch

On June 7, 2019, the Company acquired 100% of the equity interests of DoubleDutch, Inc. (“DoubleDutch”) for total consideration of $12.5 million, including cash acquired of $1.8 million. DoubleDutch provides mobile event application technology primarily to large enterprise clients. The Company completed this acquisition for strategic and competitive advantage. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination.

The $12.5 million purchase price was allocated to the assets and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair value at the time of close. The table below outlines the allocation of the purchase price between the net assets assumed, intangible assets and goodwill (in thousands):

Cash and cash equivalents

  $1,768 

Other current assets

   453 

Non-current assets

   620 

Current liabilities

   (4,219

Non-current liabilities

   (433

Trademarks

   130 

Customer relationships

   9,212 

Developed technology

   1,285 

Goodwill

   3,683 
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

  $12,499 
  

 

 

 

The estimated fair values of intangible assets were primarily determined through discounted cash flow analyses. Trademarks represent the estimated fair value of DoubleDutch’s existing trademarks. Developed technology represents the estimated fair value of DoubleDutch’s developed mobile app platform. Customer relationships represent the fair value of the underlying relationships and agreements with DoubleDutch customers and were stratified between the value to be realized contracting for the acquired technology and the value from upselling and cross-selling the Company’s products and services into the acquired customer base. The following table summarizes the identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the acquisition date and their useful lives (in thousands, except for useful life):

   Fair value
acquired
   Useful life
(years)
 

Trademarks

  $130    2 

Customer relationships

   9,212    7 

Developed technology

   1,285    2 
  

 

 

   

Total intangible assets

  $10,627   
  

 

 

   

The excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired of $3.7 million was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill balance is attributed to the assembled workforce and expanded market opportunities when integrating DoubleDutch’s business into the Company’s technology. The purchase price allocated to goodwill and intangible assets will not be deductible for tax purposes; accordingly, a deferred tax liability has been established for identified intangible assets.

Acquisition-related costs of $0.6 million, including transaction costs such as legal and accounting fees, were expensed as incurred and have been included in the general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

QuickMobile

On May 22, 2018, the Company acquired 100% of the equity interests of QuickMobile, Inc. (QuickMobile) for total consideration of $23.3 million, including cash acquired of $0.5 million. QuickMobile provides mobile event application technology primarily to large enterprise clients. The Company completed this acquisition for strategic and competitive advantage. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination.

The $23.3 million purchase price was allocated to the assets and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair value at the time of close. The table below outlines the allocation of the purchase price between the net assets assumed, intangible assets and goodwill (in thousands):

Cash and cash equivalents

  $545 

Other current assets

   2,240 

Non-current assets

   165 

Current liabilities

   (2,848

Trademarks

   106 

Customer relationships

   14,427 

Developed technology

   1,374 

Goodwill

   7,328 
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

  $23,337 
  

 

 

 

The estimated fair values of intangible assets were primarily determined through discounted cash flow analyses. Trademarks represent the estimated fair value of QuickMobile’s existing trademarks. Developed technology represents the estimated fair value of QuickMobile’s developed software platform. Customer relationships represent the fair value of the underlying relationships and agreements with QuickMobile customers and were stratified between the value to be realized contracting for the acquired technology and the value from upselling and cross-selling the Company’s products and services into the acquired customer base. The following table summarizes the identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the acquisition date and their useful lives (in thousands, except for useful life):

   Fair value
acquired
   Useful life
(years)
 

Trademarks

  $106    1 

Customer relationships

   14,427    8 

Developed technology

   1,374    3 
  

 

 

   

Total intangible assets

  $15,907   
  

 

 

   

The excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired of $7.3 million was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill balance is attributed to the assembled workforce and expanded market opportunities when integrating QuickMobile’s business into the Company’s technology. The purchase price allocated to goodwill and intangible assets will not be deductible for tax purposes; accordingly, a deferred tax liability has been established for identified intangible assets.

Acquisition-related costs of $0.8 million, including transaction costs such as legal and accounting fees, were expensed as incurred and have been included in the general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

Kapow

On June 4th, 2018, the Company acquired 100% of the equity interests of Kapow Events, Inc. (Kapow) for total consideration of $12.8 million, including cash acquired of $2.3 million. Of the $12.8 million purchase price, $1.3 million to indemnify the Company against certain contractual defined events, within the period of one year and a half after the acquisition date, was released in December 2019. Kapow operates an online marketplace for event planners to book events, referred to as ‘experiences’, directly with venues. The Company completed this acquisition for strategic and competitive advantage. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination.

The $12.8 million purchase price was allocated to the assets and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair value at the time of close. The table below outlines the allocation of the purchase price between the net assets assumed, intangible assets and goodwill (in thousands):

Cash and cash equivalents

  $2,291 

Other current assets

   1,597 

Non-current assets

   1,551 

Current liabilities

   (3,098

Acquired intangible assets

   1,762 

Goodwill

   8,695 
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

  $12,798 
  

 

 

 

The estimated fair value of the acquired intangible assets were primarily determined through discounted cash flow analyses. The acquired intangible assets represent the estimated fair value of Kapow’s developed direct booking platform. The following table summarizes the intangible assets acquired as of the acquisition date and its useful life (in thousands, except for useful life):

   Fair value
acquired
   Useful life
(years)
 

Acquired intangible assets

  $1,762    3 
  

 

 

   

Total intangible assets

  $1,762   
  

 

 

   

The excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired of $8.7 million was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill balance is attributed to the assembled workforce and expanded market opportunities when integrating Kapow’s business into the Company’s technology. The purchase price allocated to goodwill and intangible assets will not be deductible for tax purposes; accordingly, a $0.3 million deferred tax asset has been established for identified intangible assets.

Acquisition-related costs of $0.4 million, including transaction costs such as legal and accounting fees, were expensed as incurred and have been included in the general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

The business was divested on June 25, 2020. See Divestitures note below.

Social Tables

On October 16, 2018, the Company acquired 100% of the equity interests of Social Tables, Inc. (Social Tables) for total purchase consideration price of $102.7 million, including cash acquired of $10.5 million. The purchase price was funded with $93 million in debt proceeds and $9.7 million in cash, including $5.6 million to settle vested stock options. Social Tables operates a cloud-based seating management platform that is leveraged by both event planners and venues. The Company completed this acquisition for strategic and competitive advantage. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination.

The $102.7 million purchase price was allocated to the assets and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair value at the time of close. The table below outlines the allocation of the purchase price between the net assets assumed, intangible assets and goodwill (in thousands):

Cash and cash equivalents

  $10,543 

Other current assets

   1,130 

Non-current assets

   1,791 

Current liabilities

   (4,701

Non-current liabilities

   (6,841

Trademarks

   700 

Customer relationships

   17,400 

Developed technology

   4,200 

Goodwill

   78,466 
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

  $102,688 
  

 

 

 

The estimated fair values of intangible assets were determined through discounted cash flow analyses. The following table summarizes the identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the acquisition date and their useful lives (in thousands, except for useful life):

   Fair value
acquired
   Useful life
(years)
 

Trademarks

  $700    2 

Customer relationships

   17,400    10 

Developed technology

   4,200    5 
  

 

 

   

Total intangible assets

  $22,300   
  

 

 

   

The excess of purchase consideration over the fair value of the net tangible and identifiable intangible assets acquired of $78.5 million was recorded as goodwill. The goodwill balance is attributed to the assembled workforce and expanded market opportunities when integrating Social Tables’ business into the Company’s technology. The purchase price allocated to goodwill and intangible assets will not be deductible for tax purposes; accordingly, a $6.2 million deferred tax liability has been established for identified intangible assets.

On October 16, 2018, there were vested and unexercised options and unvested options in the Social Tables stock compensation plan. Awards that had not reached their initial cliff vesting date were deemed to be vested to the extent of the required service period rendered prior to the acquisition date. These vested options had a total fair value of $6.5 million based on the $2.53 per share purchase price. $4.6 million were vested and the option holders received payment at the close. At the time of the transaction, the stock option plan was canceled and individuals holding unvested awards received a bonus equal to the option’s fair value as of the acquisition date. The fair value of unvested options converted to a bonus is $1.9 million, of which $0.5 million, $0.5 million, and $0.2 million was paid and expensed for the year ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, according to the underlying award vesting schedule. The post-acquisition expense recognized associated with the unvested awards recognized in the statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2018 is approximately $0.2 million.

Acquisition-related costs of $1.1 million, including transaction costs such as legal and accounting fees, were expensed as incurred and have been included in the general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

There were no measurement period adjustments for the year ended December 31, 2019 or 2020.

The Company has included the financial results of business combinations in the consolidated financial statements from the respective date of acquisition, which were not material. Pro forma revenue and earnings amounts on a combined basis have not been presented as they are not material to the historical pre-acquisition financials.

Divestitures

On June 25, 2020, the Company sold its Kapow Events (“Kapow”) business to Enterprise Event Management (the “Buyer”). The Buyer acquired all of the outstanding stock of Kapow for total consideration of $0.5 million. Kapow operates an online marketplace for event planners to book events, referred to as ‘experiences’, directly with venues. The significant decline in value compared with the value at the acquisition date is mainly driven by steep decline in in-person events as a result of COVID-19 spread in early 2020, which resulted in little to no sale of Kapow in-person experiences. The divested assets and liabilities comprise the Company’s developed direct booking platform and goodwill. As Kapow was never fully integrated into our existing business and given the limited time between when Kapow was acquired and when it was disposed of, goodwill was allocated to the divested business based on the original purchase price allocation as of the acquisition date. The $0.5 million in consideration is comprised of $0.5 million in upfront cash consideration and $0.6 million of future cash consideration to be received in various sums ($0.1 million, $0.2 million, and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2022, and 2023, respectively), less $0.6 million closing net working capital. An immaterial receivable balance related to the future cash consideration is recorded at fair value as of the transaction date and is included in the Consolidated Balance Sheet line item labeled “Other assets, current,” and “Other assets, non-current, net” based upon when amounts are due to the Company.

As a result of the disposition, during the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recorded a loss on the disposition of $9.6 million, calculated as follows (in thousands):

Carrying value of net assets divested

  $(10,182

Closing net working capital

   (552

Cash received for disposition at closing

   500 

Cash expected to be received post-closing

   600 
  

 

 

 

Gain/(loss) on divestitures, net

  $(9,634
  

 

 

 

5. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are summarized as follows (in thousands):

   2020   2019 

Computer equipment, purchased software and software developed for internal-use

  $22,408   $22,888 

Leasehold improvements

   26,675    25,872 

Furniture and equipment

   11,075    11,343 

Rentable onsite solutions equipment

   6,326    9,331 

Other

   66    251 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, gross

   66,550    69,685 

Less accumulated depreciation

   (44,835   (33,977
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

  $21,715   $35,708 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation of property and equipment was $15.1 million, $16.2 million, and $14.7 million during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.

6. Capitalized Software Development Costs

Capitalized software for the Company’s software platforms was developed either internally or was acquired through acquisitions. Capitalized software development costs and acquired software technology are summarized as follows (in thousands):

   2020   2019 

Capitalized software development costs, gross

  $339,082   $301,670 

Less accumulated amortization

   (215,052   (158,095
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capitalized software development costs, net

  $124,030   $143,575 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization of capitalized software development costs, recorded as cost of revenue, was $58.6 million, $48.6 million, and $40.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively.

7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The change in carrying amount of goodwill is summarized as follows (in thousands):

Goodwill as of January 1, 2019

  $1,608,836 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   300 

Measurement period adjustments from 2018 acquisitions

   261 

Addition from 2019 acquisitions (Note 4)

   4,760 
  

 

 

 

Goodwill as of December 31, 2019

  $1,614,157 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   166 

Disposition from divestiture

   (8,695
  

 

 

 

Goodwill as of December 31, 2020

  $1,605,628 
  

 

 

 

Intangible assets are amortized based on a pattern in which the asset’s economic benefits are consumed, or if not reliably determined, amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives between two and fifteen years. The intangible assets are summarized as follows (in thousands):

  Intangible Assets, Gross  Accumulated Amortization  Intangible Assets, Net 
  January 1,
2020
  Additions
and
retirements
  December
31,
2020
  January 1,
2020
  Expense
and
retirements,
net
  December
31,
2020
  January 1,
2020
  December
31,
2020
  Weighted
average
remaining
life as of
December
31, 2020
 

Customer relationships

 $436,182  $1,817  $437,999  $(170,643 $(44,280 $(214,923 $265,539  $223,076   5.6 years 

Trademarks

  97,185   (684  96,501   (37,704  (9,519  (47,223  59,481   49,278   5.2 years 

Non-compete agreements

  588   —     588   (588  —     (588  —     —     —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Intangible assets subject to amortization

 $533,955  $1,133  $535,088  $(208,935 $(53,799 $(262,734 $325,020  $272,354  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Indefinite-lived assets

  62   —     62   —     —     —     62   62  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Intangible assets, net

 $534,017  $1,133  $535,150  $(208,935 $(53,799 $(262,734 $325,082  $272,416  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

  Intangible Assets, Gross  Accumulated Amortization  Intangible Assets, Net 
  January 1,
2020
  Additions
and
retirements
  December
31,
2020
  January 1,
2020
  Expense
and
retirements,
net
  December
31,
2020
  January 1,
2020
  December
31,
2020
  Weighted
average
remaining
life as of
December
31, 2020
 

Customer relationships

 $424,860  $11,322  $436,182  $(125,699 $(44,944 $(170,643 $299,161  $265,539   6.5 years 

Trademarks

  96,046   1,139   97,185   (26,735  (10,969  (37,704  69,311   59,481   6.2 years 

Non-compete agreements

  588   —     588   (588  —     (588  —     —     —   
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Intangible assets subject to amortization

 $521,494  $12,461  $533,955  $(153,022 $(55,913 $(208,935 $368,472  $325,020  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Indefinite-lived assets

  62   —     62   —     —     —     62   62  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Intangible assets, net

 $521,556  $12,461  $534,017  $(153,022 $(55,913 $(208,935 $368,534  $325,082  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Accumulated amortization of intangible assets was $262.7 million and $208.9 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The total amount of amortization expense related to acquired intangible assets, recorded as intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue, was $53.8 million, $55.9 million, and $53.9 million during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. The intangible asset balance remaining as of December 31, 2020 will be amortized into expense in future years as follows (in thousands):

2021

  $51,338 

2022

   48,399 

2023

   46,610 

2024

   45,132 

2025

   39,282 

Thereafter

   41,593 
  

 

 

 

Total amortization expense related to acquired intangible assets

  $272,354 
  

 

 

 

8. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of accrued compensation, such as bonus, commission, payroll taxes, sales and other tax liabilities, etc. The following table summarizes the Company’s accrued expenses and other current liabilities for the periods indicated (in thousands):

   2020   2019 

Accrued compensation

  $50,312   $47,017 

Sales and other tax liabilities

   9,550    8,607 

Other

   22,077    17,152 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

  $81,939   $72,776 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

9. Income Taxes

Loss before income taxes is summarized as follows (in thousands):

   Year ended December 31, 
   2020   2019   2018 

U.S.

  $(101,146  $(119,221   (102,298

Foreign

   25,278    21,447    28,151 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

  $(75,868  $(97,774   (74,147
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The provision for/(benefit from) income taxes for the years ended is summarized as follows (in thousands):

   Year ended December 31, 
   2020   2019   2018 

Current:

      

Federal

  $(6  $(67   361 

State

   850    711    448 

Foreign

   5,086    5,792    5,426 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current tax expense/(benefit)

  $5,930   $6,436    6,235 

Deferred:

      

Federal

   237    (2,128   (7,557

State

   1,513    (9,604   (19,802

Foreign

   185    (717   1,017 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax expense/(benefit)

   1,935    (12,449   (26,342
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Provision for/(benefit from) income taxes

  $7,865   $(6,013   (20,107
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A reconciliation between the Company’s statutory tax rate and its effective tax rate is summarized as follows:

   Year ended December 31, 
   2020  2019  2018 

U.S. federal statutory rate

   21.0  21.0  21.0

Increase (reduction) resulting from:

    

U.S. state income taxes, net of federal benefits

   (3.0  9.2   26.2 

Non-deductible/non-taxable items

   (0.3  (1.5  (1.0

Uncertain tax positions

   (0.1     (0.7

Tax on unremitted earnings

   0.1   (1.1  (3.4

Foreign tax rate differential

   (0.7  (0.5  (0.6

Change in valuation allowance

   (18.3  (16.1  (8.2

Foreign tax expense

   0.6   0.3   0.4 

Global intangible low-taxed income (GILTI)

   (6.5  (4.5  (6.1

Divestiture of Kapow

   (4.2  —     —   

Other

   1.0   (0.6  (0.5
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effective tax rate

   (10.4)%   6.2  27.1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The CARES Act, enacted March 27, 2020, provides various forms of relief to companies impacted by the global COVID-19 pandemic. As part of the relief available under the Act, we deferred remittance of our 2020 Federal Insurance Contributions Act taxes as allowed by the legislation. The Company was able to defer $8.0 million of the employer portion of FICA taxes for payroll paid between from March 27, 2020 and December 31, 2020. The Company will have until December 31, 2021, to pay 50% of the FICA deferral with the remaining 50% to be remitted on or before December 31, 2022.

Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are summarized as follows (in thousands):

   December 31, 
   2020   2019 

Deferred tax assets:

    

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $805   $430 

Accrued expenses and other

   995    2,991 

Right of use asset

   14,391    15,885 

Stock-based compensation

   14,489    12,098 

Foreign tax and other credit carryforward

   9,120    9,341 

Net operating loss carryforwards

   123,716    134,941 

Capitalized software

   18,765    13,146 

Deferred revenue

   3,256    4,537 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

  $185,537   $193,369 

Less: valuation allowance

   (81,461   (72,783
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

   104,076    120,586 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Accrued expenses

   (6,730   —   

Right of use liability

   (9,535   (11,077

Fixed assets

   (784   (3,579

Deferred revenue

   —      (64

Intangible assets

   (101,941   (118,765
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

   (118,990   (133,485
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)

  $(14,914  $(12,899
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

In assessing the Company’s ability to realize the future benefit associated with its deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets may not be realized. The ultimate realization is dependent on the generation of taxable income within the periods that those temporary differences become deductible. Management believes certain net operating loss carry forwards and other credit carry forwards may not be realizable before they expire. Accordingly, the Company has recorded a valuation allowance on such deferred tax assets in the amount of $81.5 million and $72.8 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The change in the Company’s valuation allowance is as follows (in thousands):

   December 31, 
   2020   2019   2018 

Valuation allowance, beginning of year

  $72,783   $44,752   $33,683 

Increase

   8,678    28,031    11,069 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Valuation allowance, end of year

  $81,461   $72,783   $44,752 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company had approximately $449.4 million and $480.2 million of federal net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax return purposes as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The tax effected amounts of these carryforward are $94.4 million and $100.8 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Additionally, the tax effected state net operating carryforwards are $26.6 million and $30.3 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. $7.2 million of the federal net operating loss carryforward was generated after December 31, 2017 and does not expire, the remaining portion of these net operating loss carryforwards will expire, if unused, in varying amounts beginning in 2031.

The realization of the benefits of the net operating loss carryforwards is dependent on sufficient taxable income in future years. Among other things, the lack of future earnings, or a change in ownership of the Company, could adversely affect the Company’s timing and ability to utilize the net operating loss carryforward to reduce future current tax expense. The Company believes that it is more likely than not that the benefit from certain federal and state net operating loss carryforwards will not be realized. In recognition of this assessment, the Company provided a valuation allowance of $68.9 million as of December 31, 2020 on the deferred tax assets relating to the federal and state net operating loss carryforwards. The total valuation allowance relating to these net operating loss carryforwards and other deferred tax assets was $81.5 million as of December 31, 2020.

The Company records tax liabilities for uncertainties relate to federal, state, and international tax positions. The estimated values of the Company’s gross uncertain tax positions are as follows (in thousands):

   December 31, 
   2020   2019   2018 

Unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of year

  $853   $833   $740 

Reductions for tax positions for prior years

   56    100    116 

Lapse of statute of limitations

   (44   (80   (23
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits, end of year

  $865   $853   $833 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company does not believe it is reasonably possible that the composition of its unrecognized tax benefits would materially change in the next 12 months.

The Company’s practice is to recognize interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax expense. The amount of interest and penalties included in income tax expense was $0.1 million, $0.1 million, and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 respectively. The Company had approximately $1.1 million and $1.0 million for the payment of interest and penalties accrued for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

The Company operates under a tax holiday in India, which is effective through March 31, 2029. The tax holidays are conditional upon our meeting certain employment and investment thresholds. The impact of these tax holidays decreased foreign taxes by $0.2 million, $1.3 million, $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 respectively.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax, foreign income tax, and state and local income tax in multiple jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations by the U.S. federal, foreign, state, or local tax authorities for years before 2011. While the federal statute of limitations generally is three years, the IRS can re-determine items in tax years normally barred by the statute of limitations if a net operating loss utilized in an open year was carried over from a closed year.

10. Stockholders’ Equity

The Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation authorized 1,100,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 per share par value, of which 917,365 and 917,085 shares were outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to dividends only when declared by the Board of Directors ratably on a per share basis. Each share of Common Stock has one vote.

2017 Stock Option Plan

On May 26, 2017, the Board of Directors of the Company approved a stock option plan (the “2017 Stock Option Plan”) to provide incentives to its employees, directors, officers, consultants and/or advisors of Papay Topco, Inc. The 2017 Stock Option Plan provides for the grant of stock options to employees and officers of the Company.

Key definitions and features of the 2017 Stock Option Plan include:

Change of Control Provision: Any options that were unvested immediately prior to a sale of the Company shall be deemed vested upon the consummation of a sale of the Company.

Limitation on the Aggregate Number of Shares of Common Stock: Options granted shall not exceed 101,123 shares of common stock in the aggregate. On April 14, 2021, the Board of Directors approved an increase in the number of shares that can be granted to 132,162.

Vesting Requirements: The vesting criteria are based solely on time-based service requirements and do not contain any performance or market-based vesting criteria. Generally, these have either a one- or two-year cliff vest of 25% or 50% of the options, respectively, with the remaining balance vesting equally on a quarterly basis thereafter. All options will be 100% vested four years from the original grant date. Options granted generally have a maximum term of 10 years.

2017 Other Equity Awards

In July 2017, the Board of Directors of the Company’s ultimate parent, Papay Topco, Inc., approved certain other equity awards to provide incentives to a limited number of employees of Cvent, Inc. These awards are liability-classified because they are required to be settled in cash.

Key definitions and features of the 2017 Other Equity Awards include:

Grant date value:

  $1,664 

Total awards granted:

   3,125 

In September 2018, these awards were terminated by the Company and severance payments were made in lieu of any vesting of these awards. At the time of termination, the liability was released and the deferred compensation expense was reversed.

Stock-based Compensation

The weighted average assumptions used in the valuation of stock option awards granted under the Black-Scholes model are summarized as follows:

   Year Ended
December 31,
 
   2020  2019  2018 

Dividend yield

   —     —     —   

Volatility

   44.65  37.60  39.75

Expected term (years)

   5.89   5.89   6.12 

Risk-free interest rate

   0.65  1.80  2.95

Stock-based Compensation Activity Rollforward

Stock options  Number of
shares
subject to
option
  Weighted
average
exercise
price per
share
   Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
(years)
   Aggregate
intrinsic
value (in
thousands)
   Unrecognized
compensation
expense (in
thousands)
 

Balance at January 1, 2019

   99,024  $1,675    7.99   $53,272   $37,680 

Granted

   2,379   2,424       

Exercised

   (17,251  1,667       

Forfeited

   (609  1,974       
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2019

   83,543  $1,697    7.08   $76,153   $20,500 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Granted

   648   2,354       

Exercised

   (1,103  1,705       

Forfeited

   (874  2,100       

Expired

   (619  1,715       
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance at December 31, 2020

   81,595  $1,698    6.08   $49,446   $2,708 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2019

   54,407  $1,665    7.42   $51,319   $—  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vested and exercisable as of December 31, 2020

   77,819  $1,671    6.43   $49,262   $—  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 was $959, $941, $884 per share, respectively.

The total intrinsic value of options that were exercised during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 was $0.7 million, $16.2 million, and $0.05 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2020, the $2.7 million in unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options will be recognized over a weighted average period of 0.94 years.

Stock-based Compensation Expense

Stock-based compensation expense for equity and liability classified awards is recognized using the straight-line attribution method. In addition, the Company ensures that it has fully recognized expense for at least the options tranches that have fully vested in the period in which they vest.

Stock-based compensation expense is summarized as follows (in thousands), including expense in connection with liability classified awards:

   Year ended
December 31,
 
   2020   2019   2018 

Cost of revenue

  $430   $519   $457 

Sales and marketing

   5,199    5,382    5,289 

Research and development

   4,140    4,325    4,316 

General and administrative (1)

   7,926    8,607    7,849 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation expense

  $17,695   $18,833   $17,911 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)   2018 expense includes a benefit of $698 in relation to the cancellation of 2017 Other Equity Awards.

Common Stock Valuations

The fair value of the common stock underlying the stock options was determined by the board of directors, which intended all options granted to be exercisable at a price per share not less than the per share fair value of the common stock underlying those options on the date of grant. The valuations of the common stock were determined in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation and Internal Revenue Service Revenue Ruling 59-60. The assumptions the Company used in the valuation model were based on future expectations combined with management judgment. In the absence of a public trading market, the board of directors with input from management exercised significant judgment and considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair value of the common stock as of the date of each option grant, including the following factors:

contemporaneous independent valuations performed at periodic intervals by an unrelated third-party valuation specialist;

the nature of the business and its history since inception;

the economic outlook in general and the condition and outlook of the specific industry;

the book value of the stock and the financial condition of the business;

the operating and financial performance and forecast;

whether or not the Company has goodwill or other intangible values;

marketability of the common stock;

the hiring of key personnel;

any corporate or asset acquisitions, or divestitures;

present value of estimated future cash flows;

the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for the shares of common stock underlying these stock options, such as an initial public offering or sale of the company, given prevailing market condition and the nature and history of the business;

illiquidity of stock-based awards involving securities in a private company;

the market performance of comparable publicly traded technology companies; and

the U.S. and global capital market conditions.

2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan

On May 26, 2017, the Board of Directors of the Company’s ultimate parent, Papay Topco, Inc., approved a Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2017 LTI Plan”) to provide incentives to its employees of Cvent, Inc. The 2017 LTI Plan provides for the payment of a cash bonus if the Company is sold, or another similar Qualifying Event occurs. The 2017 LTI Plan is not convertible to common shares, or any equity interest, under any circumstance. The incentive approved through the 2017 LTI Plan remains unvested until a sale of the Company, or other Qualifying Event occurs. A Qualifying event is defined as any sale or transfer to any third party of at least 50% of the investor’s equity interest. If the Company is sold, or another Qualifying Event occurs, the amount of the cash bonus will vary based on the total purchase price. Specifically, the LTI cash bonus payment will only occur if each and every of the following events occur: a) the Company is sold, or another Qualifying Event occurs; b) the Company is sold for an Equity Return Multiple of at least 2 times Equity initially invested by Vista Equity Partners Fund VI, L.P., (“Fund VI”); and c) the respective employee remains employed at the time of the sale.

The Company recorded no expense for the 2017 LTI Plan for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018 because the incentive remains unvested and the Company is only liable to make the LTI cash bonus

payments upon a sale of the Company, or other Qualified Event, which is not currently determined to be probable. The liability and related expense will be recorded at the point in time that a Qualified Event becomes probable. As of December 31, 2020, these awards were not considered probable of meeting the vesting requirements and accordingly, no expense was recorded during the year ended December 31, 2020 and the timing of when this expense will be recognized is unknown.

11. Retirement Plans

a) 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan

In 2020 and 2019, Cvent provided a 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan (the “Plan”) to eligible employees in the United States, which were subject to certain minimum age and period of service restrictions. The Plan provides for discretionary contributions from Cvent related to a calendar year ending December 31, on or before February 28 of the next calendar year. The Company matches 50% of employee contributions up to 6% of their earnings, subject to a $3,500 U.S. dollar limit per employee. Company contributions were $2.1 million, $3.6 million, and $2.8 million, respectively, during the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively. Cvent contributions to its Plan in the United States are accrued during the calendar year and paid out following the end of the year.

At the beginning of 2020, Cvent started funding the employer match on a monthly basis based on the same contribution scheme described above and maintained this approach through April 2020. However, starting in June 2020, because of the global COVID-19 pandemic, the Company decided to temporarily halt all employer matching on 401(k) contributions. The Company reinstated the employer match starting in April 2021 capped at $2,625 U.S. dollar per employee for the 2021 calendar year.

The Company maintains other defined contribution plans where activity is immaterial.

b) India Gratuity Plan

Under the India Payment of Gratuity Act of 1972, the Company maintains a gratuity defined-benefit plan for eligible employees of the Company’s India subsidiary. Upon termination of an employee for any reason, the Company must pay the equivalent of 15 days of the current salary to the employee for each year of service if the employee has vested in the plan. Benefits accrue based on all eligible employees regardless of their respective vesting schedule upon their date of hire. The accrual calculation includes an estimate for the number of employees who will not meet their vesting requirements. Eligible employees vest upon reaching five years of service with the Company.

The funding liability under the plan was determined by licensed actuarial professionals, based on a rate of interest of 4.9% and 6.7% and a retirement age of 58 years, and was $2.4 million and $2.1 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The liability is included in accrued and other current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. Expense under the plan was $0.6 million, $0.6 million, and $0.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The plan is currently unfunded.

12. Debt

The outstanding principal amount and related unamortized debt issuance costs, net, are summarized as follows (in thousands):

   December 31, 
   2020   2019 

First Lien Principal amount

  $771,648   $779,582 

Revolving Credit Facility Principal Amount

   13,400    —   

Less: original issue discount

   (1,702   (2,147

Less: unamortized deferred financing costs

   (11,473   (14,478
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total principal amount and related unamortized debt issuance costs, net

  $771,873   $762,957 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

a) First Lien

As of January 1, 2019, the Company had a $787.5 million variable rate first lien loan, or Term Loan Facility, with a consortium of lenders (including Vista Credit Partners) and Goldman Sachs acting as the administrative agent with a maturity date of November 30, 2024. The Company can elect Eurodollar Borrowings using a variable interest rate that may be based upon one, two, three, or six-month LIBOR plus an applicable margin of 3.75% or the Alternate Base Rate plus an applicable margin of 2.75%. The Company can elect the interest rate at the time the previous election matures, and the accrued interest is due. If an election is not made, then the prior interest election remains in effect. The Financial Conduct Authority in the United Kingdom (“U.K.”) has stated it plans to phase out LIBOR by the end of calendar year 2021. The Company does not anticipate a significant impact to our financial position or results of operations as we expect our agreements to be modified utilizing a similar rate before phase out occurs. The principal amount of the Term Loan Facility amortizes in quarterly installments equal to $2.0 million, due on the last business day of the quarter with a balloon payment at the end of the seven-year term ending on November 30, 2024. The quarterly principal payment due may be adjusted from time to time to reflect voluntary and mandatory prepayments with the balance payable at maturity. In addition, the Company remits an administrative agent fee to Goldman Sachs in the amount and at the time agreed upon between the Company and the lenders. The interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the first lien was 3.90% as of December 31, 2020. The carrying value of variable rate debt approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the interest rates.

With respect to the Term Loan Facility, mandatory prepayments are required upon certain events including: 1) net cash proceeds from certain asset sales that meet the requirements contained in the debt agreement, 2) net cash proceeds from debt issuances that are not permitted under the credit agreements or 3) a prepayment related to the Company’s Excess Cash Flow. Excess Cash Flow is defined in the Company’s first lien credit agreement with Goldman Sachs. Excess Cash Flow is defined as Consolidated EBITDA(as defined in the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility) minus certain items, including, but not limited to, a) debt service, b) capital expenditures, c) consolidated tax expense paid in cash, d) cash paid for permitted acquisitions, e) negative changes in working capital, and f) various other items. The Excess Cash Flow prepayment calls for a payment based on the percentage of Excess Cash Flow recognized for the period that exceeds $7.5 million. The percentage of excess cash that must be used to prepay the loan varies based on the first lien leverage ratio, as defined in the credit agreement, at that time. The prepayment is reduced dollar for dollar for any voluntary prepayments, buybacks or forced retirements made during the year. There was no Excess Cash Flow payment due for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. The first lien is prepayable at any time subject to the call provisions in the loan agreement.

Future minimum principal payments under the debt agreement as of December 31, 2020 are as follows (in thousands):

2021

  $7,935 

2022

   7,935 

2023

   7,935 

2024

   747,843 
  

 

 

 

Total minimum principal payments on debt

  $771,648 
  

 

 

 

b) Revolving Credit Facility

The Company has an agreement for a variable rate revolving credit facility in the amount of $40.0 million, which has a maturity date of November 29, 2021. In April 2021, the Company amended and extended this revolving credit facility through November 2024. Due to the spread of COVID-19 in the beginning of 2020, the global economic activity slowed down and in anticipation of constraints on cash and working capital, the Company fully drew on the revolving credit facility on March 20, 2020, which currently bears interest at a rate of one-month LIBOR plus a 3.75% margin payable monthly in arrears. The Company paid off portions of the revolving credit facility in May, September, and December 2020. As of December 31, 2020, there was $13.4 million in outstanding revolving loans. The Company repaid the remaining balance as of April 2021. If the revolving credit facility is drawn more than 35% of the $40.0 million commitment it requires the Company to maintain compliance with the financial covenant maintaining a First Lien Leverage Ratio of less than 7.20 to 1.00 as of the last day of any Test Period. Throughout the entire duration of 2020 and as of December 31, 2020 the Company was and is within compliance of the First Lien Leverage Ratio and all financial covenants. The interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the revolving credit facility was 3.90% as of December 31, 2020.

c) Letters of Credit

The Company has letters of credit with Bank of America and Goldman Sachs, for the purposes of securing leased space to support our global operations. The letter of credit with Bank of America is secured by cash in the amount of $0.1 million that we classify as restricted cash on the consolidated balance sheets. The Goldman Sachs letter of credit is backstopped against the Company’s revolving credit facility.

13. Leases

The Company enters into lease arrangements for office facilities under non-cancelable operating leases with various expiration dates. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company recognized operating lease liabilities of $56.2 million and $64.5 million, respectively, and right-of-use assets of $38.9 million and $47.2 million, respectively.

The tables below present information regarding the Company’s lease assets and liabilities (in thousands, except years and percentages):

   December 31,
2020
   December 31,
2019
 

Assets:

    

Operating lease right-of-use assets

  $38,922   $47,164 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Liabilities:

    

Current

    

Operating lease liabilities

   15,910    15,511 

Long-term

    

Operating lease liabilities

   40,317    49,015 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $56,227   $64,527 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

The components of lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows (in thousands):

   Year Ended
December 31,
2020
  Year Ended
December 31,
2019
 

Operating leases

   

Operating lease cost

  $15,967  $12,348 

Variable lease cost

   2,781   2,433 

Short-term lease rent expense

   567   1,229 

Less: Sublease income

   (1,054  (1,008
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net rent expense

  $18,261  $15,002 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other information related to leases were as follows (in thousands, except years and percentages):

   December 31,
2020
  December 31,
2019
 

Weighted-average remaining lease term – operating leases (in years)

   4.36   5.18 

Weighted-average discount rate – operating leases

   6.0  6.0

   Year Ended
December 31,
2020
   Year Ended
December 31,
2019
 

Operating cash flows - operating leases

  $16,480   $14,136 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities

  $2,500   $55,168 

Future minimum payments during the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

2021

  $15,784 

2022

   14,900 

2023

   13,375 

2024

   10,727 

2025

   6,711 

Thereafter

   2,503 
  

 

 

 

Total

   64,000 

Less: present value discount

   (7,773
  

 

 

 

Operating lease liabilities

  $56,227 
  

 

 

 

Rent expense under operating leases was $12.4 million, $12.7 million, and $9.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

On July 31, 2021, the Company exercised an option to early terminate approximately 30,880 square feet of space at our Washington, D.C. office in exchange for a termination fee of $0.9 million. The modification was not accounted for as a separate contract.

Subleases

The Company subleases certain of its office facilities under operating leases with various expiration dates. Sublease income amounted to $1.1 million, $1 million, and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, and is recorded in General and administrative expense in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss.

14. Commitments and Contingencies

a) Legal Proceedings, Regulatory Matters and Other Contingencies

From time to time, the Company may become involved in legal proceedings, regulatory matters or other contingencies in the ordinary course of its business. In its opinion, the Company is not presently involved in any legal proceeding, regulatory matter or other contingency that, if determined adversely to it, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.

b) Self-Insured Health Plan

On January 1, 2018, the Company began to self-insure all its domestic employees for losses and liabilities related to health benefits. Prior to 2018, the Company had obtained health insurance for its employees through a third-party provider and had not self-insured for losses and liabilities related to health benefits. The Company’s accrued health benefits liability was $1.5 million and $1.1 million as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. All of the Company’s international subsidiaries obtained health insurance for its employees through a third-party provider and did not self-insure for such losses for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

c) Purchase Commitments

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into various purchase commitments primarily related to third-party cloud hosting, technology operations and data services. Total noncancelable purchase commitments as of December 31, 2020 were approximately $33.0 million expiring at various dates through 2023.

15. Related-Party Transactions

Vista Credit Partners has a balance of $51.5 million and $49.3 million in the first lien loan as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. There were no other related parties that have a position in the first lien loan.

On November 29, 2016, the Company entered into an agreement with Lanyon Solutions, Inc.’s (“Lanyon”) former parent, Active Network, LLC (“Active”) to purchase certain services that had been shared when Cvent, Inc. and Lanyon were under common control. Certain of these agreements continued to remain in force for all or part of 2018. Specifically, the agreement provides that the Company remit payment to Active for the use of the following services:

Paymentech – For a period of no more than twelve months, the Company is entitled to use the services within the Paymentech contract, which enables the processing of credit card fees. This arrangement was terminated as of December 31, 2019.

The agreement was terminated in 2019.

For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, and 2018, respectively, the Company incurred $0.1 million, $0.4 million, and $0.4 million for consulting fees from Vista which is recorded in general and administrative expenses. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, less than $0.1 million and $0.1 million was included in accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheet.

The Company also entered into transactions during 2020, 2019, and 2018 to sell services to other Vista controlled entities. For the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively, the Company recognized $1.4 million, $0.9 million, and $1.2 million in revenue related to these transactions. Cvent also purchased software subscription and other services from Vista Investor affiliates. The total expenses incurred were $1.3 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

16. Condensed Financial Information (Parent Company Only)

Papay Topco, Inc.

(Parent Company Only)

Condensed Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share data)

   December 31, 
   2020  2019 

Assets

   

Current assets:

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $—   $—  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

   —     —   

Investment in subsidiaries

   1,170,949   1,235,879 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

  $1,170,949  $1,235,879 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   

Current liabilities:

   

Current portion of long-term debt

  $—    $—   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   —     —   

Due to subsidiaries

   98   98 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   98   98 

Commitments and contingencies

   

Stockholders’ equity:

   

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 1,100,000 shares authorized at December 31, 2020 and 2019; 917,365 and 917,085 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively

   1   1 

Additional paid-in capital

   1,936,447   1,918,809 

Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)

   (69  (1,234

Accumulated deficit

   (765,528  (681,795
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   1,170,851   1,235,781 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $1,170,949  $1,235,879 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Papay Topco, Inc.

(Parent Company Only)

Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands)

   Year ended December 31, 
   2020  2019  2018 

Revenue

  $—    $—    $—   

Cost of revenue

   —     —     —   

Operating expenses

   —     —     —   

Other income/(expense), net

   —     —     —   

Loss before income taxes

   —     —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Provision for/(benefit from) income taxes

   —     —     —   

Equity in net loss of subsidiaries

   (83,733  (91,761  (54,040
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

  $(83,733 $(91,761 $(54,040

Other comprehensive income/(loss):

    

Foreign currency translation gain/(loss)

   1,165   1,376   (307
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive loss

  $(82,568 $(90,385 $(54,347
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basis of Presentation

The Company is a holding company with no material operations of its own that conducts substantially all of its activities through its subsidiaries. The Company has no direct outstanding debt obligations. However, Cvent and Papay Holdco, LLC (“Holdco”), each a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company, are limited in their ability to declare dividends or make any payment on account of its capital stock to, directly or indirectly, fund a dividend or other distribution to the Company as a borrower and a parent guarantor, respectively, under the Company’s Credit Facilities, subject to limited exceptions, including, as of December 31, 2020, (1) certain stock repurchases subject to customary limitations and exceptions, (2) up to the greater of $55,000,000 and 35.0% of consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the agreement governing the Term Loan Facility) tested based on the four consecutive fiscal quarters of Holdco then last ended, subject to customary limitations and exceptions, (3) unlimited amounts subject to compliance with a 4.50 to 1.00 first lien net leverage ratio giving pro forma effect to any distribution, (4) unlimited amount up to 7% per annum of the market capitalization following the consummation of an IPO, and (5) payment of the Company’s overhead expenses. Pursuant to First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April 16, 2021, Cvent’s and Holdco’s ability to declare dividends or make any payment on account of its capital stock was further limited, including changes to compliance with a 3.50 to 1.00 first lien net leverage ratio giving pro forma effect to any distribution. For a discussion of the Credit Facilities, refer to Note 12.

These condensed financial statements have been presented on a “parent-only” basis. Under a parent-only presentation, the Company’s investments in subsidiaries are presented under the equity method of accounting. A condensed statement of cash flows was not presented because the Company had no material operating, investing or financing cash flow activities for the years ended December 31, 2020, 2019, or 2018. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP have been condensed or omitted. As such, these parent-only statements should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

17. Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events from December 31, 2020, the date of these consolidated financial statements, through August 20, 2021, which represents the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued, for events requiring adjustment to or disclosure in these consolidated financial statements. Except as discussed below, there are no events that require adjustment to or disclosure in these consolidated financial statements.

On May 24, 2021, the Company acquired Shoflo, LLC (“Shoflo”) for total cash consideration of $16.9 million. Shoflo provides cloud-based studio production tools that are essential to virtual and hybrid events. The Company completed this acquisition for strategic and competitive advantage. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. The initial purchase price may be adjusted as needed per the terms of the arrangement agreement. The allocation of purchase price, including any fair value of contingent consideration, the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date has not been completed.

On July 23, 2021, the Company entered into a business combination agreement with Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II, (“Dragoneer”), a Special Purpose Acquisition Company. The contemplated deal with Dragoneer would provide all holders of the Company’s common stock to receive common stock of the continuing public company, which will be a wholly owned subsidiary of Dragoneer, which will be renamed Cvent Holding Corp. at the closing of the transaction. The proposed transaction is expected to be completed in the fourth quarter of 2021, subject to, among other things, the approval by Dragoneer’s shareholders, satisfaction of the conditions stated in the merger agreement and other customary closing conditions. There is no assurance that the transaction will be consummated. If consummated, the Business Combination is expected to be accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Dragoneer will be treated as the acquired company and Cvent will be treated as the acquirer for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the financial statements of New Cvent will represent a continuation of the financial statements of Cvent, with the Business Combination treated as the equivalent of Cvent issuing stock for the net assets of Dragoneer, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Dragoneer will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the Business Combination will be those of Cvent.

PAPAY TOPCO, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

(unaudited)

Assets  September 30,
2021
  December 31,
2020
 

Current Assets:

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $115,406  $65,265 

Restricted cash

   103   205 

Short-term investments

   2,696   —   

Accounts receivable, net of allowance of $3.0 million and $3.3 million, respectively

   82,651   141,113 

Capitalized commission, net

   22,142   22,000 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   15,934   12,415 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

   238,932   240,998 

Property and equipment, net

   16,024   21,715 

Capitalized software development costs, net

   113,519   124,030 

Intangible assets, net

  ��234,160   272,416 

Goodwill

   1,617,936   1,605,628 

Operating lease-right-of-use assets

   29,031   38,922 

Capitalized commission, net, non-current

   19,275   20,427 

Deferred tax assets, non-current

   1,999   2,036 

Other assets, non-current, net

   3,997   5,479 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

  $2,274,873  $2,331,651 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

   

Current liabilities:

   

Current portion of long-term debt

  $4,546  $17,920 

Accounts payable

   2,316   4,078 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

   69,865   81,939 

Fees payable to customers

   30,750   16,872 

Operating lease liabilities, current

   11,459   15,910 

Deferred revenue

   226,307   207,622 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   345,243   344,341 

Deferred tax liabilities, non-current

   18,226   16,950 

Long-term debt, net

   750,540   753,953 

Operating lease liabilities, non-current

   32,036   40,317 

Other liabilities, non-current

   7,651   5,239 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   1,153,696   1,160,800 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 13)

   

Stockholders’ equity:

   

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 1,100,000 shares authorized at September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020; 917,761 and 917,365 shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively

   1   1 

Additional paid-in capital

   1,953,654   1,936,447 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

   (2,415  (69

Accumulated deficit

   (830,063  (765,528
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity

   1,121,177   1,170,851 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

  $2,274,873  $2,331,651 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

PAPAY TOPCO, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

(unaudited)

   Three Months
Ended September 30,
  Nine Months
Ended September 30,
 
   2021  2020  2021  2020 

Revenue

  $134,058  $118,507  $374,159  $383,216 

Cost of revenue

   50,635   39,888   140,479   134,334 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   83,423   78,619   233,680   248,882 

Operating expenses:

     

Sales and marketing

   37,161   29,004   99,069   99,543 

Research and development

   25,685   20,970   72,016   68,992 

General and administrative

   25,358   20,243   63,711   63,881 

Intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue

   12,757   13,491   38,721   40,416 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   100,961   83,708   273,517   272,832 

Loss from operations

   (17,538  (5,089  (39,837  (23,950

Interest expense

   (7,546  (8,151  (22,717  (27,695

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount

   (938  (948  (2,823  (2,852

Loss on divestitures, net

   —     —     —     (9,634

Other income, net

   1,864   461   6,135   1,919 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

   (24,158  (13,727  (59,242  (62,212

Provision for income taxes

   1,968   648   5,294   4,870 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net loss

   (26,126  (14,375  (64,536  (67,082
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive loss:

     

Foreign currency translation (loss)/gain

   (2,001  2,207   (2,347  (1,508

Comprehensive loss

  $(28,127 $(12,168 $(66,883 $(68,590
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted net loss per common share

  $(28.47 $(15.67 $(70.33 $(73.15
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Basic and Diluted weighted-average common shares outstanding

   917,761   917,085   917,641   917,082 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

PAPAY TOPCO, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except share data)

(unaudited)

   Common Stock   Amount  Accumulated
deficit
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income / (loss)
  Total
stockholders’
equity
 
   Shares  Amount   Additional
paid-in
capital
 

Balance as of December 31, 2020

   917,365  $1   $1,936,447  $(765,528 $(69 $1,170,851 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

   —     —      609   —     —     609 

Net loss

   —     —      —     (16,562  —     (16,562

Exercise of stock options

   268   —      318   —     —     318 

Repurchase of stock options

   (53  —      (122  —     —     (122

Foreign currency translation loss

   —     —      —     —     (621  (621
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2021

   917,580  $1   $1,937,252  $(782,090 $(690 $1,154,473 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

   —     —      7,815   —     —     7,815 

Net loss

   —     —      —     (21,847  —     (21,847

Exercise of stock options

   181   —      200   —     —     200 

Foreign currency translation gain

   —     —      —     —     276   276 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2021

   917,761  $1   $1,945,267  $(803,937 $(414 $1,140,917 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

   —     —      8,387   —     —     8,387 

Net loss

   —     —      —     (26,126  —     (26,126

Foreign currency translation loss

   —     —      —     —     (2,001  (2,001
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2021

   917,761  $1   $1,953,654  $(830,063 $(2,415 $1,121,177 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   Common Stock   Amount  Accumulated
deficit
  Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income / (loss)
  Total
stockholders’
equity
 
   Shares  Amount   Additional
paid-in
capital
 

Balance as of December 31, 2019

   917,085  $1   $1,918,809  $(681,795 $(1,234 $1,235,781 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

   —     —      4,847   —     —     4,847 

Net loss

   —     —      —     (24,706  —     (24,706

Foreign currency translation loss

   —     —      —     —     (5,314  (5,314
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2020

   917.085  $1   $1,923,656  $(706,501 $(6,548 $1,210,608 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

   —     —      4,831   —     —     4,831 

Net loss

   —     —      —     (28,001  —     (28,001

Exercise of stock options

   28   —      61   —     —     61 

Repurchase of stock options

   (55    (71  —     —     (71

Foreign currency translation gain

   —     —      —     —     1,599   1,599 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2020

   917,058  $1   $1,928,477  $(734,502 $(4,949 $1,189,027 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

   —     —      4,879   —     —     4,879 

Net loss

   —     —      —     (14,375  —     (14,375

Exercise of stock options

   57   —      —     —     —     —   

Foreign currency translation gain

   —     —      —     —     2,207   2,207 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2020

   917,115  $1   $1,933,356  $(748,877 $(2,742 $1,181,738 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

PAPAY TOPCO, INC.

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

(unaudited)

   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   2021  2020 

Operating activities:

   

Net loss

  $(64,536 $(67,082

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities:

   

Depreciation and amortization

   93,142   96,217 

Amortization of the right-of-use assets

   6,817   8,063 

Allowance for expected credit losses, net

   5,549   663 

Amortization of deferred financing costs and debt discount

   2,823   2,852 

Amortization of capitalized commission

   21,568   22,117 

Unrealized foreign currency transaction gain

   19   87 

Stock-based compensation

   16,811   14,557 

Loss on divestiture

   —     9,634 

Change in deferred taxes

   1,313   1,228 

Change in operating assets and liabilities, net of business combinations:

   

Accounts receivable

   52,611   32,395 

Prepaid expenses and other assets

   (6,064  481 

Capitalized commission, net

   (26,706  (22,894

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

   8,999   (18,275

Operating lease liability

   (9,666  (7,066

Deferred revenue

   18,878   (19,147
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   121,558   53,830 

Investing activities:

   

Purchase of property and equipment

   (2,768  (1,298

Capitalized software development costs

   (30,272  (32,425

Purchase of short-term investments

   (31,435  (26,914

Maturities of short-term investments

   28,739   26,268 

Proceeds from divestiture

   122   500 

Acquisitions, net of cash acquired

   (14,769  (1,400
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (50,383  (35,269

Financing activities:

   

Principal repayments on first lien term loan

   (5,951  (5,951

Principal repayments of revolving credit facility

   (13,400  (26,100

Proceeds from revolving credit facility

   —     40,000 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

   522   5 

Repurchase of stock

   (57  —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

   (18,886  7,954 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

   (2,250  (1,471
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Change in cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

   50,039   25,044 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, beginning of period

   65,470   72,721 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of period

   115,509   97,765 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental cash flow information:

   

Interest paid

   22,721   27,682 

Income taxes paid

   4,655   4,564 

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities:

   

Outstanding payments for purchase of property and equipment at period end

   331   462 

Outstanding payments for capitalized software development costs at period end

   513   322 

See accompanying notes to the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements

PAPAY TOPCO, INC.

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

(unaudited)

1. Description of Business

Cvent Holding Corp. (the “Company”) is the indirect parent company of Cvent, Inc. (“Cvent”).

The Company provides a cloud-based enterprise event marketing and management platform with solutions for both sides of the meetings and events value ecosystem: (i) for marketers and meeting and event planners, through its Event Cloud offering and (ii) for hoteliers and venues, through its Hospitality Cloud. The Company’s integrated event marketing and management platform powers the entire event lifecycle by enabling marketers and event planners to automate and streamline the entire process of creating, promoting, managing, and measuring events for organizations of all sizes. Cvent solutions empower customers to deliver and maximize live engagement across their event programs helping to forge deeper relationships with attendees, build brand advocacy and increase demand for their products and services. It also helps organizations more efficiently manage critical event processes, control spend and reduce meetings costs. The Company’s Hospitality Cloud provides hoteliers and venues with an integrated platform that enables properties to increase group and business transient revenue through a combination of cloud-based software products and targeted advertising to organizations that run events while they are in the process of sourcing their events. Hospitality Cloud solutions also improve purchasing intelligence through innovative demand management and business intelligence. By connecting event organizers to venues, the Company powers an entire ecosystem that increases Cvent’s “stickiness” and drives sales of our software offerings across our Event and Hospitality Cloud businesses.

On July 23, 2021, the Company entered into a business combination agreement with Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II, (“Dragoneer”), a Special Purpose Acquisition Company. The deal with Dragoneer provided all holders of the Company’s common stock with common stock of the continuing public company, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dragoneer, and was renamed Cvent Holding Corp. at Closing of the transaction. The transaction was completed in the fourth quarter of 2021, and received the approval of Dragoneer’s shareholders, satisfaction of the conditions stated in the business combination agreement and other customary closing conditions. The business combination is accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Dragoneer is treated as the acquired company and Cvent is treated as the acquirer for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the financial statements of Cvent represent a continuation of the financial statements of Cvent, with the business combination treated as the equivalent of Cvent issuing stock for the net assets of Dragoneer, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Dragoneer will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the business combination will be those of Cvent.

Response to COVID-19

The Company believes there is sufficient cash flow to meets its business obligations, working capital needs, and remain in financial compliance with covenants for the next 12 months from the date of financial statement issuance. Nonetheless, in order to better enable the Company to weather the extraordinary business challenges brought about by the global COVID-19 pandemic, to protect the safety and welfare of its employees, itself financially, maintain cash reserves, and ensure its long-term solvency, the Company instituted certain temporary measures during 2020 that continued into 2021. These measures, including undertaking restructuring actions to manage costs and headcount, provided the Company the financial flexibility needed to manage a wide array of outcomes that may result from the pandemic.

The global COVID-19 pandemic has created, and may continue to create, significant uncertainty in macroeconomic conditions, and the extent of its impact on the Company’s operational and financial performance will depend on continuously evolving factors including, but not limited to the duration and spread of the outbreak, the speed and degree of the anticipated economic recovery, and the impact on the Company’s customers. The Company considered the impact of COVID-19 on the estimates and assumptions and determined that there were no material adverse impacts on the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2021 and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021. As events continue to evolve and additional information becomes available, the Company’s estimates and assumptions may change materially in future periods.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation

The unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements as of September 30, 2021 and for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. These unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) and pursuant to the regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regarding interim financial reporting. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments, consisting primarily of normal recurring accruals, necessary for a fair statement of the financial position as of September 30, 2021, the results of operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, and cash flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020. These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the annual audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through the issue date of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of the unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the condensed consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. Significant estimates and assumptions made by management include estimated useful lives of property and equipment, capitalized software development costs, the valuation of goodwill and intangibles, allowances for doubtful accounts, valuation of deferred tax assets, certain assumptions related to stock-based compensation, including the estimated value of the Company’s common stock and, income taxes. As of the date the financial statements were available for issuance, we are not aware of any specific events or circumstances that would require us to update our estimates, judgments, or to revise the carrying values of our assets or liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.

Restricted Cash

Restricted cash represents amounts required to be held as collateral in a money market account for treasury management service agreements. The Company held $0.1 million and $0.2 million of restricted cash as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.

The following table presents the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash by category in the Company’s Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands):

   September 30,
2021
   December 31,
2020
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $115,406   $65,265 

Restricted cash

   103    205 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash

  $115,509   $65,470 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue Recognition

The Company derives revenue from two primary sources: Event Cloud subscription-based solutions and Hospitality Cloud marketing and subscription-based solutions. Subscription services revenue consists primarily of fees to provide the Company’s customers with access to its cloud-based platform. Subscription service contracts do not provide customers with the right to take possession of the software, are non-cancellable, and do not contain rights of return. Hospitality Cloud marketing solutions primarily relate to digital advertising on the Company’s hosted venue sourcing networks. Revenue is recognized when control of these services is transferred to a customer. A time-elapsed method is used to measure progress for subscription contracts because control is transferred evenly over the contract term. For the nine months ended September 30, 2021, the Company recognized approximately 87.3% of its revenue from services transferred to the customer over time, with the remaining 12.7% of revenue recognized at a point in time upon delivery, generally when an event occurred. The Company’s services are generally provided under annual and multi-year contracts with invoicing occurring in annual or quarterly installments at the beginning of each year, or quarter, in the contract period. Revenue is presented net of sales and other taxes the Company collects on behalf of governmental authorities.

Certain contracts may include multiple distinct performance obligations which may consist of some or all of subscription services, marketing packages, and professional services. When an arrangement includes multiple performance obligations relating to SaaS subscriptions, which are concurrently delivered and have the same pattern of transfer to the customer (the services transfer to the customer ratably over the contract period), the entire contract value is recognized on a straight-line basis over the contract term. When an arrangement includes multiple performance obligations that do not have the same pattern of transfer to the customer, revenue is recognized at each performance obligation’s respective standalone selling price (“SSP”), when the performance obligations are satisfied. The SSP is the price at which the Company would sell a promised good or service separately to a customer. The Company estimates SSP based on internal margin analysis, competitor data, and other industry standards for SaaS-based companies.

Fair Value Measurements

Fair value represents the exchange price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Valuation techniques used to measure fair value must maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is based on the following three levels of inputs, of which the first two are considered observable and the last one is considered unobservable:

Level 1 Inputs: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities accessible to the reporting entity at the measurement date.

Level 2 Inputs: Other than quoted prices included in Level 1 inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3 Inputs: Unobservable inputs that require the Company to use present value and other valuation techniques in the determination of fair value.

The Company’s financial instruments include cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, short-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities. The carrying value of these financial instruments on the condensed consolidated balance sheets approximate their fair value based on their short-term maturities.

Segment and Geographic Data

Operating segments are defined as components of an entity for which separate financial information is available and that is regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in deciding how to allocate resources to an individual segment and in assessing performance. The Company’s CODM is its Chief Executive Officer. The Company has determined that it operates in one operating segment and one reportable segment, as the CODM reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of making operating decisions, allocating resources, and evaluating financial performance.

Property and equipment outside North America geographic locations represented 24.5% and 21.8% of total property and equipment, net as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, and are located primarily in India. The composition of the Company’s property and equipment between North America and locations outside of North America is set forth below (in thousands):

   September 30,
2021
   December 31,
2020
 

North America

  $12,094   $16,976 

Outside North America

   3,930    4,739 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $16,024   $21,715 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net Loss per Share of Common Stock

Basic net loss per share is computed by dividing the net loss by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period.

Diluted earnings per share adjusts basic earnings per share for the potentially dilutive impact of stock options. As the Company has reported losses for all periods presented, all potentially dilutive securities including stock options, are antidilutive and accordingly, basic net loss per share equals diluted net loss per share.

113,967 and 82,087 stock options as of September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, were excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per share of common stock for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, because including them would have been antidilutive. The weighted-average options for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2021 were 114,061 and 102,545, respectively. The weighted-average options for the three months and nine months ended September 30, 2020 were 82,706 and 83,164, respectively.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2019, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No 2019-12,Income Taxes (Topic 740)—Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes (“ASU 2019-12”). ASU 2019-12 simplifies certain aspects of accounting for income taxes by removing (i) the exception to the incremental approach for intraperiod tax allocation when there is a loss from continuing operations and income or a gain from other items, (ii) the exception to recognize a deferred tax liability for equity method investments when a foreign subsidiary becomes an equity method investment, and (iii) the exception to the general methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period when a year-to-date loss exceeds the anticipated loss for the year. The Company adopted ASU 2019-12 prospectively as of January 1, 2021 and the adoption did not have a material impact on its condensed consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In October 2021, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No 2021-08,Business Combinations (Topic 805)—Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers (“ASU 2021-08”). ASU 2021-08 requires acquirers to account for revenue contracts acquired in a business combination in accordance with Topic 606 as if it had originated the contracts. This is a change from current GAAP in which contract assets and contract liabilities acquired in a business combination are recognized at fair value on the acquisition date. The updated guidance improves comparability of recognition and measurement of acquired revenue contracts. The new standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 and the Company is still assessing but does not expect that ASU 2021-08 will have a material impact on its condensed consolidated financial position, results of operations, and cash flows.

3. Revenue

Disaggregation of Revenue

The Company derives revenue from two primary sources: Event Cloud subscription-based solutions and Hospitality Cloud marketing and subscription-based solutions. They are principally generated from North America, which comprises of the United States and Canada, with Canada representing 2.1% and 2.4% of total revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, and 2.4% and 2.4% of total revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Revenue from sources outside North America represented 13.9% and 12.7% of total revenue for three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and 13.6% and 12.2% of total revenue for nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Company’s disaggregation of revenue primary geographic region is as follows (in thousands):

   Three Months Ended
September 30,
   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   2021   2020   2021   2020 

North America

  $115,407   $103,476   $323,154   $336,328 

Outside North America

   18,651    15,031    51,005    46,888 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue

  $134,058   $118,507   $374,159   $383,216 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The Company’s disaggregation of revenue by major business activity is as follows (in thousands):

   Three Months Ended
September 30,
   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
   2021   2020   2021   2020 

Event Cloud

  $92,484   $72,701   $259,207   $237,859 

Hospitality Cloud

   41,574    45,806    114,952    145,357 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Revenue

  $134,058   $118,507   $374,159   $383,216 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue represents billings under signed contracts before the related products or services are transferred to customers. The portion of deferred revenue that is expected to be recognized as revenue during the subsequent 12-month period is recorded as deferred revenue in current liabilities and the remaining portion is recorded as other liabilities, non-current, which is not material. Deferred revenue was $226.3 million and $207.6 million as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021, the Company recognized $37.6 million and $170.0 million of revenue that was included in the deferred revenue balance at the beginning of 2021, respectively.

Remaining Performance Obligations

For multiple-year agreements for either Event Cloud or Hospitality Cloud, we typically invoice the amount for the first year of the contract at signing followed by subsequent annual invoices at the anniversary of each year.

Since we bill most of our customers in advance, there can be amounts that we have not yet been contractually able to invoice. Until such time as these amounts are invoiced or recognized in revenue, they are considered by us to be unbilled contract value, and together with deferred revenue, remaining performance obligations. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, our total current deferred revenue was $226.3 million and $207.6 million, respectively, which amount does not include unbilled contract value for contracts of approximately $521.5 million and $576.1 million, respectively. We expect that the amount of unbilled contract value relative to the total value of our contracts will change from year to year for several reasons, including the amount of cash collected early in the contract term, the specific timing and duration of customer agreements, varying invoicing cycles of agreements, the specific timing of customer renewal, changes in customer financial circumstances and foreign currency fluctuations. We expect to recognize 68.9% of our remaining performance obligations as revenue over the subsequent 24 months, and the remainder thereafter.

Sales Commission

The current portion of capitalized commissions, net was $22.1 million and $22.0 million and the noncurrent portion of capitalized commissions, net was $19.3 million and $20.4 million as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. During the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, $7.4 million and $7.2 million and during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, $21.6 million and $22.1 million of capitalized commissions were amortized to sales and marketing expense in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, respectively.

Allowance for Expected Credit Losses

The change in the Company’s allowance for expected credit losses is as follows (in thousands):

   September 30,
2021
   December 31,
2020
 

Allowance for expected credit losses, beginning of period

  $3,287   $1,912 

Credit loss expense

   5,549    3,280 

Write-offs and adjustments

   (5,876   (1,905
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allowance for expected credit losses, end of period

  $2,960   $3,287 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

4. Business Combinations

Acquisitions

SummitSync

On February 20, 2020, the Company acquired certain assets of SummitSync, Inc. (“SummitSync”) for total cash consideration of $1.4 million. SummitSync provides appointments solutions for booking 1:1 meetings at trade shows and conferences. The Company completed this acquisition for strategic and competitive advantage. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination.

Shoflo

On May 24, 2021, the Company acquired Shoflo, LLC (“Shoflo”) for total consideration of $17.1 million. Shoflo provides cloud-based studio production tools that are essential to virtual and hybrid events. The Company completed this acquisition for strategic and competitive advantage. The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination.

The $17.1 million purchase price was allocated to the assets and liabilities assumed based upon their preliminary estimated fair value at the time of close. The purchase price allocation is subject to change as the Company

continues to gather information relevant to its determination of the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired primarily related to trademarks and developed technology. During the three months ended September 30, 2021, immaterial adjustments were made to the purchase price allocation. Any further adjustments to the purchase price will be made as soon as practicable but no later than one year from the acquisition date. The table below outlines the preliminary allocation of the purchase price between the net assets assumed and intangible asset (in thousands):

Allocation of purchase price:

  

Cash and cash equivalents

  $176 

Other current assets

   86 

Non-current assets

   84 

Current liabilities

   (821

Non-current liabilities

   (55

Trademarks

   401 

Developed technology

   4,933 

Goodwill

   12,268 
  

 

 

 

Total purchase consideration

  $17,072 
  

 

 

 

The preliminary estimated fair values of intangible assets were primarily determined through discounted cash flow analyses. Trademarks represent the estimated fair value of Shoflo’s existing trademarks. Developed technology represents the estimated fair value of Shoflo’s developed studio production tools. The following table summarizes the identifiable intangible assets acquired as of the acquisition date and their useful lives (in thousands, except for useful life):

   Fair
value
acquired
   Useful
life
(years)
 

Trademarks

  $401    2 

Developed technology

   4,933    3 
  

 

 

   

Total intangible assets

  $5,334   
  

 

 

   

The intangible assets are deductible for tax purposes; accordingly, no deferred tax asset or liability been established for the identified intangible assets.

Acquisition-related costs of $0.7 million, including transaction costs such as legal and accounting fees, were expensed as incurred and have been included in the general and administrative expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

The financial results of Shoflo are included in the Company’s condensed consolidated financial statements from the date of acquisition. The Shoflo acquisition did not have a material impact on the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021.

The Company has included the financial results of business combinations in the condensed consolidated financial statements from the respective date of acquisition, which were not material. Pro forma revenue and earnings amounts on a combined basis have not been presented as they are not material to the historical pre-acquisition financials.

5. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are summarized as follows (in thousands):

   September 30,
2021
   December 31,
2020
 

Computer equipment, purchased software and software developed for internal-use

  $24,282   $22,408 

Leasehold improvements

   25,819    26,675 

Furniture and equipment

   10,696    11,075 

Rentable onsite solutions equipment

   6,325    6,326 

Other

   181    66 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, gross

   67,303    66,550 

Less accumulated depreciation

   (51,279   (44,835
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

  $16,024   $21,715 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation of property and equipment was $2.5 million and $3.7 million during the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $8.5 million and $12.0 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

6. Capitalized Software Development Costs

Capitalized software for the Company’s software platforms was developed either internally or was acquired through acquisitions. Capitalized software development costs and acquired software technology are summarized as follows (in thousands):

   September 30,
2021
   December 31,
2020
 

Capitalized software development costs, gross

  $374,451   $339,082 

Less, accumulated depreciation

   (260,932   (215,052
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Capitalized software development costs, net

  $113,519   $124,030 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amortization of capitalized software development costs, recorded as cost of revenue, was $15.5 million and $15.3 million during the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $45.9 million and $43.9 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The change in carrying amount of goodwill is summarized as follows (in thousands):

Goodwill as of January 1, 2021

  $1,605,628 

Foreign currency translation adjustments

   40 

Addition from acquisition (Note 4)

   12,268 
  

 

 

 

Goodwill as of September 30, 2021

  $1,617,936 
  

 

 

 

Intangible assets are amortized based on a pattern in which the asset’s economic benefits are consumed, or if not reliably determined, amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives between two and fifteen years. The intangible assets are summarized as follows (in thousands):

  Intangible Assets, Gross  Accumulated Amortization  Intangible Assets, Net 
  January 1,
2021
  Additions
and
retirements
  September 30,
2021
  January 1,
2021
  Expense
and
retirements,
net
  September 30,
2021
  January 1,
2021
  September 30,
2021
  Weighted-
average
remaining
life as of
September 30,
2021
 

Customer relationships

 $437,999  $77  $438,076  $(214,923 $(31,631 $(246,554 $223,076  $191,522   5.4 

Trademarks

  96,501   401   96,902   (47,223  (7,103  (54,326  49,278   42,576   5.1 

Non-compete agreements

  588   —     588   (588  —     (588  —     —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Intangible assets subject to amortization

  535,088   478   535,566   (262,734  (38,734  (301,468  272,354   234,098  

Indefinite-lived assets

  62   —     62   —     —     —     62   62  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Intangible assets, net

 $535,150  $478  $535,628  $(262,734 $(38,734 $(301,468 $272,416  $234,160  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  
  Intangible Assets, Gross  Accumulated Amortization  Intangible Assets, Net 
  January 1,
2020
  Additions
and
retirements
  September 30,
2020
  January 1,
2020
  Expense
and
retirements,
net
  September 30,
2020
  January 1,
2020
  September 30,
2020
  Weighted-
average
remaining
life as of
September 30,
2020
 

Customer relationships

 $436,182  $1,817  $437,999  $(170,643 $(44,280 $(214,923 $265,539  $223,076   5.6 

Trademarks

  97,185   (684  96,501   (37,704  (9,519  (47,223  59,481   49,278   5.2 

Non-compete agreements

  588   —     588   (588  —     (588  —     —    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Intangible assets subject to amortization

  533,955   1,133   535,088   (208,935  (53,799  (262,734  325,020   272,354  

Indefinite-lived assets

  62   —     62   —     —     —     62   62  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

Intangible assets, net

 $534,017  $1,133  $535,150  $(208,935 $(53,799 $(262,734 $325,082  $272,416  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

The total amount of amortization expense related to acquired intangible assets, recorded as intangible asset amortization, exclusive of amounts included in cost of revenue, was $12.8 million and $13.5 million during the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $38.7 million and $40.4 million during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The intangible asset balance remaining as of September 30, 2021 will be amortized into expense in future years as follows (in thousands):

2021 (remaining three months)

  $12,754 

2022

   48,605 

2023

   46,695 

2024

   45,130 

2025

   39,288 

2026 and thereafter

   41,626 
  

 

 

 

Total amortization expense related to acquired intangible assets

   234,098 
  

 

 

 

8. Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of accrued compensation, such as bonus, commission, payroll taxes, sales and other tax liabilities, etc. The following table summarizes the Company’s accrued expenses and other current liabilities for the periods indicated (in thousands):

   September 30,
2021
   December 31,
2020
 

Accrued compensation

  $42,027   $50,312 

Sales and other tax liabilities

   5,474    9,550 

Other

   22,364    22,077 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

  $69,865   $81,939 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

9. Income Taxes

The effective tax rate for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 was (8.15)% and (4.72)%, respectively. The effective tax rate for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 was (8.94)% and (7.83)%, respectively. The difference between the Company’s effective tax rates for the 2021 and 2020 periods and the U.S. statutory tax rate of 21% related primarily to U.S. taxes on foreign earnings, foreign tax rate differentials, and valuation allowance.

The Company evaluates its tax positions on a quarterly basis. There were no material changes to the Company’s uncertain tax positions, interest, or penalties during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020.

10. Stockholders’ Equity

The Company’s Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation authorized 1,100,000 shares of Common Stock, $0.001 per share par value, of which 917,761 and 917,365 shares were outstanding as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. The holders of the Common Stock are entitled to dividends only when declared by the Board of Directors ratably on a per share basis. Each share of Common Stock has one vote.

Stock-based Compensation

The weighted-average assumptions used in the valuation of stock option awards granted under the Black Scholes model are summarized as follows (no stock options were granted during the three months ended September 30, 2021):

Nine months
ended
September 30,
2021

Dividend yield

0.00

Volatility

44.98

Expected term (years)

5.82

Risk-free interest rate

1.30

Stock-based Compensation Activity Rollforward

Stock options  Number
of
shares
subject
to
option
  Weighted
average
exercise
price per
share
   Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term
(years)
   Aggregate
intrinsic
value (in
thousands)
   Unrecognized
compensation
expense (in
thousands)
 

Balance as of January 1, 2021

   81,595  $1,698    6.08   $9,446   $2,708 

Granted

   224   2,304       

Exercised

   (487  1,712       

Forfeited

   (92  2,176       

Expired

   (188  1,710       
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of March 31, 2021

   81,052   1,699    6.22    49,034    2,240 

Granted

   33,714   2,304       

Exercised

   (341  1,698       

Forfeited

   (235  2,327       

Expired

   —     —         
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2021

   114,190   1,876    6.80    305,833   $57,633 

Granted

   —     —         

Exercised

   —     —         

Forfeited

   (211  2,304       

Expired

   (12  2,452       
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of September 30, 2021

   113,967  $1,875    6.54   $305,333   $48,852 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vested and exercisable as of January 1, 2021

   77,819  $1,671    6.43   $49,262   $—   
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Vested and exercisable as of September 30, 2021

   96,372  $1,681    5.72   $276,906   $—   
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

No stock options were granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2020.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $1,879 per share.

The total intrinsic value of options that were exercised during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 was $2.4 million. No options were exercised during the three months ended September 30, 2021.

As of September 30, 2021, the $48.9 million in unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.37 years.

Stock-based Compensation Expense

Stock-based compensation expense for equity and liability classified awards is recognized using the straight-line attribution method. In addition, the Company ensures that it has fully recognized expense for at least the options tranches that have fully vested in the period in which they vest.

Stock-based compensation expense is summarized as follows (in thousands):

   Three Months
Ended
September 30,
   Nine Months Ended
September 30,
 
��  2021   2020   2021   2020 

Cost of revenue

  $456   $157   $950   $466 

Sales and marketing

   2,578    1,397    5,371    4,162 

Research and development

   2,183    1,125    4,321    3,377 

General and administrative

   3,170    2,200    6,169    6,552 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total stock-based compensation

  $8,387   $4,879   $16,811   $14,557 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan

The Company recorded no expense for the 2017 LTI Plan during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 because the incentive remains unvested and the Company is only liable to make the LTI cash bonus payments upon a sale of the Company, or other Qualified Event, which is not currently determined to be probable. The liability and related expense will be recorded at the point in time that a Qualified Event becomes probable. As of September 30, 2021, these awards were not considered probable of meeting the vesting requirements and accordingly, no expense was recorded during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 and the timing of when this expense will be recognized is unknown.

11. Debt

The outstanding principal amount and related unamortized debt issuance costs, net, are summarized as follows (in thousands):

   September 30,
2021
   December 31,
2020
 

First Lien Principal amount

  $765,696   $771,648 

Revolving Credit Facility Principal amount

   —      13,400 

Less: original issue discount

   (1,370   (1,702

Less: unamortized deferred financing costs

   (9,240   (11,473
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total principal amount and related unamortized debt issuance costs, net

  $755,086   $771,873 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

a) First Lien

As of January 1, 2019, the Company had a $787.5 million variable rate first lien loan, or Term Loan Facility, with a consortium of lenders (including Vista Credit Partners) and Goldman Sachs acting as the administrative agent with a maturity date of November 30, 2024. The principal amount of the Term Loan Facility amortizes in quarterly installments equal to $2.0 million, due on the last business day of the quarter with a balloon payment at the end of the seven-year term ending on November 30, 2024. The interest rate on outstanding borrowings under the first lien was 3.83% as of September 30, 2021.

With respect to the Term Loan Facility, mandatory prepayments are required upon certain events including: 1) net cash proceeds from certain asset sales that meet the requirements contained in the debt agreement, 2) net cash proceeds from debt issuances that are not permitted under the credit agreements or 3) a prepayment related to the Company’s Excess Cash Flow. Excess Cash Flow is defined in the Company’s first lien credit agreement with Goldman Sachs. There was no Excess Cash Flow payment due for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020. The first lien is prepayable at any time subject to the call provisions in the loan agreement. The carrying value of variable rate debt approximates fair value due to the short-term nature of the interest rates.

On November 18, 2021, the Company entered into the Second Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement to, among other things, provide the Company the option to report to the lenders financial statements at the consolidated parent level.

Future minimum principal payments under the debt agreement as of September 30, 2021 are as follows (in thousands):

2021 (remaining three months)

  $1,983 

2022

   7,935 

2023

   7,935 

2024

   747,843 
  

 

 

 

Total minimum principal payments on debt

  $765,696 
  

 

 

 

b) Revolving Credit Facility

The Company has an agreement for a variable rate revolving credit facility in the amount of $40.0 million, which has a maturity date of November 29, 2021. In April 2021, the Company amended and extended this revolving credit facility through November 2024. Due to the spread of COVID-19 in the beginning of 2020, the global economic activity slowed down and in anticipation of constraints on cash and working capital, the Company fully drew on the revolving credit facility on March 20, 2020, which currently bears interest at a rate of one-month LIBOR plus a 3.75% margin payable monthly in arrears. The Company paid off portions of the revolving credit facility in May, September, December 2020, and March 2021 and fully repaid the remaining balance as of April 2021. If the revolving credit facility is drawn more than 35% of the $40.0 million commitment it requires the Company to maintain compliance with the financial covenant maintaining a First Lien Leverage Ratio of less than 7.20 to 1.00 as of the last day of any Test Period. During the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and as of September 30, 2021, the Company was and is within compliance of the First Lien Leverage Ratio and all financial covenants. The $40.0 million borrowing capacity was reduced by $0.4 million related to a letter of credit for the Social Tables office lease, resulting in an available borrowing capacity of $39.6 million as of September 30, 2021. During October 2021, the letter of credit for the Social Tables office lease was released.

c) Letters of Credit

The Company has a letter of credit with Goldman Sachs, for the purposes of securing leased space to support our global operations. The Goldman Sachs letter of credit is backstopped against the Company’s revolving credit facility.

12. Leases

The Company enters into lease arrangements for office facilities under non-cancelable operating leases with various expiration dates.

As of September 30, 2021, the Company’s right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and total operating lease liabilities were $29.0 million and $43.5 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s ROU assets and total operating lease liabilities were $38.9 million and $56.2 million, respectively. During the three months ended September 30, 2021, no ROU asset was obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities. During the nine months ended September 30, 2021, $0.1 million of ROU assets were obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities. During the three and nine months ended September 30, 2020, $1.7 million and $4.6 million of ROU assets were obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities, respectively.

On July 31, 2021, the Company exercised an option to early terminate approximately 30,880 square feet of space at our Washington, D.C. office in exchange for a termination fee of $0.9 million. The modification was not accounted for as a separate contract.

13. Commitments and Contingencies

a) Legal Proceedings, Regulatory Matters and Other Contingencies

From time to time, the Company may become involved in legal proceedings, regulatory matters or other contingencies in the ordinary course of its business. In its opinion, the Company is not presently involved in any legal proceeding, regulatory matter or other contingency that, if determined adversely to it, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.

b) Purchase Commitments

In the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into various purchase commitments primarily related to third-party cloud hosting, technology operations and data services. Total non-cancelable purchase commitments as of September 30, 2021 were approximately $14.6 million expiring at various dates through 2023.

14. Related-Party Transactions

Vista Credit Partners has a balance of $55.3 million in the Term Loan Facility as of September 30, 2021. There were no other related parties that have a position in the Term Loan Facility.

The Company incurred less than $0.1 million for consulting fees from Vista for both the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 and $0.1 million for both the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, which are recorded in general and administrative expenses. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, less than $0.1 million was included in accrued expenses in the condensed consolidated balance sheet.

The Company also entered into transactions during the three and nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 to sell services to other Vista controlled entities. The Company recognized $0.4 million and $0.1 million in revenue related to these transactions for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $0.7 million and $1.1 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Cvent also purchased software subscription and other services from Vista Investor affiliates. The Company recognized $0.5 million and $0.2 million in expenses related to these transactions for the three months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and $1.4 million and $0.7 million in expenses related to these transactions for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

15. Subsequent Events

As previously described in Note 1, on July 23, 2021, the Company entered into a business combination agreement with Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II, (“Dragoneer”), a Special Purpose Acquisition Company. The deal with Dragoneer provided all holders of the Company’s common stock with common stock of the continuing public company, which is a wholly owned subsidiary of Dragoneer, and was renamed Cvent Holding Corp. at Closing of the transaction. The transaction was completed in the fourth quarter of 2021, and received the approval of Dragoneer’s shareholders, satisfaction of the conditions stated in the business combination agreement and other customary closing conditions. The business combination is accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with GAAP. Under this method of accounting, Dragoneer is treated as the acquired company and Cvent is treated as the acquirer for financial reporting purposes. Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the financial statements of Cvent represent a continuation of the financial statements of

Cvent, with the business combination treated as the equivalent of Cvent issuing stock for the net assets of Dragoneer, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Dragoneer will be stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded. Operations prior to the business combination will be those of Cvent. Net proceeds from this transaction after deducting fees and expenses were approximately $523.0 million, $500.0 million of which was used to repay the outstanding principal indebtedness under our Term Loan Facility. The remaining net proceeds will be included in cash and cash equivalents on our consolidated balance sheet.

 

 

20,000,000 Shares

Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

            , 2020

Citigroup

Morgan Stanley

Credit Suisse

Until             , 2020, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.

LOGO

 


PART II

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 13.

Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

The following table sets forth the estimated expenses payableto be borne by usthe registrant in connection with the offering described in this registration statement (other thanissuance and distribution of the underwriting discount and commissions) will be as follows:shares of Common Stock being registered hereby.

 

SEC expenses

  $25,093 

FINRA expenses

   35,000 

Accounting fees and expenses

   30,000 

Printing and engraving expenses

   40,000 

Legal fees and expenses

   450,000 

Nasdaq listing and filing fees

   75,000 

Director & Officers liability insurance premiums(1)

   200,000 

Miscellaneous

   144,907 
  

 

 

 

Total

  $1,000,000 
  

 

 

 

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

  $372,299.28 

Accounting fees and expenses

   * 

Legal fees and expenses

   * 

Financial printing and miscellaneous expenses

   * 
  

 

 

 

Total

  $* 
  

 

 

 

 

(1)*

This amount represents the approximate amount of annual director and officer liability insurance premiums the registrant anticipates paying following the completion of its initial public offering and until it completes a business combination.To be completed by Amendment

 

Item 14.

Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

Cayman Islands law doesSection 145 of the DGCL authorizes a court to award, or a corporation’s board of directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers in terms sufficiently broad to permit such indemnification under certain circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement for expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act.

Our Certificate of Incorporation provides that our directors shall not limit the extentbe liable to whichus or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors,director, except to the extent any such provision may be held byexemption from liability or limitation thereof is not permitted under the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, suchDGCL, as to provide indemnification against willful default, willful neglect, civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime.amended. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of associationBylaws provide for indemnification of our officersdirectors and directorsofficers to the maximum extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect. We will enter into agreements with our directors and officers to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. We expect to purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.

Our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account, and have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any services provided to us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever (except to the extent they are entitled to funds from the trust account due to their ownership of public shares). Accordingly, any indemnification provided will only be able to be satisfied by us if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination.DGCL.

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is thereforetheretofore unenforceable.

 

Item 15.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

On SeptemberPursuant to the subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) entered into on July 23, 2021, by and among Dragoneer and certain investors (collectively, the “PIPE Investors”), the PIPE Investors agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and Dragoneer agreed to issue and sell to the PIPE Investors, an aggregate of 47,500,000 shares of Common Stock at a price of $10.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $475,000,000 (the “PIPE Financing”). Dragoneer also granted the PIPE Investors certain registration rights in connection with the PIPE Financing. The PIPE Financing was contingent upon, among other things, the substantially concurrent closing of the Business Combination.

In addition, pursuant to the terms of the forward purchase agreement between Dragoneer and Dragoneer Funding II LLC, an affiliate of Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Holdings II, a Cayman Islands limited liability company (the “Sponsor”), dated October 29, 2020 (the “Forward Purchase Agreement”) and the sponsor paid $25,000, or approximately $0.0087 per share,Business Combination Agreement, immediately prior to cover certainthe First Effective Time, but following the Domestication, Dragoneer issued to Dragoneer Funding II LLC an aggregate of our offering and formation costs in consideration of 2,875,0005,000,000 Class BA ordinary shares par value $0.0001. On October 22, 2020, the company effectedfor a share dividend, resulting in 5,750,000 founder shares outstanding.

purchase price of $10.00 per share.

 

II-1


On October 29, 2020, the sponsor transferred 75,000 Class B ordinary shares to eachThe sales of our independent directors. These 300,000 shares shall not be subject to forfeiture in the event the underwriters’ overallotment option is not exercised. Suchthese securities were issued in connection with our organization pursuantdeemed to the exemptionbe exempt from registration containedunder the Securities Act in reliance upon Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

Our sponsor is an accredited investor for purposes of Rule 501 of Regulation D. Each The purchasers of the equity holders in our sponsor is an accredited investor under Rule 501 of Regulation D. The sole business of our sponsor issecurities acquired the securities for investment purposes only and not with a view to act as the company’s sponsoror for sale in connection with this offering.

Our sponsor has committed, pursuantany distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were placed upon the stock certificates issued in these transactions. The registrant believes that all recipients of securities in these transactions were accredited investors, sophisticated investors, or had adequate access, through their relationships with the registrant, to a written agreement, to purchase an aggregateinformation about the registrant. The sales of 600,000 private placement shares (or 660,000 private placement shares if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full) at a price of $10.00 per share ($6,000,000these securities were made without any general solicitation or advertising. No underwriters were involved in the aggregate or $6,600,000 if the underwriters’ over-allotment option is exercised in full), in a private placement that will close simultaneously with the closingissuance of this offering. This issuance will be made pursuant to the exemption from registration contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

No underwriting discounts or commissions were paid with respect to such sales.these securities.

 

Item 16.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

 

 (a)

Exhibits

Exhibit
No.

Description

2.1††Business Combination Agreement, dated as of July  23, 2021, by and among Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II, Redwood Opportunity Merger Sub, Inc., Redwood Merger Sub LLC and Papay Topco, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Annex A of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation)
3.1Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
3.2Bylaws of the Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
4.1Certificate of Corporate Domestication of Dragoneer, filed with the Secretary of the State of Delaware (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
5.1Opinion of Kirkland & Ellis LLP.
10.1Form of Subscription Agreement, by and among Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II and the investors named therein (incorporated by reference to Annex E of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.2Forward Purchase Agreement, dated as of October  29, 2020, by and among Dragoneer Growth Opportunities Corp. II and the subscriber named therein (incorporated by reference to Annex L of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.3Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, by and among Cvent Holding Corp. and the investors named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
10.4Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of December  8, 2021, by and among Cvent Holding Corp. and the stockholders named therein (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s
Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
10.5Form of Indemnity Agreement by and between the Company and its directors and officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
10.6+Cvent Holding Corp. 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
10.7+Form of Restricted Share Award (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s
Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).

II-2


Exhibit
No.

Description

10.8+Form of RSU Award Agreement (Director) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
10.9+Form of RSU Award Agreement (Employee) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
10.10+Form of Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
10.11+Cvent Holding Corp. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
10.12†§Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November  30, 2017 (the “Amended and Restated Credit Agreement”), by and among Cvent, Inc., as Borrower, Papay Holdco, LLC, as a Guarantor, each of the other Guarantors party thereto, the Lenders and Issuing Banks from time to time party thereto, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Administrative Agent, Collateral Agent, Swing Line Lender and Issuing Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.13First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of April  16, 2021, by and among Cvent, Inc., Papay Holdco, LLC, the other Credit Parties thereto, the Extending Lenders, the Issuing Bank, the Swing Line Lender, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.14§Incremental Facility Assumption Agreement No. 1, dated as of October  16, 2018, by and among Cvent, Inc., Papay Holdco, LLC, the other Credit Parties thereto, each of the financial institutions party thereto as lenders, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.15§Incremental Facility Assumption Agreement No. 2, dated as of October  26, 2018, by and among Cvent, Inc., Papay Holdco, LLC, the other Credit Parties thereto, each of the financial institutions party thereto as lenders, and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.16§Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated November  18, 2021, by and among Cvent, Inc., Papay Holdco LLC, the other credit parties and lenders thereto and Goldman Sachs Bank USA (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
10.17+†§Letter Agreement, dated as of June  6, 2017, between Cvent, Inc. and Rajeev Aggarwal (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.18+†§Letter Agreement, dated as of June  6, 2017, between Cvent, Inc. and Charles Ghoorah (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.19+†§Letter Agreement, dated as of June  6, 2017, between Cvent, Inc. and David Quattrone (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.20+†§Letter Agreement, dated as of October  3, 2020, between Cvent, Inc. and William Newman (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.21+†§Letter Agreement, dated as of June  6, 2017, between Cvent, Inc. and Lawrence Samuelson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).

II-3


Exhibit
No.

Description

10.22+†Papay Topco, Inc. 2017 Stock Option Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.23Master Services Agreement, effective as of November  29, 2016, by and between Vista Consulting Group, LLC and Cvent, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.24+Papay Topco, Inc. 2017 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.25+Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.22 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.26+Form of RSU Award Agreement (Director) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.23 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.27+Form of RSU Award Agreement (Employee) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
10.28+Form of Option Award Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.25 of the Proxy Statement/Prospectus/Consent Solicitation).
21.1List of Subsidiaries (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Company’s Form 8-K filed on December 14, 2021).
23.1Consent of WithumSmith+Brown, PC, independent registered accounting firm for Dragoneer.
23.2Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent registered accounting firm for Cvent.
23.3Consent of Kirkland & Ellis LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).
24.1Power of Attorney (included in the signature page hereto).

Certain confidential portions (indicated by brackets and asterisks) have been omitted from this exhibit.

††

Schedules and exhibits to this Exhibit omitted pursuant to Regulation S-K Item 601(b)(2). The Exhibit Index is incorporated herein by reference.Registrant agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule or exhibit to the SEC upon request.

+

Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

§

Exhibits and schedules have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K and will be provided on a supplemental basis to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request

 

Item 17.

Undertakings.Undertakings

The undersigned registrant, hereby undertakes:

(1)

To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

(a)

To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

(b)

To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in

II-4


the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

(c)

To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.

(2)

That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3)

To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4)

That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

 (i)

TheAny preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii)

Any “free writing prospectus” relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant hereby undertakesor used or referred to provideby the undersigned registrant;

(iii)

The portion of any other “free writing prospectus” relating to the underwriters atoffering containing material information about the closing specifiedundersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv)

Any other communication that is an offer in the underwriting agreements, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as requiredoffering made by the underwritersundersigned Registrant to permit prompt delivery to eachthe purchaser.

 

 (ii)(5)

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions set forth or described in Item 14 of this registration statement, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

(iii)

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

1.

For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

2.

For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-2


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.

Description

1.1

Form of Underwriting Agreement.*

3.1

Memorandum and Articles of Association.*

3.2

Form of Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association.*

4.1

Specimen Class A Ordinary Share Certificate.*

5.1

Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP.*

5.2

Opinion of Maples and Calder, Cayman Islands Legal Counsel to the Registrant.*

10.1

Form of Investment Management Trust Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company and the Registrant.*

10.2

Form of Registration and Shareholder Rights Agreement among the Registrant, the Sponsor and the Holders signatory thereto.*

10.3

Form of Private Placement Shares Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and the Sponsor.*

10.4

Form of Indemnity Agreement.*

10.5

Promissory Note, dated as of September 29, 2020, between the Registrant and the Sponsor.

10.6

Securities Subscription Agreement, dated September 29, 2020, between the Registrant and the Sponsor.

10.7

Form of Letter Agreement between the Registrant, the Sponsor and each director and executive officer of the Registrant.*

10.8

Forward Purchase Agreement by and among the Registrant and Dragoneer Funding II LLC.

23.1

Consent of WithumSmith+Brown, PC.

23.2

Consent of Ropes & Gray LLP (included on Exhibit 5.1).*

23.3

Consent of Maples and Calder (included on Exhibit 5.2).*

24

Power of Attorney (included on signature page to the initial filing of this Registration Statement).

99.1

Consent of Sarah J. Friar.

99.2

Consent of David D. Ossip.

99.3

Consent of Gokul Rajaram.

99.4

Consent of Jay Simons.

*

To be filed by amendment.

II-3II-5


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statementregistration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of San Francisco, California,Tysons, Virginia on the 30th20th day of October 2020.December, 2021.

 

DRAGONEER GROWTH
OPPORTUNITIESCVENT HOLDING CORP. II
By: 

/s/ Marc StadWilliam J. Newman

 Name:   Marc StadWilliam J. Newman
Title:     Chief ExecutiveFinancial Officer

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each of the undersignedperson whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints eachRajeev K. Aggarwal, Lawrence J. Samuelson and William J. Newman, or any of Marc Stadthem, severally, as his or her attorney-in-fact and Pat Robertson, each acting alone, his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents,agent, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for such person and in hissuch person’s name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement, on Form S-1 (including all pre-effective and post-effective amendments and registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462 under the Securities Act of 1933), and to file the same with all exhibits thereto,hereto, and all other documents in connection therewith,herewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, each acting alone,and any of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite andor necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any such attorney-in-fact and agent,of them, or his substitute ortheir substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1933, as amended,1934, this registration statement has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

SignatureName

  

TitlePosition

 

Date

/s/ Marc StadRajeev K. Aggarwal

  Chief Executive Officer
 and Director
December 20, 2021
Rajeev Aggarwal(Principal Executive Officer) and Chairman October 30,
2020
Marc Stad

/s/ Pat RobertsonWilliam J. Newman

  President,
Chief Financial Officer
December 20, 2021
William J. Newman(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer), Chief Operating Officer and 

/s/ Sanjeev Bansal

Director October 30,
2020December 20, 2021
Pat RobertsonSanjeev Bansal

/s/ David Breach

DirectorDecember 20, 2021
David Breach

/s/ Jim Frankola

DirectorDecember 20, 2021
Jim Frankola

/s/ Betty Hung

DirectorDecember 20, 2021
Betty Hung

/s/ Marcela Martin

DirectorDecember 20, 2021
Marcela Martin 

 

II-4II-6


Name

Position

Date

/s/ Sam Payton

DirectorDecember 20, 2021
Sam Payton

/s/ Maneet Saroya

Chairman of the BoardDecember 20, 2021
Maneet Saroya

/s/ Nicolas Stahl

DirectorDecember 20, 2021
Nicolas Stahl

II-7